UC-NRLF 
 
 B 3 ma 517 
 
^^: 
 
 
 LIBRARY OF Till: 
 
 M I« , l 1M I»WJI I MH W HI | l iT« 
 
 University of California, 
 
 ciRCUi -'. . , y. ,,• P K 1-V' 
 
 I 
 
 Return in twa weekf i or a week ))efore the end ojf ^hg .'term. 
 
XAyCn^' 
 
 "X^ /3^^-/^ 
 
 
Digitized by tine Internet Arciiive 
 
 in 2008 witii funding from 
 
 IVIicrosoft Corporation 
 
 littp://www.arcliive.org/details/examinatiliarvardOOIeigricli 
 
HARVARD 
 
 EXAMINATION PAPERS 
 
 COLLECTED AND ARRANGED 
 
 R. r. LEIGHTON, A.M., 
 
 KASTEB MELROSE HIGH SCHOOL. 
 
 SIXTH EDITION. 
 
 BOSTON: 
 GINN AND HEATH. 
 
 1877. 
 
v^^' 
 
 ^'^ 
 
 
 Entered according to Act of Congress, in the year 1873, 
 
 BY R. F. Li:iGHTON, 
 
 in the Office of the Librarian of Congress, at Washington. 
 
 University Press : Welch, Bigelow, & Co., 
 Cambridge. 
 
PEEFAOE 
 
 The following questions make a complete set of the 
 Examination Papers (except on the subject of Geometry) 
 which have been used for admission to Harvard College 
 since 1860. No papers on Geometry are given previous 
 to 1866, as the requisites for admission to that department 
 were changed in that year. The .papers on Trigonometry 
 previous to 1871 are for examination for advanced stand- 
 ing ; since then, for admission to Course II. 
 
 These papers will furnish an excellent series of ques- 
 tions on Modern, Physical, and Ancient Geography ; Gre- 
 cian and Eoman History ; Arithmetic and Algebra ; Plane 
 and Solid Geometry ; Logarithms and Trigonometry ; Latin 
 and Greek Grammar and Composition ; Physics and Me- 
 chanics. They have been collected and published in this 
 form for the convenience of teachers and classes in high 
 schools, and especially for pupils preparing for college. 
 
 The papers for admission used hereafter, at the annual 
 examinations in June and September, will be added every 
 year to this volume. 
 
 ^Ieleose, lylASS., March, 1873. 
 
NOTE. 
 
 In the Harvard University Catalogue, published by C. W. 
 Sever, Cambridge, a full collection of examination papers may 
 be found, comprising not only the papers set for Admission to 
 College, but also nearly all the final examination papers given 
 in the several Courses of Instruction in the College, the papers 
 given in the Divinity, Law, and Medical Schools, those set for 
 Admission to the Lawrence Scientific School, and those used at 
 the Preliminary Examinations for Women. These make about 
 160 pages of close type each year. The price of the Catalogue 
 is, in paper 50 cts., in cloth 75 cts. 
 
OON'TENTS. 
 
 History and Geography 3 
 
 Modern and Physical Geography. 22, 196, 216, 251, 258, 282, 308 
 Greek Composition .... 27, 197, 219, 246, 259, 283 
 
 Greek Grammar . . . .40, 199, 219, 245, 260, 284, 311 
 
 Greek Prose 197, 220, 247, 261, 285, 312 
 
 Greek Poetry 198, 222, 263, 287, 315 
 
 Latin Composition ... 63, 201, 223, 238, 265, 289, 317 
 
 Latin Grammar . . ^ . .85, 202, 224, 237, 265, 289, 318 
 Latin ,....,.. 203-207, 225, 228, 239 
 
 French 109, 252, 279, 303, 329 
 
 German 304, 330 
 
 Arithmetic Ill, 208, 229, 248, 272, 297, 323 
 
 Algebra 134, 209, 230, 249, 273, 298, 324 
 
 Advanced Algebra 157, 210, 256, 274, 299, 325 
 
 Plane Geometry . . . 162, 211, 214, 232, 250, 274, 300, 326 
 Solid Geometry .... 172, 212, 232, 255, 275, 300, 326 
 Analytic Geometry . . . 176, 213, 233, 254, 276, 301, 327 
 Logarithms and Trigonometry . . . .178, 208, 229, 302 
 
 Physics 188, 307, 331, 332 
 
 Chemistry and Physics 306, 331 
 
 Physics and Astronomy 307, 332 
 
 Mechanics 190 
 
 Ancient History and Geography . . 195, 216, 257, 281, 308 
 
 English Composition 215, 235, 278, 302, 329 
 
 Plane Trigonometry 234, 253, 277, 328 
 
 Botany 279, 307, 332 
 
 APPENDIX. 
 
 Requisites for Admission to Harvard College . . 335 
 
EXAMINATION PAPERS. 
 
 HISTORY AND GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 I. 
 
 1. Mention the principal nations that flourished before 
 the Greeks. 2. What was the extent of Greece as com- 
 pared with the territories of those nations ? 3. What were 
 the earliest governments among the Greeks ? Mention the 
 other forms of government which were afterwards adopted. 
 
 4. Mention the principal periods in Grecian history. 
 
 5. Give some account of Lycurgus ; of Solon. 6. Men- 
 tion the principal events in the Persian wars ; mention 
 some of the most distinguished persons engaged in them. 
 7. What causes led to the Peloponnesian War ? Mention 
 the principal events ; the principal persons ; the duration ; 
 the result of this war. 8. State what you know of the 
 condition of Greece in the period following the Pelopon- 
 nesian War. 9. State what you know of the history of 
 Thebes. 10. State briefly what you know of the relations 
 between Macedonia and Grecee in the time of Philip and 
 Alexander. 11. When, and by whom, was Greece sub- 
 jected to Eome ? 12. Give some account of the foundation 
 of Eome, and its first form of government. 13. What revo- 
 lution put an end to the first government ? and what gov- 
 ernment succeeded it ? 14 Mention some of the early 
 
4 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 
 
 Italian conquests of the Eomans. 15. State some of the 
 principal events in the Punic wars, and what was their 
 conclusion. 16. State what you know of Catiline ; at what 
 period he lived ; what political transactions he was engaged 
 in ; who were his most distinguished contemporaries ; what 
 became of him. 17. Give some account of the leaders in 
 the Civil Wars. 18. Mention the circumstances of the death 
 of Julius Caesar. 19. What events followed his death ? 
 How, and by whom, were the civil conflicts composed ? 
 
 XL 
 
 1. Name the following persons in proper historical order 
 and mention something that is recorded of each : Codrus, 
 riaminius, Lysander, Mardonius, Marius, Pyrrhus, Regulus, 
 Socrates, Themistocles. 2. State briefly the origin of the 
 First Punic War. 3. Give some account of Pericles, and 
 what he did for Athens. 4. Wliat famous battles were 
 foucrht in Boeotia ? 5. Give some account of Hannibal. 
 6. Who was Cleopatra ? 7. Describe the battle of Pharsa- 
 lia ? 8. Name the first six Caesars. 9. What is meant by 
 the Heroic Age ? 
 
 III. 
 
 1. Name the following persons in proper historical order, 
 mentioning to what nation each belonged, and for what he 
 was noted : Aristides, Cincinnatus, Draco, Epaminondas, 
 Fabius, Pericles, Pompey, Solon, Sylla, Trajan. 2. Name 
 the three persons whom you consider most noted in Gre- 
 cian history ; and state very briefly what each did. 3. 
 Three in Roman history, in like manner. 4. What was 
 the occasion of the First Persian War ? 5. Describe the 
 battle of Marathon ; of Arbela. 6. Who were the kings 
 of Rome ? 7. State all you know of Jugurtha. 
 
HISTORY AND GEOGRAPHY. 5 
 
 IV. 
 
 1. Give an account of the first invasion of Greece by the 
 Persians. Tell when it occurred, what was the cause of 
 it, what forces were employed, both of ships and men, 
 what generals were engaged, and every other particular 
 you remember. 2. Describe the Second Punic War in the 
 same way. 3. Xame " the twelve Csesars " in the order of 
 their reigns. 4. In what year was Julius assassinated ? 
 5. 'V\^ien did Constantine become emperor ? 
 
 V. 
 
 1. What were the principal countries known to the an- 
 cients ? 2. Describe the situation of Palestine ; of Phoeni- 
 cia ; of Egypt. 3. What were the principal divisions of 
 Asia Minor ? By whom w^as Asia Minor colonized ? 4. De- 
 scribe the situation of Greece ; mention some of the most 
 important mountains, rivers, plains, gulfs, seas. 5. Men- 
 tion the principal divisions of Greece ; give the names and 
 situation of the most celebrated cities. 6. What countries 
 were comprised in Greece proper ? in Peloponnesus ? 
 What were the principal Greek islands ? 7. Describe the 
 situation of Italy. What countries were comprised in 
 Italy proper ? 8. Where was Eome ? on what hills was it 
 built ? Mention some. of the other principal cities of Italy ; 
 the principal islands. 9. Describe the Mediterranean Sea ; 
 its shape ; its extent. Mention the principal ancient na- 
 tions that inhabited its shores. 
 
 VI. 
 
 1. Describe Sicily. 2. What were the principal cities 
 of Greece ? 3. What countries in Africa ? 4. What riv- 
 ers in Cisalpine Gaul ? 5. Where was Illyricum ? Area- 
 
6 -- EXAMINATION PAPERS. 
 
 dia ? the river Thermoclon ? 6. Draw, on half a page, an 
 outline map of Greece, Macedonia, Thrace, and Asia Minor, 
 especially of their sea-coasts ; or, if you cannot draw, name 
 the seas of the ancient world, and all the islands in each 
 of them. 
 
 VII. 
 
 1. Describe Egypt. 2. What were the principal cities 
 of Asia Minor, and for what was each noted ? 3-. What 
 mountains in and around Thessaly ? What in Peloponne- 
 sus ? 4. Where was Colchis ? Mount Ararat ? the river 
 Strymon ? Tyre ? 5. Draw an outline of the coasts of the 
 Mediterranean and Adriatic Seas, with the principal isl- 
 ands ; and give the ancient names of the countries and 
 rivers in the regions now occupied by Italy, Spain and 
 Portugal, France, and Great Britain. 
 
 VIII. 
 
 1. Where was Colchis ? 2. Name the countries of Greece 
 proper. 3. What mountains in Boeotia ? 4. AVhat was 
 its capital ? 5. What other noted places in Boeotia ? 6. 
 Draw a map about two inches in breadth representing the 
 Peloponnesus, with the divisions and cities marked. 7. De- 
 scribe Spain. 8. What was the former name of Saragossa ? 
 
 9. What river between Italy proper and Cisalpine Gaul ? 
 
 10. What Eoman roads do you remember ? 
 
 IX. 
 
 1. What mountain ranges enclose the Mississippi Val- 
 ley ? Describe the Mississippi Eiver and its tributaries, 
 giving the source and direction of each. 2. Describe 
 Chesapeake Bay and the rivers which run into it. 3. De- 
 
HISTORY AND GEO( 
 
 scribe the Alps. Give the name, course, and exit of each 
 of the great rivers which rise in them. 4. State the 
 divisions, in the order of their situation, belonging to the 
 Peloponnesus, with the position of five principal towns. 
 5. Give the history and geography of the battle of Mara- 
 thon. 6. Who was (or were) victorious, and over whom, 
 at (1) Salamis ; (2) Platsea ; (3) Mantinea ; (4) Chaeronea ; 
 
 (5) Arbela ; (6) the Caudine Forks ; (7) Zama ; (8) Acti- 
 um ? 7. Name the principal events in the life of Julius 
 Csesar, and such dates as you can call to mind. 8. Name 
 the Twelve Csesars, so called. Also the Five Good Empe- 
 rors, sometimes so called. 9. Themistocles. 10. Describe 
 the administration and policy of Pericles. 11. Give an 
 account of the Athenian expedition to Sicily. 
 
 X. 
 
 1. Athens and Sparta ; compare and contrast them. 2. 
 The death of Socrates. 3. Give the position of the follow- 
 ing places, and tell what has made them famous : (1) Mara- 
 thon ; (2) Salamis; (3) Platsea; (4) Mantinea; (5) Arbela; 
 
 (6) Chaeronea ; (7) Pydna. 4. Who gained and who lost the 
 battles fought at the following places : (1) Cannae ? (2) Zama ? 
 (3) Pharsalia ? (4) Philippi ? (5) Actium ? 5. Greenwich 
 is in longitude 0°, and in north latitude 51J° : what are the 
 longitude and latitude of the spot on the earth's surface 
 opposite, or antipodal, to Greenwich ? 6. Describe or bound 
 the basin of the Mississippi River. 7. The institutions 
 of Lycurgus and the laws of Solon. 8. The chief ties 
 which bound together the Grecian world. 9. Epaminondas. 
 10, Give the chief rivers of France, with their ancient 
 uames. 
 
8 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 
 
 XL 
 
 1. Give the general course of (1) the Mle ; (2) the 
 Ehine; (3) the Danube ; (4) the Elbe ; (5) the Volga; (6) 
 the St. Lawrence ; (7) the Susquehanna ; (8) the Amazon. 
 2. (1) What number of degrees represent the greatest pos- 
 sible latitude ? (2) The greatest possible longitude ? (3) 
 Except at the equator, which is the greater, a degree of lati- 
 tude or a degree of longitude ? (4) Give, in degrees, the 
 width of the torrid zone. (5) Which way from the north 
 pole are London and New York? (6) What island near 
 Africa is crossed by the Tropic of Capricorn ? 3. Which 
 of the Mediterranean islands preserve substantially their 
 ancient names ? 4. What are the modern names of (1) 
 Lugdunum? (2) Massilia ? (3) Eboracum ? (4) Eubcea ? 
 (5) Corcyra ? (6) the Sequana ? (7) the Iberus ? (8) the Padus ? 
 5. (1) Platsea; (2) Sphacteria; (3) Syracuse; (4) ^gos- 
 potami : give the geographical situation of these places, and 
 say (in a sentence or two for each) what occurred there in the 
 Peloponnesian War. 6. Where, and over whom, did Alex- 
 ander the Great gain his greatest victories, and what were 
 the general results of his conquests ? 7. Wliich took place 
 first, (1) the fall of Carthage or the captivity of Jugurtha ? 
 (2) the battle of Actium or the battle of Pliilippi ? (3) 
 the death of Pompey or the death of Caesar ? (4) the death 
 of Antony or the death of Cicero ? (5) the fall of Corinth 
 or the fall of Jerusalem ? 8. Describe the city of Athens. 
 9. Contrast the empire, government, and policy of Athens 
 with those of Sparta, giving such instances and illustrations 
 as may occur to you. 
 
 XII. 
 
 1. (1) What are the principal river basins of France ? 
 (2) Give the general course of the rivers. (3) Through 
 
HISTORY AND GEOGRAPHY. 9 
 
 what waters must you pass in going from London to Can- 
 ton ? 2. The latitude of Boston is about 42° K ; its longi- 
 tude is about 71° W. (1) What city in Europe has nearly 
 the same latitude ? (2) and what are the latitude and longi- 
 tude of the point opposite, or antipodal, to Boston ? 3. Point 
 out the principal divisions, rivers, and mountains of Ancient 
 Italy, by means of an outline map, or not, as you please. 
 4. Where is (1) Mount Athos ? (2) Thermopylse ? (3) Arte- 
 misium ? (4) Salamis ? (5) Plataea ? (6) Mycale ? With the 
 geography of each place, mention some event connected 
 with the history of the place. 5. Name the important bat- 
 tles in the Second Punic War. 6. Give a particular account 
 of the legislation of Lycurgus, Solon, and Cleisthenes. 
 
 XIII. 
 
 1. Which way from Athens to (1) Corinth ; to (2) Mara- 
 thon ; to (3) Delos ; to (4) Thermopylse ; to (5) the Helles- 
 pont ; to (6) Crete : from Eome to (7) Carthage ; to (8) 
 Carthago Nova; to (9) Cannse; to (10) Neapolis ; to (11) 
 Tarentum; to (12) Verona ; to (13) Massilia ; to (14) Lug- 
 dunum ; to (15) the Baleares ; to (16) Gades ? 2. Three 
 statesmen : (1) Themistocles ; (2) Pericles ; (3) Epaminon- 
 das. 3. The expedition of Cyrus the Younger, and the 
 retreat of the Ten Thousand. 4. The chief events in the 
 life of Julius Caesar. 5. The rivers of Virginia, — describe 
 them. 6. The principal English colonies ; name and situ- 
 ation. 7. Give a brief account of the reforms of Cleis- 
 thenes. 8. The Persian invasions, and the principal battles 
 in each, — a short sketch. 9. After these invasions the war 
 languished for several years, until it was finally closed by 
 the Peace of Cimon : what can you relate of the times of 
 that peace ? Compare the Peace of Cimon with that of 
 Antalcidas, statins the time and circumstances of the lat- 
 
10 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 
 
 ter. 10. Compare Athens and Sparta. What were the 
 causes and results of the Peloponnesian War ? 11. Give 
 some account of PhiHp of Macedon and of Alexander, and 
 compare the two. 12. The geographical position and con- 
 figuration of Greece. 
 
 XIV. 
 
 1. Give a sketch of the life of Themistocles. 2. De- 
 scribe the battle of Platsea. 3. Describe the administra- 
 tion of Pericles, and illustrate it by events. 4. Write 
 an account of the Sicilian expedition. 5. Give the geo- 
 graphical position of Byzantium, Dyrrachium, Aquileia, 
 Tarentum, Saguntum, Cannae, Massilia, Eboracum. 6. 
 What is the difference between a parallel and a meridian ? 
 How far, in degrees, is each polar circle from its pole ? 
 What is the greatest possible latitude ? longitude ? 7. The 
 basin of a river is the entire area or territory watered or 
 drained by the river and all its branches : what European 
 states lie, wholly or in part, in the basin of the Ehine, and 
 what States of our Union are, wholly or in part, in the 
 basin of the Mississippi ? 8. Name a fact in the history of 
 each of the following places, and give the situation of each : 
 Marathon, Salamis, Plataea, Mantinea, Chaeronea, Arbela, 
 Cannae, Syracuse, Zama, Pharsalia, Philippi, Actium. 9. 
 What most notable service was rendered to his country 
 by Leonidas, Thrasybulus, Marius, Demosthenes, Cicero ? 
 
 XV. 
 
 1. Where were Corinth, Thessalonica, Philippi, Ephesus, 
 Sardis ? 2. Four important ancient battles : two from Gre- 
 cian and two from Eoman history. Name the victorious 
 and the vanquished party, and show the importance of the 
 battles. 3. The expedition of the Younger Cyrus against 
 
HISTORY AND GEOGRAPHY. 11 
 
 Persia, and that of Alexander. 4. The position of the Alps 
 and the Apennines ; the rivers that rise in them. 5. Any 
 four English colonies ; the chief Spanish colony ; the great 
 French dependency in Africa. To what power do the 
 Azores belong ? 6. Where are Batavia, Van Diemen's 
 Land, New Orleans, San Francisco ? What historical infer- 
 ences do you draw from their names ? 7. The statesman- 
 ship of Themis tocles. 8. The Athenian power at the 
 beginning and at the end of the Peloponnesian War. 9. 
 The Athenian and the Spartan polity, character, influence. 
 
 XVI. 
 
 1. Give the latitude of the tropics and of the polar 
 circles. What makes them good boundaries for zones ? 
 Define arctic and antarctic according to their derivation. 
 2. The longitude of St. Petersburg is 30° east from Green- 
 wich : give the longitude of two places, one 120° east, and 
 the other 120° west, from St. Petersburg. 3. What is 
 meant in geography by watershed and hasin ? What is the 
 relation of the Po to the Alps and Apennines, and of the 
 Mississippi to the Eocky Mountains and Alleghanies ? 
 4. Point out four towns in this country named after foreign 
 towns, and give the situation of the former and of the 
 latter. 5. Candia : its situation and ancient name. Mont 
 Blanc : in what country is it ? 6. Waterloo, Sebastopol, 
 Gettysburg, Sadowa: where? 7. Saguntum, the Trebia, 
 Lake Trasimenus, Cannae, Zama : geographically and his- 
 torically. 8. The Eubicon, Pharsalia, Philippi, Actium : 
 geographically and historically. 9. The Acropolis of 
 Athens. 10. Where is Syracuse ? Give an account of the 
 failure of the Athenian expedition to Sicily. 11. What 
 revolutions took place in the government of Athens be- 
 tween 477 and 403 B. C. ? By whom were they effected ? 
 
12 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 
 
 12. The character of Cimon. 13. Give the history of 
 Plataea. 14. In what year of the Peloponnesian War was 
 the battle of Amphipolis ? What were its consequences ? 
 Who was the victor ? Where was Amphipolis ? 
 
 XVII. 
 
 1. Themistocles, Pericles, Thrasybulus. Wliat, in hrief, 
 did these men severally do for Athens, and when ? 2. 
 Give the situation of Marathon, Thermopylae, Salamis, 
 Sphacteria, Syracuse, JEgos-potami, Leuctra, Arbela ; and 
 tell who won and who lost there. 3. Give the position of 
 the cities (or some of them) to which St. Paul's Epistles 
 were directly sent. 4. With what seas are the mountains of 
 Switzerland connected by rivers ? 5. Which of the United 
 States lie in the basin of the Mississippi Eiver ? 6. Name 
 and place three of the highest mountains in the world. 
 Knowing the height of a mountain in feet, with what 
 divisor will you reduce the height to miles ? 7. The sculp- 
 tor Pheidias (Phidias). 8. The first meeting of the Pelo- 
 ponnesian Confederacy at Sparta (B. C. 432) just before 
 the great war. 9. The Eoman Comitia. 10. Julius Csesar 
 in Spain. 
 
 XYIII. 
 
 1. Bound the hasin of the Po, of the Mississippi, of the 
 St. Lawrence. 2. Name the chief rivers of Ancient Gaul 
 and Modern France. Is France larger or smaller than 
 Transalpine Gaul ? What are the two principal rivers that 
 rise in the Alps ? Where is Mont Blanc ? 3. Where is the 
 source of the Danube ? of the Volga ? of the Ganges ? of the 
 Amazon ? 4. Describe the route of the Ten Thousand, or 
 lay it down on a map. 5. Leonidas, Pausanias, Lysander. 
 6. Pliarsalia, Philippi, Actium : geographically and histor- 
 
HISTORY AND GEOGRAPHY. 13 
 
 ically. 7. Supply the two names left blank in the follow- 
 ing passage from the Oration for the Manilian Law : " Non 
 dicam duas urbes potentissimas, Carthaginem et Numan- 
 
 tiam ab eodem ■ esse deletas ; non commemorabo 
 
 nuper ita vobis patribusqiie esse visum, ut in uno 
 
 spes imperii poneretur, ut idem cum Jugurtha, idem cum 
 Cimhris, idem cum Teutonis bellum administraret." Who 
 was Jugurtha ? Where was ISTumantia ? 8. Compare 
 Athens with Sparta. 9. Pericles : the man and his policy. 
 
 XIX. 
 
 1. From Caesar : " Gallos ab Aquitanis Garumna flumen, 
 a Belgis Matrona et Sequana dividit." "Aquitania a Ga- 
 rumna flumine ad Pyrenceos montes et eam partem Oceani, 
 quse est ad Hispaniain, pertinet." Translate these passages. 
 Bound Aquitania, describing geographical positions (where 
 names are in italics), and giving modern names. (You 
 may, if you choose, substitute a map for the clescri2otion) 
 2. From Caesar : " Undique loci natura Helvetii continentur; 
 una ex parte flumine Rlieno, qui agrum Helvetium a Ger- 
 manis dividit ; altera ex parte montc Jura altissimo, qui est 
 inter Sequanos et Helvetios : tertia lacu Lemanno et flumine 
 Rhodano qui Provinciam nostram ab Helvetiis dividit." 
 Deal with this as with the preceding. 3. From Virgil : 
 
 (1) " Quin Decios Drusosque procul, ssevumque securi 
 
 Adspice Torquatum, et referentem signa Camillum : " 
 
 (2) " Quis te, magne Cato, taciturn, aut te, Cosse, relinquat? 
 
 Quis Gracchi genus, aut geminos, duo fulmina belli, 
 Scipiadas, cladem Libyse ? " 
 
 Translate and explain. 4. Cicero enumerates the wars in 
 which Pompems had distinguished himself ; among them, 
 bellum " Hispaniense" bellum " servile!' bellum " navale." 
 
14 EXA]\nNATION PAPERS. 
 
 Explain. 5. The expedition of the younger Cyrus against 
 Persia, and that of Alexander : compare them. 6. De- 
 scribe Athens. 7. Name in proper order the chief events 
 of the Peloponnesian War, giving the geographical posi- 
 tions. 
 
 XX. 
 
 1. Where were Corinth, Thebes, Ephesus, Tarentum, 
 Massilia, Saguntum ? Where were the Pyrensei Montes ? 
 What sea on the east of Grsecia? What large islands 
 near Italia ? What large gulf in the south of Italia ? 
 Name the chief rivers of Hispania. 2. Cicero enumer- 
 ates the wars in which Pom;peius had distinguished him- 
 self; among them bellum " Hispaniense;' bellum "servile;* 
 bellum " navale!' Explain. 3. Three important battles 
 in Grecian history ; — name the victorious and the van- 
 quished party, and show the importance of the battles. 
 4. The expedition of Cyrus the Younger against Persia. 
 6. The siege of Syracuse. 6. The Athenian power at the 
 beginning, and at the end, of the Peloponnesian War. How 
 long did the war last ? 7. The first secession of the Plebs : 
 date, cause, and result. 8. The important battles of the 
 Second Punic War ; the commanders and victors in each. 
 9. The Gracchi, and their attempts at reform. 
 
 XXI. 
 
 1. From Csesar : " Extremum oppidum Allobrogum est 
 proximumque Helvetiorum finibus, Geneva!' " A lacu 
 Lernunno, qui in flumen Rlwdanum influit, ad montem Ju- 
 ram fossam perduxit." " Flumen est Arar, quod per fines 
 ^duorum et Sequanorum in Rlwdanum influit, incredibili 
 lenitate, ita ut oculis, in utram partem fluat, judicari non pos- 
 sit." Translate these passages. Describe the geographical 
 
HISTORY AND GEOGRAPHY. 15 
 
 situation of the places, etc., italicized, and give the modern 
 names. What important town is at the junction of what 
 were the Ehodanus and the Arar ? 2. From Cicero : 
 " Pompeius nondum tempestivo ad navigandum mari Sici- 
 Ham adiit, Africam exploravit ; inde Sarcliniam cum classe 
 venit. Inde cum se in Italiam recepisset, c^-wai^s Hispaniis 
 at Gallia Cisalpina prsesidiis ac navibus confirmata, missis 
 item in oram Illyrici Maris et in Acliaiam omnemque 
 Grseciam navibus, Italise duo maria maximis classibus 
 firmissimisque prsesidiis adornavit : ipse autem, ut a Brun- 
 disio profectus est, undequinquagesimo die totam ad imperi- 
 um popuK Romani Ciliciam adjunxit." Give a translation 
 and a geographical description. 3. Where were Argos, 
 Sparta, Salamis, Mt. Olympus, Mt. Ida, Sardis ? What 
 gulfs are separated by the Isthmus of Corinth ? Name the 
 chief rivers of Gallia, giving both ancient and modern 
 names. 4. Marathon, Thermopylae, Platsea, — geographi- 
 cally and historically. 5. Athens in the time of Pericles, 
 6. The Sicilian expedition. 7. Epaminondas, and the su- 
 premacy of Thebes. 8. Themistocles and Aristides. 9. 
 Philip of Macedon, and the battle of Chaeronea. 
 
 XXII. 
 
 1. " Sit Scipio ille clarus, cujus consilio atque virtute 
 Hannibal in Africam redire atque Italia decedere coactus 
 est ; ornetur alter eximia laude Africanus, qui duas urbes 
 huic imperio infestissimas, Carthaginem ISTumantiamque, 
 delevit ; habeatur vir egregius Paulus iUe, cujus currum 
 rex potentissimus quondam et nobihssimus Perses honesta- 
 vit ; sit eeterna gloria Marius, qui bis Italiam obsidione et 
 metu servitutis liberavit ; anteponatur omnibus Pompeius, 
 cujus res gestae atque virtutes iisdem quibus solis cursus re- 
 gionibus ac terminis continentur." Explain this passage 
 
16 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 
 
 from Cicero by brief notes, without M^iting a translation of 
 it. 2. From what places, etc., did the Bosporani, the Cyziceni, 
 the Cretenses, the Ehodii, mentioned by Cicero, respectively 
 derive their names ? Where were those places ? Where 
 were Brundisium, Caieta, Cilicia ? 3. Give the divisions 
 of the Peloponnesus, with their relative position, and 
 name a place in each. Connect historically Mantinea 
 with Leuctra in Boeotia. 4. What, and where, were the 
 chief settlements made outside of Greece by Greeks ? De- 
 scribe the great Sicilian expedition. 5. Point out and 
 describe the main causes of the growth and decline of the 
 Athenian power. 6. What were the relations at different 
 times between the Persian kings and the Greeks ? 
 
 XXIII. 
 
 1. Give a brief account of Caesar's campaign against 
 the Helvetii. Fix the position of the following : Lacus 
 Lemanus, the PJiodanus, the Allobroges, the Arar, Geneva. 
 What part did the Allobroges play in the Catilinarian 
 conspiracy ? 2. " Inde cum se in Italiam [Pompeius] rece- 
 pisset, duahus Hispaniis et Gallia Cisaljnna prsesidiis ac 
 navibus confirmata, missis item in oram Illyrici Maris et in 
 Achaiam omnemque Grseciam navibus, Italise duo maria 
 maximis classibus firmissimisque prsesidiis adornavit ; ipse 
 autem, ut a Brundisio profectus est, undequinquagesimo 
 die totam ad imperium populi Komani Ciliciam adjunxit." 
 Fix the position of the italicized provinces, towns, etc., 
 without translating the passage. 3. Corinth, Pliilippi, 
 Antioch, Sardis, Ephesus, Smyrna, — where situated ? 4. 
 Name the chief battles in which Greeks and Persians were 
 engaged between 5U0 and 300 B. C. Fix the positions, 
 give the dates, and show the importance of the several 
 battles. 5. Name some of the cliief islands belonging to 
 
HISTORY AND GEOGRAPHY. 17 
 
 Greeks or settled by Greeks, and point out tlie situation 
 of eacli. 6. The conquest of Greece by the Eomans. "Why 
 were the Bomans more successful than the Persians had 
 been ? 7. Themistocles and Pericles. 8. Pausanias and 
 Ly Sander. 
 
 XXIV. 
 
 1. " Interfectus est propter quasdam seditionum suspi- 
 ciones C. Gracchus!' (Cicero.) Translate and explain. 
 
 2. " Etenim recordamini, Quirites, omnes civiles dissensioncs, 
 neque (solum) eas quas audistis, sed et has quas vosmetipsi 
 meministis et vidistis." (Cicero.) Translate and explain. 
 
 3. " Majores vestri cum AntiocJio, cum Pliilippo, cumFcenis 
 bella gesserunt." (Cicero.) Translate and explain. 4. Brun- 
 disium, Caieta, Ostia, Gallia Cisalpina, Samos, Cilicia, Pon- 
 tus (the country). (Cicero.) Give the position of each. 
 5. " Classes eeratas, Acticc bella, 
 
 Cernere erat ; totumque instructo Marte videres 
 Pervere Leucatcn (auroque), effulgere fluctus. 
 
 Bcgina in mediis patrio (vocat) agmina sistro, 
 Xecduni etiam geminos a tergo respicit angues!' (Yirgil.) 
 Translate and explain. 6. Olympia and the Olympic 
 Games. The Olympiads. 7. Describe the battle of Mara- 
 thon and the battle of Salamis. 8. The character, policy, 
 and works of Pericles. 9. Xame the principal events 
 which mark the decline and fall of the Athenian power. 
 10. The most brilliant period and the most noted men in 
 the history of Thebes. Mention tiuo battles, give the geo- 
 graphical site of each, and date one of them. 11. Demos- 
 thenes. 12. Alexander's empire, and the kingdoms into 
 which it broke up. Date his death. 
 
18 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 
 
 XXV. 
 
 1. " Haec (sc. Italia) genus acre virum, Marsosque, pubem- 
 
 que Sabellam, 
 Adsuetumqiie malo Ligurem, Volscosque venitos 
 Extulit ; haec Decios, Marios, magnosque Camillos, 
 Scipiadas duros bello, et te, maxime Csesar." (Virgil.) 
 
 2. " Nos, quorum majores Antioclmm regem classe Persenque 
 superarunt, omnibusque navalibus pugnis Carthaginienses 
 .... vicerunt, ii nullo in loco jam prsedonibus pares esse 
 poteramus." (Cicero.) (Ii may be rendered, imperfectly, 
 by even we.) 3. " Ego enim sic existimo : Maximo, MarcellOj 
 Scipioni, Mario, et ceteris magnis imperatoribus, non solum 
 propter virtutem, sed etiam propter fortunam, ssepius im- 
 peria mandata atque exercitus esse commissos." (Cicero.) 
 With this passage, take the following from Virgil: — 
 
 " Tu Maximus ille es, 
 Unus qui nobis cunctando restituis rem." 
 4 Describe the city of Athens. 5. Name and describe 
 some important places and events which are associated 
 with the rivalry between Athens and Sparta. 6. What 
 were the causes of the fall of the Athenian power ? 7. The 
 first Darius and the last Darius : how were they con- 
 nected with Grecian history ? 8. JSTame some of the Greek 
 islands, and give their situation, with anything memorable 
 in their history. 9. The rise and fall of the Achaean 
 League. 10. What Eomans gained great victories over 
 Greeks ? when, and where ? 11. Name the sections or 
 provinces of the Peloponnesus, and point out places of 
 historical importance. (Draw a map, if you choose.) 
 
HISTORY AND GEOGRAPHY. 19 
 
 XXYI. 
 
 1. By a single map (or otherwise) illustrate the follow- 
 ing quotations from Caesar, without writing a translation 
 of them : Gallos ab Aquitanis Garumna flumen, a Belgis 
 Matrona et Sequana dividit. — Sequanos a Provincia nostra 
 Rhodanus dividit. — Extremum oppidum AUobrogum est 
 proximumque Helvetiorum finibus Geneva. Ex eo oppido 
 pons ad Helvetios pertinet. Give the modern names of 
 the rivers. 2. By means of a map, or a description in 
 words, show the situation, relatively to Rome, of the Italian 
 districts named in the following passage from one of Cice- 
 ro's orations against Catiline, without writing a translation 
 of the passage : Video, cui Apulia sit attributa, qui habeat 
 Etruriam, qui agrum Picenum, qui Gallicum, qui sibi has 
 urbanas insidias caedis atque incendiorum depoposcerit. 
 3. Write explanatory notes on the following lines from 
 the prophecy of Anchises in the sixth book of the Aeneid : 
 Ille triumphata Capitolia ad alta Corintho 
 Victor aget currum caesis insignis Achivis, 
 Eruet ille Argos Agamemnoniasque Mycenas, 
 Ipsumque Aeaciden, genus armipotentis Achilli, 
 Ultus avos Trojae templa et temerata Minervae. 
 
 4. Name (and date, as far 
 as you can) the chief occa- 
 sions which brought Greeks 
 into contact with Persians. 
 Give the situation of places: 
 5. Themistocles and Aris- 
 tides. 6. The causes and 
 results of the Peloponnesian 
 War. 7. What objects 
 
 4. The Aryan settlement 
 of Europe. 5. Forms of gov- 
 ernment in Greece. 6. Phil- 
 ip an^ Alexander ; the results 
 of tlie conquests of the latter. 
 7; The increase of the do- 
 minion of Rome during and 
 in consequence of the Punic 
 Wars. 8. The Claudian, 
 
20 
 
 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 
 
 would an Athenian be most 
 likely to point out to a stran- 
 ger visiting Athens ? De- 
 scribe some of them. 8. 
 Name some turning-points or 
 critical periods in the history 
 of Athens. What made them 
 such? 
 
 Flavian, and " Good " emper- 
 ors. Name them, and give 
 some account of one emperor 
 from each class. 9. Dio- 
 cletian and Constantine. 
 
 XXYII. 
 
 1. Cicero mentions, in his account of the depredations 
 of the pirates, Cnidus, Colophon, Samos, Misenum. Where 
 were they ? 2. In what part of Gaul was the territory 
 of the Aedui ? that of the Sequani ? that of the Arverni ? 
 that of the Treviri ? Describe the course of the Ehodanus, 
 the Arar, and the Ehenus, and give the modern names of 
 these rivers. 3. Write explanatory notes on the follow- 
 ing lines from the third book of the Aeneid : — 
 
 Linquimus Ortygiae portus, pelagoque volamus. 
 Bacchatamque jugis Naxon viridemque Donusam, 
 Olearon, niveamque Paron, sparsasque per aequor 
 Cycladas, et crebris legimus freta consita terris. 
 Nauticus exoritur vario certamine clamor ; 
 Hortantur socii, Cretam proavosque petamus. 
 4. Name several of the! 4. Compare the geograph- 
 rivers or mountains in Greece ical character of Greece with 
 which are noted in mythol- ! that of Italy. 5. B. C. 490, 
 ogy or history. 5. Name 480, 431-404, 334-323: to 
 some places of historical in- what events in the history 
 terest in the Peloponnesus, of Greece do these dates 
 and give the position of each, i point ? 6. The relations of 
 
HISTORY AND GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 21 
 
 6. Represent by a map, or 
 describe otherwise, the course 
 of the expedition of Cyrus 
 the Younger, and of that of 
 Alexander of Macedon. 7. 
 The Eoman Conquest of 
 Greece. 8. B. C. 490, 480, 
 431 - 404, 334 - 323 : to 
 what events in the history 
 of Greece do these dates 
 point ? 9. Give the situa- 
 tion of each of the following 
 places, and connect an event 
 with each : Marathon, Ther- 
 mopylae, Plataea, Leuctra, 
 Syracuse, Chaeronea. 
 
 the Italian States to Eome. 
 
 7. The Eoman civil wars. 
 
 8. The extent of the Eoman 
 Empire. 9. The English 
 conquest of Britain. 
 
22 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 
 
 MODERN AND PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 I. 
 
 1. Give a physical description of Italy. 2. Define pla- 
 teau, delta, stejyjje, light, lagoon, glacier. What is the jirojih 
 of a country ? 3. How many degrees apart from each 
 other are the two polar circles ? What is the breadth (in 
 degrees) of the torrid zone ? ^\^iat is the shortest dis- 
 tance in degrees of longitude between Madras (80° E. from 
 Greenwich) and San Francisco (122|-'' W.) ? 4. Describe 
 the chief physical features of the State in Avhich you live. 
 6. Describe the Andes, and one of the three great river 
 systems of South America. 6. JS^ame the rivers connected 
 with the lakes of Switzerland and of Northern Italy, and 
 give their source, course, and end. 7. The Yosges, the 
 Jura, the Carpathians ; Mt. Everest, Mt. Chimborazo, Mont 
 Blanc, Monte Eosa, Mt. St. Elias. Give their position. 
 8. To what powers belong the Azores, Corsica, Malta, Heli- 
 goland, Algeria, Batavia, Manilla, Sydney, Havana ? 9. 
 Constantinople, Alexandria, Gibraltar, JSTew York, Xew 
 Orleans, Hamburg, — show the convenience or importance 
 of the position of each. 
 
 II. 
 
 1. What is meant by the terms "latitude" and "longi- 
 tude " ? 2. Give the approximate longitude, reckoned from 
 the meridian of Greenwich, of London ; New York ; Cape 
 Horn ; the Cape of Good Hope ; Melbourne ; Shanghai ; tlie 
 Sandwich Islands. 3. Name and give the position, with 
 reference to the various countries, of the principal moun- 
 
MODERN AND PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY. 23 
 
 tain chains of Europe. 4. Name and give the position and 
 direction of the principal mountain ranges of North and 
 South America. 5. Describe the principal rivers of Nortli 
 America, giving an approximate statement of the ]30sition 
 of their sources, the direction in which tliey run, and their 
 lengths. 6. Describe the principal rivers of Europe, in 
 the manner indicated in the preceding question. 7. Name 
 the principal islands of the East Indies, and state to what 
 political powers they belong. 8. Name the West India 
 Islands, and state to what powers they belong. 9. Describe 
 the position of France with reference to the adjacent coun- 
 tries, rivers, mountains, and seas. 10. What are the advan- 
 tages of London with regard to its geographical position ? 
 of St. Louis ? of Chicago ? of San Francisco ? 11. What 
 are the principal exports of England ? of the United 
 States ? of Piussia ? of Central America ? 12. State ap- 
 proximately the population of the most important states of 
 Europe. 
 
 in. 
 
 1. Where is Manilla ? Through what waters and across 
 what countries would you pass in travelling from ]\Ianilla 
 to New York, (a) entirely by water, (h) partly by water and 
 partly by land ? 2. Explain what is meant by latitude 
 and longitude. What is the longitude of the point in the 
 northern hemisphere directly opposite Washington ? (As- 
 sume longitude of Washington 77° W.) What is the lati- 
 tude and longitude of the point in the southern hemisphere 
 directly opposite Cambridge ? The latitude of Cambridge 
 is 42° 23' N, the longitude 71° 7' W. 3. Mention the dif- 
 ferent bodies of water surrounding the British Islands, and 
 the rivers flowing into each. 4. Give as precisely as you 
 can the position of the following mountains, and state, 
 
24 /v , ., r . J>EXAMINATION PAPERS. 
 
 where possible, to what range each belongs : — Washington ; 
 St. Elias ; Hecla ; Elburz ; Pike's Peak ; Dwalagiri ; Chim- 
 borazo ; Shasta ; Orizaba. 5. Enumerate the States and 
 Territories through or by which the Mississippi, Missouri, 
 and Ohio Eivers flow. 6. State the principal conditions 
 which determine the head of navigation on a river. Name 
 the town or city at the head of navigation on two rivers 
 in the United States, and on one in Europe. 7. State 
 what you know about the Gulf Stream. 
 
 lY. 
 
 1. State as precisely as you can where the following rivers 
 rise and empty, their general directions, and the countries 
 or states which they cross or bound : — Amazon ; Ehine ; 
 Connecticut ; Volga ; Indus ; Ohio ; Obi ; St. Lawrence. 
 2. Explain the terms latitude and longitude. Given the 
 lonsjitude of Melbourne as 145° E. when referred to Green- 
 wich, what would be its longitude when referred to Wash- 
 ington ? (Washington lies 77° west of Greenwich.) 3. De- 
 scribe the coast of Asia from Behring's Strait to the Strait 
 of Malacca, mentioning the peninsulas, the seas, the mouths 
 of important rivers, and the islands lying near the main- 
 land. (Draw a map comprising these particulars, if you 
 prefer.) 4. What is meant by the snoiu line ? Name some 
 countries in which the snow line is very high. 5. Mention 
 the principal islands in the Atlantic Ocean, and state to 
 what political power each belongs. 6. Bound France, and 
 give the name and position of four of its chief cities. 
 7. Name and give the position of the principal mountain 
 ranges of North and South America. 8. Bound Pennsyl- 
 vania. What mountains cross the State ? What are its 
 principal rivers ? How does it rank with the other States 
 as to area ? as to population ? 
 
MODERN AND PHYSICAL 
 
 V. 
 
 1. What is the breadth of the north temperate zone in 
 degrees ? in miles ? 2. What is the length of the longest 
 day at the North Pole ? at the Arctic Circle ? at the Equa- 
 tor ? Account for the differences. 3. What countries of 
 South America are on the Pacific coast ? Which one has 
 no coast line ? 4. Through- what waters would a vessel 
 pass in sailing from Sevastopol to St. Petersburg ? 5. In 
 what zone does Australia principally lie? What is the 
 chief river of Australia ? What gulf on the north ? What 
 important islands and groups of islands to the north and 
 east ? 6. Give the position of the following cities as pre- 
 cisely as you can, naming in all cases the river or other 
 body of water on or near which the city lies: — Cayenne, 
 Constantinople, Detroit, Lyons, Madras, Omaha, Palermo, 
 Para, Sitka, Zanzibar. 7. Bound Illinois. What is its cap- 
 ital ? Give the name and position of three other important 
 cities. What are its chief rivers, and in what direction do 
 they flow ? 8. Upon what three circumstances is the cli- 
 mate of any region chiefly dependent ? 9. To what states 
 or countries would you go for caoutchouc ? coffee ? olives ? 
 opium ? pepper ? rice ? silk ? sugar ? tapioca ? turpentine ? 
 10. Write what you can about coral islands and reefs. 
 
 VI. 
 
 1. What is meant by the relief of a country ? the 'pro- 
 file ? What are the principal features of relief in North 
 America ? 2. Bound the three principal river basins of 
 South America. 3. In what direction are the Bahamas 
 from the Bermudas ? the Azores from Oporto ? Honolulu 
 from San Francisco ? Pekin from Yedo ? 4. Through or 
 
26 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 
 
 near what countries, islands, important cities, and bodies 
 of water does the Tropic of Cancer pass ? 5. Name and 
 give the situation of the English colonies in Africa. 6. 
 Bound Italy. What is its largest city ? Name its princi- 
 pal mountains and rivers. If there is any tiling peculiar 
 about any of the rivers, mention and explain it. 7. Where 
 are the following gulfs and bays : — Finland, Bothnia, 
 Aden, Bengal, Lyons, Chesapeake ? Name the important 
 rivers, if any, which empty into each. 8. "VVliat are tho 
 principal productions and exports of Eussia ? France ? 
 Cuba ? Japan ? Peru ? 9. How do the forms of govern-, 
 ment of the five principal nations of Europe differ ? 10. 
 Write what you can about the trade winds. 
 
GEEEK COMPOSITION. 27 
 
 GEEEK COMPOSITION. 
 
 1. "What then ? When ^ the Athenians and my [fellow] 
 citizens ^ come,^ let iis summon ^ this man also, that we 
 may consult ^ together.^ 2. Cyrus said, " If you go '' now, 
 when ^ shall you be at home ? " ^ 3. my country ! ^^ 
 that all who inhabit ^^ thee would love thee as I now do ! 
 4. Not many days after this, Chares ^^ came from Athens 
 with ^3 a few ^* ships ; and immediately the Lacedaemoni- 
 ans and Athenians fought a naval battle. ^^ The Lacedae- 
 monians were victorious,^^ under the lead ^^ of Hegesandri- 
 das.^^ 
 
 1. ineihav. 2. TTokirqs. 3. cpxofiai. 4. KaXeco. 5. o^ju/SovXevo 
 (mid.). 6. Koivfj. 7. etfxt. 8. Trore. 9. oiW. 10. irarpis. 
 11. oIk€<o. 12. Xaprjs. 13. e;(CDi'. 14. oXiyos. 15. vau^ap^eoj. 
 16. PiKao). 17. ^ycojxai (gen. absol.). 18. 'Hyrjaapdpldas. 
 
 IL 
 
 1. After these things, Pericles rose,^ and thus spoke. 
 2. Do not obey ^ these most wicked men. 3. On the next ^ 
 day he gave them what he promised.^ 4. All the Greeks 
 happened ^ to be doing this. 5. Many fear lest these things 
 should happen^ while Philip is king."^ 6, If these things 
 were true,^ it would be still more terrible.^ 
 
 1. dviaTrjiii. 2. Treidco. 3. vaTepatos. 4. vmcx^^opaL. 5. Tvy 
 xdvco' with the participle. 6. yiyvop.ai. 7. genitive absolute. 
 8. dXT]6Tj5- 9. deivos. 
 
28 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 
 
 III. 
 
 1. Any one might justly^ praise ^ him, not only for^ 
 these things, but for what he did about * the same time.^ 
 2. If you do ^ what I just ^ now told ^ you, you will have 
 all things which any one could wish.^ 3. that ^^ these 
 things had happened ^^ as we wished ! ^ But since ^^ we 
 were unfortunate,^^ let us do what the wisest of us shall 
 command. ^^ 4. If these men had not perished,^^ the city 
 would have been saved ^^ and we should now be free.^'' 
 
 1. dLKaias. 2. irraivia. 3. IttL 4. irepi 5. ;!^poi/oy. 6. Troteoj. 
 
 7. apri. 8. <f)pd^a). 9. ^ovXofxai. 10. eWe. 11. y'lyvopai. 
 
 12. 67rei. 13. aTvxr]^. 14. iceXevca. 15. tzTToXXv/it. 16. crco^o). 
 17. iXivdepos. 
 
 TV. 
 
 1. If I appear ^ to be \\Trong ^ I will pay ^ the penalty. 
 2. If you should turn ^ from evils, you would quickly ^ be- 
 come ^ better. 3. I fear '' lest we have forgotten ^ the road ^ 
 home.^^ 4. If Philip had had this opinion,^^ — that it is 
 difficult ^2 to fight ^^ with the Athenians, — he would have 
 done ^* no one of the tilings which he has done. 
 
 1. BoKeco. 2. dbiKeto. 3. dUrjv bovvai. 4. dirorpeTtofiai. 5. cv 
 rdxei. 6. yiyvopai. 7. fieiSco. 8. iirCkavOavop-ai. 9. oSo'r. 10. 
 oiKoSe. 11. yvd)p.r]. 12. p^aXeTTOS. 13. TroXf/Aeco. 14. npdo-aa. 
 
 V. 
 
 1, Those who w^ere looking' ^ on feared ^ lest their friends ^ 
 should suffer* anything. 2. They all said^ that the king^ 
 had sent "^ them, and that they wished ^ to make an alli- 
 ance ^ with Cyrus. 3. If another shall come ^^ in his own 
 name,^^ him ye will receive.^^ 4 When this had hap- 
 
GREEK COMPOSITION. 29 
 
 pened,^^ all believed ^^ that an assembly ^^ would be sum- 
 moned.^^ 
 
 1. Beaofiat (partic). 2. (})o^eofjLai. 3. (J^lXos. 4. Trdaxto. 5. 
 Xeyo) with on. 6. ^aaiKevs. 7. 7re/i:ra). 8. (Soi/Xoixai. 9. crt'/x- 
 fxaxeco. 10. epxofiai. 11. ouojjLa. 12. Xafx^dvco. 13. yi'yi/o/iat. 
 14, oio/xat. 15. eKKXtjcia. 16. oruyicaXe'a). 
 
 VI. 
 
 1. You would be approved/ should you appear ^ not to 
 do those things which you would blame ^ others for doing. 
 2. Swear * by no ^ god for the sake of ^ money, not even ^ 
 if you are not about ^ to violate^ your faith.^^ 3. The 
 king 11 said ^^ that the messenger ^^ was not then present/* 
 and that, if he had been, these things would not have oc- 
 curred.!^ 4. Would that I had ^^ the wings ^^ of an eagle,i^ 
 that leaving ^^ the earth ^o I might be numbered ^^ among ^ 
 the stars ! -^ 
 
 1. elSoKineo). 2. (fiaipoiiat. 3. ciriTLfjLdco. 4. ofivvfii. 5. firjbeis 
 or ouSei'y '? 6. ci/eKo. 7. /Lij;Se. 8. fieXXetv. 9. irapa^aiveiv. 10. 
 niaTis. 11. ^aaiXevs. 12. Xeyeii/ with or<. 13. ayyeXoy. 14. 
 ndpeiiJii. 15. yLyvo[xai. 16. e;(fti'. 17. TTTcpov. 18. aeroy. 19. 
 XetVcD. 20. y^. 21. dpi6peoi. 22. eV. 23. aarpov. 
 
 VII. 
 
 1. I tried 1 to show^ him that^ he thought* he was 
 wise, but ^ was not. 2. He says ^ that these things hap- 
 pened ^ while Cyrus ^^ was king. ^ 3. Let no one believe ^ 
 that I now fear ^^ lest our state ^^ be ruined.^^ 4. If these 
 men were not unjust,i^ they would not have condemned i* 
 these generals ^^ to death.^^ 5. He burned i" the vessels/^ 
 that Cyrus ^^ might not pass over.^*^ 
 
 1. Treipdofiau 2. dfUvvfii. 3. or*. 4. otopit (with infin.). 
 
30 EXAillNATION PAPERS. 
 
 5. de (with preceding fiev). 6. (prjixi (with infin.). 7. yiyvofiat. 
 8. participle of ^aaikevco. 9. vofxiCco (with infin.). 10. (po^^o- 
 fiat. 11. TTo'Xt?. ]2. dnoWv/xi (2d aor. mid.). 13, aSt/ceco. 
 14. KaTayiyvcocrKco. 15. a-Tparrjyos. 16. Bavaros. 17. /caraAcdcD. 
 18. TrXoIoj/. 19. Ki>os. 20. dia^aiva. 
 
 VIIT. 
 
 1. The king ^ is chosen ^ in order that those who choose ^ 
 him may be benefited ^ by * him. 2. They said ^ that Cy- 
 rus ^ was dead,"^ and that Ariseus ^ would flee.^ 3. If he had 
 been here,^^ would he have overlooked ^^ these things, or 
 have punished ^2 these impious ^^ men? 4. May we desire^* 
 only^^ those things which we shall rejoice ^^ to have ac- 
 quired.^^ 5. Before ^^ he came,^^ the ships ^^ happened^ 
 to have gone ^ to Caria ^^ to summon ^^ assistance.^ 
 
 1. ^aaiKevs. 2. alpea. 3. eu TrpdrreLv. 4, 8id. 5. Xcyta (ort). 
 
 6. Kvpos. 7. 6vr](TKa). 8. ^Apialos. 9. (f>evya>. 10. irapeipi. 11. 
 Trfpiopdoj. 
 
 levff. ^. aipea>. 6. eu irpaTreiv. 4, Ota. 0. Acyta (orty. 
 7. 6vr](TKa). 8. ^Apialos. 9. (f>evya>. 10. irapeipi. 11. 
 
 .. .^. J 12. KoXd^o). 13. dcrc^r)S. 14. (7n6vp.e(0. 15. ^^aipto. 
 
 16. KeKTTjpat. 17. fiovov. 18. TrpiV. 19. epx^p-ai. 20. ravs. 21. 
 Ti;'y;(di/co. 22. ot^ofiai. 23. Kapia. 24. TreptayyeAXo) (participle). 
 
 25. /3077^€ll». 
 
 IX. 
 
 1. All of them fear ^ lest they may be compelled ^ to do 
 many ^ things which now they do not wish ^ to do. 2. 
 that ^ this man had had ^ strength ^ equal ^ to his mind. ^ 
 3. They called in^^ physicians ^^ when they were sick,^^ 
 that they might not die.^^ 4. He showed ^* that he was 
 ready ^^ to fight ^^ if any one should come out.^^ 
 
 1. (polSeofxai. 2. dfayfcd^o). 3. ttoXu?. 4. ^ouXo^ai. 5. tWf. 
 
 6. e;)(Ci). 7. poipt]. 8. icroy. 9. yvoipri. 10. TvapaKoKfa. 11. 
 
 larpos. 12. voaeo) (partic). 13. d7ro^j^/70-K&>. 14. d/jXco) (with 
 
 OTt). 15. £Tot/xof. 16. fidxofxai. 17. €^€p)(opai. 
 
GEEEK COMPOSITION. ^ 
 
 X. 
 
 1. He said ^ that he had come ^ that he might see ^ both 
 what was doing and what had been done. 2. I told him 
 that, if these things had been true,* this would not have 
 happened.^ 3. Would that he were alive ; '^ for he would 
 not fear ^ these dangers ^ as you do. 4. Do you wish ^ me 
 to come ? 2 Tell ^ him not to fear ^ me, tliinking ^^ I shall 
 be angry.ii 
 
 1. Xeyo). 2. €p)(Ofjiac. 3. opdco. 4. oiXrjdfj^. 5. yiyvoyiai. 6. 
 ^ovkoixai. 7. ^d(o. 8. (po^ovixai. 9. Kivdvuos. 10. o'iofxai. 11. 
 ;(a\67raiVa). 
 
 XL 
 
 1. It is said ^ that the king ^ sent them away,^ fearing * 
 lest they should perish^ by remaining.^ 2. Athens,'' al- 
 though it was ^ great ^ before,^^ then became ^^ greater, hav- 
 ing been freed ^^ from tyrants. ^^ 3. Who of all the Greeks 
 would not justly^* have hated ^^ us, if we had fled^^ and 
 had left i'' our city to the barbarians ? ^^ 4. Call ^^ no one 
 .happy 2^ before 2^ he is dead.-^ 
 
 1. Xe'yco. 2. fiaa-iXevs. 3. aTroTrefXTra). 4. (fio^eofxai. 5. oTrdX- 
 Xv/Ltt. 6. /ie'i/o). 7. 'Adrjvai. 8. Participle of et/it. 9. /xeya?. 
 10. Tipiv. 11. yiyvofxai. 12. aTraXXao-o-o). 13. rvpavvos. 14. 
 SiKaicos. 15. pLaico. IG. (pevyco. 17. KaraXetVcD. 18. ^ap^apos. 
 19. fcaXeo). 20. oXjStos. 21. TrptV. 22. TeXeurdco. 
 
 XII. 
 
 1. Wish ^ to be a friend ^ of the powerful,^ in order that 
 you may not suffer punishment* if you act unjustly.^ 2. 
 We fear ^ lest,^ if we do ^ this, we shall miss ^ at once ^® 
 what we have gained ^^ and what we hope ^^ to gain. 3. 
 The messenger ^^ came ^* to announce ^^ that the city had 
 
32 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 
 
 been taken,^^ but that the citizens ^^ were hidden ^^ near ^^ 
 the sea.2<^ 4 Would ^i that he had died ^ in his youth,^^ 
 for 2^ lie now would be happy.^'^ 
 
 1. ^ovXoixai. 2. (fiiXos. 3. to he 2^oiverful, bvvaadai. 4. 6i- 
 KTyi/ SoCi/at. 5. aSi^eiJ/. 6. (po^ovjiai. 7. /:i;7. 8. TvpaTTco. 9. 
 duapravcd. 10. a/ia. 11. Ti'"y;(aj/a). 12. eXntCfo. 13.* ayyeXoy. 
 14. epp(Ofiai. 15. ayyeXXo). 16. aXiaKOfjLai. 17. ttoXlttjs. 18. 
 KpviTTco. 19. Trapd. 20. ^aXarra. 21. €t^e. 22. d7ro6ur]o-Ka>. 
 23. a young man, veavia-Kos. 24. cVei. 25. evdaijMav. 
 
 XIII. 
 
 1. I trust ^ that these things which you have heard ^ are- 
 true.^ 2. Who would not wish"^ to leave his country,^ 
 when such base ^ men are in power ? ^ 3. The same men 
 were present ^ when these things happened.^ 4. He said ^^ 
 that, although he was ^^ a god, he wished * to die.^ 
 
 1. TrtoTCuo). 2. aKovo). 3. aXrj^j;?. 4. (Boi/Xofiai. 5. Trarpls. 
 6. TTOvripos. 7. Kparea (partic). 8. Trdpetfii. 9. yiyvofiat. 10. 
 etn-oi*. 11. participle. 12. dnodprjaKa)* 
 
 XIV. 
 
 1. After these things, a battle ^ having taken place,^ the 
 Greeks were victorious.^ 2. The king himself came as 
 quickly * as possible ^ with the army.^ 3. The same general "^ 
 commanded ^ the army in both ^ the battles. 4. Many of 
 the children ^^ whom he saw feared ^^ lest they should be 
 taken.^2 5 jf these things had been true,^^ it would have 
 been still ^^ more terrible.^^ 
 
 1. p-dx")- 2. yiyvop.ai. 3. viKdoi. 4. raxV' 5. eo?. 
 vpLa. 7. arpaTTjyos. 8. fiyeop.ai. 9. dpL(j)6T(pos. 10. i 
 o^eofiai. 12. Xa/x/3dj/ci). 13, dXrjdrjS' 14. ert. 15. de 
 
GREEK COMPOSITION. 33 
 
 XV. 
 
 1. I told 1 him that you all ^ were my ^ friends.* 2. He 
 acts ^ thus ^ that he may not seem ^ to wrong ^ the state.^ 
 
 3. If he had been just/^ this would not have happened.^i 
 
 4. Do you think ^^ they will flee ^^ when ^^ they see ^^ us ? 
 
 1. Xeyo). 2. 7ra9. 3. possessive dative. 4. <^iXos. 5. Trpar- 
 TCi). 6. ourcoy. 7. doKeco. 8. aSt/ceoj. 9. TrdXtj. 10. ^iKaios. 
 11. yiyvojjiai. 12. or/xat. 13. cjievyoo. 14. orai/. 15. opao). 
 
 XVI. 
 
 1, They came^ in order to destroy ^ their ^ enemies.* 
 2. If you should say ^ this, he would be angry.^ 3. The 
 men '^ reported ^ that they had seen ^ no one.^^ 4 He de- 
 clares ^^ that he expects ^^ to die.^^ 
 
 1. epxofiai. 2. dnoWvfXL. 3. article. 4. ixBpos. 5. Xeyo). 
 6. ;(nXe7rati'a). 7. aJ'jyp. 8. aTrayyeXXa). 9. opdco, 10. ovdels. 
 11. aTTo^alvco. 12. ot/zat. 13. OufjcrKS). 
 
 XVII. 
 
 1. While ^ Alexander ^ was ^ in the country ^ of the Uxii,* 
 his horse Bucephalus ^ w^as ^ once ^ missing.^ 
 
 1. participle. 2. 'AXe^ai/Spos. 3. x'^P^- 4* O^'l^ot- «^- ^o"" 
 Ke<^aXaff. 6. ylyvoyLai. 7. OUlit. 8. d(f)avr]S' 
 
 2. Accordingly/ he proclaimed ^ through ^ the country 
 that he would kill* all the Uxii, unless they brought^ him 
 back his horse. 
 
 1. ovv. 2. 7rpoKr]pvTTa. 3. dvd. 4. diroKT^lvcxi. 5. aTrayco. 
 
 3. And such^ fear^ of the king had^ the barbarians, 
 that* Bucephalus was sent^ back directly^ upon'^ the 
 proclamation.^ 
 
 1. Toaoa-be. 2. (po^os. 3. use elfxi 4. coore. 5. aTTOTre/xTTCB. 
 6. €vdvS. 7. €771. 8. KTjpvyfJLa. 
 
34 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 
 
 XVITL 
 
 1. Did not Homer ^ call ^ Agamemnon ^ shepherd * of the 
 people,^ because a general ^ ought "^ to take care ^ that his 
 soldiers ^ be both ^^ safe ^^ and ^^ prosperous ? ^^ 
 
 1. "OfJLtjpos. 2. 7rpo(Tayop€vco. 3. 'Ayafxefivcov. 4. ttoiixtjv. 5. Xaos. 
 6. aTpaTT]y6s. 7. fiei. 8. eTTt/icXto/xat. 9. (XTpaTicoTijs* 10. re 
 icat. 11. o-oiff. 12. evbaipcov. 
 
 2. For ^ you know 2 that generals are chosen ^ to be au- 
 thors * of prosjoerity ^ to those who chose them. 
 
 1. yap. 2. otSa. 3. alpiop.aL. 4. aiVioy. 5. (vdatfiouia, 
 
 3. It seems ^ to me, therefore/-^ that Agamemnon would 
 not have been applauded ^ by Homer, had he not been ex- 
 cellent * in this particular.^ 
 
 1. doKfca. 2. ovv. 3. enatveco. 4. from dyados. 5. omit. 
 
 XIX. 
 
 1. As^ Xenophon 2 w^as ^ sacrificing,^ a messenger* ar- 
 rived^ from Mantinea,^ announcing"^ that his son ^ Gryl- 
 lus ^ was dead.^o 
 
 1. omit. 2. S€V0(})5)V. 3. 6va. 4. ayyeXos. 5. tJk(o. 6. 
 MaiTtVeta. 7. Xeyw. 8. vios. 9. FpvXXo?. 10. to die, OvrjaKO). 
 
 2. Then^ he^ laid^ aside the garland,* but^ continued^ to 
 sacrifice. 
 
 1. KaL 2. cKflvos. 3. aTTOTidepai. 4. areipavos. 5. de pre- 
 ceded by fxev. 6. SiareXco). 
 
 3. But when ^ the messenger had added ^ this ^ also,* that 
 he had died victorious,^ Xenophon put ^ the garland on ^ 
 again.'^ 
 
 1. eVei. 2. TTpoaTiBrjut. 3. eKelvos. 4. <ca(. 5. i/udo} (parti- 
 ciple). 6. iiriTiBeiiai.. 7. TraXti'. 
 
GREEK COMPOSITION. 35 
 
 XX. 
 
 1. Tliemistocles 1 saicl^ that the tropliies^ of Miltiades^ 
 woke ^ him from his sleep.^ 
 
 1. QefXKTTOKXrjs. 2. Xeyco. 3. rpoTraiou. 4. MikTiddrjs. 5. dvi- 
 
 O-TIJfJLl. 6. VTTUOS. 
 
 2. Do not hasten ^ to he ^ rich,^ lest thou speedily ^ be- 
 come ^ poor/5 
 
 1. o-TreuSco. 2. TrXovreo). 3. ra^v. 4. yiyvonai. 5. 7rein]s. 
 
 3. If he shall slay^ his^ enemy ,^ he will pollute* his 
 hand.^ 
 
 1. diroKTelva. 2. possess, genit. 3. ixOpos. 4. fttatW 5. 
 
 4 A report ^ was spread ^ abroad ^ that the allies ^ had 
 revolted * from the city.^ 
 
 1. Xoyos. 2. diaaireipQ}. 3. avpiiaxos. 4. d(j)i(TTr]iit. 5. ttoXi;. 
 
 XXI. 
 
 1. It became^ evident,^ that^ the Greeks strongly* 
 feared ^ lest he should become a tyrant.^ 2. The god, as it 
 seems/ often ^ rejoices^ in making ^^ the small great, and^^ 
 the gi'eat small. 3. The Thebans after this raised ^^ a tro- 
 phy,^^ and gave up^* the dead^^ under truce.^^ 4. He 
 replied,^'' that he was not marching "^^ that ^^ he might do 
 wrong 2^ to any, but that he might assist ^^ those who were 
 wronged.22 
 
 1. yiyvoiiai. 2. S^Xoy. 3. oti. 4. t(r;(upa)p. 5. ^o/Se'o/int. 
 a. Tvpavvos. 7. eoiKa. 8, iroWaKis. 9. x^'*-?^- 1^- p^irticiple of 
 «oif(». 11. bi (with preceding /ueV). 12. to-rT^/xi. 13. rponaiov. 
 14. dTToSiSoj/xai. 15. pcKpos. 16. v7ro<T7roi/8os. 17. diroKpluopLai. 
 18. arpaTevofiai. 19. tva. 20. dfii/ceo). 21. /So/y^ew. 22. parti- 
 ciple. 
 
36 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 
 
 XXII. 
 
 1. He thought ^ that he needed ^ friends ^ for this pur- 
 pose,'* that he might have helpers.^ 2. that^ I had 
 as great ' power ^ as ^ tliese kings now have ! 3. They were 
 not able ^^ to prevent ^^ Philip from passing through.^^ 4 
 They announced ^^ that they should treat ^* all these as 
 enemies. ^^ 
 
 1, oiojxai (w. infin.). 2. deofxai. 3. (piXos. 4. evcKa. 5. avvep- 
 yos. 6. eWe. 7. toctovtos. 8. Bvpafiis. 9. oa-os. 10. diiva/xat. 
 11. KcoXuco. 12. Trapepxofiai (aor.). 13. irpoayopevco (ort). 14, 
 Xpdofxat {lise). 15. TTokepios. 
 
 XXIII. 
 
 1. The king said that whoever killed ^ the man should 
 rule 2 the whole city. 2. They feared^ that the ariny would 
 bring ^ aid to the inhabitants,^ for they perceived ^ that the 
 citizens were not despondent.'^ 3. The eagle ^ remained 
 until ^ evening ^^ came ^^ on ; and, terrified ^^ by the sight,^^ 
 we came to the soothsayers^^ to make^^ communication 
 about ^^ the omen.^^ 4. He hoped ^^ that he should die ^^ 
 that day ,2*^ that he might be released ^^ from his chains.^^ 
 
 5. Take 2^ this soldier, aud keep^^ him until ^ I come^^ with^^ 
 the king's army. 6. Do not inflict ^^ misery ^ on me who 
 am miserable ^^ already .^^ 
 
 1. a7T0KT€LV(0. 2. opX<^- 3. CJiO^OVlMai. 4. ^0T]6€(0. 5. ivOlK€(0. 
 
 6. aladavopai. 7. ddv/JLeco. 8. derof. 9. eois. 10. iairfpa. 11. 
 €7Tiyiyvofiai. 12. cKiiXr)(Ta(o. 13. o\//^ir. 14. /xairt?. 15. /coti/dct). 
 IG. TTf/Ji. 17. ^floi/. 18. iXni^oj. 19. dno6vr](TKai. 20. fjixfpa. 
 21. Xvo). 22. decrfj-os. 23. Xap^dvo). 24. crcb^ci). 25. €p\op.au 
 26. e;(w. 27. TrposTidrjpi. 28. i/ocroff. 29. j/oaeo). 30. ^dy. 
 
GREEK COMPOSITION. 37 
 
 XXIV. 
 
 1. They say that when animals ^ were endowed ^ with 
 voices, the sheep ^ said to her master ^ : " You do ^ a curi- 
 ous ^ thing,''' because ^ to us who provide ^ you wool ^^ and 
 lambs ^^ you give nothing that we don't take-^^ from^*^ 
 the earth,^* while ^^ to the dog ^^ you give ^'' [-some-'] of the 
 food^^ you have yourself." And that the dog, who had 
 been listening,^^ said : " But I am your preserver,^^ so that 
 you are not carried ^^ off by wolves;^ since,^^ if I should 
 not guard ^ you, you could not feed,^^ through-fear ^^ of 
 death." 27 
 
 1. ((oov. 2. cjicovrjcis. 3. off. 4. dea-norrjs. 5. rroUco. 6. 
 Gavixaa-Tos. 7. omit. 8, because you = relat. pronoun. 9. 
 
 napex(o. 10. epiop. 11. apves (plural). 12. Xafx^duo). 13. ex. 
 
 14. yrj. 15. de. 16. kvcov. 17. fxeradidcifii. 18. crt7-os. 19. 
 aKovco. 20. crco^oj. 21. apna^co. 22. \vkos. 23. ineL 24. 0u- 
 Xarro). 25. veponat. 26. ^o^ovjxat. 27. aTToXXviii. 
 
 XXV. 
 
 1. He was brought up ^ at ^ the court ^ of the king ^ ; so 
 that,^ while ^ a boy ,7 he used to converse^ with the best ^ of 
 the Persians.^^ 2. Would that he had given ^^ me what he 
 promised ^2 to give him ! 3. Old men^^ say that life^* is 
 burdensome ^^ to them ; but if death ^^ comes ^^ near,^^ no- 
 body wants ^^ to die.2<^ 
 
 1. Traidevco. 2. cVi. 3. 6vpa (plural). 4. ^aariXevs. 5. aare. 
 6. Participle of elixL 7. naU. 8. diakeyofxat. 9. dyaOos. 10. 
 Heparjs. 11. StScojut. 12. vTnaxv^op.ai. 13. yepcov. 14. ^aeo. 
 
 15. ^apvs. 16. Gacaros. 17. epxpixai. 18. TrXrjaioi/. 19. ^oiJ- 
 Xo/xa(. 20. dnodvfjO'Ka. 
 
^3B^,. . _. EXAMINATION PAPERS. 
 
 XXYI. 
 
 1. Seuthes asked, " Would you be willing, Episthenes, 
 to die for this boy ? " And he said, holding up his hands, 
 " Strike, if the boy commands you to strike." 2. He feared 
 that the men from the mountains would not make war 
 with the Greeks. 
 
 N. B. — The sentences below need correction : write out 
 corrected forms for them with a right translation. 
 
 3. El ovdcLS epxoixai ha aKovoi efie, ovdcis (TO(j)a>T€pos elcriv. 
 
 4. *Avi(TTT](rav oi 'EXkrjues Kat elnov top nais els rco rroXeois rovra 
 
 €ivai. 
 
 5. And Xenophon, on arriving, said to Seuthes, that the 
 men were friendly, and would have sent mercenaries if he 
 had asked it. 
 
 XXVII. 
 
 1. The general with all his soldiers sailed away from the 
 island, thinking that Cimon had come from Athens with 
 twenty-seven ships. 2. The gods know well what it is best 
 for man to have : to some they give much gold, to others a 
 beautiful body, to others neither of these gifts. 3. (Write 
 the following sentence in a collected form, with the ac- 
 cents.) 
 
 Tap cdojaa iiiavTos avrovs iva raKavTov Be oi dvdpcoTroi eiravaovTM 
 fiaxovres. 
 
 XXVIII. 
 
 And immediately these soldiers came back and informed 
 Xenophon that the enemy in great numbers had occupied the 
 heights before Cleonymus had been able to lead his horsemen 
 into the village. Then Xenophon said that if it seemed best to 
 
GREEK COMPOSITION. ^^^^P^^ R'Ji^B- 
 
 the other generals, he himself would march with his own men 
 against the barbarians, that they might not attack the Greeks 
 with their whole force. 
 
 XXIX. 
 
 Xenophon, the Athenian, fearing that, if he should leave 
 Chirisophus and proceed by himself to attack the enemy, the 
 barbarians would easily master the rest of the Grecian force 
 before he could send them assistance, said that if the gods were 
 willing to save them, they could save them where they were ; 
 but if not, that it was fitting that they should remain and suf- 
 fer whatever the gods appointed until death came. 
 
EXAMINATION PAPERS. 
 
 GEEEK GRAMMAR. 
 
 L 
 
 1. Decline 3a\a(Taa,7r\6os, and \ecov throughout^ and yv^ in the 
 singular. Explain the Accent of the oblique cases of yv'^. 
 2. Decline the Adjective /xeXas. Compare (rax^pcov and aocfios, 
 and give the rules. Compare fxtyas. 3. Decline ovtos and e/xav- 
 Tov. 4. Give the rule for the Augment of verbs compounded 
 with a preposition. Give the Imperfect Indicative Active of 
 imypa^a and Treptypac^o. 5. Give the rules for the formation of 
 the Future Active. Inflect the Future Indicative Active of 
 dyyeXXoj. 6. Give the Second Aorist Indicative (Active, Passive, 
 and Middle) of XeiVo). Inflect the Present Optative Active of 
 Tipao). 7. Give a synopsis of the Second Aorist Active of ridrjfxi, 
 and inflect the Imperative. 8. Mention any classes of verbs 
 which are followed by the Genitive. How is the Agent ex- 
 pressed after verbals in -reos 1 9. Ko'/xai Xaplreaaiv opLoiai (hair 
 resembling that of the Graces) : Explain the Dative Xapireo-a-iv. 
 10. What constructions follow iva and ottcos to denote a purposed 
 When is each construction used] 11. Divide the following 
 verses into feet, and name the feet : — 
 
 Xaipere, KiQpvKes, At6s dyyeXoi 7)5^ Kai avdpCjv, 
 ^Aaaov It- ovtI /xol vfi/xes iwaiTioi, dXX' ' Aya/i^fipcov. 
 
 II. 
 
 1. Decline the Nouns fiova-a and relxos. Explain the change 
 of accent in p.ova-a where it is not the same as in the Nominative 
 Singular. What nouns in a of the first declension have as in the 
 Genitive Singular? 2. Decline the Adjective xap'"s in the Sin- 
 gular. 3. Decline the Pronouns av and ovtos. 4. What are the 
 syllahic and temporal augments respectively % AVhat is tlie or- 
 dinary reduplication, and what is the Attic reduplication] 
 
GREEK GRAMMAR. 41 
 
 6. Conjugate the Verbs rp/jSco, dyyeXXw, and ypa^co. Inflect the 
 Perfect Indicative Passive of ypa(poi, and explain the euphonic 
 changes which the root ypacj)- undergoes in that tense. 6. How 
 is the Future Active of a iiquid verb formed % 7. Give a synop- 
 sis of the Present and Second Aorist Active of tarrjixi, and inflect 
 those tenses in the Indicative. 8. What is the difference be- 
 tween 6 ao(f)6s avrjp and 6 avrjp crocjios *? What does dvrjp 6 aocpSs 
 mean *? What do avro? 6 durjp and 6 avros dufjp mean 1 9. In the 
 phrase e/c toiit<ov cov Xeyei, explain the case of hv. 10. In depend- 
 ent clauses, which tenses of the Indicative are followed by the 
 Subjunctive, and which by the Optative ? 11. Translate Xa^^ai/ft 
 iavTov aroipos oov, and explain the use of Xauddva with the parti- 
 ciple. 
 
 III. 
 
 1. Which consonants are called labials, which Unguals, and 
 which palatals ? Explain Syncope and Crasis, and give an ex- 
 ample of each. 2. Define an Enclitic. Give the Enclitics 
 which you remember. 3. Decline the Nouns fMoiiaa and Trpdyfia. 
 Give the rule for the accent of the Genitive Plural of each. 
 4. Compare dXrjBrjs, dyaOos, and kokos. 5. Decline oSe in the Sin- 
 gular, and oaTLs in the Plural. 6. Explain the Attic Hecluplica- 
 tion, and give an example. How are verbs beginning with a 
 diphthong augmented'? Give the Imperfect and First Aorist 
 Active of aiVeo). 7. Inflect the First Aorist Middle Indicative 
 of /SovXeuo), and the Second Aorist Passive Optative of XetVco. 
 8. Give a synopsis of the Second Aorist Middle of Ti6r]p.i through 
 all the moods, and inflect the Indicative. 9. Where are evpot, 
 evpfjo-oi, and evpeOeirj formed, and from what verb? 10. What 
 cases follow Verbs of accusing, prosecuting, and convicting ? If 
 these verbs are compounded with Kara, what construction fol- 
 lows them 1 11. Translate e/c tovtcov liv Xeyet, and oXx^rai ov eiSes 
 avhpa. Explain the attraction in each case. 12. Explain the 
 Genitive Absolute. When is the Accusative Absolute used] 
 
 Sophomore Questions. — 1. Translate EiTrei/ on tovto noiolt], 
 
42 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 
 
 Eirrev on tovto troir^aoi, Elnev on tovto Troi^creuv, and E?7rej' on 
 TovTo TToijjo-et, — and explain the difference, wherever that is 
 not made clear by the translation. 2. Translate c/SovXero tovto 
 iroirjo-ai, and €07; tovto iroirja-ai, — and explain the force of the 
 Aorist Infinitive in each case. 3. Explain the difference be- 
 tween the Optative and the Secondary Tenses of the Indicative 
 in expressions of a wish. Give an example of each. 
 
 IV. 
 
 1. Explain the terms Metathesis, Epenthesis, Syncope, and 
 give examples of each. 2. Give the general rules for accenting 
 the Penult of Greek words. 3. Decline TiKa>vrjs and €0yc©y, and 
 state what nouns are indeclinable. 4. Compare the Adjectives 
 fiekas and r]hvs ) the Adverbs iiaKa and vvKTap. 5. Give the 
 numeral Adverbs as far as dcKaKis, and write in full the Plural 
 of the Article. 6. Give the Imperfect of Trepiylyvofxai and dve^a>, 
 also the Perfect Indicative of Tpi^co, with the rule for its forma- 
 tion. 7. Inflect the Present Optative Active of rifido), and the 
 Imperfect of ndrjpi. Give the Imperative of elfii, and the Pres- 
 ent Indicative of (^tj/xi. 8. Translate the words n-X^^et olnep 
 diKaCovai, and give the rule for the use of the Relative. 
 9. What case follows verbs of tasting, and what cases follow 
 causatives of this class 1 10. Explain the use of the Infinitive 
 after verbs of saying, thinking, etc., and give an example. 
 
 Sophomore Questions. — 1. What tenses can be used to 
 express a customary action, and what is the general rule for 
 introducing quotations'? 2. Translate irpo "EWtjvos ov8e elvai 
 TOVTO TO ovopa doKel, and explain the Infinitive. 3. Explain in 
 full the use of wcpeXov in the expression of a wish, and illustrate 
 by examples. 
 
 V. 
 
 1. What consonants are called labials, what Unguals, and 
 "what palatals ? Explain iV movable, and give an example. 
 2. Accent the following Nouns, yvcofiat, yvcofiav, ypa>fxais (from 
 
GEEEK GRAMMAR. 43 
 
 Nom. yvmjxr]) ; TraiBos, naiba, 770180)1/, rraicriv (from nais) ', and the 
 following Verbs, jBovXevei, jSouXeuot, ^ovT^evcraa-Oai, iXdeiv, (Xdcov. 
 3. Decline the Noun BaXaaa-a, and the Adjective ^aptfts. 4. Cotti- 
 pare koKos, acocjipcov, and tj^vs. 5. Decline the Relative os in the 
 Singular^ and o^ros in the Plural. 6. How is the Future Passive 
 formed 1 — give an example (from ^ovXeiKo). How is the Future 
 Active of a liquid Verb formed 1 7. Give a synopsis of the 
 Second Aorist Passive of X^iiroi, and inflect the Subjunctive of 
 that tense. Inflect the Aorist Imperative Active of ^ovXevco, and 
 the Present Optative Active of fi/Sw/it. 8. Where are ^ov\evdfj, 
 ^ovXevdrjuai, and rkrpiy^rai made ? Explain the euphonic change 
 introduced in forming rerpL-^ai. 9. What is the difference be- 
 tween ^ovKeva-ai and ^ovXevaai 1 — between '^arqcra and €crTr]u 1 
 10. Translate ^ovXea-de elvai (To^ol, and ^ovXeaOe TovTovs yevea-Oai 
 (To(})o{,s. Explain the case of the Adjective in each. 11. Trans- 
 late /LieXei cot TovTcav, and explain the cases of the Pronouns. 
 12. Describe the Iambic Trimeter Acatalectic. What is a 
 Trochee, a Pyrrhic, an Anapaest, and a Cretic ? 
 
 Sophomore Questions. — 1. In what constructions can the 
 Future Optative be used 1 Give an example of its correct use. 
 
 2. What constructions are regularly used in dependent clauses 
 after Verbs signifying to strive, to take care, to effect, etc.*? 
 
 3. What is the meaning of each tense of the Infinitive after a 
 verb of saying or thinking ? How are the tenses that are want- 
 ing in the Infinitive supplied % Give an example of each tense, 
 using (l>r]fil and jroieo). 
 
 VI. 
 
 1. What Nouns of the first declension have the ending a of 
 the Nominative Singular short ? 2. Give the contracted forms 
 with the Accents of the Noun TrXow (Nom. Dual), of the Adjective 
 avTinvoos, of the Verb e'xpaev, and state the rule or exception to 
 which the Accent of each is to be referred. 3. Decline the 
 Noun fxvaa. The Noun Qa>s. The Adjective noXvs. 4. Into 
 ■what eight classes are Pronouns divided? Give examples of 
 
44 EXAIVIINATION PAPERS. 
 
 each in the Dative Phiral. 5. What is the Greek for the nu- 
 meral Three (cardinal), Third (ordinal), Thrice, One Thirds 
 6. Decline efs ; rpels. 7. What is the Plnperfect Active of 
 aye/pco % The Aorist Active of St'So/xt % The Future Perfect Pas- 
 sive of ^^uTTTQi 1 How is the last formed "? 8. Give a synopsis 
 of the Second Perfect of XetVo). Inflect the Future Optative 
 Active of ayytXXco, the Present Optative Passive of Tifiau>, the 
 Present Subjunctive Active of SiScu/zt. 9. Where is the form rjs 
 from et/ii made 1 Inflect the Second Aorist Middle of tlBtjjxi and 
 the Second Pluperfect of EIAQ. 10. Explain Attraction in Rela- 
 tive Sentences, and illustrate by example. 11. Mention any 
 constructions you remember in which the Dative may be used 
 to take the place of the Genitive or Accusative, with or without 
 Prepositions. 12. What cases can be used after the following 
 Prepositions : afKpi, dvd, did, np6s, Imp 1 
 
 Sophomore Questions. — 1. Give an example of the use of 
 the Imperfect Infinitive. 2. Explain with examples the use of 
 the Secondary Tenses of the Indicative in final clauses after iva, 
 o)s, etc. 3. The difference in meaning between ov fir/ and ixfj ov 1 
 Give examples of the correct use of each. 4. What Tense of 
 the Infinitive is regularly employed after fieXXety 'i What other 
 Tenses may take its place 1 
 
 VII. 
 
 1. What consonants are called mutes, and how are they 
 divided into smooth, middle, and 7^02ir/h ? When is a syllable 
 called pure ? 2. Accent the following Nouns : BdXaa-o-av, BoKacr- 
 trai, OdXaao-cov (from 6d\acra-a) \ alcovos, alcovcov (from aloDv) ; and the 
 following Verbs : ilBovXevov, jBovXevooa-iv, Xirreiv, Xineo-Oai, XtTrcoi/. Give 
 the rule for the last three. 3. Decline the Adjective d^ios. 4. 
 Compare a^ms, ttoXv?, and fieyas. Give the rule for comparing a^ios. 
 5. Give the Genitive Singular (in all genders) of the following 
 pronouns : e'-yo), avros, ckcIuos, oItos, tis, t\s, os, and oaris. 6. Give 
 a synopsis of the Aorist Middle of /SouXeuo), and inflect the Op- 
 tative. Give a synopsis of the Second Aorist Middle of XftVo, 
 
GREEK GRAMMAR. 45 
 
 and inflect the Imperative. 7. Where are XiVwo-ti', 'KiTrwa-iv, 
 \nre2ev, and Xitttjo-oivto made? In what places is br^Xol found? 
 Where are la-Tua-av, la-raaBai, and OiLTo made, and from what 
 Verbs 1 Inflect the Present Imperative Passive of to-Trjfit. 
 8. Translate tXaOev iavTov a-ocpus 0)1/, and explain the use of the 
 Participle. Mention any other Verbs which take a Participle 
 in a similar way. 9. Which is more correct, 0oi3oD/iat fxr] tXdoi, or 
 (po^ovfiai fXTj 'iXdrj 1 Give the reason for your answer. Translate 
 ovK av yevoiTo tovto, and fit] ykvovro tovto. Explain the construc- 
 tion in each. 
 
 Sophomore Questions. — 1. Translate (po^ovfxai fifj tovto ttoi^, 
 and (po^oiifiai fxf) TOVTO not el, and explain the diff'erence in mean- 
 ing. 2. Translate eiTrev on tovto TTOLol, eiTTCv on tovto noirjactev, 
 clirep oTi tovto Troina-oi, and (f)T]al tovto iroirja-ai. Explain the 
 tense of noieay used in each. 3. What two meanings can ovk 
 fjdet (from oUa) 6 tc noirjo-eiev have 1 Explain the use of the 
 Optative in each. 
 
 VIII. 
 
 1. What is Crasis? Give the contracted forms of koX av, koL 
 oXvop. 2. Decline eh. Accent ^ejSovXevfievos^ laras, ideiv. Give 
 the rales for the accentuation of these words. 3. Decline 
 Tpir]pr)s, Ix^vs. 4. Decline evyeoas, noXvs. Compare a-ocpos and 
 dXrjdfjs. 5. Decline qvtos and ovtos. 6. Give a synopsis of the 
 Aorist Passive of ^ovXevco, and inflect the Subjunctive. Inflect 
 the Future Middle of dyyeXXco. 7. Inflect the Optative Passive 
 of Tifxo). Mention all the places in which the form TtfiacrBe is 
 found. 8. Translate ovbev av TTpd^aiy! av, wv ov o-ol (plXov. Ex- 
 plain Trpa^ain* and av. 9. Translate rjXdev tva to. yeyev-qpkva tdoi. 
 Explain the Optative. Et tXOoi, TavT av tdoi.: d TJXde,TavT av eidev. 
 Translate, and explain the difference. 
 
 Sophomore Questions. — 1. Translate tI fiov Xaj3d>v eKTeivas 
 fvdvs, tva TavTa firjiroTe iTrolrjaa, and explain the construction of 
 €Troir]a-a. 2. Translate eWe enoiei, e'ide noioi. 
 
46 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 
 
 IX. 
 
 1. Explain the terms Contraction, Crasis, and Elision. Give an 
 exam]3le of Elision. 2. Accent the fcllowiiig words : Oakao-a-av, 
 BoKaorcrai, 6a\acr(rcov, BaXaacrais (from OaXaacra) ) d^icOy d^LOi, and 
 d^icov (from a^Los) ; ^ovXevoi, jSovXevouTai, and jdovkevoLTo. Give the 
 rules for the three verbs. 3. Decline the Noun Xecov and the 
 Participle la-rds. 4. Compare x^P^^^^^ V^^^> fieyas, and noXvs. 
 5. Decline the Numeral eh and the Pronoun oStos. 6. How do 
 you form the Future Passive and the Future Middle ? What is 
 the Future Active of ayyeXXo), and by what rule is it formed"? 
 7. Inflect the Imperfect Passive of ^ovXevco, and the Imperfect 
 Active of dldcoixi. Give a sT/nojJsis of the Present Tense of elfxi, 
 and inflect the Optative. 8. Where are the following verbs 
 made : ^ovXevadra, /SouXcv^fij;, ^ovXevBrjTco, and ^fxev, ^fxev, co-Tat 1 
 9. How are the gender, number, and case of a Relative Pronoun 
 determined? Give an example. 10. Translate l^dvai k^ hv 
 exofiev, and explain the case of the Relative. Translate trvv ^ 
 exeis fium/xfi, and explain the position of BwdfxcL and the case of 
 ^. 11. Explain the Genitive and the Accusative Absolute, and 
 give an example of each. 
 
 Sophomore Questions. — 1. Explain the division of tenses 
 mto primary and secondary. How is the construction of a de- 
 pendent sentence affected by this principle % 2. What time is 
 denoted by the Aorist Infinitive 1 Give examples, nsing ikOciv. 
 
 3. Translate eiVfv 6ti tovto iroioi, elnep oTi, TovTo 7roir)(r€iev, and 
 eiTrev on tovto Troirjaoi, and explain the difference in meaning. 
 
 4. Describe the Iambic Trimeter Acatalectic. What are the four 
 feet of two syllables 1 
 
 X. 
 
 1. Accent the following words, and give the rules for the ac- 
 centuation you adopt: — Tideti, (payetv, \al3ov, laravTo, irpoo-cixov, I3r]. 
 2. Decline *Epfxeas, vrja-os, veoos, Kepas, TlepLKkeris. 3. Give the Ac- 
 cusative of IxOvs, vavs, ^ovs, yiyas, ^coKparrjs, fiaaiXevs. 4. Decline 
 ^avxos, deiKPVs, idpis. 5. Compare KaXos, fieaos, fxiKpos, npca-fivs. 
 
GREEK GRAMMAR. 47 
 
 6. Decline ot5, os. 7. Give the ordinals from one to ten inclu- 
 sive. Decline bvo. 8. Give the synopsis of the Second Perfect 
 of XftVo). Inflect the Second Aorist Active and the Second Ao- 
 rist Passive of the same verb. 9. Give the Perfect of ofxwfxi. 
 Explain the Angment. Give the Pluperfect of nepiypaclico. 10. 
 Inflect the Present Optative, Active, and Passive of drjXa). 11. 
 What is the construction after verbs of accusing 1 After verbs 
 of taking away 1 After verbs denoting fulness and want 1 12. 
 Translate ideXa ^p^o-^at oh ^'x^is, and explain the construction of 
 
 T 
 
 OLS. 
 
 Sophomore Questions. — 1. Allien do the Present and Aorist 
 Infinitive retain their time 1 What is the rale for the time of 
 Participles 1 2. How is an indefinite general relative sentence 
 expressed after primary and after secondary tenses 1 3. How do 
 you express a wish referring to the Past? To the Present? To 
 the Future? 4. In what case do you put the object after verbals? 
 How^ do you express the a^ent after the same class of words ? 
 
 XL 
 
 1. What consonants are called Uqriidsl What are the mictes, 
 and how are they divided into smooth, middle, and rough 
 mutes ? 2. Explain the following euphonic changes : that of 
 the root Xfy- in eXex^l^ ^^^ XeXfKTai, that of the root X^ltt- in 
 XeXetufxai and iXelcfidrju, and that of Treid- in TreVftcr/xai. 3. Accent 
 the following words : yvaixr^v, yvo3iJ.ni, yvcDfioov (from yvwfxri) ; TToXfcoy 
 
 and TToXft? (from ttoXis) ; ovtlvos and ouo-nvas (from ocrus) ; and 
 /3ovXfvei, ^ovXevoi, and jSovXevcofxat (from /3ouXei'co). Give the rules 
 for the three verbs. 4. Decline the Nouns do^a and Trpay/ia, and 
 the Pronouns iya and ovtos. Give the Accusative Singular and 
 the Accusative Plural of the Relative o?. 5. Inflect the Future 
 Indicative Active and the Aorist Subjunctive Active of ISovXevco. 
 Give a synopsis of the Indicative Passive of jSovXeJto, and inflect 
 the Aorist. 6. Give a synopsis of the Second Aorist Passive of 
 XeiTTQ), and inflect the Subjunctive. 7. Give a synopsis of the 
 
48 EXAMNATION PAPERS. 
 
 Second Aorist Active of dtdccfii, and inflect the Indicative and 
 Subjunctive. 8. In what voice, mood, and tense are the follow- 
 ing verbs : eSea-av, IdTavat, 'taxri, Ikvai, and rjdeaav *? 9. How doeS 
 
 the Enclitic tIs diifer from rls'l Translate duoveis n; and ri 
 aKoveis ; what is the difference between rj avrq nuXis, — avrrj f) 
 TToXiy, — and avTT} fj TToXts'? 10. Explain the distinction between 
 Primary and Secondary Tenses. Explain the terms protasis and 
 apodosis, and give an example of each. 11. What are the 
 Spondee, the Trochee, the Iambus, the Dactyl, and the Ana- 
 pest ] What is the composition of Dactylic Hexameter (He- 
 roic), and that of the Elegiac Pentameter '? 
 
 Sophomore Questions. — 1. Translate ^mov on 'iXBoi, — el eXBoi, 
 i5oi av TovTo, — and oTrore eXOoi, tovto irroUi. Explain the time 
 to which cX^oi refers in each case. 2. When are Iva, o7ro>y, &c., 
 followed by the Subjunctive, when by the Optative, and when 
 by the past tenses of the Indicative ? After what class of verbs 
 is oTTGjff with the Future Indicative most frequently used ^ 
 3. Describe the Iambic Trimeter Acatalectic, stating all the 
 substitutions allowed, and showing how the Comic Trimeter 
 differs from the Tragic. 
 
 XII. 
 
 1. Divide the consonants of the Greek alphabet into labials, 
 Unguals, and palatals. What change does v undergo when it 
 precedes a labial, lingual, or liquid'? 2. Accent the following 
 words, and give the rule for each : Xcyorrat, rifirja-ai, oIkoi, ov9 from 
 ovas. 3. Decline the Nouns ohia, vecos, and ua-rv, and the Pro- 
 nouns iya and o(TTLs. 4. Give the synopsis of the Aorist Passive 
 of ^ovXevco in all the Moods, and inflect the Participle. Inflect 
 the Perfect Imperative Passive. 5. Give a synopsis of the 
 Second Aorist Passive of XeiVco, and inflect the Subjunctive. 
 6. Inflect the Present Optative Passive of Tifxco, Ictttijxi, and 
 St'SwjMt. 7. Give a synopsis of the Present of riOrjyn, and inflect 
 the Second Aorist Subjunctive Active. 8. Explain the apparent 
 irregularity in the syntax of the following sentences : Trdpeifu 
 
GREEK GRAMMAR. 49 
 
 iya> Ka\ ovtos, ravra iyivero, to (XTpdrevna fidxovrai. 9. Translate 
 Oi dyadol uudpanoi, dyaBoi ol avdpccTTOi, and ol dyaBol tu>v dv6pa>Tra>v, 
 
 and explain the Genitive. 10. Translate TrenTreL roi/s dv6pd>- 
 TTOvs and 7re'/i7ret rSiv dvOpoairoav, ^ovXevoiv TLp-drai, and 6 ^ovXevcov 
 
 Tip-CLTai. 
 
 Sophomore Questions. — 1. Translate el errpa^e koXcos eax^v 
 
 and et eVpa^e koXcos av eax^v. Translate 61 irpaTTei KoXcos e;tei and 
 eau npdTTTj KoXoys e'xei. 2. Translate (f)o^ovp.at pq ylyv^rai and 
 
 cfjojSovpai prj ov yiyvr]Tai. If the leading verb in these cases were 
 secondary, what would be the form of the dependent verbs'? 
 3. Give examples of the use of the Infinitive in Indirect Quota- 
 tion to express an action which is past, present, or future with 
 respect to the leading verb. 
 
 XIII. 
 1. Write more correctly ear onas, — ott' ov, — ovk u/xel?, and 
 explain the principle. What is iV movable ? — give an ex- 
 ample of its use. 2. Explain the terms oxytone, harytone, peri- 
 spomenon. Give the general rule for the accent of Nouns. 
 Accent povcrqs^ povaav, povaav, povcrai, povaais.'' 3. Decline the 
 Substantive X/coi/, and the Adjective oXtjBtjs. Compare a^ios, 
 dyaOos, KaKos, and fieyas. 4. Decline €ya>, and the Numeral els. 
 
 5. Give a synopsis (through all the moods) of the Aorist Passive 
 of ^ovXevco, and inflect the Optative. Give a synopsis of the 
 Second Aorist Middle of TiOrjpi, and inflect the Imperative. 
 
 6. Give the voice, mood, and tense of ymaxnv, Xiiroia-iv, ^ovXeva-ai, 
 and /SouXevo-ai. 7. Give the rule for the formation of the Per- 
 fect Passive, the Future Passive, and the Future Active. What 
 is the Future Active of fiivo) and of ayy/XXw ] 8. What are the 
 two kinds of Augment, and when is each used % Give an ex- 
 ample of each. What is the ordinary Reduplication, and what 
 is the Attic Reduplication % 9. Inflect the Imperative Active of 
 Tt/iOG), giving both the uncontracted and the contracted forms. 
 Inflect the Present Indicative Active of ttXcq) in the same way. 
 
 Sophomore Questions. — 1. Explain the three uses of the 
 * From ixovaa. 
 
50 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 
 
 Present Infinitive, and the Uvo uses of the Aorist Infinitive ; and 
 give an example of each, using iroulv and 7roii}o-ai. 2. How 
 many meanings can '4<^r] ttouIv av tovto and tc^t) Trot^aai av tovto 
 have ? Explain each use of the Infinitive. 3. Show the differ- 
 ence between a Jinal clause and an object clause after oTras, and 
 give examples. 4. In what cases is the Subjunctive used in 
 Protasis, and what is the corresponding construction in Relative 
 Sentences 1 Give an example of each. 5. Translate elnev on 
 
 TOVTO TTOtOlT], CLTTeV OTl TOVTO 170 Lr](T € LCV, flTTei' OTL TOVTO TTOIT)-' 
 
 croi, — elirev ort tovto TroiTjaeLep civ, and explain each tense of 
 the Optative. 
 
 XIV, 
 
 1. Decline the Nouns yvafXTj and Te7xos. Explain the chango 
 of accent where it is not the same as in the Nominative Singular. 
 2. Decline the Adjective a^ios in the Singular. Compare fjdvs, 
 TToXvs, and x«pi'fts. 3. Decline the Pronouns cyco and ovtos. 
 4. Give the principal parts of aKovco, XofjilBdvco, and dnoypdcpa). 
 Inflect the Aorist Indicative Middle of ^ovXevo), and give a 
 synopsis of that tense through all the moods. 5. Give a 
 synopsis of the tenses of the Indicative Active of laTtjiii (in the 
 first person). Give a synopsis of the Second Aorist Active of 
 didcofii, and inflect the Optative. 6. Inflect the Perfect Indicative 
 Passive XeXet/i/xat (from XcIttco), and explain the euphonic changes 
 which the root Xenr- undergoes in that tense. 7. What is the 
 difference between 6 avTos dprjp and 6 dvrjp aurosl 8. In the 
 phrase ck tovtcov cav Xeyei, explain the case of av, and give the 
 rule. 9. What are Enclitics, and what are Proclitics^ Give 
 examples of each in connection with other words. 10. What 
 are the feet consisting of two syllables 1 Give the quantity of 
 each. 
 
 Sophomore Questions. — 1. To what time does the Aorist 
 Optative refer in each of its uses 1 Give an example of each, 
 using noieco. 2. Give the general rule for indirect quotation 
 after 6Vt or cbs, and examples. 3. Translate d /SovXoiro, to Or 
 
GREEK GRAMMAR. 51 
 
 irroUi, and el /SovXotro, toxjt av iroiolrj, and explain the two uses 
 of the Optative. 4. Which is more correct, firj tovto TroiTja-rjs 
 or jx^ TOVTO iToir)(Tov1 Explaiu the reason, and give the rule for 
 Prohibitions. 
 
 XV. 
 
 1. Write more correctly eaTi ot, ovtcos <T(f)6Bpa, iriixXeKfiai, iv^a- 
 PTjs. What are Tuxetv, dUrj, ye, called with respect to accent? 
 2. W^ite the Genitive and Accusative Singular of the nouns 
 Xapd, do^a, Te\a>vT]s, Ocas. Decline ^aaikevs in the Singular, and 
 Telxos in the Plural number. 3. Write the Dative Singular and 
 Plural of the Adjective x"pi"? and of the Participle dibovs in all 
 genders. Compare the Adjectives ttoXvs, a-efxvos, raxts. 4. De- 
 cline ovTos and the interrogative tls. 5. Inflect the Future 
 Middle Indicative of dyyiXkco, and the Imperative Active of 
 Tifiao). 6. Give a synopsis (through all the moods) of the Second 
 Aorist Active of 'laTtjui, of the Present Middle of Ti6i]fiL, and the 
 Perfect Passive of ^ovXevco. 7. State the tense, mood, voice, and 
 Present Indicative of the following verbal forms, yevoio, a-Trja-ai, 
 eOero, ^ovXevcrov, e(pi\et.. 8. Translate ttjv avrfju yvafirju (opinion) 
 Tjijuu exova-Lv, and explain the case of fiyiiv. 
 
 Sophomore Questions. — 1. Translate iav ^ovXrjTai, iroiel tovto, 
 and eav ^ovXrjTai, TToirjo-ei. tovto, and explain the two uses of the 
 Subjunctive. 2. Translate (})aa\u rjfxas iXOelv, and KeXevova-iv rjfMas 
 eXdelv, and explain the two uses of the Infinitive. 3. What is 
 the rule for mood and tense in indirect quotations with 6tl or 
 CO? after verbs of saying. Give examples. 4. How is a purpose 
 expressed in Greek, and how a result 1 . Give examples. 
 
 XVI. 
 
 1. Explain the form of the preposition in ecj) Ifxiv. "What 
 must be the quantity of tho a in o-c5/za, and why ? When is a 
 word called barytone ? Accent x«P«^ ^s Genitive Singular 
 and as Accusative Plural from x^P"-- 2. Write the Genitive 
 and Accusative Singular of the Nouns oIklu, fiovaa, and the 
 
52 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 
 
 Genitive and Vocative Singular of a-rpaTiaTrjs. Decline IxSvs in 
 the Singular and veois in the Plural number. 3. Decline the 
 Adjectives ak-qdrjs, Tjdioiv. Compare [xiKpos, fxeXas, ao^os. 4. De- 
 cline av, ovTos, and the Masculine Singular of ooris. 5. Give a 
 synopsis of the Future Active of fievco, of the Second Aorist 
 Active of TiOrjixL, and of the Present Middle of didcofii. 6. Inflect 
 the Imperfect Middle of ^iXeco, and the Aorist Middle Indicative 
 of ^ovXevoo. 7. State the tense, mood, voice, and Present In- 
 dicative First Singular of the following verbal forms : Xmo), voyno)^ 
 drixj/ai, taroi. 8. Translate ttjv avrrjv yvafirju (opinion) rjijup e'xov- 
 a-tv, and explain the case of tjijuv. 
 
 Sophomore Questions. — 1. When is the subject of the In- 
 finitive Mood regularly omitted 1 When does the Aorist Infini- 
 tive refer to past time relatively 1 When does ort or a>s take 
 the Optative Moodi — give examples. 2. By what mood and 
 tense is a supposition referring to past time, and represented 
 as contrary to fact, expressed ] Give an example. 3. Trans- 
 late ^\dsv Iva 'ibrj. What might be substituted for %, and 
 which would be the more regular form? 
 
 XYII. 
 
 1. Define an Enclitic. Give the Enclitics which you remem- 
 ber. State the quantity of the a in the following words, and 
 give the rules : bo^a (Nom. Sing.), bo^as (Ace), iXnibas. What 
 must be the quantity of the a in awfia, and why 1 2. Decline 
 the Nouns npayfia, X^P^i y^^i ^^^^^ "^ "the Singular, and rpirjprjs, 
 aarv, in the Plural. What exceptions to the usual rules for 
 Accent occur among the forms here required 1 ^ 3. Decline the 
 Pronouns ovto? and oanr. Decline in the Singular the Parti- 
 ciple ^elBovXevKois and the Adjective yXvKvs. Compare yXvKvs and 
 ^bvs, and decHne the Comparative of the latter in the Plural. 
 4. Inflect the Imperfect Active and the Present Optative Middle 
 of Tifxdco, writing both uncontracted and contracted forms. Give 
 synopses of the Aorist Active, ^liddlc, and Passive of ^ovXeva 
 
GREEK GRAMMAR. 63 
 
 through all the moods. 5. \Miere are ayyiKa, earo), arS), eXvaco, 
 \r](li6co, formed (i. e. tense, mood, voice), and from what verbs 1 
 Inflect the first and the last. 6. Translate ^ avrr] yvvrj, — avrt] 
 ij yvvTjf — T] yvvT} avrfj, writing the Greek with the English. 
 
 Sophomore Questions. — 1. Translate ecfirj tovto TroiTJa-ai, and 
 €(f)rj TovTo TTotrjoreLv. Substitute eiirev on for €(j)Tj, and make the 
 requisite changes in Troi^aai and noirja-eiv. 2. Translate SarLs av 
 tXdr], o-^eTM, — ocTTis ^X0€v, eldev av. To what kind of sentences 
 are these relative clauses analogous ? Explain the two uses of 
 the adverb av illustrated above. 3. How is a Purpose expressed 
 in Greek? How a Wish referring to Future Time? How a 
 Prohibition in the Second Person? 
 
 XVIII. 
 
 1. "Write more correctly Ba^X"?, TeVpi/SjUat, vvkt oXrjv, ourcos iftrjcri. 
 What is Crasis ? Give an example. Mark the quantity of the 
 final syllables in the following words : bo^a (Nom. Sing.), bo^a 
 (Nom. Dual), Kpiras (Ace. PL), \iixivas (Ace. PL), XuVa? (Part.). 
 2. Decline the Xouns Ueparj^, ttoXis, re^xos, Kepas, in the Singular, 
 and /Sao-tXev?, dvwyecov, in the Plural. 3. Decline the Pronouns 
 ov (t) and Tis. Decline the Numeral eh, and in the Plural the 
 Adjectives nas and npaos. What exceptions to the regular rules 
 for Accent occur among the forms here required 1 4. Compare 
 o-co^pcov, raXay, ayaOos, and decline one of the Comparatives of 
 the last in the Plural. 5. Inflect the Present Optative Active 
 of Tijxaa>, and the Imperfect Middle of S/Soo/ii. Give synopses 
 of the Future Middle of KreiVco, and of the Second Aorist Ac- 
 tive of riOrjixL through all the m.oods. 6. Where are XLiroi, XiirS), 
 eXS), eX(o, eKpivco, formed (i. e. tense, mood, voice), and from what 
 verbs 1 Give synopses of the first and last. 
 
 Sophomore Questions. — 1. Translate ecfyrj kqXws av tt pd^ai in 
 two ways, showing what two forms in Direct Discourse are here 
 represented. 2. Translate Xe'yet idv du^r} alra, — Xe^ei iav 86^rj 
 avTa, and explain the two uses of the Subjunctive. 3. Trans- 
 
54 EXAMNATION PAPERS. 
 
 late oa-Tis et^eu, ixapn uv, and explain the meaning of the relative 
 sentence. What would be the meaning, if the verbs were 
 changed to the Optative of the same tense 1 What negative 
 particle would be proper with the first verb ] Describe two 
 classes of Kelative Sentences. 
 
 XIX.. 
 
 1. Give an example of Elision. In what words does the ac^ 
 cent of the elided vowel disappear with the vowel ] What is 
 the word re called with respect to accent? Give the other 
 words of the same sort. Write nvos after av6pi>T7ov with the 
 accents properly disposed. W>ite re after aSi^a. 2. Decline 
 ttoKl^, 2Kvdqs, oiKia, oareov in the Singular, and o-vkou, veois, 6a)Sj 
 rpi^prjs in the Dual and Plural. Give the Genitive, Dative, and 
 Accusative in all genders and numbers of a^ios, yXvKvs, of the 
 Present Active Participle of tcT-njui, and of the Perfect Active 
 Participle of ^ovXevoy (or Trauco). 3. Compare aocpos, Toikas, dXrjdrjs, 
 TToXvs. Decline the Comparative of fiiyas. Form an adverb from 
 fjdvs, and compare it. Decline av in the Dual and Plural and 
 ovTos in the Singular. Give the Cardinal Numerals as far as 
 twelve. 4. Give synopses (through all the moods) of the Aorist 
 Middle and Aorist Passive of /SouXeuw (or ttovco), and inflect the 
 Imperative. Give synopses of the Perfect Passive of irXeKco and 
 the Present Active of didcopL. Inflect the Perfect Passive Indic- 
 ative of TrXeVo) and the Imperfect Passive of Ttpdco. 5. Where 
 are p€va>, enavaco, XtTrco, crrco, i'o), and eSi'Sca formed (i. e. tense, 
 mood, voice), and from what verbs'? 
 
 SoFHOMORE Questions. — 1. AVhat is the construction in 
 Object Clauses after verbs of striving ? How do such clauses 
 differ from Pure Fiual Clauses % What is a General Supposition % 
 How arc General Suppositions expressed 1 How are Prohibitions 
 in the Second and Third Persons expressed in Greek? Trans- 
 late '4^q boiacLv el hvvaiTo, and state what form the last three 
 words would have in the Direct Discourse. 
 
GREEK GRAMMAR. 55 
 
 XX. 
 
 1. Give an example of Crasis. When does Iota become sub- 
 script in Crasis 1 Write re after Kepas with the accents properly 
 disposed. Write elfxi after Kvpos. What is o)? called with re- 
 spect to accent ] 2. Decline ^aaiXevs, dea7r6rr]s, x^P"i Kepas in the 
 Singular, and dvcayeoav, Ix^vs, ciarv in the Dual and Plural. Give 
 the Genitive, Dative, and Accusative, in all genders and numbers, 
 of xaptfts and dXrjdrjs, of the Second Aorist iVctive Participle of 
 di^copi, and of the Perfect Active Participle of ^ovXevco (or navco). 
 3. Compare a^Los, peXas, aaxfjpcov, peyas. Decline the Comparative 
 of T)8vs. Form an adverb from raxvs, and compare it. Decline 
 eyco, 6(TTts, ovTos in the Dual and Plural. 4. Give synopses 
 (through all the moods) of the Aorist Middle of QovXevco and 
 the Present Passive of TLpdco and laTrjpi. Inflect the Future 
 Optative Active of dyyeWco and the Perfect Passive Indicative 
 
 of rpi^oi. 5. Where are etSoi, ecrro), eiravaa), ico, Xittco, Xittoj, eTipSf, 
 
 and idl8(o formed (i. e. tense, mood, voice), and from what verbs'? 
 Sophomore Questions. — 1. Translate el tovto Troielu dvmTai, 
 noiel, and idu tovto iroielv dvi^rjTai, iroLel, and explain the two sorts 
 of Conditional Sentences. How would the latter be written if 
 TTOiet were changed to eiroUi 1 Describe two classes of Relative 
 Sentences. 2. What is the construction in Greek after verbs of 
 fearing ? after verbs of hindering ? Give the general rule for 
 the Indirect Quotation of compound sentences after ort or as. 
 Translate x'^^^'^^^ eupelu and (prjalv evpelv, and explain the two 
 distinct uses of the Infinitive. 
 
 XXL 
 
 1. Decline KpiTrjs, ttoXis, and the Singular of v^o-os. Explain 
 the accent of the Nominative and Genitive Singular and the 
 Nominative Plural of vrjaos. 2. Decline the Adjective xp^(^^°s 
 in the Singular of all genders, and nds in the Plural. Compare 
 i'o(pos, r]8vs, and piyas ; and the Adverb aocpcbs. 3. Decline the 
 
 3 D 
 
56 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 
 
 Pronouns eyco and crv in the Plural, — ol in all numbers, and 
 ovTos in the Plural. Explain the accent of oXbe and oXaTicn. 
 4. Give a synopsis of the Future and Aorist Middle of ^ovXeva 
 (in all the moods), and inflect the Optative of each. Give a 
 synopsis of the Second Aorist Passive of 'XeiTra, and inflect the 
 Subjunctive. Inflect the Perfect Passive Indicative of XeiVo), 
 and explain the euphonic changes. 5. Give a synopsis of the 
 Second Aorist Active of fit'Sco/ti, and of the Second Aorist 
 Middle of Tidrjfii, and inflect the Indicative of each. 6. Trans- 
 late eK Ta>v TToKecov Siv krvyxavev i'xoiu, and explain the case of S)V 
 and the construction of excop. 7. Give rules for the position 
 of the Article, (1) with a noun and an adjective, (2) with a 
 noun and a demonstrative pronoun, (3) with avTos. Give an 
 example of each, and translate it. 8. Give the names and mark 
 the quantity of the feet of two syllables. 
 
 Sophomore Questions. — 1 . Explain the ordinary difference 
 between the Subjunctive and the Future Indicative after ottco?, 
 and give an example of each. 2. Translate d hvvaiTo, tovto 
 inoiei, and ei dvvaiTo, tovt au ttoloit], and explain the two uses of 
 the Optative. Explain the two corresponding uses of the Sub- 
 junctive, and give examples. 3. What various constructions 
 follow TTpiul give examples. Is tovto Troirja-o) rrplv av eXdco or 
 TOVTO iroLTjaoi %p\u eXOelv more correct *? — and why 1 
 
 XXII. 
 
 1. "What consonants are called liquids ? How are myites 
 divided into labial, palatal, and Ihigual mutes'? 2. Form the 
 Future of rpi'/So), ypdcfxo, and tt€i6(o, and explain the euphonic 
 changes which are made before the ending -o-co. 3. Inflect the 
 Perfect Passive (rerpt/x/xai) of Tpl^co, and explain the euphonic 
 changes made in adding the endings -pat, -<rai, -rat, -a-6ou, and 
 -a6e to the stem Tpt/3-. 4. Decline the Nouns tto'Xittjs and vrjaos 
 in the Singular, and Xecav and I3aai\evs in the Dual and Plural. 
 Give the Accusative Singular of epts, cXiris, noXis, and vavs ; and 
 
GREEK GRAMMAR. . 57 
 
 give a rule for each case. 5. Decline the Pronouns <tv and oqti^. 
 6. Give a synopsis (through all the moods and participles) of 
 the Future Passive of Xyoj (or ^ovXevco). Give a synopsis of 
 the Second Aorist Middle of Xeinco, and inflect the Indicative 
 and Imperative. 7. Give a synopsis of the Second Aorist Mid- 
 dle of TiOqyiL, and inflect the Optative. Give the Principal Parts 
 of i'o-r^/zi and bibajjxi. 8. What is the diff"erence between the use 
 of the Article in Attic Greek and in Homer % Give a rule for 
 the position of the article with adjectives and with demonstrative 
 pronouns, and give an example of each. 9. Which tenses of the 
 Indicative are primary ? and which are secondary (or historical)'\ 
 How does this distinction often aff'ect the mood of a dependent 
 verb 1 10. What is the difference betw^een the Imperfect and Ao- 
 rist Indicative? and between the Present and Aorist Subjunctive] 
 Sophomore Questions. — 1. Explain the principle o^ Indirect 
 Quotations, as regards both the leading and the dependent verbs. 
 When can the Subjunctive be used in Indirect Questions in 
 Greek 1 Give an example. 2, Explain the analogy between 
 relative sentences and conditional sentences, and give examples. 
 3. What form of the Infinitive construction can follow verbs 
 denoting hindrance or prevention (like eipyco, to prevent) 1 Give 
 examples. 
 
 XXIII. 
 
 1. Correct the form yeypacjifiai, and form the Second and Third 
 Persons Singular of it. Perform the operations of Crasis and 
 Elision on the words fifjTe 6 durjp. 2. Decline in the Singular 
 6aKa(T(Ta, deanoTT]?, 6pi^, and aarv, and in the Plural Tpirjprjs. 
 3. Decline the Pronouns av in all numbers, otros and oa-ns in 
 the Singular. Decline rjdvs in the Plural. Compare a-otjyos, fieXas, 
 KaKos, and padtos. 4. Inflect the Aorist Subjunctive Passive of 
 TijLtdo), the Present Indicative of eifj.i, the Second Perfect oida in 
 the Indicative. 5. Write the Perfect of qkovo), the Future and 
 Aorist of SiSw/ii, the Second Aorist of iKpavddvco and of dnodvrj- 
 a-K(Of — all in the Active Voice, 6. How do 6 dvr]p dyaOos and 
 
58 . EXAMINATION PAPERS. 
 
 6 ayaBos avrjp differ in i^epiring^ How is a Wish refemng to 
 future time -expr^a^d*';*?: Write out the scheme of the Dac- 
 tyhc Hexameter Verse. 
 
 Sophomore Questions. — 1. What is the difference in mean- 
 ing between i^aaiXevov and i^aaiXevaa '? Give the different con- 
 structions in use after tm in Final Clauses. How do Final and 
 Object Clauses differ in meaning 1 2. How do ei nuas iSoi, ovdeu 
 aif eiTToi and et Ttms 'idoi, ovdev eXeyev differ in sense and grammar ] 
 What form of Direct Discourse is represented by eXeyev oti 
 ypdyj/eiev *? How do you express a Wish referring to past time 1 
 Write out the scheme of the Iambic Trimeter Acatalectic. 
 
 XXIV. 
 
 1. Explain Elision and Crasis; give examples in inl ir^pco and 
 Koi avTos. 2. What are Enclitics 1 Correct the accent of ovtos 
 eariu, Tifxai re, Tifxwv re, tovtov ye. 3. Decline the Nouns vrjaoSy 
 Xeo)!/, and IdaaiXcCs throughout, and dvrjp in the Singular. 4. De- 
 cline the Adjective yXvKvs. Compare aepvos, o^vs, and dXT]6rjs. 
 5. Give the synopsis of the Future Passive of Xvco (or ^ovXevco) 
 through all the moods, and inflect the Indicative. Inflect the 
 Present Indicative Passive of BrjXoco (in the contract form). In 
 what places in this verb is the form dr]Xo7 found 1 6. Give the 
 synopsis of the Second Aorist Middle of ridqui in all the moods, 
 and inflect the Optative. Inflect the Imperfect of e'/x* (^^ ff^)- 
 7. State briefly the distinction in the uses of the adverb nV 
 
 Sophomore Questions. — 1. Explain the analogy between the 
 expression of a Wish and of a Condition. What are the con- 
 structions which may follow expressions denoting hindrance ? 
 What are the two uses of an Aorist Infinitive 1 Translate 
 " He does this v/henever he pleases," and " He did this when- 
 ever he pleased." 2. What are the differences between the 
 Homeric use of the Article and the Attic use % 3. What varie- 
 ties of verse are measured by Dipodiesi Explain the substi- 
 tutions in the Iambic Dipody. How does the Trochaic Dipody 
 differ from this '? 
 
1. Write down the smooth mutes^Ss^^cM &H^wtoi^ ^'Per- 
 form Crasis and Elision on firjre 6 duqp. 2. J^''orm^ffe Accusative 
 Plural of Ti/jLT], Vocative Singular of TroXiTrjs, entire Singular 
 uncontracted and contracted of oareov, Singular in all cases of 
 ^ao-iXevs, Nominative Plural and Genitive Plural of awfia and 
 TToXty. 3. Decline dXrjOrjs in the Singular. Compare ayados and 
 Koxpos. Decline av in all its numbers, and oans in Masculine 
 Singular. 4. Form the Second Person Singular, Aorist Impera- 
 tive Middle of ^ovXevco. Form the First Person Singular of 
 XvQj in Aorist Optative Passive, of cf)€vy(o in Second Aorist Sub- 
 junctive Active, of XeiTTcD in 2d Aorist Indie. Middle. Form the 
 Second Person Singular of TiOTjfii in Second Aorist Indicative 
 Middle. Inflect ef/xt (/ go) in the Present Indicative. Write 
 out the Principal Parts of ytyvoiaKco and iK5i8u3fxt. 5. How is 
 the Article used in Homer 1 What is the difference between 
 
 KaXos 6 TTfuff and 6 koXos naU *? 2o<^a)rfpo? eVrtt/ J7 eyco ; express 
 
 this by changing e-yco into an oblique case. What constructions 
 are used in Final Clauses 1 How do you express a General 
 Supposition in present and in past time"? What is a Dactyl, 
 an Iambus, a Trochee, an Anapaest '? 
 
 Sophomore Questions. — 1. Explain the use of Iva with 
 the past tenses of the Indicative. Explain the Accusative in 
 fiaxrjv viKCLv. Express "that man" in Greek prose. What con- 
 structions are allowed with verbals in -tIos, -tIov % What tenses 
 and moods are used to express Prohibition 1 Write out the 
 Bcheme of the Iambic Trimeter Acatalectic both of Tragedy 
 and of Comedy, naming the feet employed. 
 
 XXVI. 
 
 1. State the general principle for the Accent of Verbs, with 
 such exceptions as you remember. 2. Decline the Nouns MoGo-a, 
 Tsixph ^^d OvycLTTjp ) the Singular of ^Xe'i//", and the Plural of 
 
60 EXAmNATION PAPERS. 
 
 \€Q>v. 3. Decline the Pronouns av and t\s, and the Numeral eh. 
 4. Compare raxvs, alaxpos, and kukos, and decline one of the 
 Comparatives of the last in the Plural. 5. Inflect the Present 
 Optative Middle of ri[Mdco, and the Imperfect Middle of ri%t. 
 Give a synopsis of the Present Active of drjXoco, and of the 
 Aorist Passive of larrjixt. 6. If in the sentence epxerm Iva rfju 
 •Kokiv % the first verb should be changed to ^Xi^ev, how would 
 you construct the dependent verb ^ 7. Translate into Greek 
 the following : / saw those ivho were present, and I say that I 
 have seen them. 
 
 SoPHOMOKE Questions. — 1. Translate 'i4>r) koKcos av Trpd^ai in 
 two ways, showing what two forms in Direct Discourse are rep- 
 resented. 2. Translate oo-tls eldcp, e^apj? av, and explain the 
 meaning of the relative sentence. What negative particle 
 would be proper with the first verb 1 3. Under what circum- 
 stances is a secondary tense of the Indicative used in a Final 
 Clause after ha 1 
 
 XXYII. 
 
 1. Give the accusative, singular and 2^^ural, of Mova-a, oiKia, 
 X<^po, 9.nd TifjLT). Decline v^aos in the singular, and Aecoy in the 
 2olural. 2. Decline the adjective yXvKvs in the singular, and 
 ixiyas in the plural. Compare Koicpos, o^vs, aXrjdrjs, and r]8vs. 3. 
 How is the Future Indicative Active of a liquid verb formed 1 
 Give an example, and inflect it through all the numbers and 
 persons. 4. Give the principal parts of ypa(f)co, Xafx^avco, and 
 cfiepco. 5. Inflect the Imperfect Active of io-ttjixi, and the 2d 
 Aorist Optative Active of TiOrjixi. 6. What is a stem in grammar 1 
 In XeXeiju/zat and in ipplcpdat, point out the stem and the other 
 parts of each word ; also explain all the euphonic changes made 
 in any of the parts. 7. Translate noXkol ra>v ^ovXofxeviov eivai 
 aocjicov, and explain the case of o-o^coi/. Translate 6 ipos tov raXat- 
 TTcopou /Stos, and explain the genitive. Explain the Accusative in 
 nXrjyrjv TVTTTd. 8. Translate iav Xrj vvp, irore earai oIkoi, and jfv 
 
GREEK GRAMMAR. 61 
 
 lyyvi eXdr] Bdvaros, olbeh /SovXerat 6uf]aKeiv, and explain the sub- 
 junctive in each case. Translate <pr]a\v iXdelu and (BovXeTai. ^XOeii/, 
 and explain the tejise of iXOelu in each. 9. What is a trochee, a 
 tribrach, an anapaest, a cretic 1 Explain the terms catalectic, 
 dipody, dimeter. How many feet are there in a trochaic dime- 
 ter, and how many in a dactylic dimeter "? 10. Why is r]X6^v Iva 
 Ujj more correct than epx^rai Iva Xdoil How is Ut] to be ex- 
 plained 1 Translate into Greek : the// took care (eVi/ieXeo/nat) that 
 this should be done (ylyvoixai), and explain the construction used 
 in the dependent clause. 11. What is the diiference between 
 Xprjv are tovto Troielv and XPU ^^ tovto irotelu 1 Express in Greek : 
 that this had happened, that this might happeji, and that 
 this ivere true ; and explain the verbal form used in each case. 
 1 2. What is an ana2?aistic dimeter acatalectic, — an anapoestic 
 tetrameter catalectic, — an anapoestic system ? What is an elegiac 
 distich ? 
 
 XXVIII. 
 
 1. Decline the nouns i/^o-o? in the Singular, Xicav in the Dual 
 and Plural, and ^aaiXevs in all numbers. Explain the accent of 
 vrjaos and Xecov wherever it varies from that of the Nominative 
 Singular. 2. Decline the Pronouns otJ in all numbers and oaris 
 in the Plural. Explain the accents of the Genitive and Dative 
 Plural of oa-Tis. 3. In what two principal ways are adjectives 
 compared by change of termination ? Give examples of each. 
 Compare koko'?, dyaOos, dXrjdris, and fxeyas. 4. Give the principal 
 parts of TrXe'/co), Xafx^dvco, didcofxL, and La-Tr]fML. 5. Inflect the Aorist 
 Optative Passive of Xv'to, the Aorist Imperative Passive of Xvo,' 
 the Imperfect Passive of tarrjui, and the Second Aorist Optative 
 Middle of tIOtjixl. 6. Explain the euphonic changes which occur 
 in the following forms : — Xvovcri, XeXeijUjuai (Xenr-), doiis (8ovt-), vv$ 
 (vvKT-), TTfTreiKa (TT€id-), rkdvKa (dv-), iridrju {6e-). 7. When any 
 
 forms of the substantive pronoun of the Third Person (ov, ol, 
 o-(f)cov, &c.) are used in Attic prose, what is their peculiar force 1 
 
62 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 
 
 Give an example. 8. Give examples containing the correct 
 use of the Genitive Absolute and of the Accusative Absolute. 
 When is the latter regularly used 1 9. Translate into Greek : 
 If these had been good men, they would not have suffered (Trao-xco), 
 and explain the construction used. 10. What is a trochee, a 
 spondee, an iambus, and an anapsest ? What is ccesura in verse, 
 and where does this generally occur in the heroic hexameter ] 
 11. How are object clauses with oVcos after verbs like o-kottcco dis- 
 tinguished, in construction and in meaning, from final clauses ] 
 Give an example of each. When do final clauses admit the 
 Indicative? 12. Distinguish the Infinitive in Indirect Dis- 
 course from its use in other constructions. Show, by an exam- 
 ple, how the Imperfect is expressed in the Infinitive. What 
 two meanings can e^?; tovto av iroi^o-aL have 1 Explain the prin- 
 ciple in each case. 13. What is thc» difference between an 
 Iambic Dipody and an Iambic Dimeter ? What substitutions 
 for the Iambus are allowed in an Iambic Dipody 1 what for the 
 Trochee in a Trochaic Dipody 1 Explain an Anapaestic- System, 
 
LATIN COMPOSITION. 63 
 
 LATIN COMPOSITION. 
 
 I. 
 
 1. Demaratus, the father of King Tarquin,! fled 2 from 
 Corinth to Tarquinii. 
 
 1. Tarquinius. 2. Fugio, fugere. 
 
 2. I do not think ^ that immortality 2 is to be despised ^ 
 by a mortal.* 
 
 1. Arlitror, arhitrari. 2. Immortalitas. 3, Contemno, 
 contemnere. 4. Mortalis, -e. 
 
 3. Theophrastus is^ said to have accused 2 Nature, be- 
 cause ^ she had given a long life to crows,* and so ^ short ^ a 
 life to men. 
 
 1. Dico, dicere. 2. Accuso, accusare. 3. Quod. 4. Cor- 
 nix. 5. Tarn. 6. Exiguits. 
 
 4. Ignorance ^ of future 2 evils ^ is more useful * than 
 knowledge^ [of them^]. 
 
 1. Ignoratio. 2. Futurus. 3. Malum. 4. Z7^^7z5. 
 5. Scientia. 6. Omit. 
 
 5. Do you not know ^ what 2 sort of men you charge ^ 
 with crime ? * 
 
 1. Intdligo. 2. AVhat sort of=2"i6«^2S. 3. Arguo,aTguere. 
 4. Seel us. 
 
 6. If death ^ ^vere feared,2 Brutus would not have fallen ^ 
 in battle,* and the Decii w^ould not have exposed ^ them- 
 selves to the wea]3ons ^ of the enemy. 
 
 1, Ifors. 2. Timeo, timer e. 3. Concido, concidere. 
 4. Prcdium. 5. Ohjicio, objicere. 6. Tehcm. 
 
64 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 
 
 11. 
 
 1. Pompey was the first Eoman who subdued ^ the Jews.^ 
 By right ^ of conquest * he entered ^ their Temple. 
 
 1. Devmco, -ere. 2. Juclceus. 3. Jus. 4. Victoria. 
 5. Intro, -are. 
 
 2. They say ^ that Timotheus, a distinguished ^ man at 
 Athens,^ when ^ he had dined ^ at ^ Plato's ^ and had been 
 greatly ^ gratified ^ with the entertainment/^ and had seen 
 him the-next-day/^ said : ^^ " Your dinners ^^ are pleasant ^* 
 not only at-the-time,^^ but also the-day-after." ^^ 
 
 1. Fero,ferre. 2. Claries. 3. Athena^, -arum. 4, Ctcm. 
 5. (7ce?io, -a're. 6. Ajmd. 7. P/a^o, -o^iz's. 8. Admoclum. 
 9. Dclecto,-are. 10. Convivium. 11. Postr idle. 12. Dico. 
 13. (7te7ic6. 14. Jucundus. 15. /?i pra^sentia. 16. Fostero 
 die. 
 
 3. Yerres als© ^ ordered ^ the silver ^ tables ^ to be carried- 
 aw^ay ^ from ^ all the shrines.'' 
 
 1. Idem. 2. Juhco,-ere. 3. Argenteus,-a, -iim. 4. Meiisa, 
 
 5. Anfero. 6. i^e. 7. Deluhrum. 
 
 III. 
 
 1. The next ^ day he calls ^ the leaders of the forces ^ 
 together, and tells ^ them that no city is more hostile ^ to 
 the Greeks than the royal ^ (city) of the old kings. 
 
 1. Fosternis. 2. Convocarc = e^iil together. 3. CopicB. 
 4. Bocere. 5. Infest us. 6. Begins. 
 
 2. If we gi'ant ^ that the gods exist,^ and that the universe ^ 
 is ruled ^ by their mind, I do not see why^ I should^ say 
 there is no divination.'^ 
 
 1. Conccdo. 2. Esse. 3. Mundns. 4. Bcgere. 5. Cur. 
 
 6. I say there is no = nego esse. 7. Divinatio. 
 
LATIN COMPOSITION. 65 
 
 3. There is not^ one of you who has not often ^ heard ^ 
 how ^ Syracuse ^ was taken by Marcellus. 
 
 1. 'Not one = nemo. 2. Scepe. 3. Audire. 4. Quemadmo- 
 dum. 5. Syr ac usee. 
 
 4 Demaratus, tlie father of our King Tarquin, fled^ from 
 Corinth,^ because^ he could not bear^ the tyrant ^ Cypselus, 
 to Tarquinii, and there ^ established "^ his fortunes.^ 
 
 1. Fugere. 2. Corinthus. 3. Quod. 4. Fevre. 5. Ty- 
 rannus. 6. Ihi 7. Constituere. 8. Fortuna. 
 
 lY. 
 
 1. They say ^ that the death of his son was ^ announced 
 to Anaxagoras [as he was ^] discoursing * among ^ his friends ^ 
 on ^ the nature of things, and that no ^ answer was given by 
 him except^ that he begot ^ him mortal A glorious ^° 
 speech ^^ in ^^ truth, and worthy ^^ of being uttered ^^ by so 
 great a man. 
 
 1. TradcTC. 2. Nuntiare. 3. Omit. 4. Disserere. 
 5. Inter. 6. Familiaris. 1. Be. 8. Literally, nothing 
 else (7^^7i^7 aliiid) w^as answered {resijondere) except (?^^s^). 
 9. Gignere. 10. Prceclarus. 11. Foa.\ 12. Fern 13. i)^;^- 
 ?zws. 14. Einitterc. 
 
 2. How^ much wiser ^ Xenophon [acted2], who, when he 
 was engaged-in-sacred-rights,3 and heard that his elder ^ 
 son had fallen ^ in battle,^ merely ' laid-down^ the garland ^ 
 from 10 his head : but ii when he heard that he had fallen 
 fighting 12 bravely ,12 he put i^ the garland on his head again.i^ 
 
 1. Sapienter. 2. Omit. 3. Sacra peragere. 4. 3fajor 
 natu. 6. Cadcre. 6. Prcelium. 7. Tantum. 8. Dejmiere. 
 9. Corona. 10. F. 11. Vero. 12. Pugnare. 13. Fortiter. 
 14. Put on :^ 2wipo7i(3re with dative. 15. Rursus. 
 
 3* 
 
66 . EXAMINATION PAPERS. 
 
 V. 
 
 1. There is need^ of magistrates,^ without^ whose wis- 
 dom ^ and care ^ the state ^ cannot '' exist.^ 
 
 1. Ojncs. 2. Magistratus. 3. Sine. 4. Prudeyitia. 
 
 5. Diligeiitia. 6. Civitas. 7. 'With, posse. 8. Esse. 
 
 2. Do you see ^ how ^ the furies ^ harass * the impious,^ 
 and never ^ suffer ^ them to-stand-still ? ^ 
 
 1. Video. 2. ?7^^. 3. Furia. 4. ^^tYc. 6. Impms. 
 
 6. With WTi^'z^am. 7. Patior. 8. Consisto. 
 
 3. Since ^ solitude ^ and a life ^ without friends ^ is full ^ 
 of snares ^ and fear/ reason ^ admonishes ^ us to contract ^^ 
 friendships.^^ 
 
 1. Cum. 2. Solitudo. 3. Fi^^a. 4. Amicus. 5. Plenus. 
 6. Insidicc. 7. Metus. 8. Eatio. 9. Moneo. 10. C'c^/i- 
 j?aro. 11. Amicitia. 
 
 4. We favor ^ thee; we wish^ thee to enjoy ^ thy 
 virtue.* 
 
 1. Faveo. 2. Cupio. 3. Fruor. 4. Virtus. 
 
 5. Lucilius used ^ to say ^ that he wished ^ those things 
 which he wrote * to be read ^ neither by the very unlearned ^ 
 nor the very learned. 
 
 1. Solco. 2. 'Dico. 3. Fo/o. 4. Scribo. 5. Ze_^o. 
 6. Indoctus. 
 
 6. The decemvirate ^ and his colleagues ^ had completely ^ 
 changed* Fabius, — a man formerly^ excellent^ both in 
 peace '^ and in war.^ 
 
 1. Decemviratus. 2. Collega. 3. Plane. 4. J/?t^o. 
 5. O/im. 6. Fgregius. 7. With domus. 8. Militia. 
 
LATIN COMPOSITION. 67 
 
 VI. 
 
 1. Let us consider,^ first,^ whether the universe ^ is gov- 
 erned ^ by the foresight ^ of the gods ; ^ secondly/ whether 
 they provide ^ for the welfare ^ of man.^^ 
 
 1. Video. 2. Primitm. 3. Mitndus. 4. Bego. 5. Pro- 
 mdcntia. 6. Dcus. 7. Dcinde. 8. Consulo. 9. Bes. 10. 
 Humanus. 
 
 2. Neoptolemus would never ^ have been able ^ to take ^ 
 Troy, if he had been willing^ to listen^ to Lycomedes, in^ 
 whose household he had been brought "^ up. 
 
 1. Nunqicam. 2. Possum. 3. Caper e. 4. Volo. 5. 
 Audio. 6. Apud. 7. JSd^cco. 
 
 3. When ^ the enemy ^ saw ^ that the damages,* which 
 they had hoped^^ could ^ not be repaired ^ for a long ^ time,^ 
 had been so ^^ repaired by the toil ^^ of a few ^^ days ^^ that 
 there was no opportunity ^^ left ^^ for a sally ,^^ they were- 
 eager^^ for the original ^^ terms ^^ of capitulation.^*^ 
 
 1. Uhi. 2. Hostis. 3. Video. 4. Is. 5. Spew. 
 6. Possum. 7. Rcficio. 8. Longus. 9. Sp)atium. 10. /^a. 
 11. Lahor. 12. Paucus. 13. i^zcs. 14. Locus. 15. i^e- 
 linquo. 16. Erwptio. 17. Rccurro. 18. /c^em. 19. (7o?i- 
 c?^Y^■o. 20. Deditio. 
 
 4. If he is about to come ^ to Eome without ^ violence,^ 
 you may ^ properly * remain ^ at home ; ^ but ^ if he is about 
 to give ^ up the city ^ to be plundered,io I fear ^^ that Dola- 
 bella himself ^2 can^^ not fully ^* protect ^^ us. 
 
 1. Vc7iio. 2. Modeste. 3. Possum. 4. Eecte. 5. Sum. 
 
 6. Domiis. 7. /S'm. 8. i)o. 9. ^7r5s. 10. Diripio. 
 
 11. Fcreor. 12. J^^se. 13. Possum. 14. /S'az^is. 15. Pro- 
 sum. 
 
68 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 
 
 VII. 
 
 1. When ^ I was on ^ (my) Tusculan-estate,^ and ^Yanted * 
 to use ^ certain^ books ^ out^ of the library^ of Lucullus, I 
 went ^^ to his villa,^^ to take ^^ them thence ^^ myseK,^* as ^^ 
 I used 1^ to. 
 
 1. Cum. 2. In. 3. Tusculanum. 4. Velle. 5. Uti. 
 6. Qiticlam. 7. Liher. 8. -fi'. 9. Bibliotheca. 10. Fe- 
 nw'^. 11. F^Y/cf. 12. Promere. 13. /nrZe. 14. ips^. 
 15. ?7^f. 16. /So/cm 
 
 2. You know-not,^ madman,^ what power ^ virtue * has ; ^ 
 you use ^ the name ^ only ^ of virtue, you know not how ^ 
 powerfuP^ virtue itself ^^ is. 
 
 1. Ncscire. 2. Insaniis. 3. Vis. 4. Virtus. 5. Halere. 
 6. Usurpare. 7. Nomcn. 8. Tantum. 9. gza'd 10. To 
 be powerful, valere. 11. J^^se. 
 
 3. What can ^ you say ^ in ^ your defence * which they 
 have not said ? 
 
 1. Possum. 2. Dicere. 3. 7?i. 4. Defensio. 
 
 4. You are sorry ^ for others,^ for yourself^ you are 
 neither^ sorry nor* ashamed.^ 
 
 1. Miscrct 2. Alius. 3. Tu. 4. Ncc. 5. Pudet 
 
 5. The tyrant^ Dionysius, expelled ^ from Syracuse,^ 
 taught 4 boys ^ at Corinth.^ 
 
 1. Tyrannus. 2. Expdlo. 3. Syr acusce, -arum. 4. Docere. 
 5. Pztcr. 6. Corintlius. 
 
 6. This state ^ has not produced ^ any ^ men more illus- 
 trious * in glory ^ than Africanus, Loelius, and Furius. 
 
 1. Civitas. 2. Ferre. 3. IZlhis. 4. Clarus. 5. Gloria. 
 
LATIN COMPOSITION. 69 
 
 YIII. 
 
 1. Let us so^ live 2 as always^ to think* that an ac- 
 count ^ must be rendered ^ by us. 
 
 1. Ita. 2. Vivere. 3. Semper. 4. Arhitrari. 5. Ratio. 
 6. Beddere. 
 
 2. Would-that ^ I could ^ as ^ easily * discover ^ the trutli^ 
 as refute ^ the falsehood.^ 
 
 1. Utinain. 2. Posse. 3. Tarn. 4. Facile. 5. Invenire. 
 6. Fenis. 7. Convincere. 8. Falsus. 
 
 3. He exhorted ^ his friends ^ not to be-wanting ^ to the 
 common* safety.^ 
 
 1. Hortari. 2. Amicus. 3. Deesse. 4. Communis. 
 5. Salus. 
 
 4. After ^ Porapey had learned ^ what had been done ^ at 
 Corfinium, he set-out * with two legions ^ from Luceria, and 
 in five days^ arrived-at'' Brundisium. 
 
 1. Posteaquam. 2. Rcjpcrire. 3. Gerere. 4. Proficisci. 
 5. Ze(/zo. 6. i)z€S. 7. Pervenire. 
 
 5. When ^ by the supreme-authority ^ of one man there- 
 was^ no-longer* a field ^ in public-life^ for wisdom^ or^ 
 personal-influence,^ I surrendered ^^ myself neither ^^ to my 
 sorrows,^^ by which I should have been overwhelmed ^^ if- 
 I-had-not ^* resisted ^^ them, nor ^^ to pleasure ^^ unworthy ^-^ 
 of a scholar. ^^ 
 
 1. Quum. 2. Dominatus. 3. -E'sse. 4. iVb?i /am. 
 5. Locus. 6. Pes puhlica. 7. Consilium. 8. ^i^^. 9. ^i<:c- 
 toritas. 10. Dedere. 11. iVec. 12. Angor. 13. Conficere. 
 14. iVisi 15. Resistere. 16. Voluntas. 17. Indignus. 
 18. Doctus homo. 
 
70 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 
 
 IX. 
 
 1. I find ^ that Plato came ^ to Tarentum in the consul- 
 ship 3 of Camillus and Claudius. 
 
 1. Be;perire. 2. Venire. 3. Express this by the word 
 consul. 
 
 2. The plays ^ of ^ Livius are not worthy ^ of being read * 
 a second ^ time. 
 
 1. Fabida. 2. Livianus = of Livius. 3. Dignus. 
 
 4. Legere. 5. Iterum. 
 
 3. The Sicilians ^ sometimes ^ make ^ a month * longer ^ 
 by one ^ day "^ or two ^ days. 
 
 1. Siculus. 2. Nonnunquam. 3. Facere. 4. Mensis. 
 
 5. Longus. 6. C/?^^is. 7. -D^es. 8. Biduum. Write out 
 the rule for the case of dies. 
 
 4. The Stoics^ think ^ it does not^ concern* men^ to 
 know ^ what is going to happen."^ 
 
 1. Stoiciis. 2. Existimare. 3. Niliil. 4. Interesse. 
 5. Homo. 6. /S'czVe. 7. -£'sse. 
 
 5. There were [some^] who on this day accused^ the 
 king ^ of rashness,* the consul ^ of inefficiency.^ 
 
 1. Omit. 2. Accusare. 3. Bex. 4. Temeritas. 5. (7o?i- 
 SiiZ. 6. Segnitia. 
 
 6. I am afraid ^ that I cannot ^ grant ^ that.* 
 
 1. Vereri. 2. Possum. 3. Concedere. 4. iZ/e. 
 
 I X. 
 
 1. When ISTasica had come ^ to the poet ^ Ennius, and 
 the maid ^ had told * him ^ Ennius was not at home,^ Nasica 
 knew ^ that she had said so ^ at her master's ^ couimand,^^ 
 and that he was within.^^ 
 
LATIN COMPOSITION. 71 
 
 1. Venire. 2. Poeta. 3. Ancilla. 4. Dicere. 5. 7s 
 (dative). 6. Domus. 7. Sentire. 8. Omit. 9. Dominus. 
 10. t/w.ssw (abl.). 11. Intus. 
 
 2. A few ^ days ^ after ,3 when Ennius had come to Nasica 
 and asked * for him, Nasica bawls ^ out that he is not at 
 home. 
 
 1. Paucus. 2. Dies. 3. Post 4. Queer ere (with the 
 accusative). 5. Exclamare. 
 
 3. Then quoth ^ Ennius : What ?2 Do I not recognize^ 
 your * voice ? ^ 
 
 1. Inquit. 2. §2^^d 3. Cognoscere. 4. TV-m-s. 5. FocJC. 
 
 4. Hereupon ^ Nasica : You are a shameless ^ fellow : ^ 
 when I asked for you I believed * your maid (when ^ she 
 said) that you were not at home. Do you not believe my- 
 own-self ?^ 
 
 1. Hie. 2. Impudens. 3. Homo. 4. Credere (with 
 dative). 5. Omit. 6. My-own-self, ego ijjse. 
 
 XL 
 
 1. This^ edict 2 having been published,^ there was* no^ 
 state ^ which ^ did not send ^ a part ^ of its ^^ Senate ^^ to 
 Cordova/2 no ^ Roman citizen ^^ who '^ did not come ^^ to 
 the meeting at ^^ the day.^^ 
 
 1. Literally, which, q^ci. 2. Edictum. 3. Pervidgare. 
 4. ^sse. 5. Nullus. 6. Civitas. 7. Which — not or who 
 — not, quin. 8. Mittere. 9. Pars. 10. Omit. 11. /Sewa- 
 tus. 12. Corduha. 13. C'lms. 14. Convenire. 15. ^c?. 
 16. i)z>s. 
 
 2. Nothing ^ is more praiseworthy,^ nothing more worthy^ 
 of a great * and illustrious ^ man,^ than clemency.'^ 
 
72 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 
 
 1. Nihil. 2. Laudabilis. 3. Dignus. 4. Magnus. 
 5. Prccclarus. 6. F^V. 7. Clementia. 
 
 3. Don't ^ you know ^ what ^ sort of dead * men you are 
 accusing ^ of the worst ^ crime ? ^ 
 
 1. Noniie. 2. Litelligei^e. 3. What sort of, qualis. 
 
 4. Mortuus. 5. Arguere. 6. Sumiiius. 7. Scelus. 
 
 4. For many^ ages^ the name^ of the Pythagoreans* 
 was^ in such high repute, that^ no others'^ seemed^ learned.^ 
 
 1. Multus. 2. Scemlum. 3. Nomen. 4. Pythagoreus. 
 
 5. To be in such high repute, s^'c vigere. 6. Z7i(. 7. Alius. 
 8. Videri. 9. Dodus. 
 
 XII. 
 
 1. Tn-the-mean-time ^ the Eomans,^ the Scipios ^ being 
 sent * to Spain,^ first ^ drove ^ the Carthaginians ^ from the 
 province,^ afterwards ^^ carried ^^ on serious ^^ wars ^^ with ^^ 
 the Spaniards ^^ themselves.^^ 
 
 1. Interea. 2. Romanus. 3. Scipio,-onis. 4. Mittere. 
 5. Hispania. 6. Primo. 7. Exiodlere. 8. Pcenus. 9. Pro- 
 mncia. 10. Postea. 11. Gerere. 12. Gravis. 13. Belliom. 
 14. C-i^m. 15. Hispanus. 16. ipse. 
 
 2. A\nhile ^ these ^ things were carried ^ on in Asia, all ^* 
 Greece* had rushed^ to ^ arms/ in the hope^ of regaining^ 
 liberty,^^ following ^^ the authority ^^ of the Lacedemonians.^^ 
 
 1. i)2i??i. 2. ffic. 3. Gerere. 4. Grmcia. 5. Concur- 
 rere. 6. ^rZ. 7. Arma. 8. aS^cs. 9. Pecuperare, 
 10. Lihertas. 11. AS'c^m (perfect participle). \2. Auctoritas. 
 13. Lacedcemonius. 14. Omnis. 
 
 3. When^ Eegulus had come ^ to Eome,^ he set* forth 
 his instructions^ in the Senate;^ but^ he said^ it was^ 
 not^ expedient 1^ for the captives" to be restored ;^2 for 
 
LATIN COMPOSITION. 73 
 
 tliat they ^3 -^ere young ^* men and good ^^ leaders/^ that he 
 (Eegulus) was enfeebled ^^ by age.^^ 
 
 1. Cum. 2. Venire. 3. Roma. 4. Exponere. 5. Man- 
 datum. 6. Senatus. 7. >S'ec^. 8. To say not, negare. 
 
 9. ^sse. 10, Utilis. 11. Captivus. 12. Redder e. 13. ///e. 
 14. Adolescens. 15. Bonus. 16. i^zta?. 17. Coyifectus. 
 18. Senectus. 
 
 XIII. 
 
 1. Phormio the ^ Peripatetic,^ when ^ Hannibal,* expelled^ 
 from Carthage,^ had come^ to Ephesus,^ is said^ to have 
 talked ^^ some^^ hours ^^ about ^^ the duty^* of a com- 
 mander.^^ 
 
 1. Ille. 2. Peripateticus. 3. Cum. 4. Hannibal, -halis, 
 5. JSxpellere. 6. Karthago, -aginis. 7. Venire. 8. Eplie- 
 sus, -esi. 9. JDicere. 10. Zoqui. 11. Aliquot. 12. Hora, 
 -rce.. 13. i)6. 14. Officium. 15. Imperator. 
 
 2. Then,i when the^ rest who had heard ^ him were 
 greatly* charmed,^ they inquired^ of^ Hannibal what he^ 
 thought ^ of ^^ that ^^ philosopher. ^^ Hannibal is said ^^ to 
 have answered,^* that he had often ^^ seen ^^ many ^^ crazy ^^ 
 old^^ men, [but^O] nobody ^i who 22 was more^^ crazy ^^ than 
 Phormio. 
 
 1. Turn. 2. Cceteri. 3. Audire. 4. Vehementer. 
 5. Delectare. 6. Qucerere. 7. ^6. 8. ipse. 9. Judicare. 
 
 10. Z>g. 11. 7//e. 12. Philosophus. 13. i^erm 14. i^e- 
 spondere. 15. >Ste^e. 16. Videre. 17. Multus. 18. i)e- 
 /tV?xs, -a, -2^m. 19. iS'^Tie^. 20. Omit. 21. Nemo. 22. §^t^. 
 23. Ilagis. 24. I am crazy (by the verb) deliro, delirare. 
 
 XIV. 
 
 1. If the Gauls ^ had attacked ^ the town^ that night,* 
 they would have taken ^ it easily,^ since ^ no one supposed ^ 
 that an enemy ^ was-at-hand.^'^ 
 
74 EXAMNATION PAPERS. 
 
 1. Gallus, 2. O^jpugno. 3. Oppidum. 4. N'ox. 
 6. Capio. 6. Facile. 7. Quum. 8. Pi^^o. 9. Hostis. 
 10. Adsum. 
 
 2. For three-days,^ however,^ they waited ^ to see * what 
 the consul would do,^ who was himself enroUing-troops ^ at 
 Ariminum, and had ordered ^ Nero to cross ^ the Po,^ and 
 hinder ^° the enemy from ravaging ^^ the country.^^ 
 
 1. Triduum. 2. Tamen. 3. Exspecto. 4. Omit. 5. Facio. 
 6. Delectum haheo. 7. Impero. 8. Transeo. 9. Fadus. 
 10. Frohiheo. 11. Fopulor. 12. ^^e?'. 
 
 3. After ^ the leader ^ of the Gauls saw ^ that the Eomans 
 would-not * risk ^ a battle,^ he repented ^ of his own inac- 
 tivity,^ for 9 he remembered ^^ the counsels ^^ of his father,^^ 
 who had feared ^^ that his son^* would not be bold ^^ enough,^^ 
 and had warned ^'' him not to lose ^^ a single day. 
 
 1. Fosteaquam. 2. Z)?^^. 3. Video. 4. iVb^o. 5. (7om- 
 wiY^o. 6. Frcelium. 7. Fcenitet. 8. Inertia. 9. Fnim. 
 10. Memini. 11. Consilium. 12. Fater. 13. Metuo. 
 14. i^^7w^5. 15. Audax. 16. /S'a^is. 17. Moneo. 18. 
 
 XV. 
 
 1. The next^ day^ I was summoned^ by Pansa to 
 Bononia.'* When ^ I was on ^ the way,^ it was announced ^ 
 to me that he was dead.^ 
 
 1. Fosterus. 2. i>2C5. 3. Arcesso. 4. First declension, 
 
 5. Cum. 6. /ti. 7. Iter. 8. Nuntio. 9. Morior. 
 
 2. You ♦(plural) seem^ to me not^ even^ to-day* to 
 know ^ what ^ a crime ^ you have dared ^ against ^ me. 
 
 1. Videor. 2. iVe. 3. Quidem. 4. Hodie. 5. aScw. 
 
 6. Interrogative. 7. Facinus. 8. Audeo. 9. /ti. 
 
LATIN COMPOSITION. 75 
 
 3. This man, if^ lie had been blessed ^ with a longer ^ 
 life,'* would have been much^ more illustrious^ than his 
 brother/ in peace ^ and in war.^ 
 
 1. Si 2. Contingo ; literally, " if a longer life had fallen 
 to him." 3. Longus. 4. J^ias. 5. MiUtus. 6. Clarus. 
 
 7. Frater. 8. With domus, 9. Militia. 
 
 4. The consul, afraid ^ of being surrounded,^ sent^ 
 cavalry * to take ^ possession of the hills.^ 
 
 1. Vereor (perfect participle). 2. Circumvenio. 3. Prce- 
 mitto. 4. Eqites. 5. Occupo. By what constructions may 
 the purpose be given ? 6. Collis. 
 
 XYI. 
 
 1. Marcellus, with^ a small ^ body^ of horse,* fought^ 
 [the enemy ^] and killed^ the king^ of the Gauls,^ Virido- 
 marus by name,^^ with his ^^ own hand.^ 
 
 1. Cum. 2. Parvus. 3. Manus. 4. Eques (plural). 
 5. Dimicare. 6. Omit. 7. Occidere. 8. Bex. 9. Gallus. 
 10. Nomen. 11. aSzm^s. 
 
 2. In the ninth ^ year ^ after ^ the banishment * of the 
 kings,^ when ^ the son-in-law ^ of Tarquinius had collected ^ 
 a huge ^ army ^^ to ^^ avenge the wrong ^^ done ^^ his father- 
 in-law,^* a new ^^ office^^ was created i'' at Eome. 
 
 1. JVomcs. 2. Annus. 3. Posi^. 4. Exadus (literally, 
 after the kings expelled). 5. Bex. 6. Cum. 7. Gener. 
 
 8. Colligcre. 9. Ingens. 10. Exercitus. 11. ^cZ with 
 gerundive of vindicare. 12. Injuria. 13. Simply the 
 objective genitive : literally, " wrong of his." 14. /Sbcer. 
 15. Novus. 16. Dignitas. 17. Creare. 
 
 3. At^ present I wiU merely ^ ask^ this,* whether ^ tliis 
 branch-of-literature ^ is deservedly ^ suspected ^ by ^ you. 
 
76 EXAMINATION PAPEES. 
 
 1. Nunc. 2. Tantum. 3. Queerer e. 4. Illud. 5. Ne 
 (enclitic). 6. Genus scribendi. 7. Merito. 8. Suspectus. 
 9. Dative. 
 
 XVII. 
 
 1. The nintli^ year^ after ^ the expulsion* of the kings,^ 
 when^ the son-in-law^ of Tarquin^ had^ collected an im- 
 mense ^^ army,^^ a new ^^ dignity ^^ was ^^ created at Eome, 
 which is ^^ called the dictatorship/^ — greater ^^ than the 
 consulship.^^ 
 
 1. Nonus. 2. Annus. 3. Post. 4. Literally, " kings ex- 
 pelled": exigo. 5. Bex. 6. Cum. 7. Gener. 8. Tarqui- 
 nius. 9. Colligo. 10. Ingens. 11. Exercitus. 12. Novus. 
 13. Dignitas. 14. C?'eo. 15. Appello. 16. Dictatura. 
 17. Magnus. 18. Consulatus. 
 
 2. Do you suppose ^ that men ^ who are ^ said to * predict- 
 the-future can ^ tell-you ^ whether "^ the ^ moon uses ^ her ^^ 
 own light ^^ or ^^ that "^ of the sun ? ^^ 
 
 1. Censeo. 2. /s; literally, " those." 3. Dico. 4. Pre- 
 dict-the-future : divino. 5. Possum. 6. Tell-you : respon- 
 ded. 7. Omit. 8. X'?ma. 9. Utor. 10. iS'i^i^s. 11. 
 Lumen. 12. ^^z,. 13. aSio/. 
 
 3. It was a glorious ^ sentiment ^ and worthy ^ of being 
 uttered * by that ^ great man.^ 
 
 1. Prceclarus. 2. Foa?, 3. Dignus. 4. Emitto. 5. That 
 great : tantus. 6. Fzr. 
 
 XVITI. 
 
 1. When ^ Balbus had ^ said this,^ then * Cotta said, with- 
 a-smile,^ " You are ^ late, Balbus, in telling me what to de- 
 fend ; ^ for ^ while ^ you were discussing ^^ I was myself 
 pondering ^^ what to say in ^^ reply, and ^^ not so-much ^* 
 
LATIN COMPOSITION. 77 
 
 for-the-purpose-of ^^ refuting ^^ you as of finding-out^'' the- 
 things ^^ which I did not ^^ understand." ^^ 
 
 1. Cum. 2. Dico. 3. Eelative. 4. Turn. 5. Arrideo 
 (present participle). 6. I am late in telling, sero prcecipio. 
 7. Defendo. 8. Enim. 9. Ablative absolute. 10. Disputo. 
 11. Mecum meditor. 12. In reply, contra. 13. Neque. 
 14. So much — as, ^a??^ — quam. 15. Causa. 16. Refello. 
 17. Bequiro. 18. With ^s. 19. Minus. 20. Intelligo. 
 
 XIX. 
 
 1. I do not care ^ how ''^ rich ^ Gyges is.* 
 
 1. Express with refert. 2. Quam. 3. Dives. 4. -Esse. 
 
 2. Who ^ more ^ illustrious in Greece ^ than * Themisto- 
 cles ? who ^ when ^ he had ^ been driven into exile ^ did ^ not 
 do harm to his thankless ^^ country,^^ but did ^^ the same ^^ 
 that Coriolanus had ^^ done twenty ^^ years ^^ before. ^^ 
 
 1. Quis. 2. Clarus. 3. Grcecia. 4. Write in two ways. 
 
 5. Gm. 6. Cum. 7. Expelhre. 8. Exilium. 9. Do 
 harm to, Injuriam ferre with dative. 10. Ingratus. 
 11. Patria. 12. Facere. 13. /cZem. 14. Viginti. 15. 
 Annus. 16. ^^i^fg. 
 
 3. In the first ^ of the spring ^ the consul came^ to 
 Ephesus, and, having * received the troops ^ from ^ Scipio, he 
 held ^ a speech ^ in-presence-of ^ the soldiers,^" in ^^ which, 
 after ^^ extolling their bra very ,^^ he exhorted ^^ them to ^^ 
 undertake a new ^® war ^^ with ^^ the Gauls, who had ^^ [as 
 he said ^^] helped Antiochus with ^^ auxiliaries.^^ 
 
 1. Primus. 2. Fer. 3. Venire. 4. Accipere. 5. Copice. 
 
 6. ^. 7. Habere. 8. Contio. 9. Apud. 10. i/^7es. 
 11. Omit. 12. Collaudare (ablative absolute). 13. Virtus. 
 14. AdJiortari. 15. Suscipere with a<i and gerundive. 16. 
 Novus. 17. Bellum. 18. Ci^/Tz.. 19. Juvare. 20. Auxilium. 
 
78 EXAMINATION PAPERS, 
 
 XX. 
 
 1. The plays ^ of Livius are not worth '^ reading^ mor©- 
 than-once.* 
 
 1. Fahida. 2. Dignus. 3. Leg ere. 4 Iterum. 
 
 2. What ^ style-of-speaking ^ was ^ in vogue in those * 
 times ^ can^ best ^ be ^ learned from ^ the works ^^ of Thucy- 
 dides.^^ 
 
 1. Qui. 2. Dicendi genus. 3. Vigere. 4. ZJ/e. 5. :7^em- 
 pus. 6. Posse. 7. Maxime. 8. Intelligere. 9. -fi'a;. 
 10. Scriptum. 11. Tliucydides (genitive -c?^). 
 
 3. When ^ I had ^ been engaged a-couple-of-years ^ in * 
 law ^ cases, and my name ^ was very-well-known -^ in the 
 forum, I went ^ away from Eome. When ^ I had ^ come to 
 Athens/^ I stayed ^^ six months ^^ with ^^ Antiochus, and re- 
 newed ^^ the study ^^ of philosophy ^® under " this teacher.^* 
 
 1. Ciim. 2. Versari. 3. Biennium. 4. /?i. 5. Causa. 
 6. Nomen. 7. Jam celebratum. 8. Proficisci. 9. Venire. 
 10. Athence. 11. ^sse. 12. Mensis. 13. (7?^m. 14. Pmo- 
 ^•are. 15. Studium. 16. Philosophia. 17. Omit. 18. i>oc- 
 ^or (ablative absolute). 
 
 XXI. 
 
 1. When^ PauUus, to whom the war^ with^ Parses* 
 had-been-allotted,^ had ^ gone home/ that ^ very ^ day ^^ he 
 noticed ^^ that his little ^^ daughter Tertiawas low-spirited.^^ 
 
 1. Cum. 2. Bellum. 3. Cum. 4. Ferses (genitive «?). 
 5. To be allotted, obtingere (active). 6. Bedire. 7. Domus. 
 8. /s. 9. T^^se. 10. Dies. 11. Animadvertere. 12. Di- 
 minutive oi filia. 13. Tristicidus. 
 
 2. "What^ is the matter," 2 said 3 he, "my Tertia?" 
 " Why 1 are you sad ? " * « My father," ^ said she, " Persa 
 is 6 dead." 
 
LATIN COMPOSITION. 79 
 
 1. Q"did, 2. Omit. 3. Inquit. 4. Tristis. 5. Pater, 
 6. Perire. 
 
 3. Tlien ^ the-father^ embraced ^ the girl * tenderly ^ and 
 said, " I ^ accept the omen^ my daughter." 
 
 Now ^ this ^ Persa was a puppy /"^ which had ^^ died. 
 
 1. Turn. 2. The father, ille. 3. Complecti. 4. Puella. 
 5. Comparative of adverb ar^e. 6. Accipere. 7. Omeii. 
 
 8. Autem. 9. /s. 10. Catdlus. 11. ifori 
 
 XXII. 
 
 1. Plato, when ^ he was ^ provoked with a slave ^ of* his, 
 bade ^ him doff^ his tunic ^ forthwith ^ and hold^ out his 
 Bhoulders ^^ to the scourge," intending ^^ to beat him him- 
 self ^^ with his own hand.^'' 
 
 1. Cum. 2. Irasci with dative. 3. Servus. 4. Of his = 
 suus. 5. Jubere. 6. Ponere. 7. Tunica. 8. Statim. 
 
 9. Hold out =j9ro?&erg. 10. Scapuloe, -arum. 11. Ve7'ber, 
 -is, plural. 12. Future participle of ccedere. 13. Ipse, 
 14. Manus. 
 
 2. "Wlien ^ he was-aware ^ that he was provoked, he kept ^ 
 his hand suspended,* just-as ^ he had raised ^ it, and stood ^ 
 like ^ one ^ about to strike.^^ 
 
 1. Postquam. 2. IntelUgere. 3. Detinere. 4. Suspen- 
 dere. 5. >S'2C?6^. 6. Tollere. 7. /S'^are. 8. Similis. 
 9. Omit. 10. C«JcZcr6. 
 
 3. Being-asked ^ then ^ by a friend ^ who had happened * 
 in what ^ he was-about : ^ " I am exacting ^ penalty," ^ said 
 he, " from ^ a passionate ^^ man." " 
 
 1. Interrogare. 2. Deinde. 3. Amicus. 4. Happened 
 in ■=. forte intervenire. 5. ^za's. 6. Agere. 7. Exigere. 
 8. Poena, plural. 9. .46. 10. Iracundus. 11. Homo. 
 
80 >,:! j"^ : EXAMINATION PAPERS. 
 
 XXIII. 
 
 1. While^ this ^ was ^ done at Yeii/ meantime ^ the 
 citadel ^ at Kome was in great ^ danger.^ 
 
 1. Dum. 2. Hie (neuter plural). 3. Agere. 4. Veii, 
 Veiorum. 5. Interim. 6. Arx. 7. Ingens. 8. Perieu- 
 lum. 
 
 2. For ^ the Gauls,^ having ^ observed a human * track,^ 
 climbed-up ^ to the top ''' in a glimmering ^ night ^ in such ^^ 
 silence " that ^2 they not ^^ only escaped-the-notice-of ^^ the 
 guards/^ but ^^ did not-even ^^ rouse ^^ the dogs/^ — a 
 creature ^^ on-the-alert ^^ for ^^ noises ^^ at night.^^ 
 
 1. Namque. 2. Gallus. 3. Notare (ablative absolute). 
 
 4. Humamis.' 5. Vestigium. 6. Evader e. 7. Summits j 
 neuter. 8. SuUustris. 9. iVoa;. 10. Tantus. 11. /S'^Ye^i- 
 ^mm. 12. f/?^. 13. iVoTi solum. 14. Fallere. 15. Custos. 
 16. >Sed 17. iVe — quidem. 18. Exciiare. 19. Canis. 
 20. Animal. 21. Sollicitus. 22. -4^. 23. Stre;pitus. 
 24. Nocturnus. 
 
 XXIV. 
 
 1. Death ^ alone ^ confesses ^ how puny ^ are the bodies ^ 
 of men.^ 
 
 1. ifors. 2. >S'ote. 3. Fateor. 4. Quantidus. 5. (Tbr- 
 jpiiscidum. 6. Homo. 
 
 2. There ^ is nothing*^ better^ than agriculture,* nothing 
 sweeter,^ nothing worthier ^ of a free ^ man. 
 
 1. Omit. 2. iV^7^^7. 3. Bonus. 4. Agricidtura. 
 
 5. JDidcis. 6. Dignus. 7. Ziber. 
 
 3. When ^ Livius Salinator was ^ going out of the city ^ 
 to * carry on war ^ against ^ Hasdrubal, Fabius advising ^ 
 him to ascertain ^ the strength ^ of the enemy ^*^ first/^ he 
 
LATIN COMPOSITI 
 
 answered ^^ that he would not let ^^ a chance ^^ for fighting ^^ 
 
 pass.^^ 
 
 1. Cum. 2. Egrecli (with ablative). 3. Urhs. 4 Gerere. 
 5. Belhiin. 6. Adversus. 7. Moneo, ablative absolute. 
 
 8. Agnoscere. 9. F^s (plural). 10. Host is. 11. Prius. 
 12. Besjjondeo. 13. Omitto. 14. Occasio. 15. Fugno 
 (genitive of gerund). 
 
 XXV. 
 
 1. During ^ these events,^ horsemen ^ had been sent * to 
 Alba, to^ transport^ the populace^ to Eome. Then le- 
 gions^ were brought ^ for the-purpose^ of destroying ^^ the 
 city. 
 
 2. When these ^ entered ^^ the gates/^ there was not that 
 commotion ^^ such^'* as is apt^^ to belong-to^® captured" 
 cities, when, on-the-capture ^^ of the citadel ^^ by force,^*' 
 the rush ^^ of armed ^^ men ^ through the city confounds '^ 
 all things ; 
 
 3. but a sad ^^ silence ^^ so enchained ^^ the minds ^^ of 
 all, that, forgetting ^^ what to leave,^^ what to take ^^ with 
 them, they stood ^^ on the thresholds,^^ or wandered ^^ 
 through their homes.^ 
 
 1. Inter. 2. Omit. 3. Eqiics. 4 Mitto. 5. Express 
 by a relative clause. 6. Traduco. 7. Midtitudo. 8. Legio. 
 
 9. Ducoi 10. Dirito. 11. Intro. 12. Porta. 13. Tic- 
 midtus. 14 Qualis. 15. aS'o/co. 16. Expressed by the 
 case of "cities." 17. Cajpio. 18. Express by a passive 
 verb. 19. Arx. 20. Vis. 21. Cnrsus. 22. Armo. 
 23. if^sceo. 24. ^r^s^^s. 25. Silentmm. 26. Z^e^^o. 
 27. Animus. 28. Ohliviscor. 29. Belinqiio. 30. i^<3ro. 
 31. /S'i^o. 32. Limen. 33. Pervagor. 34. Domus. 
 
82 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 
 
 XXVI. 
 
 1. Wlienever^ the spring ^ had-set-in,^ Verres devoted* 
 himself to journeyings,^ in which he showed^ himself so- 
 very ^ energetic ^ that nobody ^. ever ^" saw ^^ him sitting ^ 
 on ^^ a horse.^* 
 
 1. Cum. 2. Ver. 3. Cmpit esse. 4. Do. 5. /^er. 
 6. Frceheo. 7. ?7s^we eo. 8. Impiger. 9. Nemo. 10. t^Ti- 
 ^2t<xm. 11. FifZco. 12. /S'f^c^eo. 13. In. 14. Equus. 
 
 2. For he used to ride^ in a sedan and eight, in which 
 there was a cushion ^ stuffed ^ with rose-leaves.* Moreover,^ 
 he had ^ one '' garland ^ on his ^ head/^ another ^^ on his ^ 
 neck,^ ^ and ever-and-anon ^^ he gave ^* his nose a little-net ^^ 
 of the finest ^^ of thread/^ with tiny ^^ meshes/^ full ^o of 
 rose-leaves. 
 
 1. To ride in a sedan and &i^i, Lectica octoplioro ferri. 
 
 2. Pulvimis. 3. Farcio. 4. J?osa (singular). 5. Aittem. 
 6. Haheo. 7. ^J^i/^s. 8. Corona. 9. Omit. 10. Caput. 
 11. ^Z^er. 12. Collnm. 13. Identidem. 14. ^c? ?i<x?'65 
 sihi admovere. 15. Beticidum. 16. Tennis. 17. Zi7ium. 
 18. Minutus. 19. Macula. 20. Plenus. 
 
 XXVII. 
 
 1. Nasica when^ he had come to Ennius's^ and the girl^ 
 had told him that Ennius was not at home, was aware* 
 that she had said it at her master's^ order,^ and that he was 
 at home. A few"^ days after when^ Ennius had come to^ 
 Nasica's, Nasica cries out^ that he is not at home. Then^ 
 Ennius: "What! don't I know^^ your voice ?"^i Here- 
 upon '2 ISTasica: "You are a shameless^^ fellow;^* I be- 
 lieved ^^ your girl, don't you believe me ? " 
 
 1. Cum. 2. Come to Ennius's, venire ad Ennium. 
 
 3. Ancilla. 4. Se^itio. 5. Dominus. 6. Jussic (ablative). 
 
LATIN COMPOSITION. 83 
 
 7. Paucits. 8. Exclamo. 9. Turn. 10. Cognosco. 11. Vox. 
 12. Z^i'c. 13. Injpudens. 14. Homo. 15. Credo. 
 
 2. It was more^ important ^ for the Athenians to have 
 solid ^ roofs* on^ their ^ houses'^ than the loveliest^ ivory ^ 
 statue ^^ of Minerva. Still^^ I would rather be Phidias ^^ 
 than the best possible ^^ carpenter.^* 
 
 1. Plus. 2. It is important, interest. 3. Firmus. 
 4. Tectum. 5. In. 6. Omit. 7. Domieilium. 8. Pidcher 
 (superlative). 9. " Of ivory," ex and ebur. 10. Signum. 
 11. Tamen. 12. Phidias, Phidioe. 13. Fe^ with superla- 
 tive of tonus. 14. Fahcr tignarius. 
 
 XXYIII. 
 
 1, At the same^ time^ King Attains, having gone^ from 
 Thebes* to Pergamus, dies^ in his seventy-second year,^ 
 after ^ reigning^ four-and-forty years. To this man fortune^ 
 had given no claim ^*^ but^^ wealth ^^ toward ^^ the hope^* of 
 the throne. ^^ 
 
 1. Idem. 2. Tempus. 3. Proficiscor. 4. Thehce, The- 
 harum. 5. Morior. 6. Annus. 7. Cu7n (hterally, " when 
 he had reigned "). 8. Regno. 9. Fortuna. 10. Xo claim, 
 nihil. 11. Prcetcr. 12. Divitice. 13. Ad. 14. SjJcs. 
 15. Regnum. 
 
 2. By usingi this^ at once^ economically* and^ in prince- 
 ly style ^ he brought it to pass^ that he seemed^ not unwor- 
 thy^ of the throne. Then,^ after the Gauls were conquered^*' 
 in a single ^^ battle,^^ he assumed ^^ the name^* of King.^^ 
 
 1. Utor. 2. Eefers to divitice. 3. At once . . and, si- 
 mid . . simul. 4. Prudentcr. 5. In princely style, 7nag- 
 mfice. 6. Bring it to pass, efficio. 7. Videor. 8. Indig- 
 
84 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 
 
 nus. 9. Deinde. 10. Viiico. 11. Unus. 12. Frodium. 
 
 13. Adscisco. 14. Nomen. 15. Begins, -a, -um. 
 
 3. He ruled 1 his subjects ^ with perfect^ justice,* he 
 showed^ unparalleled^ fidelity^ to his allies,^ he was cour- 
 teous^ to wife^^ and children/^ — four he left^^ surviving,^^ 
 — gentle^* and generous ^^ to friends.-^^ 
 
 1. Bcgo. 2. Biius, -a, -um. 3. Sunijna. 4. Justitia. 
 5. Prcesto. 6. Unicus. 7. Fides. 8. Socius. 9. Comis. 
 10. Uxor. 11. Liheri. 12. Belinqiio. 13. Superstes, -stitis, 
 
 14. if^^^5. 15. Munificus. 16. Amicus. 
 
LATIN GRAMMAR. 85 
 
 LATIN GEAMMAR. 
 
 I. 
 
 1. Decline career, cleus, areus, dies, giving tlie gender of 
 each, with the rule for it, and marking the quantities of 
 penultimate and final syllables in all the cases. 
 
 2. Give the gender of via, gladiiis, Tiberis, with the rule 
 for each. Give Ablative singular of sedile, turris ; Genitive 
 plural of mr, pater, hostis, equa. 
 
 3. Decline alter, alacer, iste. Compare gracilis, inf erics, 
 ingens, malus ; compare jprope, and the adverbs formed 
 from acer, alius. 
 
 4. Give principal parts of pono, sedeo, domo, mncio. 
 Give Future Active Participle and Future Passive Participle 
 of pono, and Pluperfect Active Second Person Plural of 
 sedeo, marking the quantities of all the syllables of both 
 verbs. Inflect the Present Indicative of eo ; of nolo. 
 
 5. Name some classes of verbs followed by the Genitive, 
 by the Dative, by the Ablative, by two Accusatives. Give 
 some of the rules for the Subjunctive after Eelative Pro- 
 nouns ; for its use after Particles. How is not expressed 
 with the Imperative ? How is a Wish expressed ? 
 
 II 
 
 1. Before what vowels have g and c a soft sound ? 
 "What is the gender of Januarius ? of Corinthus ? of Aquilo ? 
 Give the rule for each. What is an Epicene Noun ? 
 What words are naturally neuter ? What is Declension ? 
 What are some of the general rules for Declension ? Which 
 apply to all nouns ? 
 
86 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 
 
 2. Decline dea, Penelope, vir, vis, harhiton, sedile. When 
 does the Nominative plural of the third declension end in 
 -m ? Give the three general rules for gender in nouns of 
 the third declension. What is the gender of tellus, legio, 
 arundo, amnis ? Give the rule for each. Decline damns, 
 hos, Vergilius. What are the Heterogeneous Nouns, and 
 Heteroclites ? Give some examples of each. Give the 
 rule for the derivation of Patronymics ; of Diminutives. 
 What do the terminations -ium, -arium, -He, in nouns 
 denote ? 
 
 3. Decline alius, quisquam, ho. Give the rules for com- 
 paring adverbs. What is a Gerund ? a Gerundive ? a 
 Supine ? a Participle ? Give the synopsis of possum in the 
 Third Person Singular throughout the verb. Inflect the 
 Imperatives, Active and Passive, of moneo, amo, capio, audio. 
 What are Irregular Verba ? Give the list of them. What 
 compounds oifacio have/c^ in the passive ? How do you 
 form Frequentative Verbs ? how Inceptives ? how Inten- 
 sives ? How are adverbs fo^rmed from adjectives ? 
 
 4. What does ultimus mean ? What do hie and Hie 
 mean when used together ? Explain all the uses of suus 
 which you know. When is the Nominative of the Third 
 Person wanting ? Translate in two ways, " A w^oman of 
 remarkable beauty " {femina, maximus, pulchritudo). Ex- 
 plain the Genitive, — ^j'^-^VZze ejus diei. How do you translate 
 the name of a town to which motion proceeds ? How from 
 which ? How the name of a town where an event occurs ? 
 How in each case if the name of the place is not the 
 name of a town ? 
 
 5. Tell all the ways in which a voluntary agent can be 
 translated. Translate, " We pity (miseret) them." When 
 is the Passive Voice followed by the Accusative of the 
 
LATIN GRAMMAR. 87 
 
 tiling ? What is Synecdoche ? How do you translate 
 expressions denoting time how long, and time at which 
 something happens ? What cases follow potior, ficlo, doceo, 
 'pdo, juvat, voco ? Wliat two different Ablative construc- 
 tions may follow a comparative ? In what senses does ut 
 take the Subjunctive ? in what the Indicative ? What con- 
 struction follows prmsqua7n, quin, cum ? Mention four 
 cases of a Subjunctive after qui. 
 
 6. Tell all the ways you know of translating a clause 
 denoting a purpose into Latin. When is the Infinitive 
 used without a subject ? State the use of the Genitive, 
 Dative, Accusative, and Ablative of Gerunds. What is the 
 general order of words in a Latin sentence ? 
 
 7. Give the rules for Increment in nouns and verbs. 
 When do two consonants lengthen the preceding vowel ? 
 Give the general rules for the quantity of final syllables. 
 
 IIL 
 
 1. Decline honos. What is its gender ? Why ? Is this 
 gender natural or grammatical, and what is the difference 
 between these two classes of genders ? Mention some 
 classes of nouns which are masculine from their signifi- 
 cation. Some which are feminine. How do neuter nouns 
 of the third declension end ? Decline any one you think 
 of. How do you distinguish the declensions of nouns ? 
 
 2. Decline duo. Decline levior. Of what degree of 
 comparison is it? Give the other degrees of comparison 
 of the same word. Compare magnus. Mention other ad- 
 jectives which are irregular in their comparison. 
 
 3. Decline iim. Give all genders of the ISTominative 
 singular of quis. Of the Interrogative qui. Decline siqiois. 
 
 4. What is an Irregular Verb ? Give a synopsis of the 
 
88 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 
 
 verb esse. Write out the Present tense of this verb in all 
 modes and persons. How do you distinguish the conju- 
 gations ? What are the principal stems of verbs ? Give 
 the terminations of the First Person Indicative of a verb of 
 the third conjugation in all the tenses. What is a Fre- 
 quentative Verb ? 
 
 5. What is the Increment of a verb? What is the 
 quantity of verbal increments ? What is the general rule 
 for the quantity of the increments of nouns ? 
 
 IV. 
 
 1. Give the three general rules for the gender of nouns 
 of the third declension. Gender and rule for Boreas, manus, 
 res, virtus. 
 
 2. Decline the following nouns, marking the quantities 
 of the penultimate and final syllables in all the cases: 
 imago, domus, poema, respuhlica, juvenis. 
 
 3. Decline tu, iiierque, aliquis, hrevior. Compare cle- 
 mens, par, diu. What does the termination -He in nouns 
 denote ? -lentus in 'adjectives ? 
 
 4. Give principal parts of juvo, resisto, spondeo, liaiirio, 
 marking the quantities of all the syllables in all the forms. 
 Inflect the Perfect Active Indicative of resisto, Imperative 
 Active and Passive of lumrio. Give the synopsis of fio in 
 the present stem. 
 
 5. Give several cases of nouns which follow the verb 
 sum, and the rules for them. What cases follow utor, re- 
 corder, parco, poenitet ? What cases do the prepositions 
 super, prce, inter, govern respectively ? How is a Purpose 
 expressed ? 
 
 V. 
 1. Decline the following nouns, marking the quantity of 
 
LATIN GRAMMAR. 89 
 
 the penultimate and final syllables through all the cases : 
 ala, genius, pars, conclave, acus, cedes. Give the gender of 
 each noun, with rule for it. 
 
 2. Decline the adjectives acer andfaciHs; the pronouns 
 quiclam and uter. CoTn^Sive ccce7% fcccilis,felix, malus. Form 
 adverbs from pulcher and prndens, and compare them. 
 How do you express in Latin jive, fifth, and five times ? 
 
 3. Give the principal parts of the following verbs, marking 
 the quantity of all the syllables : sto, torqiteo, caclo, ca:clo, 
 cedo, ordior. ' Inflect the Perfect Subjunctive Active of 
 cedo, and the Present Imperative Passive of ordior, mark- 
 ing the quantities throughout. 
 
 4. What case or cases follow pudet, fungor, prcesum, 
 doceo ? Translate into Latin : 1. He asked (rogo) him 
 whether {num) Caius had come (yenio). 2. He said {clico) 
 that Caius would come. 3. He orders {impero) Caius to 
 come. 4. He was hindered {impedio) by Caius from {quo- 
 minus) coming. 5. He was waiting {ppperior) until [diiifri) 
 Caius should come. 6. No one {nemo) waited who was 
 able {possum) to come. 7. If he had waited, I should not 
 have come. 8. Would that {utinam) Caius w^ould come. 
 9. Do not come, Caius. 
 
 VI. 
 
 1. Decline virtus, clomus, p)ucr, calcar, giving the gender 
 of each with the rule for it, and marking the quantity of the 
 penultimate and final syllables in all the cases. 
 
 2. Give the gender of juvenis, canon, ratio, flos, with the 
 rule for each. Give the Ablative singular of Anchises, aper, 
 tribus ; Genitive plural of nubes, respuilica, mater. 
 
 3. Decline piger, gravior, ambo, quisque. Compare frugi, 
 humilis, and the adverbs formed from acer, durus. 
 
90 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 
 
 4. Give the principal parts of veto, lacesso, pendo, pendeo, 
 sepelio, mentior. Mark the quantity of all the syllables 
 of the verbal forms adjuvare (from adjuvo), tetenderitis 
 (from tendo), and give all the voices, moods, tenses, num- 
 bers, and persons in which they may be found. Inflect the 
 Future Perfect Indicative Passive of moneo, marking the 
 quantity of all the syllables. 
 
 5. Translate into Latin in as many ways as you are able : 
 
 1. He sent (initto) men to seek {p)eto) an oracle (praculum)^ 
 
 2. He heard {audio) that Caius had fled {fugio). 3. He 
 feared (timco) that Caius had fled. 4. He was angry {iras- 
 coT) that Caius had fled. What cases follow the prepo- 
 sitions prce, suh, inter, respectively ? Give the rules which 
 you remember for the Dative after verbs. 
 
 VII. 
 
 1. Decline filia, vesper, navis, nemus, domus ; mark the 
 quantity of the penultimate and final syllables through all 
 the cases ; give the gender of each noun, with the rule. 
 Give the rules for the formation of the Genitive plural of 
 the third declension. How are the Diminutives formed 
 from nouns ? 
 
 2. Decline crudelis, unus, duo, idem, aliquis ; compare 
 crudelis, facilis, superus, vetus. What are the meanings 
 respectively of the terminations -osus {e.g. vinosus), -His 
 (e. g. mohilis), ~ax {e. g. fallax) ? Give the Latin for a hun- 
 dred, two hundred, and so on to nine huridred inclusive. 
 Mark the quantity of the penultimate and final syllables 
 in all the Latin words given in this section. 
 
 8. Give the principal parts of juvo, veho, sentio, ceTiseo, 
 ccedo, audeo. Inflect tile Present Subjunctive Passive of 
 juvo ; the Perfect Subjunctive Active of veho ; the Future 
 
LATIN GRAMMAR. 91 
 
 Indicative Passive of ccedo ; the Imperfect Subjunctive 
 Active of volo. Mark the quantity of the penultimate and 
 final syllables. 
 
 4. What case or cases respectively follow the verbs 
 vendo, dono, pcenitet, rogo, solvo, condemno ? Translate into 
 Latin : He orders (impero) Caius to be present (adsum). 
 He feared {metuo) that Caius was not present. He sent 
 (mitto) Caius to be present. He was angry (irascor) be- 
 cause (quod) Caius was present. He is happy (heatus) 
 provided {dummodo) Caius is present. He did not know 
 (nescid) on what day (dies) Caius was present. Wliere 
 may the csesural pause occur in the dactylic hexameter ? 
 
 VIII. 
 
 1. Decline the following nouns, giving the gender of each 
 with the rule, and marking the quantity of the penultimate 
 and final syllables in all the cases : vir, Boreas, imago, 
 murmur, fides, rus, portus. 
 
 2. What is denoted by the terminations -mentum (e. g. 
 documentum from doceo), -or (e. g. fautor from faveo), -idus 
 (e. g. calidus from caleo) ? Compare dexter, frugi, sacer, 
 juvenis, merito, and the adverbs from alacer and cege7\ 
 
 3. Decline integer, alius, dispar, plus, marking the quan- 
 tity as in section one. Decline iste, meus, q^ddain. 
 
 4. Mark the quantity of all the syllables of the verbal 
 forms in this section (4). Give the principal parts of the 
 following verbs: amhio, sto, maneo, arcesso.^ Give a sy- 
 nopsis oifio in the present stem. Inflect the Future Perfect 
 Indicative, Active and Passive, of ca^do. In what places 
 can capere be found ? In what places venimus, and how 
 distinguished by difference of quantity ? 
 
 5. By what cases may sum be followed ? Translate : He 
 
92 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 
 
 knew (scio) that Caius was coming (venio). He begged 
 (pro) Caius to come. He feared (timeo) that Caius would 
 not come. He sent {mitto) men to hinder (ohsto) Caius 
 from coming. Explain the use of ille, is, hie, iste, ipse, sui. 
 Give some of the rules for the case of a noun referrincr 
 
 o 
 
 to the same person or thing as a preceding noun. 
 
 IX. 
 
 1. Decline Annius, radix, fons, flos, exemplar, manus. 
 Give the gender of each, with the rule. Give the rules 
 for the formation of the Ablative singular of the third de- 
 clension. What are the meanings of the endings -mentum 
 (e. g. impedimenta), -hidum {e. g. pabulum), -tor (e. g. doc- 
 tor), -etitm (e. g. rosetum) ? 
 
 2. Decline alacer, sitp>p)lex, iste, qualis, icnusqicisqice. 
 Compare a^ger, suavis, dives. What is the Latin for four, 
 forty, four hundred, fourth, fortieth, four hundredth ? What 
 is the significance of the ending -ax (e. g. ferax) ? -cundus 
 {e. g. vereeundus) ? 
 
 3. Give the principal parts of cupio, cuho, tego, foveo, 
 vincio, veho. Inflect the Future Indicative of redco and 
 morior ; and the Present Subjunctive of susp)icor and malo. 
 
 4. Give all the rules for the construction of names of 
 towns. W^hat classes of verbs in Latin are constructed 
 with the Genitive case ? Wliat classes with the Ablative ? 
 What is the difference of meaning between the Imperfect 
 and Pluperfect tenses of the Subjunctive in Conditional 
 Sentences ? How are clauses in English introduced by 
 that to be translated into Latin ? What is the difference 
 between nc and ut non ? Write down the following words 
 in four columns, and mark the quantity of every syllable : 
 fieri, arhores, hahere, desinit, flebat, venerunt, eveho, lahorat, 
 
LATIN GRAMMAR. 93 
 
 improhus, dederint, perhrevis, diei, vidrices, congredi, nomen, 
 dedccori, cupidine, auditur, iioii, ahstulerunt, peritus, 7xqui- 
 reres, dirutus, maritimus. 
 
 X. 
 
 ^ 1. Decline locus, sol, vis, mare, motus. Give the gender 
 of each with the rule. What classes of nouns of the 
 third declension form their Genitive plural in -ium. 
 
 2. Decline ^der. Give the Ablative singular and Geni- 
 tive plural of celeber, crudclis, supplex. Compare cams, 
 hnmilis, p)aTvus. Form adverbs from ceger and crudelis, 
 and compare them. Give, in Latin, the multiples of ten 
 from twenty to one hundred inclusive. Decline cdiquis. 
 
 3. Give the principal parts of vcrto, veto, gatcdeo, vincio, 
 vinco. Inflect the singular of the Present Subjunctive 
 Active of vcrto and veto ; of the Future Indicative Pas- 
 sive of vincio ; and of the Imperfect Subjunctive of co. 
 
 4. What Latin prepositions are followed by the Ablative 
 case ? By what case are in and suh followed ? With what 
 case or cases are the following verbs respectively con- 
 structed : impero, pudet, docco, obliviscor, ignosco .? What 
 do litinam aclsit and utinarii adessct respectively mean ? 
 Give the rules for the Subjunctive mood in the following 
 sentences : 1. Nemo est qui te non metuat. 2. Fortis est qui 
 te non metuat. 3. Dicit adesse hominem qui te non metuat. 
 Write out the following words, and mark the quantity of 
 all the syllables : transituros, susttdit, oceanus, congredi, 
 virorum, reducit, tradiderint, mare, Ccesare, ruina, humilis, 
 victrices, acceperas, Jiostilis, ratus, nemini, tenebris, religiice, 
 nominee, reqiciris, grccviora, distrahit, antiqiius, mentititr. 
 
 XL 
 
 1. Decline triumvir, crinis, dies, cuhile, imago, domus. 
 
94 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 
 
 Give the gender of each noun, with the rule. Oive the 
 rules for the formation of the Genitive plural of the third 
 declension. Give the meaning of the terminations -He {e. g. 
 caprile), -mm {e. g. collegium). 
 
 2. Decline totus, dulcis, j^tlus, quisquam. Compare cajjax, 
 nequam, pauper. Give the Latin for ten and multiples of 
 ten as far as one hundred. Form adjectives from Boma, 
 Athence, civis. 
 
 3. Give the principal parts of depromo, jaceo, mrto, or- 
 dior, jacio, spondeo. Inflect the Perfect Subjunctive Pas- 
 sive of audeo ; the Imperfect Subjunctive of fio ; the 
 Present Subjunctive Passive of domo ; the Imperative of 
 ordior. 
 
 4 Give the rules for the cases that follow the verbs 
 potior, pudet, doceo, egeo, ignosco. Mention the various 
 constructions by which a Purpose may be expressed in 
 Latin. Give the rules for the use of the Subjunctive in 
 Eelative Clauses. When is a Dactylic Hexameter called 
 Spondaic ? 
 
 XIL 
 
 1. Decline Lucius, puppis, manus, hos, Septemher, giving 
 the gender of each noun with the rule, and marking the 
 quantities of the final syllables throughout the declension 
 of the first three. Give the rules for the genders of the 
 following nouns : os, sermo, lapis, dies, exemplar. 
 
 2. Decline acer, par, fortis, idem. Compare similis, 
 pulcher, parvus. What are the meanings of the termina- 
 tions -lentus (e. g. opulentus), -ax (e. g. minax), -His (e. g. 
 humilis) ? Give the Latin for eleven, nineteen, seventy-six ; 
 seven, fourteenth, twenty-fifth. 
 
 3. Give the principal parts of Icedo, sero, seco, ccedo, 
 
LATIN GRAMMAR. 95 
 
 gaudeo, each. Inflect the Present Subjunctive Active of 
 Icedo ; the Future Passive of sero ; the Imperative Passive 
 of ccedo. 
 
 4. What case or cases follow the following verbs respec- 
 tively : condemno, celo, poenitet, pareo, interest ? Write in 
 Latin " at Cannse " ; " to Cannae " ; " from Cannse " ; " at 
 Eome." Translate : 1. Si Csesar adest, Isetor. 2. Si adsit, 
 laeter. 3. Si adesset, Isetarer. 4. Si adfuisset, Isetatus 
 essem. 5. Si adfuerit, Isetabor. 
 
 XIIL 
 
 1. Write down the following words and mark the quan- 
 tity of the penult, giving the rules of prosody : tempora, 
 responderunt, dederint^ discedo, iniquus, oceanus, remanet, 
 egi, impedit, manus, hrevis, cervices, protulit, nolite, vectigal. 
 
 2. Meaning of termination -etum in rosetum ? Of -olus 
 in filiolus ? Of -ax in loqiiax ? Of -mentum in tegmentum ? 
 
 3. Write the Perfects and Supines of diligo, reperio, ma- 
 neo, perfundo, indidgeo, cedo, ccedo, each, moveo, cognoseo. 
 
 4. Compare aeer, bene, magnus, similis, gravis. 
 
 5. Give the Present Subjunctive and Future Indicative 
 Third Person Singular of sum, cerno, eo, mah, caveo, venio. 
 
 6. Decline sedile, f metres, liomo, vir, ingeniiim, melior. 
 
 7. Decline aliquis, alter, ipse. 
 
 8. What is the Latin for five? Yov fifth? For five 
 times ? For fifty ? fiftieth ? fifty times ? Write in Latin : 
 One man in every ten. 
 
 XIV. 
 
 1. Give the gender of each of the following nouns, and 
 the rule for it : pax, pactio, manus, munus, salus, ager, pes. 
 
 2. Decline the following nouns, marking the quantity of 
 
96 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 
 
 the penultimate and final syllables in each form : films, iter, 
 domus, dies. Give the rules for the formation of the Abla- 
 tive singular and Genitive plural of tlie third declension. 
 
 3. Decline solus, for tis, idem, qiiidam. Compare in gens, 
 siniilis, sacer. Give the meanings of the following endings 
 of nouns and adjectives : -ida {cornicula), -iimi (^ministe- 
 rium), -etum (saxetum), -icius {imtricius). 
 
 4. Give the principal parts of the verbs fundo, veto, rerto, 
 voveo, sancio, ccedo. Give the Third Person Singular of the 
 Present Subjunctive Active, and of the Future Indicative 
 Passive of veto, verto, and sancio. Inflect the Imperfect 
 Subjunctive Passive of facio, and the Future Indicative 
 Active of transco. 
 
 5. By what cases respectively are these words followed : 
 occurro, condeinno, suh, fruor, noceo ? 
 
 XV. 
 
 1. Decline ^ocma, domus, turris, Baioe, marking the quan- 
 tity of all penultimate and final syllables. Give the gender 
 of each and the rule. Write the Vocative singular and 
 the Dative and Accusative plural of dea, genius, loeus. 
 
 2. State the significance of the terminations in vclii- 
 cidiim, orator, virtus, docilis. Give the word ^from which 
 each is derived, and the rule for the quantity of the penult. 
 Translate istic, istuc, istinc. What kind of a verb is cito ? 
 Account for the quantity of its penultimate vowel. Give 
 the principal parts of tono, ijotior, vivo, fido, vincio, and 
 faveo. 
 
 3. What case or cases follow similis, fungor, rccordor, in, 
 inter, interest? What classes of verbs are followed by 
 both Genitive and Accusative ? AVhat two constructions 
 may follow circumdo ? 
 
LATIN GKAMMAR. 97 
 
 4. Give the rules for the Subjunctive after lU, ittinam, 
 cum, duTTiy and quod (because). What is the meaning of 
 quominus, and after what expressions is it used ? When 
 may an Infinitive with its Subject Accusative stand inde- 
 pendent in a sentence ? When may the Subject of an In- 
 finitive be in the ^Nominative ? 
 
 XVI. 
 
 1. Decline deus, alius, tu, siquis, and audax, marking 
 the quantity of penultimate and final syllables. Compare 
 audax, midtus, and ncquam. Compare adverbs formed 
 from aicdax, tonus, miser, and lionorijicus. Give the rules 
 for the gender oi formido, caput, ixtx, fas, and Tiberis. 
 
 2. Inflect the Future Indicative and Present Subjunctive 
 of teneo, gcro, sto, and fio, marking the quantity of all the 
 syllables. Give the Infinitives of tollo and scribo. Give 
 all the Participles of haurio and orior. Give the principal 
 parts of uro, vendo, ixtro, 'pario, parco, memiui, and nan- 
 ciscor. 
 
 3. AMiat case or cases follow fido, juhco, memini, prce- 
 sum, existimo, 2?oenitet, contra, clam, and the interjection 
 ? By what two cases may price or value be expressed, 
 and when is one used and when the other ? What case 
 follows the comparative when quam is omitted ? When is 
 it necessary that quam be expressed ? Give five important 
 rules for the Ablative without a preposition after verbs. 
 
 4. When is ut omitted before the Subjunctive ? Give 
 the rules for the Subjunctive in Pelative Clauses. Trans- 
 late into Latin, " The plan of setting the city on fire/' using 
 first the Gerund and then the Gerundive. Plan, consilium. 
 To set on fire, inflammare. 
 
98 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 
 
 XYII. 
 
 1. Decline together frater meus. Also decline in the 
 singular, with the proper gender of the adjective annexed, 
 710X (iinus), fides {Punicus), mare (^iterque), Orion (nimhosus), 
 marking the quantity of penultimate and final syllables. 
 Decline in the plural, marking the quantities in the same 
 way, ensis (pugnax), 2^0Ttus (tutus), finis (extremios), mos 
 (vetus). Give the rule for the gender of each of the above 
 nouns. What is an Epicene Noun ? Give the significance 
 of the terminations -ax in (pugnax), -osus in (nimhosus), 
 also of -urio in (esicrio), and -sco in (rubesco). Form an 
 abstract noun from solus. Compare fugnax, extremus, 
 vetus. Compare adverbs formed from carus, malus, similis. 
 
 2. Give the principal parts of reperio, o7rlior, cupio, 
 circumdo, aufero, tango, arcesso, marking the quantity of 
 the penult. Inflect (marking the quantity of the penult) 
 the Future Active Singular of maneo and venio ; and the 
 plural of the Present Subjunctive Passive of facio and 
 peto. Give all the Infinitives and Participles of purge, 
 pergo, morior ; and inflect the Imperative Active of dico. 
 
 3. What case or cases follow oh, occurro, moneo, gaudeo, 
 irascor, suh, pudet, pro, prceditus ? Give the rules for 
 verbs which govern two Accusatives. In what ways may 
 the agent be expressed ? State in what ways the construc- 
 tion of names of towns differs from that of other names 
 of places. Give all the rules for the Subjunctive, denoting 
 either purpose or result ; after quasi and priusquam ; in 
 the Indirect Discourse. 
 
 XVIII. 
 
 1. Decline together in the singular Jih^rc?/s TuUius Cicero 
 senex. In the same way dechne (both in singidar and 
 
LATIN GRAMMAR. 99 
 
 plural) with the adjective annexed in the proper gender, 
 dies {fastus), flumen (aureus) ; in the plural : arma (victrix), 
 dea (immortcdis). Mark the quantity of all the vowels in 
 the above nouns and adjectives. State the significance of 
 the terminations -men in {fluinen), -eus in {aureus), trix 
 in (victrix) What classes of words of the tliird declension 
 form the Ablative in -i only ? 
 
 2. Give the principal parts of adjuvo, nolo, venio, pads- 
 car, spe7mo, foveo, mordeo, scindo, marking the quantity of 
 the penultimate vowel. Give the synopsis of mordeo and 
 jpaciscor ; give all the Infinitives and Participles ; and inflect 
 the Imperatives. 
 
 3. Give all the rules you remember for verbs that govern 
 the Dative. State the case or cases by which the price, 
 the source, time when, and place where (including names 
 of towns), are expressed, and give the rules. Give the 
 rule for the Subjunctive in the following sentences : Quid 
 enim, Catilina, est quod te jam in hac urbe delectare possit ? 
 Nunc ego mea video quid intersit. Supplicatio decreta est 
 his verbis quod urbem incendiis liberassem. C. Sulpicium 
 misi qui ex sedibus Cethegi, si quid telorum esset, efferret. 
 fortunate adolescens qui Homerum prseconem inveneris. 
 
 XIX. 
 
 1. Decline in the singular: fades, idem, ovile, sidus, 
 filius. DecHne in the plural : fortus, dea, navis. Write the 
 gender over the nouns (rules not required), and mark the 
 quantity of all penultimate and final syllables. 1. Give 
 the significance of the terminations -He in ovile ; -men in 
 gestamen. 2. Form an abstract noun from felix; from 
 ceger. 3. Form a noun denoting the masculine agent from 
 adjuvo, and a frequentative verb from deo, and account for 
 
100 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 
 
 the quantity of their penultimate vowels. 4. Compare 
 humilis, juvenis, and adverbs formed from fdix and ceger, 
 
 2. 1. Give the principal parts of caclo, cccdo, tono, re- 
 perio, curro, pasco, paeiscor, marking the quantity of the 
 penult. 2. Give all the Infinitives and Participles of abeo, 
 ulciscor ; the Present Indicative of fio ; the Future Indica- 
 tive Active and the Present Subjunctive Passive of munio, 
 with the quantity of all the penults. 
 
 3. 1. What case or cases follow super, tenus, recordor, 
 fruor, similis ? 2. Give the principal parts of parco and 
 confido, and the case that follows each. 3. Give the rules 
 for the two cases after p)udct, d.o, doceo, moneo. 4. Give 
 the Latin for ''at home," "at Carthage," "from Carthage," 
 " from Italy," " to Athens." Tu discessu ceterorum nostra 
 tamen, qui remansissemus csede te contentum esse dicebas. 
 5. Give the rules for discessu and ccede. What is the 
 antecedent of qui? 
 
 4. 1. Give the rules for the Subjunctive after duiii, cum^ 
 quominus. 2. Would ne or ut non follow o-estat and moneo, 
 respectively ? Why ? Statuisti quo quemque proficisci 
 placeret, .... dixisti paululum tibi esse etiam nunc 
 morte, quod ego viverem. Reperti sunt duo equites Ro- 
 mani qui te ista cura liberarent, Idoneus est qui impetret 
 quem legatum velit. Exclusi eos quos tu ad me salutatum 
 miseras. 3. Explain the Subjunctives in the above sen- 
 tences ; the tense of impetret. 4. Give the rule for scdu- 
 tectum. 
 
 XX. ^ 
 
 1. Decline soror, vir, vis, vidnus, animal. Give the 
 gender of each of these nouns, with the rule. Mark the 
 quantity of all the penultimate and final syllables you write 
 in this section. Give the Genitive plural of gens and Jiostis, 
 with the rules. 
 
LATIN GRAMMAR. 101 
 
 2. Decline sacer, acer, alius. Compare similis, s^iperuSy 
 parvus, juvenis. Form and compare adverbs from aceVy 
 alius. Decline idem, tu, and aliquis. Give the Latin 
 numerals for sixty, seventy, eighty, six hundred, seven hundred, 
 eight liundred. 
 
 3. Give the principal parts of vinco, vincio, spondeo, 
 domo, lacesso, cxdo, audco. All the Participles and In- 
 finitives of adipiscor and fero. The Second Person Singular 
 of the Future Indicative and of the Imperfect Subjunctive 
 of audeo, audio, fugio, eo, p^ossum, volo. Mark all penul- 
 timate and final syllables you write in this section. 
 
 4. How is price or value expressed in Latin ? time in 
 which ? place where ? Wliat case or cases follow the verbs 
 miseret, oUiviscor, ignosco,fungor, rogo, respectively ? 
 
 5. AVhat is a Spondee ? an Iambus ? What is an Heroic 
 Hexameter ? 
 
 XXL 
 
 1. Decline mare, pignus, cor, fructus. Give the gender 
 of these nouns, with the rules. Mark the quantity of any 
 increments that occur in their declension. 
 
 2. Compare humilis, niger, makes. Give the synopsis of 
 morior and gaudeo. Give the Second Person of the Future 
 Indicative, and of the Present, Imperfect, and Perfect Sub- 
 junctive of spero^fero, volo, in the Active Voice. The same 
 oifacio and audio in the Passive. Give the principal parts 
 oi fateor, tono, pdo, vincio, colo, tango. 
 
 3. Compare diu. Form and compare an adverb from 
 hrevis. What are the meanings of the terminations of 
 copiosus, civilis, audacia, victrix ? What cases follow infero, 
 pcenitet, parco, careo, fruor, tenax, fretus, in, ante, super ? 
 
 4. How is the place to which, the price,, the agent of 
 a Passive verb expressed in Latin ? 
 
102 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 
 
 5. How is a condition contrary to the fact expressed in 
 Latin ? State one case in which a Eelative Clause requires 
 the Subjunctive. One case where the Subjunctive is used 
 in Principal Clauses. What is a Gerundive ? Give an 
 example. 
 
 XXII. 
 
 1. Decline Penelope, mons, cuhile, and give the gender 
 with the rules. Mark the quantity of penults and final 
 syllables of the above words. Decline uterque. Decline 
 acer, and compare it. Torm an adverb from it, and com- 
 pare it. 
 
 2. Compare senex and munificus. Give the derivation 
 of filiolits, documentum, queixetwn, audax, capesso, and the 
 meaning of the terminations. Give all the Participles and 
 Infinitives of vereor and ccedo, and mark the quantity of 
 the penults. Inflect the Imperative of fero, ordior, nolo, 
 fateoT. Give the Present and Imperfect Subjunctive First 
 Person Singular of adjuvo, eo, soleo, Sindf ugio, marking the 
 quantity of the penults. Give the principal parts of pario, 
 pareo, paro, reddo, redeo, sitrgo, and of the compound of ah 
 and few. 
 
 3. What case or cases follow refert, irascor, circiimdo ? 
 How do the constructions of names of towns differ from 
 those of other words ? -How is the degree of difference ex- 
 pressed in Latin ? How the agent by the participle in -dm ? 
 What construction is used after verbs of Saying ? Verbs 
 of Fearing ? How may a Purpose be expressed ? How 
 does a Gerund resemble a noun ? How does it resemble a 
 verb ? How does the Gerundive differ from it ? 
 
 XXIIL 
 1. Decline Jilius, pectus, manus, animal. Give the gen- 
 
LATIN GRAMMAR. 103 
 
 ders and mark the quantity of all penultimate and final 
 syllables. Give the gender and the Ablative singular and 
 Genitive plural of imago, mons, vis, turris, sedile. Decline 
 capccx, ccger, and the comparative of miser. Compare facilis, 
 acer, and an adverb formed from piger. Decline iiterque. 
 
 2. Give the First Person of the Future Indicative, and all 
 tenses of the Subjunctive of possum, pario, sono, vereor, eo, 
 soleo. Mark quantities of penults. Give the Infinitives 
 and Participles, Active and Passive, of sjpondeo, morior, 
 paro, qucero, queror, adipiscor. 
 
 3. Explain the force of the derivative terminations in 
 longitudo, tenax, vehiculum, Friamides, clamito, vinolentuSy 
 filiolus. 
 
 4. What is the construction in Latin of the place in. 
 which (including names of towns) ? the price or value ? the 
 degree or measure of difference between objects compared ? 
 the agent in the Passive Voice ? What case or cases follow 
 credo, pudet, fungor, refert, aptus, avidus, dignus, in, pro, 
 propter, doceo, condemno, circumdo ? 
 
 5. How is a future condition with its conclusion ex- 
 pressed ? How a condition contrary to fact ? How an object 
 clause after a verb of Fearing ; of Commanding ; of Saying ? 
 Translate cave eas and explain the peculiarity. When can 
 you use the Gerundive for the Gerund ? Give an example 
 of each. Give an example of the use of the Supine. 
 
 XXIV. 
 
 1. Decline the following words, and give their genders 
 respectively : omts, collis, salus, gradus. Decline felix, qui- 
 dam, senex. Compare parvus, heneficus. Form and com- 
 pare an adverb from acer. 
 
 2. Give a synopsis of mordeo, scio, in the Active Voice, 
 
104 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 
 
 and of liortoT, orior, folliceor, nolo. Give the priDcipal 
 parts of 'paro, pario, jparco, ulciscor, pango, tollo. 
 
 3. What are the meanings of the derivative terminations 
 in acritudo, clamito, vinculum, loarvulus ? 
 
 4. What case or cases follow nioneo, prosiim, rogo, in, 
 prceter ? What is the force of mim in a question ? of ne ? 
 Explain the mood and tense of mansisset in, " Mansissetque 
 utinam fortuna." Explain the mood of esset and the case of 
 fronde in " iS"os delubra miseri, qiiibus nltimns esset ille dies 
 velamus fronde." Explain the mood oi p)olliceantur in " Ad 
 eum legati veniunt, qui poUiceantur obsides dare." With 
 what other constructions could the same idea be expressed ? 
 What is the use of the supine in -um ? in -u 1 Explain con- 
 struction of Usui and fore in " Magno sibi usui fore arbitra- 
 batur." Describe the feet of two syllables. Mark the 
 quantity of the penults and last syllables in the above 
 extracts. 
 
 XXV. 
 
 Translate the following^ extract: — 
 
 Imitatus est homo Eomanus veterem ilium Socratem, 
 qui cum omnium sapientissimus esset sanctissimeque vixis- 
 set, ita in judicio capitis pro se ipse dixit, ut non supplex aut 
 reus sed magister aut dominus videretur esse judicum ; quin 
 etiam cum ei scriptam orationem disertissimus orator Lysias 
 attulisset, quam si ei videretur edisceret ut ea pro se in 
 judicio uteretur, non invitus legit et commode scriptam esse 
 dixit. 
 
 Decline xctercm, magister, jndicum, ei. 
 
 Compare invitus, sanctissime. 
 
 Give the principal parts oi imitatus, vixisset, aitulisset, 
 edisceret, utcrctur. 
 
 Give all the Participles and Infinitives of scriptam esse. 
 
LATIN GRAMMAR. 105 
 
 WImt are the derivations of Romanus, orationem, orator, 
 and the meaning of the derivative terminations in each ? 
 
 What is the construction (i. e. where are they made and 
 why) of omnium, se, videretur (in each of the two cases), 
 edisceret, ea, scriptam esse, ei (first one), attulisset ? 
 
 What are the principal rules for the change from Direct 
 Discourse to Indkect ? 
 
 XXVI. 
 
 Translate : — 
 
 Sin autem quis requirit, quae causa nos impulerit, ut hsec 
 tani sero literis mandaremus, nihil est, quod expedire tarn 
 facile possimus. Nam, cum otio langueremus, et is esset 
 reipublicse status, ut eam unius consilio atque cura gubernari 
 necesse esset ; primum, ipsius reipublic?e causa, philoso- 
 phiam nostris hominibus explicandam putavi, magni existi- 
 mans interesse ad decus et ad laudem civitatis, res tarn 
 graves tamque prseclaras Latinis etiam literis contineri. 
 Eoque me minus instituti mei poenitet, quod facile sentio, 
 quam multomm non modo discendi, sed etiam scribendi, 
 studia commoverim. Complures enim, Greecis iustitutioni- 
 bus eruditi, ea, quae didicerant, cum civibus suis communi- 
 care non poterant, quod ilia, quae a Graecis accepissent, 
 Latine dici posse diffiderent. Quo in genere tantum pro- 
 fecisse videmur, ut a Graecis ne verborum quidem copia 
 vinceremur. 
 
 Decline civihus, decus, status, quis, graves. 
 .Compare minus, graves. 
 
 Give the principal parts. Active and Passive (if any), of 
 requirit, imiDidcrit, sentio, diffiderent, eruditi, vinceremur. 
 
 Give the synopsis of didicerant, commoverim, pcenitet. 
 
 Explain construction (where made and why) of possimus, 
 esset, hominibus, magni, me, instituti, scribendi, cojnmoveiHm, 
 diffiderent. 
 
106 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 
 
 XXVII. 
 
 Translate (omit any words you do not remember, but 
 give their construction) : — 
 
 P. Scipionem, Marce fili, cum, qui primus Africanus ap- 
 pellatus est, dicere solitum scripsit Cato, qui fuit eius fere 
 eequalis, numquam se minus otiosum esse quam cum otio- 
 sus, nee minus solum quam cum solus esset : magnifica 
 vero vox et magno viro ac sapiente digna ; quae declarat 
 ilium et in otio de negotiis cogitare et in solitudine secum 
 loqui solitum, ut neque cessaret umquam et interdum con- 
 loquio alterius non egeret; ita duse res, quae languorem 
 adferunt ceteris, ilium acuebant, otium et solitudo. Vel- 
 lem nobis hoc idem vere dicere liceret. 
 
 1. {a) Give the principal parts of the verbs from which 
 come the forms solitum, scripsit, loqui, egeret, acuebant, liceret , 
 vellem. (h) Give the Present, Imj)erfect, and Perfect Sub- 
 junctive, and all the participles of the same verbs, (c) Mark 
 the quantity of each penult in the forms you have given. 
 
 2. Decline cequalis, solus, viro, idem. 
 
 3. Compare primus, minus, vere. 
 
 4. Account for mood and tense of dicere, solitum; esset, 
 cessaret, vellem, liceret. 
 
 5. Account for case of eius, vox, viro, otio, conloquio, nobis, 
 ceteris. 
 
 6. Explain derivation of mqualis, otiosus, magnifica, ne- 
 gotiis, solitudine, cessaret, conloquio, acuebant. 
 
 7. Mark the feet and quantities and explain the metre 
 of the following lines : — 
 
 Cetera labuntur celeri caelestia motu 
 
 Cum caeloque simul noctesque diesque feruntur. 
 
LATIN GRAMMAR. 107 
 
 XXVIII„ 
 
 Translate : — 
 
 M. Atilius Eegulus, cum consul iterum in Africa ex in- 
 sidiis captus esset duce Xanthippe Lacedcemonio, impera- 
 tore autem patre Hannibalis Hamilcare, iuratus missus est 
 ad senatum, ut, nisi redditi essent Pcenis captivi nobiles 
 quidam, rediret ipse Karthaginem. Is cum Eomam venis- 
 set, utilitatis speciem videbat, sed eam, ut res declarat, fal- 
 sam judicavit ; quae erat talis : manere in patria, esse 
 domui suae cum uxore, cum liberis, quam calamitatem ac- 
 cepisset in bello, communem fortunee bellicse judicantem 
 tenere consularis dignitatis gradum. Quis hsec negat esse 
 utilia ? quem censes ? magnitudo animi et fortitudo negat. 
 Num locupletiores quseris auctores ? 
 
 Decline together Atilius Begidus ; captivi nobiles qui- 
 dam ; speciem falsam. 
 
 Give principal parts of the verbs from which come red- 
 diti essent, rediret, manere, quazris. 
 
 Give the Present and Perfect Subjunctive (1st Person) 
 and all the participles of the above verbs, and inflect the 
 Future Indicative. 
 
 Mark the quantity of the penults and last syllables of 
 all the Latin words you have written. 
 
 Explain the derivation and force of derivative ending of 
 the words auctores, nohiles, utilitatis, consularis, utilia, fcd- 
 sam, hellicce. 
 
 "What is the stem and what the root of magiiitudo t An- 
 alyze the word by derivation as far as you can. Do you 
 know any other words in Latin or other languages from the 
 same root ? 
 
 Explain construction of Poenis, duce, Bomam, domui, for- 
 tunoe. 
 
108 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 
 
 Explain mood of redcUti essent, recliret, manere, accepisset. 
 Mark the quantities and divide into feet the following 
 lines. What verse and metre are they ? 
 
 Quodcumque attigerit, siqua est studiosa sinistri 
 
 Ad vitium mores instruet inde suos. 
 
FRENCH. 109 
 
 FEENCH. 
 
 I. 
 
 I. Chaeles XII. eprouva ce que la prospdrite a de plus 
 gi^and et ce que I'adversite a de plus cruel, sans avoir ete 
 amolli par I'une iii ebranle par 1' autre. Presque toutes 
 ses' actions, jusqu'a celles de sa vie privee, ont ete bien au 
 dela du vraisemblable. C'est peut-^iYQ le seul de tous les 
 hommes, et jusqu'ici le seul de tous les rois, qui ait vecu 
 sans iaiblesse ; il a porte toutes les vertus des heros a un 
 exces ou elles sont aussi dangereuses que les vices opposes. 
 
 II. II a ete le premier qui ait eu Tambition d'etre con- 
 querant sans avoir I'envie d'agrandir ses Etats ; il voulait 
 gagner des empires pour les donner. Sa passion pour la 
 gloire, pour la guerre, et pour la vengeance, Tempecha d'etre 
 bon politique, qualite sans laqueUe on n'a jamais vu de con- 
 querant. Avant la bataille et apres la victoire, il n'avait 
 que de la modestie ; apres la defaite, que de la fermete ; 
 dur pour les autres comme pour lui-meme, comptant pour 
 rien la peine et la vie de ses sujets aussi bien que la sienne : 
 liomme unique plutot que grand liomme, admirable plutot 
 qu'a imiter. Sa vie doit apprendre aux rois combien un 
 gouvernement pacifique et heureux est au-dessus de tant de 
 gloire. 
 
 III. Charles XII. etait d'une taille avantageuse et no- 
 ble ; il avait un beau front, de grands yeux bleus remplis 
 de douceur, un nez bien form^, mais le bas du visage desa- 
 greable, trop souvent defigure par un rire frequent qui ne 
 partait que des levres ; presque point de barbe ni de che- 
 
110 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 
 
 veux : il parlait tres-peu, et ne repondait souvent que par 
 ce rire dont il avait pris I'habitude. On observait a sa 
 table "iin silence profond. II avait conserve dans I'inflexi- 
 bilite de son caractere cette timidite qu'on nomme mau- 
 vaise honte ; il eut ete embarrasse dans une conversation, 
 parce que, s'dtant donne tout entier aux travaux et a la 
 guerre, il n' avait jamais connu la societe. — VoltaiPiE. 
 
 1. Translate II. and III. of the above. 
 
 2. State mood and tense of italicized verbs in I., and 
 give them in full. 
 
 3. Give the principal tenses of devoir, connaitre, appren- 
 dre, vivre. (Thus, Infin., etre ; Pres. Part., etant ; Past 
 Part., ete ; Pres. Ind.,/^ suis ; Tiet, je fus.) 
 
 4. Using mostly the words of I., translate into French : 
 (a) Charles has lived in adversity, (h) This man is dan- 
 gerous, (c) All heroes have not lived in the greatest pros- 
 perity, (d) Have you re-read (relu) what you have writ- 
 ten (ecrit) ? 
 
ARITHMETIC. Ill 
 
 AEITHMETIO. 
 
 I. 
 
 1. Eeduce f, ^q, ^, and -^-^ to their Least Common De- 
 nominator. 
 
 2. Divide ^^ by 42. Divide J of if by ^j of ff . 
 
 3. Eeduce ^ ^f s^pf s to its simplest form. 
 
 4. Eeduce gV ^^ ^ gallon to the fraction of a gill. 
 
 5. Add ^, |, and ^^^ of f . 
 
 6. How long must $ 133 be on interest (simple) at 7 per 
 cent to gain $ 32,585 ? 
 
 7. What is the compound interest on S 1,000 for 3 years 
 at 7 per cent (interest payable annually) ? 
 
 8. What is the cube of J ? of .006 ? 
 
 9. Divide 46.08 by 1,000. Divide 1.096641 by 15.21. 
 
 10. What is the square root of 104.8576 ? 
 
 11. What is a Circulating Decimal ? Give an example 
 of a Circulating Decimal. 
 
 12. What are Duodecimals ? 
 
 II, 
 
 1. Find the Greatest Common Divisor of 48 and 130. 
 
 2. Eeduce ^, f, -^^^ ^^^ ii to their Least Common De- 
 nominator. 
 
 3. What part of ^ is J ? 
 
 4. Subtract 15^ from 18|. 
 
112 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 
 
 5. Divide 1|- by 1|-. Multiply the same. 
 
 6. Divide 1 of f of 21 by g. 
 
 7. Write 1-3^2 ^^^ ^tV "^ ^ decimal form. Give the 
 division in decimals of the first by the second. 
 
 8. Divide .09 by .0016. Multiply them. 
 
 9. Divide 876.196 by 2.12. If the decimal point were 
 moved, in the first, two places to the left, and, in the second, 
 one place to the right, how many times greater or less 
 would the quotient be ? 
 
 10. Find the square root of 49.2804. 
 
 11. What is the fourth power of 2 ? of 0.2 ? of .02 ? 
 
 12. If a man travels 64 rods in .05 of an hour, how many 
 minutes will it take him to go a mile ? 
 
 13. Find the simple interest on $1,000 for 1 yr. 2 
 mos. and 12 ds. 
 
 14. How many feet, board measure, in a plank 12 ft. 
 4 in. long, 2 ft. 3 in. wide, and 4 in. thick? (Multi- 
 plication of Duodecimals.) 
 
 III. 
 
 1. What is the Least Common Multiple of 20, 24, and 
 36? 
 
 2. Add |, i, 2^\, and 3-/^. 
 
 3. Multiply 48 by f^. Divide j%\ by j\. 
 
 4. Eeduce - — r?-^ — - to its simplest form. 
 
 5. Eeduce J of a bushel to the fraction of a pint. 
 
 6. Reduce 5 yds. 2 ft. 6 in. to the decimal of a rod, 
 long measure. 
 
 7. Multiply 34.27 by 60,000. Divide 10634.16 by .4506. 
 
AEITHMETIC. 113 
 
 8. At what rate per cent must S 370 be put on interest 
 to gain S 55.50 in three years ? 
 
 9. What is the amount of 825 for 3 yrs. 5 mos. at 
 compound interest ? 
 
 10. What is the third power of 30 ? of .03 ? 
 
 11. What is the square root of 104.8576 ? 
 
 12. What are the contents of a granite block that is 8 
 ft. 9 in. long, 3 ft. 2 in. wide, and 2 ft. 5 in. thick ? (Multi- 
 plication of Duodecimals.) 
 
 lY. 
 
 1. Wliat is the Greatest Common Divisior of 1181 and 
 2741 ? 
 
 2. Eeduce |, -f^, and -^j ^^ ^ Common Denominator. 
 
 3. Divide I of If by 3-\ of If. 
 
 4. Add li |, and -f^ of f . 
 
 5. Eeduce -|| of a gallon to quarts, pints, etc. 
 
 6. Multiply 4 lbs. 8 oz. 16 dwt. 20 gr. by 72. 
 
 7. Find the interest on S 76.72 from April 18, 1852, to 
 January 26, 1855, at 6 per cent. 
 
 8. What principal at 6 per cent will amount to 
 $ 360,585 in 16 months ? 
 
 9. Multiply .427 by 345. 
 
 10. Divide 87.69 by 47, also by .47. 
 
 11. Wliat is the square root of 747.4756 ? 
 
 12. Give an example of a Continued Fraction. 
 
 V. 
 
 1. Name all the Prime numbers in the series of numbers 
 between 1 and 30 inclusive ; resolve all the Composite 
 
114 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 
 
 nTinfbe>rsAnto their Prime Factors ; and name all tlie perfect 
 squares, cubes, and other powers in the same series. 
 
 2. From f of f take l of |. 
 
 3. Divide ^ X 721 by f of | of 9f . 
 
 4. Eeduce 9 rds. 1 ft. and 6 in. to the fraction of a furlong. 
 
 5. Multiply 8.764 by 40.015. 
 
 6. What is the square of 11 ? of .11 ? 
 
 7. Divide 769.428 by 200 ; by .00002. 
 
 8. Transform the Infinite Decimal .216 into its equiva- 
 lent Vulgar Fraction. 
 
 9. What quantity of boards will be required to lay a floor 
 14 ft. 8' 3" in length and 13 ft. 6' 9" in width ? (Multiplica- 
 tion of Duodecimals.) 
 
 10. Find the square root of 4.190209. 
 
 11. Find the interest on $76.72 from April 18, 1852, fco 
 January 26, 1855, at 6 per cent. 
 
 12. If % 50 gain $ 5.60 in 3 yrs. 6 mos., at simple in- 
 terest, what is the rate per cent ? 
 
 13. Give an example of a Continued Fraction. 
 
 VI. 
 
 1. What are the Prime Factors of 360 ? 
 
 2. What part of a mile is one inch ? 
 
 97 
 
 3. Eeduce ^f to a Simple Fraction. 
 
 4. Add -| of a pound, | of a shilling, and f of a penny 
 together. 
 
 6. What is the product of f of ^^ of 15, and l| of llf ? 
 
 6. Divide 100 by 4|. 
 
 ' 7. What is the square of 10.01 ? 
 
ARITHMETIC. 
 
 8. Divide .1 by .0001. Divide 10 b;; 
 
 9. Eeduce 3^2 ^0 a decimal. Keduce y|-q to a Circulating 
 Decimal. 
 
 10. What is the interest on $ 1461.75 for 4 yrs. 9 mos. 
 at 8 per cent ? 
 
 11. The interest on $437.21 for 9 yrs. 9 mos. is 
 $127,884 : what is the rate of interest ? 
 
 12. Find the square root of 4.426816. 
 
 VII. 
 
 1. What is the Least Common Multiple of 21, 36, 50, 
 and 64 ? 
 
 2. Add together |, Jf, and -^^^ and from their sum sub- 
 tract ^^5". 
 
 3. Multiply I by ^3 of 2i. 
 
 4. Eeduce y\ of a furlong to inches. 
 
 5. Multiply 200.043 by 2.021. 
 
 6. Divide 9.00081 by 900 ; 4004004 by .002 ; .000624 
 by 324. 
 
 7. What are the contents of a granite block 12 ft. 2' 3" 
 long, 6 ft. 8' 9" wide, and 4 ft. 9' 2" thick ? 
 
 8. What is the amount of $ 5216.75 from January 21, 
 1860, to July 3, 1863, at 8 per cent, compound interest ? 
 
 9. Find the cube of 10.1 ; of 1.01. 
 
 10. Find the square root of 49.87604. 
 
 11. Define a Circulating Decimal and give an example. 
 What is a Continued Fraction ? 
 
 12. What is the difference between an Arithmetical and 
 a Geometrical Progression ? 
 
116 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 
 
 VIII. 
 
 1. What is a Prime Number ? Find the Prime Factors 
 of 4800. 
 
 2. What Prime Factors compose the Greatest Common 
 Divisor and the Least Common Multiple of several 
 numbers ? Find the Greatest Common Divisor and the 
 Least Common Multiple of 84, 126, and 140. 
 
 3. From | of -^^ subtract -^-^ of 11 
 
 9Jl 
 
 4. Divide ^% of ^i- of 3i by j^- 
 
 5. Give the rule for pointing off in the multiplication of 
 decimals, and explain the reason. 
 
 6. Multiply 0.0400268 by 0.260075. 
 
 7. Divide 0.011825369 by 5.884. What is the quotient 
 of 118253690 by the same divisor ? 
 
 8. Eeduce 2-20" ^° ^ Circulating Decimal. Verify the 
 result by reducing it back to a Vulgar Fraction. 
 
 9. Eeduce 0.845 of a mile to furlongs, rods, feet, and 
 inches. 
 
 10. The interest on $ 127.50 from June 26, 1798, to May 
 8, 1802, was $36,975 : calculate the rate of interest. 
 
 11. Find the square root of 7.333264. 
 
 12. Find the cube root of 96702.579. 
 
 13. If 6 men can build 20 feet of a stone-wall in 10 
 days, how many men can build 360 feet of the same waU 
 in 90 days ? 
 
 IX. 
 
 1. Reduce 10917 to the product of its Prime Factors. 
 
 2. Find the Greatest Common Divisor of 720, 336, and 
 1736 ; Least Common Denominator of f |, -^^ gV 
 
ARITHMETIC. 117 
 
 3. Trom 36^% take |. 
 
 4 Multiply I of ^3_ of 41 by 2^§i|- What part of || 
 
 yards is ^ of an incli ? 
 
 5. Give the rule for pointing off in multiplication of 
 decimals, and explain its reason. 
 
 6. Reduce 0.0007648267 to a Vulgar Fraction. 
 
 7. The product of three numbers = 70.04597 ; two of 
 them equal 3.91 and 3.0005 respectively. Find the third. 
 
 8. Eeduce the Infinite Decimal 0.81247 to a Vulgar 
 Fraction. 
 
 9. Find the amount of $1000 for 2 yrs. 2 mos. 12 
 ds., compound interest, at 6 per cent, payable annually. 
 
 10. Find the square root of 39.037504. 
 
 11. Find the cube root of 0.000000148877. 
 
 12. Find the third power of 3 ; of 0.3 ; of 0.003. 
 
 13. If a family of 9 persons spends $ 305 in 4 months, 
 how many dollars will maintain it 8 months, if 5 persons 
 more were added to the family ? Multiply 10 ft. 3' 2" by 
 6 ft. 7' 8". 
 
 X. 
 
 1. "What is a Prime Number ? When are two numbers 
 prime to each other ? "What Prime Factors compose the 
 Greatest Common Di^dsor and the Least Common ]\iultiple 
 of several numbers ? Find the Greatest Common Divisor 
 and Least Common Multiple of 156, 234, and 260. 
 
 2. From -^^ of If subtract ^^ of -^q ; reduce the answer 
 to its lowest terms, and reduce it to a decimal. 
 
 3. Divide Jgi of ^5 of If by ||qL- 
 
118 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 
 
 4. Eeduce -J||4^ to its lowest terms. Eeduce ^q, l| , ■^^, 
 ^^, and g^Q to their Least Common Denominator, add them, 
 and reduce the sum to its simplest form. 
 
 5. Multiply 6.4 by 1.5. Multiply 0.64 by 0.15. Divide 
 701.5 by 2.806. Divide 0.7015 by 280.6. Eeduce the last 
 answer to its lowest terms as a Vulgar Fraction. 
 
 6. The number 209.069673692836 is composed of three 
 factors, of which two are 20083.6 and 0.260075. Find the 
 third factor. 
 
 7. State the rule for pointing off in the multiplication of 
 decimals, and give its reason. 
 
 8. Eeduce the Infinite Decimal 0.0136 to its lowest terms 
 as a Vulgar Fraction, and verify the result by reducing 
 back to a decimal 
 
 9. Calculate the date at which a sum of $ 450, which was 
 put at simple interest at 8 per cent, December 30, 1797, 
 amounted to $ 642.30. 
 
 10. Eeduce 6 fur. 30 r. 6 ft. 7J in. to the decimal of a 
 mile. 
 
 11. Divide 5 cwt. 12 lbs. 4 oz. by 7. Multiply 2 ft. 3' 7" 
 by 9ft. 5' 11". Eeduce £17 9s. 3d. to Federal money, 
 taking 4 s. 6d. = $l. 
 
 12. Find the proportion in which sugars worth 5 cents 
 and 8 cents a pound must be taken to form a mixture worth 
 6| cents a pound. 
 
 13. How many digits compose the 3d power of a number 
 containing two digits ? AVhat is the reason of your 
 answer ? What is the third power of 3 ? of 0.3 ? of 0.03 ? 
 of 30? 
 
 14. Find the cube root of 39512.447416. 
 
 15. Find the square root of 13 to five places of decimals. 
 
ARITHMETIC. 119 
 
 16. If 3 men can build a wall 60 feet long, 8 feet 
 high, and 3 feet thick, in 64 days of 9 hours, how many 
 days of 8 hours will 20 men require to build a wall 400 
 feet long, 9 feet high, and 5 feet thick ? 
 
 XI. 
 
 1. Which of the numbers 5, 9, 13, 18, 21, 25, are Prime 
 Numbers ? and which of them are prime to the number 10 ? 
 
 2. Find the Greatest Common Divisor and the Least 
 Common Multiple of 630, 840, and 2772. 
 
 3. From | of 1 1 subtract -^-^ of 2| ; reduce the answer to 
 its lowest terms ; and reduce it to a decimal 
 
 4. Divide If of j\ X 13| by j^. 
 
 5. Multiply 76000 by 1.05. Multiply 0.076 by 0.0105. 
 Divide 2926.5 by 0.3902. Divide 29.265 by 390.2. Ee- 
 duce the last answer to its lowest terms as a Vulgar Fraction. 
 
 6. Reduce to their lowest terms as Vulgar Fractions the 
 Infinite or Circulating Decimals 0.27, 0.0127, 0.0027, 0,0027. 
 
 7. Calculate the date at which a sum of $234, which was 
 put at simple interest at 9 per cent, October 25, 1798, 
 amounted to $ 351. 
 
 8. Pteduce 6 fur. 30 r. 6 ft. 7| in. to the decimal of a mile. 
 
 9. Find the cube root of 9358 to two places of decimals. 
 
 10. If 6 men can build a waU 80 feet long, 10 feet 
 high, and 9 feet thick, in 100 days of 9 hours, how many 
 days of 10 hours will be required by 15 men to build a 
 wall 200 feet long, 9 feet high, and 5 feet thick ? 
 
 XIL 
 
 1. Find the Greatest Common Divisor and Least Com- 
 mon Multiple of 144 and 780. 
 
120 EXAMINATION PAPEES. 
 
 2. Pteduce J, f , -^^, and \l to their Least Common De- 
 nominator. 
 
 3. What part of |- is | ? 
 
 4. Subtract 15J from 18|. 
 
 5. Divide IJ- by 1|-. Multiply the two together. 
 
 6. Divide ^ of f of 21 by ^. 
 
 7. "Write l^j and 2313 in a decimal form. Give the 
 division in decimals of the first by the second. 
 
 8. Divide .09 by .0016. Multiply them. 
 
 9. Divide 876.196 by 2.12. If the decimal point were 
 moved, in the first, two places to the left, and, in the 
 second, one place to the right, how many times greater or 
 less would the quotient be ? 
 
 10. Find the cube root of 51 to three places of decimals. 
 
 11. Eeduce to their lowest terms as Vulgar Fractions the 
 Infinite or Circulating Decimals, 0.2343,0.002343, 0.012343, 
 0.002343. 
 
 12. If a man travel 64 rods in .05 of an hour, how many 
 minutes will it take him to go a mile ? 
 
 13. Find the simple interest on $1000 for 6 yrs. 4 
 mos. and 15 ds. at 8 per cent. 
 
 14. How many feet, board measure, in a plank 12 ft. 4 
 in. long, 2 ft. 3 in. wide^ and 4 in. thick ? 
 
 XIII. 
 
 1. Eeduce f |f f^ to its lowest terms. 
 
 2. Eeduce r^^, l|-, -^^, ■^^, and ^-^ to their Least Common 
 Denominator ; add them, and reduce the result to a deci- 
 mal form. 
 
ARITHMETIC. 121 
 
 3. Divide 3^ of y^ of S^, by "^ "^^gi^^ . Simplify, and re- 
 duce to lowest terms by cancelling. 
 
 4 Multiply 37900000 by 2.005. Multiply 0.0379 by 
 0.2005. Write the numbers 37900000 and 0.0379 in 
 words. 
 
 5. Divide 1909.14 by 0.02708. Divide 190.914 by 
 27080. 
 
 6. Eeduce to their lowest terms as Vulgar Fractions the 
 Infinite or Circulating Decimals, O.OOSi, O.OOSi, O.lOSi, 
 0.108. 
 
 7. Find the simple interest on $1000 for 5 yrs. 4 
 mos. and 15 ds. at 20 per cent. To how much •will 
 $ 1000 amount in 4 years, at compound interest, at 20 per 
 cent? 
 
 8. Eeduce 5 fur. 33 r. 9 ft. 10| in. to the decimal of a 
 mile. Eeduce £ 17 8 s. 9 d. to Federal money, taking 4 s, 
 6d. = Sl. 
 
 9. Multiply 2 ft. 3' 7" by 9 ft. 5' 11". 
 
 10. Find the cube root of 77869 to three places of 
 decimals. Find the square root of 0.5 to five places of 
 decimals. 
 
 XIV. 
 
 1. Eeduce -g-lli^ to its lowest term. What is a Prime 
 number ? When are two numbers said to be prime to each 
 other ? 
 
 2. Find the value of -^ — 6 + ^ + ff ~t~ iV ' ^^^ reduce 
 the result to its loAvest terms, and also to a decimal form. 
 
 3. From 3 J subtract f-^ of |^ of If^ -H^. Simplify 
 by cancelling. 
 
122 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 
 
 4 Multiply 2.708 by 0.007005. Wliat is the product 
 of 2.708 by 70050000 ? Write the numbers 0.007005 and 
 70050000 in words. 
 
 5. Divide 283891.3 by 0.07084. What is the quotient 
 of 2.838913 divided by 708.4 ? 
 
 6. From 1 sq. rd. 5 sq. ft. subtract 7 sq. yd. 139 sq. in. 
 Divide £ 32 16 s. 3 d. by 7. 
 
 7. Eeduce 44920.9025 hours to years (of 365 days), 
 days, hours, minutes, and seconds. 
 
 8. Find the cube root of 0.61 to five places of decimals. 
 Find the square root of 79000 to three places of decimals. 
 
 9. Reduce to their lowest terms as Vulgar Fractions the 
 Infinite or Circulating Decimals 0.00054 and 0.20054. 
 Add 0.03 to 0.462, expressing the result as an Infinite or 
 Circulating Decimal. 
 
 10. A certain sum of money was put at simple interest 
 at 9 per cent, December 21, 1790. At what date did it 
 become tripled ? 
 
 XV. 
 
 1. What is the Greatest Common Divisor of two num- 
 bers ? of 4760 and 3432 ? 
 
 31 
 
 2. Subtract | of f from | of jf, add to the remainder -f^, 
 
 divide the result by 6|, and change the quotient to a deci- 
 riial. 
 
 3. Divide 0.000647808 by 6.72. Write the quotient in 
 words. 
 
 4. I owe three notes bearing interest from date : the first, 
 dated June 1, 1866, is for $450.00; the second, dated Dec. 
 17, 1866, is for $750.00; the third, dated March 15, 1867, 
 
ARITHMETIC. 123 
 
 is for $600.00. I wish to substitute for these a single note 
 for $ 1800.00: what should be the date of it ? 
 
 5. Find the square root of 0.9. 
 
 6. Find the cube root of 751089.429. 
 
 7. Find the cube of 4 ; of 0.4 ; of 0.0004. 
 
 8. A sum of money was put at interest, at 7-5;^ per cent, 
 October 30, 1866 : at what date will it be tripled ? (A 
 year = 365 days.) 
 
 9. If 4 men dig a trench 84 feet long and 5 feet wide in 
 3 days of 8 hours each, how many men can dig a trench 
 420 feet long and 3 feet wide in 4 days of 9 hours each ? 
 
 10. How many feet, board measure, in a plank 12 ft. 4 
 in. long, 2 ft. 5 in. wide at one end, 2 ft. 1 in. wide at the 
 other, and 4 in. thick ? 
 
 11. In. what proportion shall sugars worth 7 and 12 cents 
 a pound be taken to form a mixture worth 9J cents a 
 pound ? 
 
 XVI. 
 
 1. What is the Least Common Multiple of two or more 
 numbers ? of 48, 98, 21, and 27 ? 
 
 2. Add 7r|- and z|; divide the result by 7if, and 
 
 '-'10 •'S 
 
 change the quotient to a decimal. 
 
 3. A certain bank declares a semiannual dividend of 4 
 per cent : what can I afford to pay for its shares if I wish 
 to get 6 per cent a year for my money ? 
 
 4. Eeduce .445 of an acre to rods, feet, and inches. 
 
 5. Divide 0.0018891 by 3.75. Write the quotient in 
 \7ords. 
 
 6. Find the cube root of 748613.312 ; of 0.27. 
 
124 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 
 
 7. Find the square of 0.9; of three millionths. Write 
 the results in words. 
 
 8. How many feet, board measure, in a plank 16 ft. 4 in. 
 long, 1 ft. 7 in. wide, and 4|- in. thick ? 
 
 9. A, B, and C hire a pasture for $ 92. A pastures 6 
 horses for 8 weeks, B 12 oxen for 10 weeks, and C 50 cows 
 for 12 weeks. Now, if 5 cows are reckoned as 3 oxen, and 
 3 oxen as 2 horses, how much shall each man pay ? 
 
 10. If 496 men, in 5 days of 12 h. 6 m. each, dig a trench 
 of 9 degrees of hardness, 465 feet long, 3| feet wide, and 4|- 
 feet dee]3, how many men will be required to dig a trench 
 2 degrees of hardness, 168|- feet long, 7 J feet wide, and 2|- 
 feet deep, in 22 days of 9 hours each ? 
 
 XVII 
 
 1. What is the Least Common Multiple of two or more 
 numbers ? What is the Least Common Multiple of 3150 
 and 2310 ? 
 
 2. From ^ of If take ^, add to the remainder |, and 
 divide the result by 6f . 
 
 3. Divide 0.00091471 by 9.43. Write the quotient in 
 words. 
 
 4. How many yards of carpet which is | of a yard wide 
 does it require to cover a floor 17 feet long and 16 feet 6 
 inches wide ? 
 
 5. Eeduce 0.758762 acres to square rods, square feet, etc. 
 
 6. Find the square root of 0.002539 to five places of deci- 
 mals. 
 
 7. Find the cube root of 0.15 to three places of decimals. 
 
 8. What is the interest of $875.26 from October 10, 
 1866, to July 10, 1868, at 7j\ per cent ? 
 
ARITHMETIC. 125 
 
 9. One metre (in Long Measure) = 39.37 inches. Ex- 
 press one foot in the metric system, both in Long Measure 
 and in Square Measure. 
 
 XVIII. 
 
 1. Find the Greatest Common Divisor and the Least 
 Common Multiple of 340200, 583200, and 2268000. 
 
 2. From ^-^ of 2|- subtract the product of 0.075 and 1^, 
 and divide the remainder by 12. Eeduce the result to its 
 lowest terms as a Vulgar Fraction, and also to a decimal 
 form. 
 
 3. Divide 10 times T-J of ^ of ^^~^\ by If 
 
 4. Divide 189695.4 by 2.708. AYhat is the quotient of 
 0.01896954 divided by 2.708 ? Write the latter quotient 
 in words. 
 
 5. Eeduce to their lowest terms as Vulgar Fractions the 
 Infinite or Circulating Decimals 0.0036 and 0.0136. Add 
 0.07 to 0.382, expressing the result as an Infinite or Circu- 
 lating Decimal. 
 
 6. A certain square field contains 38.75 acres. Compute 
 the length of one side of the field in metres. Given one 
 square metre = 1550 square inches. 
 
 7. The sum £ 46 6 s. 8 d. was put at interest at 4 per cent 
 on the 20th June, 1868. Eequired the amount on the 5th 
 May, 1875. 
 
 8. Find the cubic root of 77869 to three places of decimals. 
 
 9. At what rate of compound interest will S 2500 amount 
 in 3 years to S 4320 ? At what rate of simple interest ? 
 
 XIX. 
 
 1. Eeduce -xWoVTrr ^^ i^ lowest terms. What is a 
 
126 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 
 
 Prime Number ? When are two numbers said to be prime 
 to each other ? Eeduce the numerator and denominator of 
 the above fraction to their Prime Factors. 
 
 2. From 5J subtract ^^^ ^_3_ of |i of 4l\ 
 
 3. Divide 33368949.63 by 0.007253. Wliat is the 
 quotient of 3336.894963 by 72530 ? What is the third 
 power of 0.1 ? of 100 ? AYrite these answers in words. 
 
 4. Find the cube root of 0.0093 to five places of decimals. 
 Find the square root of 531.5 to three places of decimals. 
 
 5. Eeduce to their lowest terms as vulgar fractions the 
 Infinite or Circulating Decimals 0.225, 0.00225, and 
 0.25225. Eeduce I- to a Circulating Decimal. 
 
 6. From 1 sq. rod 5 sq. ft. subtract 7 sq. yd. 139 sq. in. 
 
 7. Find the amount of £ 50 12 s. 5 ds. at simple interest 
 at 8 per cent, at the end of 5 yrs. 2 mos. and 3 ds. 
 
 8. One metre = 39.37 inches. Compute from this datum 
 the value of 4 miles in kilometres. 
 
 XX. 
 
 1. Divide two thousand five hundred one and four tenths 
 by four thousand one hundred twenty-five ten millionths. 
 Divide 1.29136109 by 184.3, and write the quotient in 
 words. 
 
 2. How do you divide one Vulgar Fraction by another ? 
 Give the rule and the reason of the rule. Illustrate by 
 an example. 
 
 3. From the sum of pff and ~ 2~ subtract H, and divide 
 
 ^ 6- 
 
 the result by the product of 3 J and 2 J. 
 
 4. Find the cube root of 10 to four places of decimals. 
 
ARITHMETIC. 127 
 
 5. Find the square root of 0.0000001. 
 
 6. A merchant sold a quantity of goods for $ 29900. He 
 deducts five per cent from tlie amount of the bill for cash, 
 and finds that he has made fifteen per cent, on the invest- 
 ment. What did he pay for the goods ? 
 
 7. What is the compound interest on £ 47 13 s. 6 d. for 3 
 yrs. 4 mos. 15 ds., at 3 J per cent ? 
 
 8. How many feet of board in a plank 17 ft. long, 22 
 inches wide at one end, 13 inches wide at the other, and 
 4 inches thick ? 
 
 9. Write the tables for Long Measure and Square 
 Measure. 
 
 XXI. 
 
 1. Eeduce 179487 to the product of its Prime Factors. 
 
 2. Find the Greatest Common Divisor of 13212 and 
 1851. 
 
 3. To divide by a Vulgar Fraction : give the rule and the 
 reason of the rule. 
 
 4. Find the sum of the following numbers : fifty-seven 
 and three thousandths ; three hundred and sixty-four 
 hundred thousandths ; forty-seven thousand and eight thou- 
 sand and seven hundred thousandths ; eighty-seven hundred 
 millionths ; four hundred and twenty-seven ten thousandths. 
 
 5. Divide (2| X yq) by (2J — If), and reduce the result 
 to a decimal. 
 
 6. What is the difference between Bank Discount and 
 True Discount ? Give an example. 
 
 7. Bought $1500 worth of goods, half on 6 months' and 
 half on 9 months' credit. What sum at 7 per cent inter- 
 est, paid down, would discharge the whole bill ? 
 
128 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 
 
 8. Find the cube root of 0.29 to three places of decimals. 
 
 9. The interest on £ 50 12 s. 6 d. for a year is £ 1 15 s. 
 6|d. What is the rate per cent ? 
 
 10. A cubical vat measures 9 feet in each direction : what 
 is its capacity in Litres ? (Given 1 metre = 39.37 inches.) 
 
 11. In the Metric System of Weights and Measures 
 what is the unit of length ? of surface ? of volume ? of 
 weight ? How are they related to each other ? 
 
 XXII. 
 
 1. Divide four millionths by four millions, and write the 
 quotient in words. 
 
 2. The metre = 39.371 inches: compare the kilometre 
 with the mile. 
 
 3. Change -f- to a decimal, and extract the cube root to 
 four places. 
 
 4. Express 38 sq. rods, 21 sq. yards, 5 sq. feet, 108 sq. 
 inches, in decimals of an acre. 
 
 5. The capital stock of a certain bank is $500,000, and 
 directors have declared a dividend of 4 per cent. The sum 
 set aside from the profits to meet this dividend is subject 
 to a revenue tax of 5 per cent. What sum must be set 
 aside in order that the stockholder may receive a dividend 
 of 4 per cent on his stock ? 
 
 6. From -^- — 7/ subtract nl. 
 
 7. A man has a bin 7 ft. long, 2\ ft. wide and 2 ft. deep, 
 which contains 28 bushels of corn ; how deep must he 
 build another, which is to be 18 ft. long, 1 ft. 10|- in. 
 wide, in order to contain 120 bushels ? (Solve this question 
 by analysis, and give your reasoning in full.) 
 
ARITHMETIC. 129 
 
 8. A^Tiat is the present worth of S 10,000, due three years 
 hence, at 7 per cent compound interest ? 
 
 9. Find the Greatest Common Divisor of 1274, 2002, 
 236G, 7007, and 13013. 
 
 10. Ho^y do you verify your work when you have multi- 
 plied together two large numbers ? Give an example to 
 illustrate your method. 
 
 XXIII. 
 
 1. Find the Greatest Common Di\dsor and the Least 
 Common Multiple of 13860 and 38500. What is the 
 Least Common Multiple of 15, 18, and 35 ? When are two 
 numbers said to be prime to each other ? 
 
 44 /2 \ 
 
 2. Divide 2^1 ^7 I ^M il~i )• Simplify by cancelling. 
 
 3. Reduce to its lowest terms as a Vulgar Fraction 
 0.05405. Eeduce 2% to a Circulating Decimal. 
 
 4. Find the number of cubic inches (to the nearest tenth) 
 in the British imperial gallon, which contains 10 pounds 
 of water. Given 1 gramme = weight of 1 cubic centimetre 
 of water, 1 cubic metre = 35.3 cubic feet, 1 kilogramme = 
 2.2 pounds. 
 
 5. Find the square root of 0.076 to six significant figures. 
 
 6. A rectangular field measures 30 rods and 6 feet by 21 
 rods and 11 feet. Find its area in acres, roods, rods, and feet. 
 
 7. Find the sum on which the interest at 9 per cent for 
 6 years 1 month and 18 days is S 947.10. 
 
 8. Find the interest on one pound sterling at 5 per cent 
 for one year ; for one month. 
 
 XXIY. 
 
 1. What is the Greatest Common Divisor of 1872 and 
 432 ? Obtain the answer, if possible, by factoring. 
 
130 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 
 
 2. What is the smallest sum of money that can be made 
 np either of 2-ceut, of 3-cent, of 5-cent, of 10-cent, or of 
 25-ceut pieces ? 
 
 3. Add |-to(^7i-H*^\ 
 
 4. By a pipe of a certain capacity a cistern can be 
 emptied in o^ hours ; in what time can it be emptied by 
 a pipe the capacity of which is -| greater ? 
 
 5. Find the value of 7 acres 35 rods 127 feet of land, 
 at S 108.15 per acre. 
 
 6. How many litres are there in a rectangular vat 2.8 m. 
 long, 2 m. wide, 5 dcm. deep ? 
 
 7. Find the square root of 0.9 to four places of decimals. 
 
 8. My agent sells for me 2000 yards of cloth at 24 cents 
 a yard. He allows the purchaser 5 per cent discount for 
 cash, and charges me 2 J per cent on the cash receipts. 
 How much money does he pay over to me ? 
 
 XXV. 
 
 1. Find the Greatest Common Divisor of 187 and 153. 
 Also the Least Common Multiple of the same t v^o numbers. 
 
 2. Multiply 108 billionths by two thousand, and extract 
 the cube root of the product. 
 
 3. Add ^to ^^~^* 
 
 4. A cellar is to be dug 30 feet long and 20 feet wide : at 
 what depth will 50 cubic yards of earth have been re- 
 moved ? 
 
 5. Wliat is the amount of % 340 at 8 per cent for 1 year 
 3 months, the interest being compounded semiannually ? 
 
 6. A man receives $ 18 for six days' work of 8 hours 
 
ARITHMETIC. 131 
 
 each ; what should he receive for 5 days' work of 9 hours 
 each ? 
 
 7. A cistern is 4 metres long, 24 decimetres wide, and 
 80 centimetres deep. How much water will it hold in 
 cubic metres ? In litres ? In cubic centimetres ? In 
 grammes ? In kilogrammes ? 
 
 8. I have a rectangular lot of land, 64 rods long and 36 
 rods wide, and a square lot of the same area ; how many- 
 more feet of fencing will be needed for the former lot than 
 for the latter ? 
 
 XXVI. 
 
 1. Add ^ of 4 to I 
 
 2. Multiply 0.145 by 0.297, and give the answer as a 
 Circulating Decimal. 
 
 3. Find the Greatest Common Divisor of 43700 and 
 9430. Also obtain their Least Common Multiple. 
 
 4/1 buy one fifth of an acre of land for S2178. For 
 how much a square foot must I sell it, in order to gain 
 twenty per cent of the cost ? 
 
 5. The kilogramme equals 2 lb. 8 oz. 3 dwt. 2 gr. How 
 many centigrammes equal one grain ? 
 
 6. What is the present worth of $ 678.75, due 3 years 8 
 months hence, at 7 per cent compound interest ? 
 
 7. Multiply the square root of 0.173056 by the cube root 
 
 of 156 2 5 
 ^^ 32768- 
 
 8. A can do a certain piece of work in 10 days, working 
 8 hours a day. B can do the same work in 9 days, working 
 12 hours a day. They decide to work together, and to 
 finish the work in 6 days. How many hours a day must 
 they work ? 
 
132 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 
 
 XXVII. 
 
 1. Divide 0.75 by P X 0.081. 
 
 •^ Id 
 
 2. Find the least common multiple of ^, -^j, 2J-, 5, 
 and 6-^. 
 
 3. A and B, 44 miles apart, travel towards each other. 
 A travels y\ of the whole distance, while B travels f of 
 the remainder. How far are they then apart ? 
 
 4. In what time will $ 680, at 4 per cent simple inter- 
 est, amount to $ 727.60 ? 
 
 5. How many cubic yards are there in a cistern the 
 dimensions of which are 64 dcm., 225 cm., and 3.75 m. ? 
 
 6. If 9 men build 247^2^ rods of wall in 28 days, in 
 how many days will 8 men build 51 rods ? 
 
 7. What is the difference between the square root and 
 the cube root of 1771561 ? 
 
 8. A can do a piece of work in 10 days, A and C can 
 do it in 7 days, A and B can do it in 6 days ; in how many 
 days can B and C together do it ? 
 
 XXVIII. 
 
 1. The sum of ^ ^^^'^^^ and ?i^ is how many 
 
 times the difference ? 
 
 2. How many kilometres are there in 2 m. 6 fur. 39 rd. 
 5 yd. ? 
 
 3. What common fraction equals the sum of 0.18 and 
 0.307692 ? 
 
 4. A cube contains 79507 cubic inches. How many 
 square inches does its surface contain ? 
 
ARITHMETIC. 133 
 
 5. Having purchased an acre of land, I sell from it a 
 rectangular lot, 121 yds. long, and 25 yds. wide, for what 
 the whole acre cost me. What per cent do I gain on the 
 land thus sold ? 
 
 6. A collector who charges 8 per cent commission on 
 what he collects pays me $53475 for a bill of $775. 
 "What amount of the bill does he collect ? 
 
 7. A can travel around a certain island in 2y2g. day.s, B 
 in 3|- days, C in 3-J days. If they set out at the same 
 time from the same point, and travel in the same direction, 
 in how many days will they all come together at the start- 
 ing-point, and how many times will each man have gone 
 around the island ? 
 
134 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 
 
 ALGEBRA. 
 
 I. 
 
 1. Multiply a^ -{• 2 a^ x -{- 2 a x^ -{- o:^ hy a^ — 2a'^x -}- 
 2 ax^ — x^. 
 
 2. Divide 1 by 1 — m^, finding five terms of the series. 
 
 3. Divide — Qx'^ + 96 hj — 3 x + 6, 
 
 4. Divide ^(^"-f)(^ + ^) hj2a(x + y). 
 
 5. Find the greatest common divisor of numerator and 
 
 x^ 1 
 
 denominator, and reduce the fraction ^ _. 3 to its lowest 
 
 terms. 
 
 ^ -r.. .-, ah — bx ^ ac — ex 
 
 6. Divide r- — by ■, . 
 
 a -\- p '' a -Y p 
 
 7. Eeduce 1 ^— 1 — ^ to the form of a fraction. 
 
 a^ -f- x^ 
 
 8. A farmer sells to one man 5 cows and 7 oxen for 
 $ 370, and to another, at the same rate, 10 cows and 3 
 oxen for $ 355. Required, the price of a cow and that of 
 an ox. 
 
 9. What is the fourth power of — %]? <f ? 
 
 10. What is the third root of — 729 a^ h^ c^^ ? 
 
 11. Find (2 a — If by the Binomial Theorem. 
 
 II. 
 
 1. Multiply a6_|. 3 ^4 52_ 5 ,,2^,4 l3y 7^4_4^22,2^J4 
 
 2. What is the value of — (10 — 3 a^) (10 + 3 a^) ? 
 
 3. Divide' 12 a^ h^ — UaH^+Q a^ l^— a' by 2 a2 J3 — a^ 
 
ALGEBRA. 135 
 
 4 4 
 
 4. Reduce -t-^-j — o, f o~ ^ 1 — 2x ^^ its lowest terms. 
 
 5. Reduce - -\ , 4— 5 to its simplest 
 
 b ' cd oca 
 
 form as a single fraction. 
 
 6. Divide -- — ^-^ by ^r^ -„, and reduce the answer to 
 
 its lowest terms. 
 
 7. rind the value of 5? in terms of a, I, c, from the equa- 
 tion ^ ^ = — ^^ — . What does this value become 
 
 b a 
 
 when « = 2, & = — 1, and c = 3 ? 
 
 8. The sum of the distance passed over by two locomo- 
 tives, the first running 6 hours and the second 4 hours, is 
 228 miles ; but the second goes 24 miles more in 8 hours 
 than the first goes in 12 hours. Find the distance each 
 goes in an hour ? 
 
 ^ (_ 7 ^2 ^)2 ^ ^vhat ? ^ I— ^^^') = what ? 
 
 10. Find by the Binomial Theorem {a — l)^ and (1 — 
 3 x^f. 
 
 III. 
 
 1. From 5a2& +362c — TcSfZe take — GaH— (4c3£Z6 
 — 4 62 c). 
 
 2. Multiply s(?+ xy -\-y'^hj a?' — xy -\- ^/. 
 
 3. Divide ^* — 2/* by a? — y. 
 
 4. Reduce - — , ,Tf o~'i 2^ ^o its lowest terms. 
 
 i^ + y) (^ — 2^^ + r) 
 
 2 X 8 X 
 
 5. Add together 3 x -\- -^ and a? ^. 
 
 6. Multiply ^ — ^-^ t»y rz;2 _ ^ + . 
 
136 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 
 
 7. Divide -^^^ ^y ,._2, + r 
 
 8. Divide the number 75 into two such parts that three 
 times the greater may exceed seven times the less by 15. 
 
 9. What is the fourth power of —73 — ? 
 
 10. What is the third root of ^? 
 
 11. Find (6 — 2 c^)* by the Binomial Theorem. 
 
 IV. 
 
 1. Eeduce »+ & — (2 a — 3&) — (5a + 7&) — (— 13a 
 + 2 &) to its simplest form, 
 
 2. Multiply ft3 _j_ J2 _ c "by ^2 _ ^3 
 
 3. Divide — \ -\- a^i-^\rj — \ -\- a n. 
 
 a 2 
 
 4. Eeduce to one fraction — r— ^ + 
 
 5. Multiply a + ^by.;-^. 
 
 6. Divide ^4_^4 by ^^— ^. 
 
 7. How much money have I when the fourth and fifth 
 part amount together to S 2.25. 
 
 8. Find the fifth power of — 2 d^. 
 
 9. Find the fourth root of ..^ ,,„ .. . 
 
 10. Find (5 <x — ^x^hj the Binomial Theorem. 
 
 y. 
 
 1. Reduce the following expression to its simplest form : 
 ax + h{x + c)+c^—[{a~l)x—(b — c) (h + c)]. 
 
 2. Multiply a; + 2?/ — 32;bya? — 2?/ + 3;^. 
 
ALGEBRA. 137 
 
 3. Divide Scv^ — 12 a^ + 8a^ + 18 a^ — 30 by 6— 4«2 
 
 4. Combine ^ — j — ^ = r— ^ in a single 
 
 1 — '2x l-j-:^^ 1 — 4:x^ ^ 
 
 fraction, and reduce it to its lowest terms. 
 
 5. Divide ^e^ + — — 2hY x . 
 
 6. Find {a — hf and (^ — 2if\ by the Binomial 
 
 Theorem. 
 
 v a X 
 
 7. Solve the equation r-— = ^, in which a 
 
 a a -\- a — 6 
 
 and h denote known quantities. Find also the value of x 
 •when a = — 1, & = 3. 
 
 8. Find a certain fraction which is such that if 3 be sub- 
 tracted from both numerator and denominator, the value of 
 the fraction becomes \, and that if 11 be added to both 
 numerator and denominator, the value of the fraction be- 
 comes f . 
 
 9. Solve the equations 2x — y = 5, 2>y — 2z-= — 13, 
 2z — 4:x = 2. 
 
 10. Verify the answers of ISTos. 7, 8, and 9, by showing 
 that they satisfy the original conditions. 
 
 VI. 
 
 1. From ^ ac — 5a& + ^^ subtract Zac — [3a& — 
 
 2. Divide 28 ^2 — 6 a^— 6 a^ — 4 a* — 96 a + 264 by 
 3^2— 4a + 11. 
 
 3. Eeduce - — ^^,, / 2 ■ o 7 . l9^ to its lowest terms. 
 
 (a — 6) (cr + 2 a 6 + h^) 
 
 4 From 3 a: + 7 take x . 
 
 D C 
 
138 EXAMNATION PAPERS. 
 
 5. Divide ^^ ^, — ^j^ by ^ , , and reduce the an- 
 swer to its lowest terms. 
 
 6. Multiply (-1^3/ by ^(-S^y. 
 
 7. Find {x — ijf and (a^— 3 If by the Binomial Theo- 
 rem. 
 
 8. Find a number from which if 5 be subtracted |^ of the 
 remainder will be 40. 
 
 9. Solve the equations x — ^z=^ — 2y, Sx — 5y=20j 
 4:z = 5x — 27. 
 
 10. Verify the answers to Nos. 8, 9, by showing that 
 they satisfy the original conditions of those problems. 
 
 VII. 
 
 1. From 4 a^x — (2 ahc — Ahc -\- Sd) subtract 8 ahc — 
 {4:a^x—2d) + ahc. 
 
 2. Multiply x^ -{- X 7/ -\- y^ hj x^ — ^1/ -{- V^- 
 
 3. Divide 3 a*— 8^252 -f Za^c^ 4. 5 54 _ 352^2 ^y 
 a2 — h\ 
 
 4 Eeduce (a^- &^) (a-+ 2a6 + ^^) 
 
 plest form by inspection. 
 
 5. From x 4— take 2x A . 
 
 2 ' c 
 
 6. Divide ^ 1 \ -11 by v^— ,— .Tg- 
 
 7. Divide ^—^^f^^ i3y (_ 2 «2 2, ,3)5 
 
 8. Subtract (a — 2 5)^ from (« + 2 If. Use the Bi- 
 nomial Theorem. 
 
 9. In a mixture of wine and cider one half the whole 
 
ALGEBRA. 139 
 
 plus twenty-five gallons was wine, and one third part minus 
 five gallons was cider; how many gallons were there of 
 each ? 
 
 10. Solve the equations | + 7 2/ = 99, | + 7^ = 51. 
 
 VIII. 
 
 1. Eeduce the following expression to its simplest form : 
 (^a + h) x—(h — c) c — [(b — x) b — (h — c) (h+ c)] 
 — ax. 
 
 2. Multiply 2a^ — Sxy + 67/hj 3x^ + 3 xy + 57/. 
 
 • 3. Divide 4.0 a + Sa'^ — 50 a^ — S hy 5 a — 2a^ — 2. 
 
 4. Give the rule for multiplying different powers of the 
 same quantity, and explain its reason. Example: x"" X 
 x" =^hat ? 
 
 5. Eeduce the following expression to a single fraction, 
 
 1 { X ^ X 
 
 having the least possible denominator : ^^ — ^ 
 
 ( L X) L X 
 
 1 —X 
 
 {l + xf 
 
 6. Divide ..^ „ „ by — -^^ — —3. 
 
 18 c^/ -^ 21 ex if 
 
 7. Find by the Binomial Theorem the first four terms of 
 (a-J)20andof(l-|^,)'°. 
 
 8. Find the value of x in the equation x — a = 
 
 — -J , in which a, h, c, d, and e denote known quanti- 
 
 d de 
 
 ties. Find, also, what the value of x becomes when a = 
 
 — 3, 6 = 0, c = — 2, d = — 2, e = 4; and verify it for 
 this case by showing that it satisfies the equation. 
 
 9. A and B have together J as much money as C ; B and 
 
140 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 
 
 C have together 6 times as much as A ; and B has $ 680 
 less than A and C together have: how much has each? 
 Eliminate by comparison ; and verify the answers by show- 
 ing that they satisfy the given conditions. 
 
 IX. 
 
 1. Reduce the following expression to its simplest form : 
 ah — c {x — h) — [(x '\- c) (x — c) — c (p — {c — x}) 
 
 — x'^l 
 
 2. Into w^hat two factors can the following expressions 
 be severally resolved : (Ax^y^ — 25 x^^) ; (??i^ — n^). 
 
 3. Multiply 6a^ — 2an+4:ah^ by 2a^ — 5ah^ — 3h^. 
 
 4. Divide 9 i^— 6 x^ — 4:5 x + 3 x^ + 54.hj 3 x + 3 x^ 
 
 — 9. 
 
 6. State the rule for multiplying different powers of the 
 same quantity, and give its reason. Examples : x"^ X x" =i 
 what ? (or X x'^y = what ? 
 
 6. Eeduce to one fraction (with least possible denomina- 
 .,3,2,2 1 
 
 (1 _ ^)2 n 1 _ ^ I 1 _[_ ^ 1 — a;2' 
 
 7. Divide ^j-^-jq by — ..j^^ ; and raise the quotient to 
 
 the second power. 
 
 8. A and B are building a wall. A alone can build it in 
 a days, and B alone in h days. In what time can both to- 
 gether build it ? 
 
 9. Solve the equations J^ + j2/ = i^ — ^> ^^ — j2/ = 
 
 10. Solve the equation a^ — 5x — 6 = 0; and verify 
 the answers by showing that they satisfy the equation. 
 
 11. Show that no binomial can be an exact second power. 
 
ALGEBRA. 141 
 
 X. 
 
 1. Eeduce the following expression to its simplest form 
 
 2. Eeduce the following expression to its simplest form : 
 {a + h)h -\- c — [{c + d) (a + d) — c{cc-]-h —1)-^ 
 {ci+c)(d-l)\ 
 
 3. Multiply 15 a^ + 18 a 5 — 14 &2 by 4 a2 — 2 a 5 — h\ 
 
 4. Divide 43>x^i/— 22x^y + 24.f+^x'^—Z^xy^ by 
 Zxy — 2x? — 4.7f. 
 
 5. From -^j ^ take , , . . 
 
 6. Divide — ^ i — • by — ' — , — ; and re- 
 
 a — X ' a -\- X ^ a — x a -\- ^ 
 
 dif^ the quotient to its lowest terms. 
 
 6 a^ c' 9 a^ h 
 
 7. Divide - — tft8~6 ^7 oT)^' > ^^^ ^^^ ^^^ second power 
 
 and the third root of the quotient. 
 
 8. Eeduce to one fraction ' 
 
 (6 — c) (c — a) {a — c){a — h) 
 
 J ci -\- c ^^^ What is the Least Common Denomi- 
 
 ~ (6 — a) {c — b) 
 
 nator in this example ? 
 
 9. State the rule for multiplying different powers of the 
 same quantity, and give its reason, a"* X sf = what ? 
 
 (^•'" X off = what ? (c62 b)"" = ? y (^) = ? What is 
 denoted by ai ? 
 
 10. What is the reason that any term maybe transposed 
 from one member of an equation to the other, provided its 
 sign is changed ? 
 
142 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 
 
 il. Solve the equation r— 7 = — ^. Wliat is 
 
 ^ a a -\- a — 6 
 
 the value of a^ if a = — 2, & = 3 ? 
 
 12. Out of a cask of wine from which a third part had 
 leaked away, 21 gallons were afterwards drawn, and the 
 cask was then half full. How much did it hold ? 
 
 13. Solve the equations 3x — 5y = 63, ^x -{- ^y = 
 
 — 3. 
 
 14. Solve the equations x -\- y — z = 2^,x — 2y -{-^z 
 = ^46,1^-12/ — i^ = 4. 
 
 15. Solve the equation x? — Zx — 10 = 0, and verify 
 the answers by showing that they satisfy the equation. 
 
 (^2 \ 25 
 xy'^\ by 
 
 the Binomial Theorem. 
 
 XI. 
 
 1. Reduce the following expression to its simplest form : 
 {a + h) x—(h — c) c—[(h — x) I — (h — c) (6 + c)] 
 
 — ax. 
 
 2. Multiply x^ + 3 0^*2/2 — 5 x?y^ by 7 x^ — 4tx^y'^-\- y\ 
 
 3. Divide 23 a — 30 — 7 a^ + 6 a^ by 3 a — 2 ^2 _ 5. 
 
 4. What is the reason that when different powers of the 
 same quantity are multiplied, their exponents are added ? 
 
 5. Reduce to one fraction, with least possible denomina- 
 
 . 1 4- cT 4^ 1 — X 
 
 tor ' 
 
 (1 _ xf 1 _ ^2 (1 _|. ^Y 
 
 10 ^2 _^,3 5 ^ ^ 
 
 6. Divide ^ ,^ ^- by ^„ ' , and reduce the answer to its 
 
 lowest terms. 
 
 7. A had twice as much money as B, A gained S 30 and 
 B lost $ 40, whereupon A gave B -^-^ as much as B had left. 
 
ALGEBRA. 143 
 
 A then had what he had in the beginning and 20 per cent 
 more. How much had each in the beginning ? 
 
 8. Solve the equations 5?/ — Sx = — 280 — 30 0, 
 X — 20 = z — y, 20 z — 4:x = 5 7j. 
 
 9. Solve the equation 2x'^ — 7^ + 3 = 0; and verify 
 the answers by showing that they satisfy the equation. 
 
 XII. 
 
 1. Eeduce the following expression to its simplest form: 
 (^2 _i2^c—(a — h) (a [5 + c] — 5 [a — c]). 
 
 2. Multiply 2>x^y^ — Qx^ i/z + y^ hj 2>x^ if + ^ x^y^ 
 z — f. 
 
 3. Divide 9 ^2 + 1 — 4^4 — 6a by 1 + 2^2 — 3a. 
 
 . ^ What is the reason that when different powers of the 
 same quantity are multiplied together, their exponents are 
 added ? 
 
 5. Eeduce ~—^ ^-^-^^ — —^ 1 — -^ to its lowest terms. 
 
 (^•2-f-y) {x^— '2xy-\-y) 
 
 6. Eeduce to one fraction with the least possible denom- 
 
 a b^ — ■ a^ -]- ab 3 b — a , c 
 
 mator r — \- — 
 
 6 bed cd ^ bd 
 
 7. Divide — — ^ by ^ ^ , « ; and reduce the answer to 
 its lowest terms. 
 
 8. Find the value of x, in terms of a, h, and c, in the 
 
 equation 7—— = . What does this value be- 
 come when a=2, & = — 1, c=3? 
 
 9. Solve the equations lx + 2y -\- S^z= 80, 4|2/ — 
 0— |^= 66, 5 z+ lSx—7y= 140. 
 
 10. Solve the equation x^ = Ax-{- 60; and verify the 
 answers by showing that they satisfy the original equation. 
 
144 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 
 
 XIII. 
 
 1. Free the following expression from parentheses and 
 reduce it to its simplest form : (x -}~ a) a -^ y — [(y + ^) 
 
 (x + b)—y(x + a — l) — (x + y)(b — a)]. 
 
 2. Divide 24:x^y^-+ 21xh/ — 9 x^^ + 4:x^ynj 2x'^y^ — 
 
 3. What is the reason that when different powers of the 
 same letter are multiplied the exponents are added ? 
 
 4. Eesolve the following expression into a single fraction 
 (finding the least common denominator, and reducing the 
 
 answer to its lowest terms) : , o o i — 1 — tt^^t — n 22.2 ' 
 
 , ^. ., 15 m^ ^5 3^632 
 
 5. Divide ,.47 by — -^g—- 
 
 6. Having a certain sum of money in my pocket, I lost 
 c dollars, afterwards spent one ath part of what remained, 
 and then found that what I had left was one &th part of 
 what I had had at the beginning. Find the original sum. 
 What does the answer become if ct = 3, & = 9, c = 5 ? 
 
 7. Solve the equations 8a? + -|?/ — bz= 0, 12 z — 19 
 =:^ x,y — 7 = 12 — 82;. (If any answers are fractional, 
 reduce them to their lowest terms.) 
 
 8. Solve the equation 2o^ — x — 21 = 0. Verify each 
 answer by substituting it in the original equation. 
 
 9. Find, by the Binomial Theorem, {a — h)^, {2x — y'^J'. 
 
 XIV. 
 
 1. Free the following expression from parentheses, and 
 reduce it to its simplest form : {a — h -\- cf — (a [c — a 
 ^ J] _ [5 {^ _j- 2, _j_ c} — c {^ — 6 — c}]). 
 
 2. Divide bxf—1x^y + 10x^—24:y^hyxy — Zf 
 — 2.7:2 
 
ALGEBRA. 145 
 
 3. What is the reason that when different powers of the 
 same letter are multipKed the exponents are added ? 
 
 4. Eesolve the following expression into a single frac- 
 tion (finding the least common denominator, and reducing 
 
 the answer to its lowest terms) : -tP^ ( -tt-i 
 
 (16 — ^) ^ \ 
 x"—^ ) 
 _ -r.. ., 4 (a^ — ah) ^ 6 ah 
 
 1 + ^ \ 
 
 6. Solve the equation a — :j = 0. 
 
 i — X 
 
 7. A gentleman has two horses and one chaise. The 
 first horse is worth a dollars less than the chaise, and the 
 second horse b dollars less than the chaise. If | of the 
 value of the first horse be subtracted from that of the 
 chaise, the remainder will be the same as if -J of the value 
 of the second horse is subtracted from twice that of the 
 chaise. Find the value of each horse and that of the 
 chaise. What are the answers, ifa = — 50, &= 50? 
 
 8. Solve the equations 5?/ — 2x = 42;+13J, ^x == 
 
 z — 40 
 
 — J — , 2x — y -\- 6z = 0. (If any answers are fraction- 
 al, reduce them to their lowest terms.) 
 
 9. Solve the equation 18 a;^ ~ 33 ^ — 40 = 0. Verify 
 each answer by substituting it in the original equation. 
 
 10. Find (« — hy by the Binomial Theorem. 
 
 XV. 
 
 1. Reduce to its simplest form the expression a — c — 
 
 h — (c — d) e 
 
146 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 
 
 2. Solve the equation — 3 a;^ -[- 5 a? = 2. 
 
 3. riuci the vahies of the unknown quantities in the 
 equations x -\- 2y = 11, 2 x -{- oz = 13, 3y — 2z=7. 
 
 4. What are similar terms ? What is the rule for multi- 
 plying together different powers of the same letter ? For 
 dividing ? By the rule, what do you get for the exponent 
 of a in the quotient of a^ -i- a^, «* -t- a, a^ -r- cl^, cc^ H- a^ ? 
 When is the square of a number larger than the number 
 
 itself? How do you raise fractions to powers, (-, ) , i-A , 
 for example ? 
 
 5. Separate x^ — y^ into prime factors. 
 
 6. A can do a piece of work in a days, B in 5 days, C in 
 c days. In how many days can A and B together do it ? 
 B and C together ? A and C together ? All three together ? 
 
 7. Find the value of x in the equation 
 
 ab 
 
 X = — i— ; r, in its simplest form. 
 
 a -j- a — b ^ 
 
 a — b a -\- b 
 
 8. If I buy a certain number of pounds of beef at 25 
 cents a pound, I shall have 25 cents left; if I buy the 
 same number of pounds of lard at 15 cents a pound, I 
 shall have $ 1.25 left. How much money have I ? 
 
 XVL 
 
 1. Eeduce to its simplest form the expression 
 
 71+ 1 
 
 1 
 
 2. Solve tlie equation — 2 a-^ + 7 :r — 3 = 0. 
 
 71+ 1 
 
 3. Find the values of the unknown quantities in the 
 
ALGEBRA. 147 
 
 equations y — - = - + 5, —j — - = 
 
 5 ' ' 4 5 10 
 
 -,x 
 
 2y--5__ .3 I A 
 
 4. Separate a^ — b^ into prime factors. 
 
 5. A and B can do a piece of work in a days, A and C 
 in h days, B and C in c days. In how many days could 
 each person do it ? 
 
 6. What is the rule for multiplying together different 
 powers of the same letter ? For di\'iding ? Explain the 
 .reason. Multiply a^ by a^ ; ct^ by a". Divide a^ by a^ ; 
 
 c? by 0^ ; o? by d^ \ a^ by a" ; 6 a by 2 a. 
 
 7. Divide o^ — if^hj x — y. 
 
 8. Find the seventh power of Za — 2 5 by the Binomial 
 • Theorem. 
 
 XVII. 
 
 1. Eeduce the following expression to its simplest form: 
 
 (^2 ^ y2) ^ _ ^^ ^ y^ {x[z — y]—y[z — x]). 
 
 2. What is the reason that, when different powers of the 
 same quantity are multiplied together, the exponents are 
 added ? ^"^ + " X x"^-"" = what ? x"^^"" -^ x""-"" = what ? 
 Give the square root of each of these results. 
 
 3. Eesolve the following expression into a single fraction 
 (finding the least common denom.inator, and reducing the 
 
 answer to its lowest terms) : -^ ^ r^ — 1. What 
 
 ^ x"^ — y^ X -\- y 
 
 ^ , , , ^ 100«H2 ^aH — 2,h^ 
 
 IS the most reduced value of 
 
 25 a^ 62— 9 6^ b aH + 3 6^ 
 — 1? 
 
 4. Divide -^^^ by ^^~^. 
 
148 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 
 
 5. The owners of a certain mill make a dollars a day 
 each, sharing equally. If the number of owners were h 
 less, they would make c dollars each. Eequired the num- 
 ber of owners and the total daily profit of the mill. What 
 are the answers if <x = 80, & = — 3, c = 50 ? 
 
 6. Solve the equations Z1 -\- \x — \2y = 8^; + 55, 
 
 2 2 
 
 7. Solve the equation ^ 1 = — . 
 
 1 — X ox 
 
 y) ^y ^^6 Binomial Theo- 
 rem. 
 
 XVIII. 
 
 1. Eeduce the following expression to its simplest form : 
 
 {a -\-l) a — {^{a — IJ' — Q) — a) V). 
 
 2. Separate ^iv" — n into its prime factors. 
 
 3. From -^^^^<, subtract -— ; — 5 and divide the result by 
 
 1 — x^ \ -\- Q^ 
 
 4:X 
 
 1 +X''' 
 
 4. " In multiplication and division, like signs give plus 
 and unlike signs give minus.'' Explain fully why this 
 is so. 
 
 5. A can perform a piece of work in a days, B can per- 
 form the same in I days, and C in c days. In how many 
 days will the work be performed if they all labor together ? 
 
 2 X X 1 V — 2 
 
 6. Solve the equations y + 5 = 5 + 5> — 7 5"" 
 
 10"' "" 3 - ''• 
 
ALGEBRA. 149 
 
 7. Solve the equation -r-— -j— ^ = 0. 
 
 8. Find {a + &)^ and (l — - x^ by the Binomial Theo- 
 rem. 
 
 XIX. 
 
 1. Eeduce the following expression to its simplest form : 
 (9a2 52_454) {c^ —W) — {^ ah — IW') (3a[a2+62]_ 
 2&[&2+3a& — ^2]) I. 
 
 2. Divide 36^2^ 1_64^*— 12^by 6^? — 1 — Soi^. 
 
 3. What is the reason that when different powers of the 
 same quantity are multiplied together their exponents are 
 added ? 
 
 4. Eeduce to one fraction with the lowest possible denom- 
 3a+26 25a2_62 ^ 
 
 mator 
 
 a-^h a^—JJ" 2 6' 
 
 5. Divide -. — ^ ^j^ 2 ^1 ^ > ^^^ reduce the 
 
 x^ — ixy -\- y X — y 
 
 answer to its lowest terms. 
 
 6. Find x in terms of a, h, and c, from the equation 
 
 z = . What is the value of x when a = 2, 
 
 h a 
 
 h = — l,c = Sl 
 
 7. A man bought a watch, a chain, and a locket for $216. 
 The watch and locket together cost three times as much as 
 the chain, and the chain and locket together cost half as 
 much as the watch. Wliat was the price of each ? 
 
 8. Solve the equation — ,— ^ — ^^^-^II — J = 1. 
 
 ■^ ic -|- 12 ox — 1 
 
 ^y — 2 / ^y t^6 ^iiiomial Theo- 
 rem. 
 
150 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 
 
 XX. 
 
 1. Separate into prime factors x^ — x. 
 
 2. Eeduce to its simplest form 3 a^ — 4^a^ -\- 2h — ca^ 
 (^2 _ 1) ^ |2 5 — [7 a^ — a3 (4 — c) — a^ (4 + c)]}. 
 
 3. Divide x^ -\ — 5 ^ by x, and subtract the 
 
 quotient from . 
 
 ^ a — X 
 
 4. It is said that when a term is transposed from one 
 member of an equation to the other, its sign should be 
 changed. Why is this so ? 
 
 5. A reservoir is supplied by two pumps. Both pumps 
 were worked three hours and the reservoir was found to 
 be half full. On another occasion the larger pump was 
 worked two hours and the smaller seven hours, when the 
 reservoir was found to be two thirds full. How many 
 hours required by either pump alone to fill the reservoir ? 
 
 6. A laborer, having built 105 rods of stone fence, found 
 that if he had built two rods less a day he would have 
 been six days longer in completing the job. How many 
 rods a day did he build ? 
 
 7. What is Elimination ? Describe fully the several 
 processes by which it can be effected, and illustrate by ex- 
 amples of your own selection. 
 
 8. What is the Binomial Theorem ? Find the seventh 
 power of J a — 4 & c by aid of it. 
 
 XXI. 
 
 1. Eeduce to its simplest form the following expression: 
 {^r, + I) X ^ (1) — c) c — [(}) ^ x) I — {h — c) (6 + c)] 
 — ax. 
 
ALGEBRA. 151 
 
 2. Divide ,„ „ ^ by — -^ k. 
 
 18 c^/ "^ 27 ex 7/^ 
 
 3. Divide 8 a^ — 22 aH + 43 a^h^ — 3Sah^ + 24:b^ by 
 2^2 — 3a6 + 462 
 
 4. Sei^arate a^ — x^ into its prime factors. 
 
 5. Eeduce to its simplest form the following expression : 
 (i + l)(„ + i)_(^^_fL^). 
 
 \m nJ ^ ' ^ \ m n / 
 
 6. Find, by tlie Binomial Theorem, the sixth term in the 
 development of {a — 5)^^ ; and the fourth term in the de- 
 
 2x — -— j . 
 
 7. Find the values of x, y, and z, from the equations 
 Z y — I 62 X J. ^^ 5 X i z . 5 ?>x -\- \ 
 
 ' 4 "" y ~~' 2 "^ 5' T "^ y "" ^ "^ 6' 7 
 
 J^ , 1 ^ 20 2/ 
 U"^6 21 "^3" 
 
 8. A person performs a journey of 192 miles in a certain 
 number of days ; had he travelled 8 miles more a day he 
 would have performed the journey in two days less time. 
 Find how many days it took him to perform the journey. 
 
 9. Solve . the equation (x — 1) (^ — 2) = 6, and verify 
 the results. 
 
 XXII. 
 
 1. Pieduce to its simplest form the expression a — (2 5 
 j^[Sc — Sa — (a + h)] + 2a — (h + 3 c)). 
 
 2. Separate into its prime factors the expression x^ — y^. 
 
 3. Divide {a^ — 5 c)^ + 8 &« (? by a^^lc. 
 
 4. Solve the equation [a + oc) (6 -[- ^) = (c + x) {d + x). 
 
 5. A can build a wall in one half the time that B can ; 
 B can build it in two thirds of the time that C can ; all to- 
 
152 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 
 
 gether they can build it in 6 days : find the time it would 
 take each alone. 
 
 21332 114 
 
 6. Solve the equations - + - = -, = 2, — [--=. 
 
 ^ X ^ y z z y X z o 
 
 7. Solve the equation — —r ^ = o. 
 
 X "~"~" JL AX O 
 
 8. The length of a rectangular field exceeds the breadth 
 by one yard, and the area is three acres ; find the dimen- 
 sions. 
 
 9. Expand the expression f 2 a + ti) • 
 
 10. Wliat is Elimination ? How many methods are you 
 familiar with ? Explain them in full. 
 
 XXIII. 
 
 1. Simplify {a + &)(& + c) — (c + d) {d + a) — 
 (a + c) (5 — d). 
 
 2. Eeduce to its simplest form —^ -^ X ^ "T ^ X 
 
 tt Qj ~T~ X 
 
 a — h 
 a — x' 
 
 Ix 6 / 
 
 4. Find a number such that three times its square di- 
 minished by five times the number itself shall amount to 
 50. Solve completely. 
 
 5. What fraction is that which becomes equal to f when 
 6 is added to its numerator, and equal to ^ when 2 is sub- 
 tracted from its denominator ? 
 
 ^ ^ , ., ,. 2;r — 3 5 3^ — 5 
 
 6. Solve the equation = - — r-. 
 
 ^ 3^ — 5 2 zx — 3 
 
 7. A and B find a purse of dollars. A takes out 2 del- 
 
ALGEBRA. 153 
 
 lars and J of what remains ; B takes out 3 dollars and J 
 of what then remains. They find that each has taken out 
 the same amount. How many dollars were there in the 
 purse ? 
 
 8. Solve the equations ^ x — Zy =^ a,hx — lly = a, 
 9 y — hz^= a. 
 
 XXIY. 
 
 1. Find the value of a -\-1x — \h •\- y — \ct — x — 
 (5 — 2 7/)] } when a = 2, & = 3, 3? = 6, and y = 5. 
 
 2. Divide 1 — 6 «2 + 27 fl^ by i + 2 ft + 3 cv^. 
 
 3. Eeduce to its lowest terms - 
 
 - a^x" 
 
 90 90 27 
 
 4. Find both roots of the equation -r- r -j—^ 
 
 X X —Y" J. X -4— ^ 
 
 = 0. 
 
 5. Expand, by the Binomial Theorem, {m — rCf and 
 
 (^.-¥)' 
 
 6. Solve the equations 2/ + o = 5 + ^> — 7 5 — 
 
 _!+_? 2y — 5 _ 7 
 
 -— — ;lo~' ^ 3 ~" 4 ~ l2' 
 
 7. A man hires a certain number of acres of land for 
 $ 336. He cultivates 7 acres for himself, and lets the rest 
 for $ 4 an acre more than he pays for it. He receives for 
 the portion that he lets what he pays for the whole, or 
 $336. Find the number of acres. 
 
 8. The value of a fraction, if its numerator is doubled 
 and its denominator increased by 7, is |- ; while, if its de- 
 nominator is doubled and its numerator increased by 2, its 
 value is f . What is the fraction ? 
 
154 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 
 
 XXV. ^ 
 
 1. A certain piece of work can be done by A and B work- 
 ing together in 3|- days, by B and C in 4|- days, and by C 
 and A in 6 days. Eequired the time in which either can 
 do it alone, and the time in which all can do it together. 
 
 2. Solve the equation -^ — — z. — , — = - 
 
 3. Solve the equation x^ — (a — h -{- c) x= (b — a) c. 
 
 4. Divide 1 ^-r — ^Y ^ i-^ ' 2 5, 
 
 cr-f- ax '^ a -\- X 
 
 and reduce the result to its lowest terms. 
 
 5. Divide 9 a^^ — a^" — 27 a" + 27 by a» — 3. 
 
 6. Divide y/^ by y/l 
 
 7. What is the reaso7i that a"*a" = a"'+" ? 
 
 XXYI. 
 
 15 — ^ 
 
 1. Solve the equation x — 3 = 4 a? — 
 
 2. What are the three methods of Elimination ? Solve 
 the following equations by any two of the three methods : 
 6x + ly = 0, 2 (4^ — 1) = 3 (2/ — 8). 
 
 3. M's age is to N's as a is to 6 ; but c years ago M's age 
 was to N's as a' to b\ Eequired the present ages of both. 
 
 4. Divide 1 -- X ^by ^-^-3^^^-p^^ -«.; and 
 
 reduce the answer to its lowest terms. Simplify the divis- 
 ion by cancelling. 
 
 5. Find the fourth term of (a^b — |- j . 
 
1. Solve the equation — 
 
 ALGEBRA. 155 
 
 XXVII. 
 
 ax 
 
 c hx — a c 
 
 2. What are eggs a dozen -when two more in a shilling's 
 worth lowers the price one penny per dozen ? 
 
 3. A merchant adds yearly to liis capital one tliird of 
 it, but takes from it at the end of each year $ 5,000 for his 
 expenses. At the end of the third year, after deducting 
 the last S 5,000, he finds himself in possession of tw^ice the 
 sum he had at first. How^ much was his original capital ? 
 
 4. Divide ^cfi.sjh by ^. 
 
 5. Find x from the proportion 6ct'"~'& : x=loa%^ : 
 
 40 
 
 -{m-D 
 
 6. Divide a^ ^ --, hv r— a. 
 
 cr — b^ " b — a 
 
 7. What is" the rule for transposing a term from one 
 side of an equation to the other ; and what is the reason 
 of the rule ? 
 
 8. Solve the equations 4:/; -\- Sy -}- 2z = 40, 5x — 9^ — 
 7z = 47, 9x — 8ij — 3z = 97. 
 
 9. Find (a — by by the Binomial Theorem. 
 
 XXYIIL 
 
 1. A certain sum of money at simple interest will 
 
 amount to a dollars in m months, and to b dollars in n 
 
 months. Find the principal and the rate of interest. Find 
 
 the answers when a = 1837.50, h = 1890.00, m = 10, 
 
 71 = 16. 
 
 o o 1 ^T, ^- 27 90 == 90 
 
 z. Solve the equation ^ . . 
 
 X — J X 1 — X 
 
156 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 
 
 a-\ 
 
 1+- 
 
 3. Simplify - {a^ — l^. 
 
 '-1 
 
 4. Find {x — yf and ( -^ — %r-\ by the Binomial 
 
 Theorem. 
 
 5. Divide 13aV _ 5^4 _ 13^^^ _j_ 5^4 _ 13^3^ \,^ 
 Sax -}- a^ — 2a;2 
 
 6. Find two numbers of which the sum is a and differ- 
 ence h. State a r^^Ze for finding two numbers when their 
 sum and difference are given. 
 
 7. Find the greatest common divisor and the least com- 
 mon multiple of 12a%c^ and 27abc'd, 
 
 'RS.3 
 
 
 S?"^^ 
 
 r^^' 
 
 "'^ —*»" 
 
.X^^^i -;fi..-> 
 
 -V "- ^^*'advakced algebea. 157 
 
 ^ xP 
 
 > 
 
 -i 
 
 f, 
 
 ■ ADVANCED ALGEBEA. ^ 
 
 u » *-* 
 
 COURSE II. f 
 I. 
 
 1. Find the greatest common divisor of a^ — o? x^ and 
 a^ + a^ a; — a^ y? — a^ ^. 
 
 3ra —Zn n — n 
 
 2. Divide a ^ — a ^ by ct^ — a ^ 
 
 3.Multiply|v/^yJ^? 
 
 4. Divide 14 into two parts such that the quotient of the 
 greater divided by the less shall be to the quotient of the 
 less divided by the greater as 16 to 9. 
 
 5. Solve the equation V^a; + 8 + V^ + 3 = V^. 
 
 6. The sum of two numbers is 17 ; and twice the square 
 of the first, increased by 30, is equal to 3 times the square 
 of the second. Find the numbers. 
 
 7. Explain the method of inserting a given number of 
 arithmetical means between two given terms. 
 
 8. Find the sum of an infinite number of terms of the 
 series 4, ^-^, ||, &c. 
 
 9. What is the seventh term in the expansion of {ct — xf-^ ? 
 
 10. A and B have the same number of horses. A can 
 make up twice as many teams, taking 3 horses at a time, as 
 B can make up, taking 2 at a time. Find the number of 
 horses. 
 
158 EXAIMINATION PAPERS. 
 
 11. 
 
 1. Find the least common multiple oi o^ — x,o!^ — 1, 
 and x^ + 1. Obtain the result, if possible, by factoring. 
 
 2. Simplify (ai X aTJiT. 
 
 3. Add together ^40, ^l35, ^625. 
 
 4. Find both roots of the equation 2x -\- ^5x -\- 10 
 = 11. 
 
 5. What two numbers are those whose difference is to 
 the less as 4 to 3, and whose product multiplied by the 
 less is 504 ? 
 
 6. What is the 4th term in the expansion of Ic — -r) ? 
 
 7. The difference of two numbers is 3, and the difference 
 of their cubes is 63. What are the numbers ? 
 
 8. Obtain the formula for the sum of the terms of an 
 Arithmetical Progression. 
 
 2 2 
 
 9. Find the sum of the series 2, ^ — , to infinity. 
 
 10. How many arrangements can be made of the letters 
 in the word Richmond, taking four letters in a set ? 
 
 III. 
 
 1. Eeduce the following expression to its simplest form : 
 d^—[2ah—{'bc—{a+l — c) (a — (h — c))} + Z ah] 
 ~{h + cf. 
 
 2. State and prove the rule for the sign of a power and 
 of a root. How do imaginary quantities arise ? 
 
 2 
 
 3. What is denoted by a^ ? by ft-^ ? by a^ ? 
 
ADVANCED ALGEBRA. 159 
 
 " -1 
 
 ^ I 
 
 4. Eeduce 1 to its simplest form. 
 
 5. Solve the equation ax^-\-2JiX'{''b= 0; and prove 
 that the product of the roots = -. 
 
 6. There are seven numbers in Arithmetical Progression 
 such that the sum of the 1st and 5th is 16, and the product 
 of the 4th and 7th is 160. Find the numbers. (Tliis 
 question admits two solutions. Both are required.) 
 
 7. Multiply 1 _ 5 n/7 by - 2 - 3 v/7. Divide ^ ^| 
 by^^ 
 
 8. Find the sixth term of ( ^ — i^s/^^)' 
 
 9. Find the greatest common divisor and the least com- 
 mon multiple of 6x^ — Qx^ — 72 a; and 4ic* — 16 d[^ — 
 84 0^2^ 
 
 IV. 
 
 1. Extract the cube root of 64: — 96x — x^ + 40 x^ -r 
 
 2. Solve the equation "^ ^ 3|- = 0. 
 
 X — 1 ^x 
 
 3. Multiply together 2 + 3 v/ — 1, 3 — 2 ^ — 1, and 
 12 — 5 sT^^' 
 
 4. Three times the product of two numbers, diminished 
 by the square of the first, equals the square of the second 
 plus one. Also the first number is greater by one than 
 twice the second. Find the numbers. (Give both solu- 
 tions.) 
 
 5. Solve the equation ax^'\-bx-\'C = 0, and state 
 
16J) . , .^. EXAMINATION PAPERS. 
 
 what relative values of a, h, and c will make the roots equal, 
 and what values will make them imaginary. 
 
 6. In an Arithmetical Progression, given the number of 
 terms, the common difference, and the sum of the terms ; 
 — obtain formulas for the first term and the last. 
 
 7. In a Geometrical Progression the first term is 2\, and 
 the fifth term is 4. Find the sum of the series to infinity. 
 
 (v/ 
 
 a v^y 
 
 8. Find the sixth term of , » , , o t i • 
 
 be 6ah/ 
 
 9. How many whole numbers of four figures each can 
 you form, each number either beginning or ending with 5, 
 and no number containing the same figure twice? 
 
 V. 
 
 1. What are eggs a dozen when two more in a shilling's 
 worth lowers the price one penny per dozen ? 
 
 2. Solve the equations x^ — y^ = 63, x^y — xy"^ = 12. 
 
 3. Multiply I + JVJ by l — l^^. 
 
 Divide — ^-^ by ^^^"^ 
 
 4. Solve the equation sj(21 + 4:x) + s/{x + 3) — \/(x+ 8) 
 ^ 0. 
 
 5. From the letters ah ode, how many combinations of 2 
 letters can be taken ? how many of 3 ? how many of 4 ? 
 Give the reasons. 
 
 6. Prove that the sum of any number of antecedents of 
 a continued proportion is to the sum of the corresponding 
 consequents as any one antecedent is to its consequent. 
 
 7. Find the greatest common divisor of 27^'^ + ^^ — 
 10a;2 and 162a;5 _ 22x. 
 
ADVANCED ALGEBRA. 
 
 8. For what values of a, h, and c is , 
 
 — c 
 
 for what values negative ? For what values is it ? co ? 
 indeterminate ? 
 
 9. Find r and n in an arithmetical progression when a, 
 I, and S are known. 
 
 VI. 
 
 1. A certain sum of money at simple interest will 
 amount to a dollars in m months, and to h dollars in n 
 months. Find the principal and the rate of interest. Find 
 the answers when a = 1837.50, h = 1890.00, m = 10, n 
 = 16. 
 
 2. There are three numbers in geometric progression of 
 which the continued product is 64 and the sum of their 
 cubes 584. Find the numbers. 
 
 b 
 
 4. Find the greatest common divisor of 24:X^ -\- 6x^ — 
 SOx and 4jj10 — 4,/^. 
 
 5. Find the square root of 25^^ — 20a;^^ — 6x^i/^ + 
 34a:Y _ luy — 6xi/ + 9/. 
 
 6. Solve the equation 2\/x — ^4:X + \/7x+^ = 1. 
 
 7. To find two numbers wlien their sum and product are 
 given. In what case are the answers imaginary ? How 
 must a given number be divided in order that the product 
 of its parts shall be as great as possible ? 
 
 8. State and prove the Rule of Three, 
 
162 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 
 
 PLANE GEOMETEY. 
 
 I. 
 
 1. Define a Surface, a Plane, a Plane Figure, a Polygon. 
 Mention all the different kinds of quadrilaterals. 
 
 2. Prove that if two angles of a triangle are equal, the 
 sides opposite these angles are also equal. 
 
 3. How many degrees in each interior angle of a regular 
 decagon ? State and prove the proposition which enables 
 you to answer this question. 
 
 4. What is the measure of an angle made by two tangents ? 
 by two chords which intersect ? by two chords which do not 
 intersect ? by a tangent and a chord drawn through the point 
 of contact? Draw a figure for each case. 
 
 5. What is the length of the longest line that can be 
 drawn through a rectangular block of marble 12 feet long, 
 4 feet wide, and 3 feet thick ? 
 
 6. On a given line as chord, to construct an arc of a given 
 number of degrees. 
 
 7. Two tangents drawn to a circle make with each other 
 an angle of 60 degrees ; how many degrees of arc between 
 the two points of contact ? 
 
 8. What is meant by the equation it = 3.1416 ? Calculate 
 the difference in area between a circle whose diameter is 
 20, and the square inscribed in it. 
 
 9. Construct a triangle, having given the base, an ad- 
 jacent angle, and the altitude. 
 
PLAICE GEOMETRY. 163 
 
 11. 
 
 1. Define a Point ; a Surface ; a Plane ; an Angle. What 
 is assumed as the measure of angles ? 
 
 2. Prove that when two oblique lines are drawn at un- 
 equal distances from the perpendicular, the more remote is 
 the greater. 
 
 3. Prove that when the opposite sides of a quadrilateral 
 are equal, the figure is a parallelogram. 
 
 4. Two angles of a triangle being given, to find the third 
 by geometric construction. 
 
 5. What is the measure of an inscribed angle ? State and 
 prove. 
 
 6. Two tangents drawn to a circle make with each other 
 an angle of 20° ; how many degrees of arc between the two 
 points of contact ? 
 
 7. The side of an equilateral triangle is 12 ; what is its 
 altitude ? 
 
 8. Construct a triangle, having given the base and adja- 
 cent angle, and the altitude. 
 
 III. 
 
 1. Define a Eight Angle, a Perpendicular, Parallel Lines. 
 On what does the magnitude of an angle depend ? What 
 arc is assumed as the usual measure of an angle ? Why ? 
 
 2. To inscribe a circle in a given triangle. 
 
 3. Prove that two triangles are equal if the three sides of 
 one are equal respectively to the three sides of the other. 
 
 4. Define Similar Polygons. 
 
 5. To find a mean proportional between two given lines. 
 Prove the theorem on which your solution depends. 
 
164 EXA^HNATION PAPERS. 
 
 6. Prove that every equilateral polygon inscribed in a 
 circle is regular. 
 
 7. The ratio of the squares described on the two legs of 
 a right triangle is equal to the ratio of what two lines ? 
 
 8. To construct a square which shall be to a given square 
 in a given ratio. Take for the given ratio 2:3. 
 
 9. What are the expressions for the circumference and 
 area of a circle in terms of tt and the radius ? 
 
 IV. 
 
 1. Define a Plane, a Plane Figure, a Parallelogram. 
 
 2. Prove that, if in a triangle'two angles are equal, the 
 opposite sides are also equal and the triangle is isosceles. 
 
 3. What is the measure of an inscribed angle? State 
 and prove. 
 
 4. Upon a given straight line to construct a segment 
 such that any angle inscribed in it shall have a given mag- 
 nitude. 
 
 5. To find a fourth proportional to three given lines. 
 
 6. Define Similar Polygons. Draw two polygons mutually 
 equiangular, but not similar; also two polygons having 
 proportional sides, but not similar. In what cases are tri- 
 angles similar. 
 
 7. Prove that any two parallelograms of the same base 
 and altitude are equivalent. 
 
 8. Prove : (a.) That similar triangles are to each other as 
 the squares of their homologous sides, (h.) Prove that of 
 similar polygons. 
 
 V. 
 
 1. Prove that the perpendicular from the centre of a cir- 
 cle upon a chord bisects the chord and the arc subtended 
 by the chord. 
 
PLANE GEOMETRY. 165 
 
 2. To circumscribe a circle about a given triangle. 
 
 3. Prove that two angles are to each other in the ratio of 
 two arcs described from their vertices as centres with equal 
 radii. 
 
 4. Prove that a line drawn through two sides of a tri- 
 angle parallel to the third side divides those two sides into 
 proportional parts. 
 
 5. State and prove the proportion which exists between 
 the parts of two chords which cut each other in a circle. 
 State what proportion exists when two secants are drawn 
 from a point without the circle. 
 
 6. Prove that two regular polygons of the same number 
 of sides are similar. 
 
 7. Prove that similar triangles are to each other as the 
 squares of their homologous sides. 
 
 8. Sliow how the area of a polygon circumscribed about 
 a circle may be found ; then how the area of a circle may be 
 found; then prove that circles are to each other as the 
 squares of their radii. 
 
 YI. 
 
 1. Prove that if two opposite sides of a quadrilateral 
 are equal and parallel, the other two sides are also equal 
 and parallel. 
 
 2. To describe a circle of which the circumference shall 
 pass through three given points not in a straight line. 
 
 3. To find a fourth proportional to three given lines by a 
 geometrical construction. 
 
 4. Prove that a perpendicular dropped in a right triangle 
 from the vertex of the right angle to the hypotlienuse 
 divides the triangle into two triangles which are similar to 
 each other and to the whole triangle. 
 
166 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 
 
 5. To find a mean proportional between two given 
 lines. 
 
 6. To circumscribe about a circle a regular polygon simi- 
 lar to a given inscribed regular polygon. 
 
 7. Similar polygons are to each other as the squares of 
 their homologous sides. What is the ratio between the 
 areas of two circles ? 
 
 8. Prove that the area of a circle of which r is the 
 radius is equal to tt r^. 
 
 VII. 
 
 1. Prove that if two triangles have two sides of the one 
 respectively equal to two sides of the other, while the in- 
 cluded angles are unequal, the third sides will be unequal, 
 and the greater third side will belong to that triangle which 
 has the greater included angle. 
 
 2. Prove that the greater of two chords in a circle is 
 subtended by the greater arc ; and the converse. 
 
 3. Find the common measure of these two lines, and 
 express their ratio in numbers : 
 
 4. To divide one side of a triangle into two parts pro- 
 portional to the other two sides. (Solve and prove.) 
 
 6. The perimeters of similar polygons are to each other 
 in what ratio ? (State and prove.) 
 
 6. To circumscribe a circle about a given regular polygon. 
 (Solve and prove.) 
 
 7. Prove that the line which joins the middle points of 
 the two sides of a trapezoid which are not parallel is paral- 
 lel to the two parallel sides and equal to half their sum. 
 What is the area of a trapezoid ? 
 
PLANE GEOMETRY. 167 
 
 8. To construct a parallelogram equivalent to a given 
 square and having the sum of its base and altitude equal 
 to a given line. (Solve and prove.) 
 
 VIII. 
 
 1. Prove that only one perpendicular can be drawn from 
 a point to a straight line. 
 
 2. Prove that of two sides of a triangle that is the 
 greater which is opposite the greater angle. State and 
 prove the converse. 
 
 3. Through a given point to draw a tangent to a given 
 circle. 
 
 4. Prove that if a line be drawn so as to divide two 
 sides of a triangle into proportional parts, this line is paral- 
 lel to the third side. 
 
 5. To inscribe in a circle a regular decagon. 
 
 6. Prove that a triangle is equivalent to half of any 
 parallelogTam of the same base and altitude. 
 
 7. To find a triangle equivalent to a given polygon. 
 
 8. To construct a parallelogram equivalent to a given 
 square, and having the difference of its base and altitude 
 equal to a given line. 
 
 IX. 
 
 1. Prove that when oblique lines are drawn from a point 
 in a perpendicular to points unequally distant from the 
 foot of the perpendicular, the more remote line is the 
 longer. 
 
 2. To bisect a given angle. 
 
 3. Draw a number of lines radiating from a point, and 
 
168 EXAMINATION PAPEES. 
 
 then draw two parallel lines intersecting them : prove that 
 the parts of these parallels are proportional. 
 
 4. A tangent and a secant being drawn from a point out- 
 side a circle, prove that the tangent is a mean proportional 
 between the entire secant and its exterior part. 
 
 5. What is the centre of a regular polygon ? Prove 
 that the sides of a regular polygon are equally distant from 
 the centre. 
 
 6. The circumference of a circle is 341.8 feet ; what is 
 the circumference of another circle having twice the area 
 of the former ? (If you have not time to perform the com- 
 putation, you can explain how to do it.) 
 
 1. In what three cases is it proved that two triangles are 
 equal ? In what three cases, that they are similar ? De- 
 fine similar polygons. 
 
 2. Prove that if two opposite sides of a quadrilateral are 
 equal and parallel, the other two sides are also equal and 
 parallel. Define a Trapezoid. 
 
 3. Prove that if two polygons are composed of the same 
 number of triangles which are respectively similar and 
 similarly disposed, the polygons are similar. 
 
 4. State and prove the theorem concerning the ratio be- 
 tween the areas of two similar triangles. 
 
 5. Prove that two regular polygons of the same number 
 of sides are similar. 
 
 6. Find the formula for the area of a circle in terms of 
 the radius and the ratio of the circumference to the di- 
 ameter. 
 
PLANE GEOMETRY. 169 
 
 XL 
 
 1. To how many right angles is the sum of all the inte- 
 rior angles ^f any polygon equal ? State and prove ; and 
 then state and draw the figure for the theorem on which 
 this one immediately depends. 
 
 2. What is the measure of the angle formed by two 
 chords which cut each other between the centre and the 
 circumference ? by two chords which meet at the circum- 
 ference ? by two secants which meet without the circumfer- 
 ence ? Draw the figure for each case, and prove the last 
 one. 
 
 3. To describe a circle through three given points. 
 
 4. Prove that two regular polygons of the same num- 
 ber of sides are similar. 
 
 5. The area of a trapezoid is half the product of its alti- 
 tude by the sum of its parallel sides. 
 
 6. The perimeter of a regular hexagon is 18. Find 
 (a.) The area of the circumscribed circle ; 
 
 (h.) The area of the square inscribed in this circle. 
 
 7. Prove the proportion that exists between the parts of 
 two intersecting chords. 
 
 XII. 
 
 1. Two parallel lines are cut by a third line. Prove 
 what angles formed by these lines are equal, and also what 
 angles are supplements of each other. 
 
 2. Obtain the value of any interior angle of a regular 
 octagon. 
 
 3. An angle inscribed in a circle is measured by half the 
 arc intercepted by its sides. Prove this proposition for 
 each of the three cases which may arise. 
 
170 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 
 
 4. State and prove the method of finding the centre of a 
 given circle or arc. 
 
 5. State and prove the method of finding a mean pro- 
 portional between two given straight lines. 
 
 6. From a point without a circle secants are drawn to the 
 circle. Prove the proportion existing between the entire 
 secants and the parts lying outside the circle. 
 
 What corollary results when one of these secant lines 
 becomes a tangent. 
 
 7. Show how a square may be constructed equal in area 
 to any given polygon. 
 
 XIII. 
 
 1. The perimeters of similar polygons are to each other 
 in what ratio ? The areas of similar polygons are to each 
 other in what ratio ? Proof in both cases. 
 
 2. To make a square which is to a given square in a 
 given ratio. 
 
 3. Prove that two rectangles are to each other as the 
 products of their bases by their altitudes. What follows 
 if we suppose one of the rectangles to be the unit of sur- 
 face ? 
 
 4. Prove that two similar polygons may be divided into 
 the same number of triangles, that are similar each to each 
 and similarly placed. 
 
 5. To divide this line 
 
 into three parts proportional to the numbers 2, 4, and 3, 
 and prove the principle involved. 
 
 6. Prove that a line wliich divides two sides of a trian- 
 gle proportionally is parallel to the third side. 
 
PLANE GEOMETRY. 171 
 
 7. Prove that a tangent to a circle is perpendicular to 
 the radius drawn to the point of contact. 
 
 8. Prove that parallel chords intercept upon the circum- 
 ference equal arcs. 
 
 XIV. 
 
 1. Prove that two triangles are equal when a side and 
 the two adjacent angles of the one are respectively equal 
 to a side and the two adjacent angles of the other. Under 
 what other conditions are two triangles equal to each other? 
 
 2. Prove that the diagonals of a parallelogram mutually 
 bisect each other. Prove at what angle the diagonals of a 
 rhombus bisect each other. 
 
 3. Given the circumference of a circle, show how to find 
 the centre. Show also how to draw a tangent to the cir- 
 cumference, either from a point on the circumference or 
 from one without it. Give the proof in the last case. 
 
 4 Prove that the area of any circumscribed polygon is 
 half the product of its perimeter by the radius of the in- 
 scribed circle. 
 
 5. » Show how a regular hexagon may be inscribed in a 
 circle ; also an equilateral triangle. Find the ratio of the 
 side of the inscribed equilateral triangle to the radius of 
 the circle. 
 
 6. Prove that similar triangles are to each other as the 
 squares of their homologous sides. 
 
 7. Show how to find a triangle equivalent to a given 
 polygon. 
 
172 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 
 
 SOLID GEOMETET. 
 
 COUESE II. 
 
 I. 
 
 1. Prove that two parallel lines are always in tlie same 
 plane. 
 
 2. Prove that the sum of the plane angles, which form a 
 solid angle, is always less than four right angles. (This 
 theorem is sometimes stated thus : The sum of the face 
 angles of a polyhedral angle is less than four right 
 angles.) 
 
 3. Prove that parallel sections of a pyramid are similar 
 polygons. What proposition relating to the volumes of 
 pyramids is jjroved by aid of this proposition ? (State, but 
 do not prove.) 
 
 4. Prove that the sum of the angles of a spherical tri- 
 angle is greater than two right angles. 
 
 5. A spherical triangle has angles of 75°, 94°, and 91°; 
 what is its area in degrees ? How large a portion of the 
 surface of the sphere does it cover ? 
 
 6. The surface of a sphere is 31.17 square feet; what is 
 the surface of another sphere having three times the 
 volume of the former? 
 
 II. 
 
 1. Define a Plane, a Prism, a Great Circle. How many 
 faces has a parallelopiped ? How many edges ? How is 
 the angle between two planes measured ? 
 
 2. Prove that if two planes are perpendicular to a 
 third plane, their line of intersection is also perpendicular 
 to the third plane. 
 
SOLID GEOMETRY. 173 
 
 3. Prove that the section of a pyramid made by a 
 plane parallel to the base is a polygon similar to the 
 base. 
 
 4. Prove that a triangular pyramid is a third part of a 
 triangular prism of the same base and altitude. 
 
 5. Prove that the sum of the angles of a spherical tri- 
 angle is greater than two right angles. 
 
 6. Given the radius of a sphere = 2 inches. Compute 
 the volume and convex surface. 
 
 III. 
 
 1. If two planes are perpendicular to each other, the 
 line drawn in one plane perpendicular to the common in- 
 tersection is also perpendicular to the second plane. 
 
 2. The sum of all the plane angles which form a solid 
 angle is always less than four right angles. 
 
 3. The solidity of a triangular prism is the product of 
 its base by its altitude. Prove; and then show briefly 
 how this theorem is made use of in finding the volume of 
 a cylinder. Give the formula to express that volume. 
 
 4. Define similar polyhedrons. Prove that similar prisms^ 
 or pyramids, are to each other as the cubes of their alti- 
 tudes. 
 
 5. Prove that if two spherical triangles on the same 
 sphere, or on equal spheres, are equilateral with respect to 
 each other, they are also equiangular with respect to each 
 other. 
 
 6. The length of a perfectly round log of wood is 20 
 feet, and the diameter of each end is 12 feet. Find: (a.) 
 Its convex surface, (h.) The surface of the greatest sphere 
 which can be cut out of it. (c.) The volume of this sphere. 
 
174 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 
 
 IV. 
 
 1. Prove that the intersections of two parallel planes 
 with any third plane are parallel lines. Define parallel 
 planes. 
 
 2. Planes are passed through a pyramid parallel to its 
 base ; prove that the sections formed are similar polygons, 
 and that these polygons are to each other as the squares of 
 their distances from the vertex. 
 
 3. "What are the regular polyhedrons ? How many faces 
 has each ? how many vertices ? how many edges ? What 
 are the faces in each case ? 
 
 4. A spherical triangle being given, to construct its po- 
 lar. Prove the relations that exist between the sides and 
 angles of a spherical triangle and those of the polar tri- 
 angle. 
 
 5. The surface of a sphere is given, to find the surface 
 of a sphere whose volume is five times as great. 
 
 6. A right cylinder and a right cone have the same cir- 
 cular base and the same altitude ; compare their volumes. 
 Compare with these the volume of a sphere having the 
 same radius as the base of the cone. 
 
 V. 
 
 1. Prove that oblique lines drawn from a point to a 
 plane, at equal distances from the perpendicular, are equal ; 
 and that of two oblique lines unequally distant from the per- 
 pendicular the more remote is the greater. As a corollary 
 to this theorem, show how a perpendicular may be drawn 
 to a plane from a given point without the plane. 
 
 2. Prove that two straight lines, comprehended between 
 
SOLID GEOMETEY. 175 
 
 three parallel planes, are divided into parts which are pro- 
 portional to each other. 
 
 3. Prove that the sum of any two of the face angles of 
 a triedral angle is greater than the tliird. 
 
 4. By what may a right cone be considered to be gener- 
 ated ? To what is the area of its convex surface equal ? 
 To w^hat is its solidity equal ? Compare the solidity of a 
 right cone w^ith that of a right cylinder, when both solids 
 have the same altitude, and the radius of the base of the 
 cylinder is double that of the base of the cone. 
 
 5. Prove that the sum of the sides of a spherical triangle 
 is less than four right angles, and that the sum of the an- 
 gles is greater than two right angles. 
 
 6. Prove that every triangular pyramid is one third of 
 a triangular prism having the same base and altitude. 
 
176 EXAMINATION PAPEES. 
 
 ANALYTIC GEOMETRY. 
 
 I. 
 
 1. How do you find the co-ordinates of the point where 
 two given lines intersect ? 
 
 2. Find the vertices of a triangle of which the sides are 
 2x + 4:2j + 7 = 0,2x + 7j~2 = 0,2x — 2y + l = 0. 
 
 3. Draw the lines just given and find the angles of the 
 triangle they form. 
 
 4. What curve is represented by each of the following 
 equations ? (i.) x"^ + 7/ -}- 4?/ = 0. (ii.) 9x^ + 25?/2 = 
 400. (iii.) 7/ — 7x. (iv.) 16?/2 — 9x^ + 36 = 0. Find 
 the points at which each of these curves cuts the axes of 
 co-ordinates. 
 
 5. Explain briefly how to construct a conic section when 
 you have given the eccentricity (Boscovich's ratio), and the 
 distance from the directrix to the focus. Take, for example, 
 the eccentricity = |-, and the distance from the directrix 
 to the focus = 2^. 
 
 6. Find the equation of a conic section when the direc- 
 trix is the axis of ordinates, and a perpendicular from 
 the focus on the directrix is the axis of abscissas. Take, 
 for example, the same data as are given in the preceding 
 question. 
 
 Find what this equation becomes if transformed to a new 
 set of axes parallel to the former and passing through the 
 centre of the curve. 
 
 7. What is the locus of a point whose distance from a 
 
ANALYTIC GEOMETRY. 177 
 
 fixed line is equal to its distance from a fixed point ? Find 
 the equation. 
 
 8, Construct a hyperbola whose transverse axis is 6 and 
 less focal distance 2. Find also the conjugate axis, and 
 the foci and directices of the conjugate hyperbola. 
 
178 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 
 
 LOGAEITHMS AND TRIGONOMETEY. 
 
 I. 
 
 1. Find the value of the following fraction by logarithms : 
 / 0.010006 \3 
 
 \1A X V''0.325062/ ' 
 
 2. Find the value of the following fraction by logarithms : 
 / (0.050395)=^ \ 
 
 \3.2 X v/0.546781/ 
 
 3. Find the value of the following fraction by logarithms, 
 
 / 0.00101904 X 0.99992 \^ 
 using arithmetical complements : (^ 750 y ^ (00275142) / * 
 
 4. Define a logaritlim. 
 
 5. Find, by logarithms, the value of the following quan- 
 tities to six sig nificant fi gures: (^0.0117283 ; (0.50396)2; 
 
 {oMMof^ 2./S'(a5Q396)^ -- ^se arithmetical complements 
 in dividing. 
 
 6. Solve the equation 32^ = 8 by logarithms. 
 
 7. Prove that the sum of the logarithms of several num- 
 bers is equal to the logarithm of their product. 
 
 8. Find, by logarithms, the values of the following quan- 
 tities to six significant figures : v/(0.62394) ; (0.00102173)2; 
 
 4 
 
 1 (0.0012173)^ 
 
 0.62394 ' d.lX^iOM^' 
 
 II. 
 
 1. In a system of which the base is 9, what is the loga- 
 rithm of 81 ? of 3 ? of 27 ? of 9 ? of 1 ? of ^ ? of -^^ ? of ? 
 
LOGARITHMS AND TRIGONOMETilY. 179 
 
 2. Find, by common logarithms, tiie values of the follow- 
 ing quantities (to five significant figures) : V^(0.4l:92162) ; 
 
 ^°-°"°°^)'' (0.01 iW ' 9: 8x(aonoo9)^ - ^'^ ^"*^- 
 
 metical complements in dividing. 
 
 3. Solve the equation 2048^ = 16, -by logarithms. 
 
 4. Express in a decimal form the numbers which have 
 the following logarithms in a system of which the base is 
 16:2; —2; —0.25; 2.75; 0. 
 
 5. Find, by common logarithms, the values of the fol- 
 lowing quantities (to five significant figures) : v^ (0.485463) ; 
 
 (0.00n0106)- .,„„,:,,,., ; ,,^^- -,.. - Use 
 
 J^ , V^(Q.485463) 
 
 (0.00130106)-2^ 2.7 X (0.00130106)^ 
 arithmetical complements in dividing. 
 
 6. Prove that the logarithm of the product of two num- 
 bers is equal to the sum of the logarithms of the numbers. 
 
 7. Find, by logarithms, the values of the following quan- 
 tities (to six significant figures) : ^(0.0126534) ; ( ^^^or ) J 
 
 Use arithmetical complements in divid- 
 
 .204 X (0.56036)2 
 ing. 
 
 8. Solve the equation 243"^ = 81 by logarithms. 
 
 9. What is the characteristic of a logarithm ? 
 
 10. What is the logarithm of 1. ? of .1 ? of 1000. ? of 
 .00001 ? of one hundred billionth ? 
 
 11. Find, by logarithms, the value of the following 
 
 quantities (to six significant figures): ( mom^A ) > 
 
 V^(0.0357635) 
 (v/2:04-f V^iT2036)^' 
 
 12. Solve the equation 1024^ = 64. 
 
180 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 
 
 III. 
 
 1. Prove that the logarithm of a quotient is equal to the 
 logarithm of the dividend diminished by the logarithm of 
 the divisor. 
 
 2. rind, by logarithms, the values of the following quan- 
 
 3. Prove the formula (sin Af + (cos Af = 1. What 
 is the formula for the cosine of the sum of two angles ? 
 
 o 
 
 4. Solve the oblique triangle in which a = 50, A = 4:5°, 
 B= 60°. K B. — a, h, c denote the sides; A, B, C the 
 angles respectively opposite to a, h, c. 
 
 5. In a system of logarithms, of which 4 is the base, 
 determine the logarithms of the following numbers : 4 ; 
 16; 2; 8; 32; 1; 1 = 0.5 ; | ^ 0.25 ; 1 = 0.125; -jV = 
 0.0625 ; 0. What is the base of the common system of 
 logarithms ? 
 
 6. Find, by logarithms, using arithmetical complements, 
 
 the values of the expressions: (0.001109)^; ; 
 
 </ 
 
 V(0.492) X 560 
 
 9 X (0.001109)2 
 
 SGC A 
 
 7. What single function of any angle A = j ? What 
 
 function is the reciprocal of the secant. 
 
 8. Give the formulas for the sine and cosine of the 
 sum and of the difference of two angles ; and deduce from 
 these the formulas for the sine and cosine of the double of 
 an angle and of the half of an angle. 
 
 9. What is the sine and cosine of 0°, 90°, 180°, 270°, 
 360°. Work out the formulas for the trigonometric func- 
 tions of (270°— iV). 
 
LOGARITHMS AND TRIGONOMETRY. 181 
 
 10. Solve the triangle in which h = 0.007625, c = 0.015, 
 B = 29°. Find both solutions. N. B. — A, B, C denote 
 the angles respectively opposite the sides a, h, c. 
 
 TV. 
 
 1. What is the logarithm of 1 in any system ? of any 
 number in a system of which that number is the base ? 
 In a system of which the base is 4, what is the logarithm 
 of 64 ? of 2 ? of 8 ? of J ? 
 
 2. Find by logarithms, using arithmetical complements, 
 
 the value of the fraction 
 
 V/(0.U046) X 23.309 
 
 3. Prove the formula for the cosine of the sum of two 
 angles ; and deduce the formulas for the cosine of the 
 double of an angle and the cosine of the half of an angle. 
 
 4. In what quadrants is the cosine positive, and in what 
 quadrant is it negative ? Prove the values of the cosine of 
 0°, 90°, 180°, 270°. 
 
 5. Given in an oblique triangle h = 0.254, c = 0.317, 
 B = 46°. Solve completely. 
 
 V. 
 
 1. Prove that the logarithm of the product of several 
 factors is equal to the sum of the logarithms of the factors. 
 
 2. Prove that the logarithm of the nth. root of a number 
 is ^th of the logarithm of the number. 
 
 3. Work the following examples : 0.01706 X 8.7634 
 
 ^ ^-^^^ = •' 0:01706 = ?; V/4:9 = ?; V^0:29 = ?; 
 
 Use arithmetical complements in 
 
 9 X sjO.UOd X (4.9) 
 working the last. 
 
182 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 
 
 4. "Which of the trigonometric functions are always less 
 than unity ? • which always greater ? which sometimes 
 greater and sometimes less ? 
 
 5. Write down the formulas for the sine and cosine of 
 the sum, and the sine and cosine of the difference of two 
 angles. 
 
 6. Prove the formula sin^ a -[- cos^ a = 1. 
 
 7. From the formulas of the two preceding questions de- 
 duce formulas for the sine, cosine, and tangent of twice an 
 angle, and of half an angle. 
 
 8. To solve a triangle in which two sides and an angle 
 opposite one of them are given. Example : one side = 
 47.6, another side = 32.9, and the angle opposite the latter 
 side = 53° 24'. 
 
 VI. 
 
 1. Prove that the logarithm of the product of several 
 factors is equal to the sum of the logarithms of the factors. 
 
 2. Work the following examples : {a) 0.01706 X 8.7634 
 
 X 0.001 = ? (^■)o.otW = '• (^0 ^4:9 = ? V^0:29 = ? 
 
 (8.7634)3 X 100 , Use arithmetical com- 
 
 9 X v^O.1109 X (4.9)§ 
 plements in working the last. 
 
 3. Find the sines, cosines, and tangents, both natural and 
 logarithmic, of the following angles: {A) 24° 47' 22''. 
 {B) 56° 23' 14". ((7.) 134° 28'. Find the angles which 
 correspond to the following functions: log sin A = 9.94325. 
 nat cos ^ = — 0.57832. nat tan C = 1.473. 
 
 4. Prove the formula c(? = 1}^ -\- <? — 2 &c cos .^. 
 
 5. Prove the formulas 1 -f- cos ^ = 2 (cos ^ Af. 
 1 — cos ^ = 2 (sin 1 ^)2. 
 
 w v^, 
 
LOGARITHMS AND TRIGONOMETRY. 183 
 
 6. From the formulas of the last two questions deduce 
 the formula sin J ^ = v/ { • 
 
 7. The sides of a triangle are 37, 41, and 48 ; what are 
 the angles ? 
 
 8. To solve a triangle when two sides and the included 
 angle are given. Example : Given the sides 47,6 and 58.4, 
 the included angle 52° 24'. 
 
 VII. 
 
 1. In a system of logarithms of which the base is 16, 
 what is the number of w^hich the logarithm is — 1.25 ? 
 In the system of which 10 is the base, why do the log- 
 arithms of two numbers composed of the same series of 
 significant figures differ only in their characteristics ? 
 
 2. Prove that the logarithm of tlie continued product 
 of several numbers is equal to the sum of their log- 
 arithms. 
 
 3. Write (without proving) the formulas for the sine and 
 cosine of the sum and of the difference of two angles ; and 
 prove the formula cos ^ + cos ^ = 2 cos J (^ + B) cos ^ 
 (A-B). 
 
 4. Give the values of the sine, cosine, and tangent of 
 0^ 90°, 180°, 270°, 360°. Find the formula for cos (270^ 
 -9^). 
 
 5. Given in a triangle h = 0.1072, c = 0.0625, C = 20"" 
 17'. Solve completely. 
 
 \/ (0 07323)^ 
 
 6. Find by logarithms the value of q gggQg x^3700 ' 
 
 7. Given the cotangent of an angle equal to 2 v^ 2 ; find 
 the other trigonometric functions, by computation. 
 
184 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 
 
 VIII. 
 
 1. What is the reason that, in the common system, the 
 losrarithms of two numbers consistino; of the same series of 
 significant figures differ only in their characteristics ? 
 
 2. Write (without proving) the formulas for the sine and 
 cosine of the sum and of the difference of two angles ; and 
 deduce those for the sine and cosine of the double of an 
 angle and of the half of an angle. 
 
 3. Find, by means of formulas, the trigonometric func- 
 tions of 30° and 60°. 
 
 . ^ , . . , a + b tan ^ (^ + 5) 
 
 4. Prove that, m any triangle, ^-^^^ = ^^^ ^ ^^^ _ ^^ . 
 
 5. Solve the triangle in which a = 110.6, b = 56.7, 
 C = 108° 24'. 
 
 6. Find, by logarithms, the value of the fraction 
 (^(0.027919)^ 
 
 (0.0010708)2 X 7.9' 
 
 IX. 
 
 1. Obtain a formula by which, when the sine of an angle 
 is known, its cosine may be found. Also formulas for 
 finding the tangent and cotangent of an angle, when the 
 sine and cosine are given. 
 
 2. Obtain, by the formulas of the previous question, the 
 trigonometric functions of 45°. 
 
 3. Prove that, in any triangle, the sines of any two 
 angles are proportional to the opposite sides. 
 
 4. Solve the triangle in which two sides are 32.64 and 
 25.14, and the angle opposite the second side is 32° 48'. 
 Are there two solutions to this problem ? Why ? 
 
 5. Find, by logarithms, the value of V ' '" ^ ^^. ^ns -- 
 
LOGARITHMS AND TRIGOXOMETRY. 185 
 
 6. State the process and give the formulas by which, 
 when two sides and the inckided angle of a triangle are 
 known, the remaining parts can be obtained. 
 
 X. 
 
 1. In the system of logarithms with si^ for its base, of 
 what numbers will 3 and — 3 be the logarithms ? What 
 will be the index of the losrarithm of 2000 ? 
 
 2. Find, by logarithms, the value of - y — '—- 
 
 X .001 
 
 3. Show, by means of a diagram, what lines may be 
 taken to represent the sine and the cosine of angles in each 
 of the four quadrants of a circle, the radius of the circle be- 
 ing unity. Show also what are the algebraic signs of these 
 same functions in the different quadrants. 
 
 4. Obtain formulas for the trigonometric functions of a 
 negative angle. 
 
 5. In a right plane triangle, one side is 0.1426 and the 
 opposite angle is 47° 29'. Solve the triangle. 
 
 6. AYrite the formulas for the sine and the cosine of the 
 sum of any two angles ; and obtain from them formulas 
 for the sine and the cosine of the double angle. The sine 
 of a certain angle is ^. Find the trigonometric functions- 
 of double that angle. 
 
 7. Two sides of a plane oblique triangle are 16.49 and 
 21.37, and the included angle is 129" 37'. Find the other 
 two angles. State the method of finding the remaining side. 
 
 8. One angle of a plane triangle is 30°, and an adjacent 
 side is 12. What values of the side opposite the given 
 angle will give two solutions to the triangle ? What 
 values will give only one ? What values will give no so- 
 lution ? 
 
186 EXAMtNATION PAPERS. 
 
 XI. 
 
 1. Between what two integers docs the common loga- 
 rithm of 327.8 lie ? Give the reason for your answer. 
 
 2. Find, by logarithms, the value of .-ojj^^" ^ (if ^ 
 ^8247^ 
 
 3. In what quadrants may an angle be taken whose se- 
 cant is 1.25 ? Obtain the corresponding values of the sine. 
 
 4. Find all the functions of (180° + ?/). 
 
 5. The hypothenuse of a right triangle is 0.3287, and 
 one side is 0.1938. Solve the triangle. 
 
 6. By means of the formulas for the sine and the cosine 
 of the sum of two angles, obtain the formula, tan (x + y) 
 tan oc -\- tan y 
 
 1 — tan X tan y* 
 
 7. The three sides of a triangle are 1.328, 1.416, and 
 0.9388. Find the angles. 
 
 XII. 
 
 1. In a certain system of logarithms the logarithm of 
 0.125 is —1.5. Wliat is the base? 
 • 2. Find, by logarithms, the value of v^f -r- f (.0048659)1 
 
 3. Of the following angles, which have a cosine equal to 
 — 0.5 ? a tangent equal to 1 ? a cosecant equal to — sj'2 ? 
 45°; 120°; 225°; 240°; 315°; —240°; —315°; 600°. 
 
 4. If sin cf) = m, obtain the values of sin 20 and cos 2<^. 
 
 5. In any triangle ABC, prove that a? = V^ -\- c^ — 
 2&C cos A. 
 
 6. Solve the right triangle, given an angle 47° 48' 13", 
 and the opposite side 0.043629. 
 
LOGARITHMS AND TRIGONOMETRY. 187 
 
 7. Find all the trigonometric functions of (180° + ?/). 
 
 8. Give the formulas and state the process by which an 
 oblique triangle is solved when two sides and the included 
 angle are given. 
 
188 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 
 
 PHYSICS. 
 
 COURSE II. 
 
 1. Define the terms Force, Weight, Mass. 
 
 2. If two forces acting perpendicularly on a straight lever 
 in opposite directions and on the same side of the fulcrum 
 balance each other, they are inversely as their distances 
 from the fulcrum ; and the pressure on the fidcrum is equal 
 to the difference of the forces. 
 
 3. The pressure upon any particle of a fluid of uniform 
 density is proportional to its depth below the surface of 
 the fluid. 
 
 4. In 50 cubic yards of rock, whose average specific grav- 
 ity is 142, there enter 32 cubic yards of a substance whose 
 specific gravity is 124. Find the specific gravity of the 
 remainder of the rock. 
 
 5. How would you graduate a hydrometer for ascertain- 
 ing the strength of alcohol. 
 
 6. How do you change from Fahrenheit to Centigrade ? 
 
 II. 
 
 1. How does the weight of a body differ from the mass ? 
 How are forces represented ? If it be stated tliat two 
 forces of 5 lbs. and 10 lbs. act upon a body, what more is 
 wanting to enable us to determine the result ? 
 
 2. Prove the proposition, " If two forces, acting at any 
 angles on the arm of any lever, balance each other, they are 
 
PHYSICS. 189 
 
 inversely as the perpendiculars drawn from the fulcrum 
 to the directions in which the forces act." 
 
 3. The direction of two forces, P and Q, which act on a 
 bent lever and keep it at rest, make equal angles with the 
 arms of the lever, which are at 6 and 8 inches respectively. 
 Find the ratio of Q to P. 
 
 4. Find the centre of gravity of a triangle. One half of 
 a given triangle is cut off by a straight line parallel to the 
 base : find the centre of gravity of the remaining trapezium. 
 
 5. Prove the proposition, " When a body of uniform den- 
 sity floats on a fluid, the part immersed : the whole body : : 
 the specific gravity of the body : the specific gravity of the 
 fluid." 
 
 6. If the difference of readings of a thermometer, which 
 is graduated both according to Fahrenheit's and the Centi- 
 grade scale, be 40, find the temperature in each scale. 
 
190 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 
 
 MECHANICS. 
 
 COURSE II. 
 
 1. Prove the law of the parallelogram of forces. 
 
 2. Find the centre of gravity of any number of heavy 
 points. 
 
 3. Deduce the law of the equilibrium of movable pul- 
 leys, taking the weight of the pulleys into account. 
 
 4. Find the relation of P's velocity to that of JV on an 
 inclined plane. 
 
 5. Prove the equality of fluid pressures. Explain the 
 Hydrostatic Paradox. 
 
 6. If the volume of the receiver of a condensing pump i& 
 five times that of the barrel, find the pressure on the valve 
 after ten strokes. 
 
 II. 
 
 1. Define Force ; Weight ; Mass ; and Density. How are 
 forces represented ? 
 
 2. Give the axioms of the lever. Assuming the proper- 
 ties of the straight lev^er, prove the laws of the bent lever. 
 
 3. Can the resultant of two forces, in any case, be equal 
 to one of the components ? If so, what are the conditions ? 
 
 4. A string passing round a smooth peg is pulled at each 
 end by a force equal to the strain upon the peg. Find the 
 angle between the two parts of the string. 
 
MECHANICS. ■ 191 
 
 5. Deduce the laws of the inclined plane, both when the 
 body on the plane is at rest, and when it is in motion. 
 
 6. Prove that when a body of uniform density floats on a 
 fluid, the part immersed : the whole body : : the specific grav- 
 ity of the body : the specific gravity of the fluid. 
 
 7. Prove that the elastic force of air at a given tem- 
 perature varies as the density. A barometer is sunk to 
 the depth of twenty feet in a lake, find the consequent 
 rise in the mercurial column. (Specific gravity of mer- 
 cury = 13.57.) 
 
 III. 
 
 1. Describe the different kinds of levers, giving exam- 
 ples of each kind. 
 
 2. Enunciate the Parallelogram of Forces, Assuming it 
 to be true for the direction of the resultant, prove it for the 
 magnitude of the resultant. 
 
 3. A string passing around a smooth peg is pulled at 
 each end by a force equal to tlie strain on the peg. Find 
 the angle between the two parts of the string. 
 
 4. On the inclined plane when the power acts parallel 
 to the plane, prove that the power : the weight : : height of 
 the plane : length of the plane. 
 
 5. In the leaning tower of Pisa the top overhangs the 
 base by 12 feet ; why does it not fall ? 
 
 6. Prove that when a body of uniform density floats on 
 a fluid, the part immersed : the whole body : : the specific 
 gravity of the body : the specific gi^avity of the fluid. 
 
 7. A piece of iron weighs 12 pounds in water; and 
 when a piece of wood which weighs 5 pounds is attached 
 to it, the two together w^eigh 9 pounds in water. Find the 
 specific gravity of the wood. 
 
192 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 
 
 8. Explain why a balloon rises, and why the higher it 
 gets the slower it rises. Why does it ever cease to rise ? 
 
 9. Describe the construction of the common suction 
 pump and its operation. (Draw a diagram of the pump.) 
 
 10. A piece of wood floats in a cup of water under the 
 receiver of an air-pump. Will it sink deeper or rise higher 
 when the air is exhausted I Why ? * 
 
 IV. 
 
 1. If two weights, P and Q, acting perpendicularly on a 
 straight Lever on opposite sides of the fulcrum balance 
 each other, determine the position of the fulcrum and the 
 pressure on it. 
 
 The scale-pans of a Balance are of unequal weight, and 
 its arms consequently also of unequal length ; find the true 
 weight of any substance from its apparent weights, when 
 placed in the two scale-pans respectively. 
 
 2. If two forces, acting at any angles on the arms of 
 any Lever, balance each other, they are inversely as tlie 
 perpendiculars drawn from the fulcrum to the directions in 
 which the forces act. 
 
 3. If three forces, represented in direction and magni- 
 tude by the sides of a triangle taken in order, act on a 
 point, they will produce equilibrium. 
 
 Two forces whose magnitudes are )jo X P and P, respect- 
 ively, act at a point in directions at right angles to each 
 other ; find the magnitude and direction of the force wliich 
 will balance them. 
 
 4. In that system of Pulleys, in which the same string 
 passes round any number of pulleys, and the parts of it 
 
MECHANICS. 193 
 
 between the pulleys are parallel, there is equilibrium (neg- 
 lecting the weights of the pulleys) when P : W : -.1 : the , 
 number of strings (?i) at the lower block. 
 
 5. Prove that when a body is suspended from a point, it 
 will rest with its Centre of Gravity in the vertical line pass- 
 ing through the point of suspension. Hence show how 
 the Centre of Gravity of any plane figure of irregular out- 
 line may practically be determined. 
 
 6. Describe an experimental proof, that, if the pressure 
 at any point of a fluid be increased, the pressure at all 
 other points will be equally increased. By what short 
 form of words is tliis property of fluid j)ressure sometimes 
 described ? 
 
 In the common Hyclraidic Press, are the fluid pressures 
 and tendency to break uniform throughout the cylinders ? 
 
 7. Prove that if a body floats in a fluid, it displaces as 
 much of the fluid as is equal in weight to the weight of the 
 body ; and it presses downwards, and is pressed upwards, 
 with a force equal to the weight of the fluid displaced. 
 
 A uniform cylinder, when floating vertically in water, 
 sinks to a depth of 4 inches ; to what depth will it sink in 
 alcohol of specific gravity 0.79 ? 
 
 8. Describe the construction of the Condenser, and the 
 mode of its operation. 
 
 A cylinder, filled with atmospheric air, and closed by an 
 air-tight piston, is sunk to the depth of 500 fathoms in the 
 sea; required the compression of the air (assume specific 
 gravity of sea water to be 1.027, specific gravity of mer- 
 cury 13.57, and height of Barometer 30 inches). 
 
EXAMINATION PAPERS 
 
 OF JUNE, 1874. 
 
 ANCIENT HISTORY AND GEOGEAPHY. 
 
 [Take the Jirst three, and one other ; four in all.] 
 
 1. Name in the order of time the successive conquests made 
 by the Romans, and note distinctly the position of each con- 
 quered state or district. 
 
 2. By a map or by words represent or describe Sicily. Point 
 out its place in Grecian and in Roman history. 
 
 3. Name eight places that were noted in ancient times : four 
 Greek, and four Roman. Give their situation, and show their 
 importance in history. 
 
 4. What objects would a Roman be sure to point out to a 
 stranger visiting Rome in the time of Augustus 1 Describe some 
 of them. Show, by a rough plan, their position relatively to 
 each other, and connect them with events in Roman history. 
 
 5. The legislation of Solon. 
 
 6. The Gracchi and the Agrarian Laws. State precisely the 
 character of these laws. 
 
196 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 
 
 MODEEINT AND PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 1. Upon what principle is Mercator's map constructed 1 How 
 do the parallels and meridians appear upon it 1 What distortion 
 is produced in the forms of the countries ] 
 
 2. Draw an outline map of Africa and put upon it, in their 
 proper positions, the equator, and the meridian of Greenwich. 
 Give also the names of the bodies of water surrounding the 
 continent, and the positions of important islands near the 
 coast. 
 
 3. What is shown by a profile of a country 1 Draw a profile 
 of South America, from the mouth of the Amazon to the Pacific 
 Ocean. 
 
 4. Describe the southern coast of Europe, giving the names 
 of countries, bodies of water, important islands, principal sea- 
 ports, and largest rivers. 
 
 5. What time is it at Madras when it is eight o'clock in the 
 morning at Boston 1 Longitude of Madras, 80° E. ; of Boston, 
 71° W. 
 
 6. Where is the Great Bear Lake 1 Why was it so named 1 
 What other large lakes are near it 1 Which continent has the 
 smallest number of lakes 1 Where are the principal salt lakes, 
 and why are they salt ? 
 
 7. Where does the Colorado River rise and empty*? What 
 are the most striking physical features of the country through 
 which it flows 1 
 
 Answer the same questions for each of the following rivers : — 
 Columbia ; Niagara ; Hudson ; Seine ; Ganges. 
 
 8. What cities of Europe are in nearly the same latitude as 
 New York ? 
 
 9. Describe two water routes between Marseilles and Hong 
 Kong. 
 
EXAMINATION PAPERS. 197 
 
 GEEEK COMPOSITIOK 
 
 Translate into Greek : — 
 
 When these ten thousand Greeks had come in their march to 
 the great river Euphrates, they found a barbarian soldier who 
 told them that the great king with all his army was only two 
 stages (day's march) distant, and that if they should go forward 
 during all that night and the following (iinepai) day, they would 
 see the king's forces before the time for supper came. When 
 the generals heard this, they determined (it seemed good to 
 them) not to remain where they were, but to cross (dia^aiveiv) 
 the river and send Xenophon with a hundred hoplites so that 
 they might know whether the man had spoken the truth. 
 
 GEEEK PEOSE. 
 
 j|®= Read the following notice before doing any of the paper: — 
 [Those oflFering Greek Reader, take 2, 4, 5. Those oflfering Anabasis, four 
 books, and 7th book of Herodotus, take 1, 2, 5. Those oiTering the whole of 
 Anabasis, take 1, 2, 3.] 
 
 1. (Anab. II. v. 10, and part of 11.) el de dfj koi fiavevres ae 
 KaraKTelvai^ev, ciXko ri av rj tov evepyerrjv KaraKTeiuavres Trpos ^aaiXea 
 Tov fikyia-Tov €(f)e8pov aycovi^olfxeda ; oacou de dr) kol oloiv av eXniboap 
 ifxavTov arepfjaaifxi, el ere tl kokou eTnx^ipr^craiiii Troielv, ravra Xc^co. 
 iyai yap Kvpov enedvuTja-d fxot cfiiXov yeveadai, vopLi^oiU tcov totc UavoiTa- 
 Tov elvat, ev noielv ov ^ovKoiTO. From what and where is p.avevTes % 
 
 2. (Anab. IV. I. 23, 24.) Kal evOvs ayayovres rovs dvdpa)7rovs 
 fj\eyxov BiaXajSovTes e'i riva elbelev aWrjv ohbv rj ttju (pauepav. 6 p.ev 
 ovv erepos ovk ecf)y], p.a\a TroXAcoy cf)6(3oiii> Trpoaayofievcov • eVet Se ov8eu 
 a)(l)eKip.ov e\eyev, SpoovTos tov erepov KaTea(payTj. 6 de Xonros eXe^ev 
 ort ovTos p-ev ov (paiT] dia ravra eldevii, on avra irvyxaue Ovyarrjp eKel 
 
198 *-^.r'^* EXAMINATION PAPERS. 
 
 Trap avbpL eK^edonhrj' avTos 5' ecprj rjyfja-ea-Oai bvvarfjv Koi vno^vyiois 
 iropeveaOai odou. Explain mood of eldelev. 
 
 3. (Anab. VI. IV. 20, 21.) Kal ttoXiv rfj va-Tepala idvero, Kal 
 (rx^bov Tt TTCLcra fj arpaTia dia to jxeXeiv airacTLV €KvkKovvto Trept ra iepd' 
 TO. 8e dvpara eVfXeXoiTret. ol de arTpariryol e^rjyov p.€U ov, crvvcKoKccrav 
 be. etrev ovv Seuocfycou, "la-cos ol TToXepcoi a-vvetXeyfxevoL ela\ Koi dvdyKrj 
 fidxeo-daf el ovv KaTaXiTrovTes to, aKcvt] iv r&i epvp,vco xcopi'o) as els p-dx^v 
 TrapeaKcvaapevoL toipev, tacos av ra lepci npoxojpolr] T)plu. 
 
 4. (Phaedo, p. 109 of Reader, s. 24.) Kal 6 KpiTtov aKovaas 
 evevcre rco naidl 7rXr]aiov earcoTi, /cat 6 Trais e^e\6d)v, koI (tvxvov xRovou 
 hiarpi^aSf rjKev ayav tov peXkovra bidovai ro (pappaKov, kv KvXiKt, cf)€pov- 
 ra TcrpLppevov • lda>v be 6 ^coKpdrrjs tov av6p(t)7rov, Eiev, e^?;, a) l3eXTia-T€f 
 av yap tovtcov iTnarTrjpcov ri XPV TTOteii' ', Oi/beu aWo, €(j)r], t] Tnovra 
 TrepiUvai, eox av crov jSapos iv Tols aKeXeai yevT)Tai, eireiTa KaTaKeiadai* 
 Koi ovTois avTo noirjcrei. Kal dpa (ope^e ttjv KvXiKa rw ScoKpdrei. From 
 what and where is movTa 1 
 
 5. (Herod. VII. 234; Reader, p. 155, § 57.) 01 pev b^ nepl 
 OeppoTTvXas "EXkrjves ovtco rjycoviaavTO • Se'p^rjs be KoKea-as ArjpdprjTov 
 elpdora dp^dpevos evOevbe. Arjpdprjre, dvfjp eis dyados- reKpaipopai be 
 TTj dXrjdeirj • oaa yap eliras, dnavTa dire^r) ovTa. vvv be poi elne, Koaoi 
 TLves elcTL oi Xoittoi AaKebaipovLoi, Ka\ rovTotv oKoarot tolovtol to iroXepLa, 
 e'lre Koi dnavTes. 6 8' eine' 'G ^aa-tXev, 7rXrj6os pev AaKebatpoviav ttoX- 
 Xov, Kal TioXtes TroXXai' to be e^eXeif eKpa6elv, elbrjaeis. 
 
 GREEK POETRY. 
 
 1. Too y SiS ^ovXevaavre bierpayev f] pev eneira 
 
 Eiff dXa aXro ^adelav dn alyXrjevros 'OXvpnov, 
 Zei/5 be ebv npos bcopa. 6eol b* dpa ndvres dveaTav 
 E^ ebeoiv, o-<pov narpos evavTiov • ovbe tis erXr) 
 
EXAMINATION "iSJi^fi^^^^'^ 199 
 
 Mftvai eTrepxofJ-^vov, aXk' clvtIol ecrrav anavres. 
 "Qs 6 ixeu '4u6a KaOe^eT enl Opovov • ovhk pnv "Hprj 
 *'H.yvoLri(X€v iboxjcr on ol avfiCppdcraaTO jSovXds 
 'ApyvpoTreCa QerLS, dvydrrjp aXioLO yepovros. 
 
 Iliad, I. 531-539. 
 
 Where is dterfiayev foimd ? Attic for o-cpov, ea-rav. 
 2. AevTcpou avT ^Odvarja Idoiv epectv 6 yepaios' 
 
 " E'ln aye /iioi nai rdz/Se, (j)i\ov reKos, 6i tls o8' iarlp 
 
 Meicov fxiv K€(f).iX^ 'Ay a p-sp-vovos Arpei'Sao, 
 
 Evpvrepos 8' copoLaiv i5e arepvoiaLv Ibeadai. 
 
 Tev^f" M^" °' Keirai inl ;(^oi^i TTouXujSoretpT/, 
 
 AvTos be KtiXos ois fViTrcoXeirat (rrixas dvbpSip. 
 
 *Apv€ico pLiv eycoye eio-Kco TTr]yeaip.aX\(0, 
 
 "Os T OLCop fieya ttoov biepx^Tai dpyevvdoav. 
 
 Iliad, III. 191-198. 
 Divide two first verses into feet. 
 
 GEEEK GEAMMAR 
 
 [All Greek words must be -written with their accents.] 
 
 1 .* Decline TroXiV?;?, civOpairos, and dXrjOrjs in the singular ; Bfjs, 
 dvfjp, and Xvcov in the plural. 
 
 2. Decline vavs, fxeioiv, av, os, and tls (interrogative) through- 
 out. 
 
 3.* Compare aotpo?, <p[\o9, peyas, and pddios. 
 
 4. Inflect the present optative and imperfect indicative of 
 opdco ; the imperfect of beUwyn ; and the present indicative of 
 elfxi and elyn, with the meaning of each. 
 
 5.* Give the principal parts of Tvy\dva>i Ovrja-KO}, dpd<o, XciVo), 
 and irjfii. 
 
200 EXAMINATION PAPEKS. 
 
 6. Translate olda tovtov ypd(f)ovTa and olda TovTo ypdcjieiv. Trans- 
 late 6 avTos diroTefxveTaL tt]v K€<pa\rjv, and explain the accusative. 
 
 7. Translate oIkos S' avros, el cf)6oyyf)v Xd/3oi, ara<pe(TTaT av Xe^eiev, 
 and explain the optatives. 
 
 8. Explain the subjunctive in ecfio^ovfxrjv fir) tovto yevrjTai. 
 Could it be changed to the optative 1 
 
 9. Explain the optative in ehev on ypa(poi. Could you have 
 any other mood than the optative in this case 1 
 
 10. What is an iambus? a spondee ? an anapaest '? What is 
 a dactylic hexameter, and what substitutions are allowed in it 1 
 
 * Candidates for ADVANCED STANDING wiU omit 1, 3, and 5, and 
 
 answer the following questions. 
 
 1 1 . Translate ri jx ovk cKreivas ev6vs tva fi^irore tlBov to ^ws, and 
 explain tva eldov. 
 
 12. Translate el alrovs tdoiev ap e<^vyoi/. What is the construc- 
 tion of Xdouv 1 of avi 
 
 13. How would you express in Greek : Would that Cyrus were 
 alive ! He said that he would do it, He said that he would have 
 done it, He said that he did it ? 
 
 14. What is an iambic trimeter of tragedy, and what substi- 
 tutions are allowed in it? 
 
EXAMINATION PAPERS. 201 
 
 LATIX COMPOSITION. 
 
 jg®" Candidates for the Freshman Class are required to translate the whole of I. 
 and in II. only to 2, "He said." Candidates for Advanced Standing will 
 translate the whole of I. and II. 
 
 I. 
 
 Translate into English : — 
 
 Restat ut doceam omnia, quse sint in hoc mando, quibus 
 utantur homines, hominum causa facta esse et parata. Prin- 
 cipio ipse mundus deorum hominumque causa factus est, quse- 
 que in eo sunt, ea parata ad fructum hominum et inveiita sunt. 
 Est enim mundus quasi communis deorum atque hominum 
 domus aut urbs utrorumque. Ut igitur Athenas et Lacedse- 
 monem Atheniensium Lacedaemoniorumque causa putandum 
 est conditas esse, omniaque, quae sint in his urbibus, eorum 
 populorum recte esse dicuntur, sic qusecumque sunt in omni 
 mundo deorum atque hominum putanda sunt. 
 
 II. 
 
 Translate into Latin: — 
 
 1. It was the custom ^ in old times for senators at Rome to 
 enter ^ the senate-house ^ attended-by ^ their young ^ sons. The 
 mother of Papirius asked ^ her son what-in-the-world "^ the fa- 
 thers had been doing ^ in the senate. The boy answered that 
 it must be-kept-secret.® The woman gets-^° more eager ^^ to 
 hear. Then the boy resorts-to^^ an ingenious ^^ lie.^'* 
 
 1 mos. 2 introire. 3 curia. ■* cum. » praetextatus. 6 percontari. 7 qais- 
 nam. 8 agere. ^ tacere. lo fieri, n cupidus. 12 consilium capere (with the 
 genitive). 13 festivus. i* rnendacium. 
 
 2. He said that the-discussion-had-been ^ whether it was 
 
 more expedient^ for one man to have two wives or for one 
 
 woman to have two husbands.^ The-next-day * the matrons 
 
 beg ^ the senate that one woman might rather ^ be-man-ied-to "^ 
 
 two men than that two women might have one husband. 
 
 1 agere (passive). 2 utilis. s maritus. •* postridie. 5 obsecrare. 6 potius. 
 ' nubere. 
 
 9* 
 
202 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 
 
 LATIN GEAMMAR 
 
 Mark the quantity of the penults and last syllables of the 
 following words : custodis, arbores, frigora^ gladiolus, infamis 
 (noni.), victricis (ace. plur.), inojns, 2>etitur, 2^€rivit, periit, peritus, 
 ambitus, apices. 
 
 Decline decus, locus, specus, celeber, quivis ; compare inferus, 
 humilis. Form and compare loquax, sanctus. 
 
 Form derivatives with the terminations -tas, -tor, -ensis, -olus, 
 -SCO, and give their meaning. 
 
 Give the principal parts of sumo, sentio, libet, pateo, patior, 
 spondeo, adjuvo, tollo, disco, vereor, facio with con, eo and do 
 with re. 
 
 Give a synopsis of the Subjunctive Active and Passive (first 
 Person) of two of these verbs not of the same conjugation. Give 
 a complete synopsis of one other. Inflect the Imperative of 
 patior. Give all the Participles and Infinitives of sentio. 
 
 Explain the formation of the presents gigno and frango, of 
 the perfects didici and dixi, and of the participle natus. 
 
 What case or cases (separately or together) follow persuadeo, 
 moneo, obliviscor, solvo, vereor, prce, sub ? 
 
 Translate into Latin, with gerundive (participle in -dus), 
 The city must he spared, I must go. 
 
 What construction is used in clauses (or verbs) after timeo, 
 gaudeo, dico, audeo ? 
 
 How are future conditions expressed in Latin "? Express in 
 Latin, in as many ways as you can, "Antony came to bury 
 (sepelio) Caesar." 
 
 What difference in meaning between utinam sim and %Uinam 
 essein ? 
 
EXAMINATION PAPERS. 203 
 
 LATIN. — Coicrse I. 
 CJESAR AND SALLUST. 
 
 Translate tivo passages, — fhejirst and one other. 
 
 I. Quo proelio bellum Venetorum totiusque orse maritimse 
 confectiim est. Nam quum omnis juventus, omnes etiam gravio- 
 ris setatis, in quibiis aliquid consilii aut dignitatis fuit, eo con- 
 venerant, turn navium quod ubique fuerat in unum locum co- 
 egerant ; quibus amissis reliqui neque quo se reciperent neque 
 quemadmodum oppida defenderent habebant. Itaque se suaque 
 omnia Csesari dediderunt. In quos eo gravius Csesar vindican- 
 dum statuit, quo diligentius in reliquum tempus a barbaris jus 
 legatorum conservaretur. Itaque omni senatu necato reliquos 
 sub corona vendidit. — C^sar, B. G. III. 
 
 II. His rebus permotus Q. Titurius, quum procul Ambiorigem 
 suos cohortantem conspexisset, interpretem suum Cn. Pompeium 
 ad eum mittit rogatum ut sibi militibusque parcat. Hie appella- 
 tus respondit : Si velit secum colloqui, licere ; sjDerare a multi- 
 tudine impetrari posse quod ad militum salutem pertineat ; ipsi 
 vero nihil nocitum iri, inque earn rem se suam fidem interponere. 
 Ille cum Cotta saucio communicat, si videatur, pugna ut exce- 
 dant et cum Ambiorige una colloquantur ; sperare ab eo de sua 
 ac militum salute impetrare posse. Cotta se ad armatum hostem 
 iturum negat atque in eo constitit. — C^sar, B. G. V. 
 
 III. Atheniensium res gestae, sicut ego sestumo, satis amplse 
 magnificseque fuere, verum aliquanto minores tamen quam fama 
 feruntur. Sed quia provenere ibi scriptorum magna ingenia, 
 per terrarum orbem Atheniensium facta pro maxumis celebran- 
 tur. Ita eorum qui ea fecere virtus tanta habetur, quantum ea 
 verbis potuere extollere praeclara ingenia. At populo Romano 
 numquam ea copia fuit, quia prudentissumus quisque maxume 
 negotiosus erat ; ingenium nemo sine corpore exercebat : optu- 
 mus quisque facere quam dicere, sua ab aliis bene facta laudari 
 quam ipse aliorum narrare malebat. — Sallust, Cat. viii. 
 
 IV. Patres conscripti. Micipsa pater mens moriens mihi 
 
204 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 
 
 prsecepit, uti regni Numidise tantummodo procurationem existu- 
 marem meam, ceterum jus et imperium ejus penes vos esse ; 
 simul eniterer domi militiaeque quam maxumo usui esse populo 
 Romano, vos mihi cognatorum, vos affinium loco ducerem ; si ea 
 fecissem, in vostra amicitia exercitum, divitias, munimenta regni 
 me habiturum. Quae quum prsecepta parentis mei agitarem, 
 Jugurtha, homo omnium quos terra sustinet sceleratissumus, 
 contempto imperio vostro, Masinissae me nepotem et jam ab 
 stirpe socium atque amicum jwpuli Romani regno fortunisque 
 omnibus expulit. — Sallust, Jug. xiv. 
 
 OVID. 
 
 Translate oMy one of the following passages : — 
 V. Inde loco medius rerum novitate paventem 
 Sol oculis juvenem, quibus adspicit omnia, vidit, 
 * Quseque vise tibi causa % Quid hac,' ait, ' arce petisti, 
 Progenies, Phaethon, baud infitianda parenti % ' 
 Ille refert : ' lux immensi publica mundi, 
 Phoebe pater, si das hujus mihi nominis usura, 
 Pignora da, genitor, per quae tua vera propago 
 Credar, et hunc animis errorem detrahe nostris.' 
 Dixerat. At genitor circum caput omne micantes 
 Deposuit radios, projDiusque accedere jussit, 
 Amplexuque dato, ' Nee tu mens esse negari 
 Dignus es, et Clymene veros,' ait, 'edidit ortus.' — Mett. II. 
 
 VI. Psittacus, Eois imitatrix ales ab Indis, 
 
 Occidit : exsequias ite frequenter aves. 
 Ite, pise volucres ; et plangite pectora pennis ; 
 
 Et rigido teneras ungue notate genas. 
 Horrida pro msestis lanietur pluma capillis : 
 
 Pro longa resonent carmina vestra tuba. 
 Quid scelus Ismarii quereris, Philomela, tyrannil 
 
 Expleta est annis ista querela suis. 
 Alitis in rare© miserum devertite funus. 
 
 Magna, sed antiqui causi doloris Itys. 
 Omnes quae liquido libratis in aere cursus ; 
 
 Tu tamen ante alias, turtur amice, dole. — Am. II. 
 
EXAMINATION PAPERS. 205 
 
 VII. Sin autem ad pugnam exierint — nam ssepe duobus 
 Regibus incessit magno discordia motu, 
 Continuoque animos volgi et trepidantia bello 
 Corda licet longe prsesciscere ; namque morantis 
 Martins ille seris rauci canor increpat, et vox 
 Auditur fractos sonitus imitata tubarum ; 
 Turn trepida^ inter se coeunt, pennisque coruscant, 
 Spiculaque exacuunt rostris, aptantque lacertos, 
 Et circa regem atque ipsa ad praetoria densse 
 Miscentur, magnisque vocant clamoribus hostem. 
 
 ViRG. Georg. IV. 
 
 VIII. Ipse, caput nivei fultum Pallantis et ora 
 Ut vidit levique patens in pectore volnus 
 Cuspidis Ausoniee, lacrimis ita fatur obortis : 
 Tene, inquit, miserande puer, cum leeta veniret, 
 Invidit Fortuna mihi, ne regna videres 
 Nostra, neque ad sedes victor veherere paternas ? 
 Non hsec Euandro de te promissa parenti 
 Discedens dederam, cum me complexus euntem 
 Mitteret in magnum imperium, metuensque moneret 
 Acris esse viros, cum dura proelia gente. — Virg. ^n. XL 
 
 LATIN. — Course I. 
 
 CICERO. 
 
 Translate two passages. [If you have read the Cato Major, translate I. 
 and either III. or IV. ; if not, translate II. and either III. or IV. Answer 
 all the questions.] 
 
 I. An ne eas quidem vires senectuti relinquemus ut adolescen- 
 tulos doceat, instituat, ad omne officii munus instruat? Quo 
 quidem opere quid potest esse prseclarius *? Mihi vero Cn. et R 
 Scipiones et avi tui duo, L. ^milius et P. Africanus, comitatu 
 nobilium juvenum fortunati videbantur; nee ulli bonarum artium 
 magistri non beati putandi, quamvis consenuerint vires atque 
 defecerint. — De Senectute, ix. 29. 
 
206 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 
 
 II. Quid autem aliud egimus, Tubero, nisi ut quod hie potest 
 nos possemus 1 Quorum igitur impunitas, Csesar, tuse clemen- 
 tise laus est, eorum ipsorum ad crudelitatem te acuit oratio. 
 Atque in hac causa non nihil equidem, Tubero, etiam tuam, sed 
 multo magis patris tui prudentiam desidero, quod homo cum 
 ingenio tum etiam doctrina excellens genus hoc causae quod 
 esset non viderit ; nam si vidisset, quovis profecto quam isto 
 modo a te agi maluisset. — Pro Ligario, iv. 
 
 III. Tertium genus est setate jam affectum, sed tamen exer- 
 citatione robustum, quo ex genere iste est Manhus, cui nunc 
 CatiUna succedit : sunt homines ex eis coloniis, quas Sulla con- 
 stituit ; quas ego universas civium esse optimorum et fortissi- 
 morum virorum sentio, sed tamen ii sunt coloni, qui se in 
 insperatis ac repentinis pecuniis sumptuosius insolentiusque 
 jactarunt. Hi dum eedificant tamquam beati, dum prsediis lectis, 
 familiis magnis, conviviis apparatis delectantur, in tantum ses 
 alienum inciderunt, ut, si salvi esse velint, Sulla sit eis ab inferis 
 excitandus. — In Catilinam, II. ix. 
 
 IV. Quare quis tandem me reprehendat aut quis mihi jure 
 succenseat, si, quantum ceteris ad suas res obeundas, quantum 
 ad festos dies ludorum celebrandos, quantum ad alias voluptates 
 et ad ipsam requiem animi et corporis concediturtemporum, quan- 
 tum alii tribuunt tempestivis conviviis, quantum denique alveolo, 
 quantum pilse, tantum mihi egomet ad hsec studia recolenda 
 sumpsero 1, Atque hoc ideo mihi concedendum est magis, quod 
 ex his studiis hsec quoque crescit oratio et facultas, quoe quan- 
 tacumque in me est, numquam amicorum periculis defuit. — 
 Pro Archia, vi. 
 
 1. What offices did the Romans generally go through before 
 their consulship 1 
 
 2. What is the difference between 7ie and ut 7ion followed by 
 the Subj unctive ? 
 
 3. What was the fate of Catiline's fellow-conspirators, and 
 what complaint was made of it % 
 
EXAMINATION PAPERS. 207 
 
 VIRGIL. 
 
 Translate two passages, — /. and either II. or III. Answer all the questions. 
 
 I. Pauca tameu suberunt priscae vestigia fraudis, 
 Quse temptare Thetim ratibus, quae cingere muris 
 Oppida, quae iubeant telluri infindere sulcos. 
 Alter erit tarn Tiphys, et altera quae vehat Argo 
 Delectos heroas ; erunt etiam altera bella, 
 
 Atque iterum ad Troiam magnus mittetur Achilles. 
 Hiuc, ubi iam firmata virum te fecerit aetas, 
 Cedet et ipse mari vector, nee nautica pinus 
 Mutabit merces : omnis feret omnia tellus. — Ecl. IV. 
 
 II. Postera iamque dies primo surgebat Eoo, 
 Humentemque Aurora polo dimoverat umbram : 
 Cum subito e silvis, macie confecta suprema, 
 Ignoti nova forma viri miserandaque cultu 
 Procedit supplexque manus ad litora tendit, 
 Respicimus. Dira inluvies inmissaque barba, 
 Consertum tegumen spinis ; at cetera Graius, 
 
 Et quondam patriis ad Troiam missus in armis. — ^En. III. 
 
 III. Primus equum phaleris insignem victor habeto, 
 Alter Amazonian! pliaretram plenamque sagittis 
 Threiciis, lato quam circnmplectitur auro 
 Balteus, et tereti subnectit fibula gemma ; 
 Tertius Argolica hac galea contentus abito. 
 Haec ubi dicta, locum capiunt, signoque repente 
 Corripiant spatia audito, limenque relinquunt, 
 EtFusi nimbo similes, simul ultima signant. — ^n. V. 
 
 1. Give a brief summary of the events in ^neid IV. 
 
 2. Divide into feet, marking quantities and ictus (or verse 
 accent), the fifth line in I. 
 
 3. How does the metre help to determine the meaning of the 
 fifth line in II. % 
 
208 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 
 
 AEITHMETIC AND LOGAEITHMS. 
 
 [Give the work in full, and arrange it in an orderly manner. Reduce each 
 answer to its simplest form.] 
 
 LOGARITHMS. 
 
 0.9 X H7.2 
 
 1. Find, by logarithms, the value of ^ ' , 
 
 /('134 9)^ X ^TgX^ 
 
 2. Find, by logarithms, the value of (^ \qooo x 46.49 / 
 
 3. Give a proof of the process of finding any root of a quan- 
 tity by logarithms. If the characteristic of the logarithm of 
 the given quantity is negative, how is the characteristic of the 
 logarithm of the root obtained ] 
 
 ARITHMETIC. 
 
 4. What part of 2. is -^xf^l 
 
 6. A carriage, at the rate of 8^ miles an hour, completes f of 
 a certain distance in 3^ days ; in how many days will it com- 
 plete f of the same distance, going at the rate of 10 miles an 
 hour 1 
 
 6. A merchant buys 2f hectometres of silk for $480, and 
 sells the silk at $ 1.95 a yard. Does he gain or lose, and how 
 much^ 
 
 7. Find the cube root of 0.083453453. 
 
 8. Thirty-six persons buy 276G A. 3 7?. 12 P. of land on 
 equal shares. What does one man receive, who sells f of his 
 share at 1 5. d d. 2/ per square rodi [Give the answer in 
 pounds and decimals of a pound.] 
 
 9. What is gold quoted at, when one dollar in currency is 
 worth only seventy-five cents ? 
 
EXAMINATION PAPERS. 209 
 
 ALGEBEA. — Course L 
 
 [Give the whole "work clearly, and reduce each answer to its simplest form.] 
 
 1. Divide 
 
 ^=d . ^:=il + ^^i _ 1 by 2 - fl + 1 + 1 
 
 2. A can do a piece of work in half the time in which B can 
 do it, B can do it in two thirds the time in which C can do 
 it, and all three, working together, can do it in 6 days. Find 
 the time in which each can do it alone. 
 
 3. Find the two middle terms in the expansion of (a — xf. 
 What is the reason that one of these terms is negative, and the 
 other is positive 1 
 
 4. Find the fourth root of ^ aV. [Fractional exponents may 
 be used if desired.] 
 
 5. One number is -V- of another, and the product of these 
 two numbers is 750. What ai'e the numbers 1 
 
 6. Solve the equations ax -\- hy =^ c, 
 
 mx — ny = d. 
 
 7. I bought a certain number of oxen for £80. Had I 
 bought four more with the same money, each ox would have 
 cost £ 1 less. How many did I buy, and what did I pay for 
 each"? 
 
 8. Find the square root of 
 
210 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 
 
 ALGEBEA. — Course II. and Advanced StaTiding. 
 
 [Give the whole work clearly, and reduce each answer to its simplest form.] 
 
 1. Simplify ^_^ ^^6+1 • 
 
 ~b ^ + ~^ 
 
 2. A man rides a certain distance at the rate of 8 miles an 
 hour, and walks back to his starting-point at the rate of 4 miles 
 an hour. The time employed in going and returning is 6 hours. 
 How far does he walk % 
 
 3. Divide^ by cl(^-t. 
 
 d^ ^ 
 
 4. Solve the equation x^ -|~ ^^^ =^ ^- What will the roots 
 be if a =: 2, 6 = — 4 1 If a = 4, 6 = — 20 ^ 
 
 5. What is the 4th term of (a — xf + ^l 
 
 6. The greater of two numbers is a^ times the less; the 
 product of these two numbers is h^. Find the numbers. 
 
 7. There are 3 numbers in arithmetical progression : the 
 sum of these numbers is 18, and the sum of their squares is 
 158. Find the numbers. 
 
 8. I have 4 single books and a set of 3 books. In how 
 many ways can I arrange these 7 books on a shelf, provided 
 the books which make the set cannot be separated 1 
 
EXAMINATION PAPERS. 211 
 
 PLANE GEOMETEY. —Courses I. and 11. 
 
 1. In a triangle ABC the angle A is greater than the angle 
 B, and B is greater than C ; what is true of the sides '? State 
 and prove. 
 
 State and prove the converse. 
 
 2. Prove that two triangles are equal if the sides of one are 
 respectively equal to the sides of the other. 
 
 3. Prove that when two circumferences touch each other the 
 point of contact and the centres lie in one straight line. 
 
 4. Draw two circles touching each other, and through the 
 point of contact draw a straight line forming a chord in each 
 circle : prove that these chords are proportional to the diameters 
 of the circles. 
 
 5. To draw the circumference of a circle through three given 
 points. Solve and prove. When would the problem be impos- 
 sible'? Why? 
 
 Given any curve, to ascertain whether it is the arc of a circle 
 or not. 
 
 6. Prove that the perimeters of regular polygons of the same 
 number of sides are proportional to the diameters of their in- 
 scribed or circumscribed circles. Go on to prove that the ratio 
 of the circumference to the diameter is the same in all circles. 
 
 7. Draw, in your book, a regular hexagon of which each side 
 shall be of this length ^^_^^»i..^_i.i_^_i_B^_^^. 
 Explain how you do it. Now draw another having half the 
 area of the first. Solve and prove. 
 
212 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 
 
 SOLID GEOMETEY. — Course IL 
 
 1. Prove that the intersections of two parallel planes with a 
 third plane are parallel planes. 
 
 2. Prove that the sum of the line angles that compose a solid 
 angle is less than four right angles. 
 
 3. What is the frustum of a pyramid ? Show how to find 
 the convex surface of a regular pyramid. Prove that the sur- 
 face of a right circular cone is equal to the product of the slant 
 height multiplied by the circumference of a section drawn mid- 
 way between the bases. 
 
 4. Given the radius of a sphere : write a formula for its sur- 
 face and one for its volume. 
 
 5. What is the segment of a sphere 1 Explain how to find 
 the volume of a segment of a sphere having two bases, one each 
 side of the centre. 
 
 6. Given a spherical triangle, to draw its polar triangle. What 
 relations exist between the sides and angles of a spherical tri- 
 angle and those of its polar triangle % State and prove. 
 
 7. Given a spherical triangle, to draw another symmetrical 
 with it on the same sphere. Prove that two symmetrical trian- 
 gles on the same sphere have the same area. 
 
 8. What is a regular polyhedron? How many are there 1 
 Give their names, and a brief description of each. 
 
EXAMINATION PAPERS. 213 
 
 ANALYTIC GEOMETEY. 
 
 Course II. and Advanced Standing. 
 
 [Ask for a Table of Natural Cosines.] 
 
 1. To find the equation of a straight line that passes through 
 two given points. 
 
 2. Find the equation of a line that passes through the origin 
 and the point ( — 3, 2). 
 
 3. Find the equation of a line which passes through the 
 point (2, — 1) and makes an angle of 45° with the line 
 a:— 2^+3 = 0. 
 
 4. Establish formulas for changing rectangular into polar co- 
 ordinates. 
 
 5. Write down the equation of a circle having a radius = 7 
 and its centre at (3, — 4). 
 
 6. What curves do these equations represent ? 
 
 9^2 _|_ 10/= 144, 9^2 _ 16^2 __ 144^ 
 
 What are the polar equations of these curves 1 Sketch one of 
 these curves from its rectangular equation, and the other from its 
 polar equation. Find the foci. Find the parameter of each 
 curve, and draw it. 
 
 7. Which of the points (4, 21), (3, — 3^), (3, 3f), is on the 
 
 curve — -f- — = 1. Find the equation of the tangent and 
 
 that of the 7iorinal at this point. Find also the lengths of the 
 subtangent and subnormal. 
 
 8. How do you find the points where two curves intersect ? 
 As an example take these two curves : y^ = 4a; and x^-^-Qx-^ y^ 
 = 24. What are these curves 1 Draw them. 
 
214 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 
 
 PLANE TEIGONOMETEY. 
 Course II. and Advanced Sta.nding. 
 
 1. The sine of an angle x is greater than the sine of an( 
 angle y, both angles being in the second quadrant. Con 
 the other trigonometric functions of these angles (cosine 
 cosine, etc.), stating which in each set is numerically the la 
 Prove your results, either by formulae or by a diagram. 
 
 2. Obtain, from fundamental formulae, the trigonom 
 functions of (3G0° — y). Given the functions of (180° — y), 
 can those of (180° -|-y) be obtained] 
 
 3. Solve the right triangle in which one angle is 74° 18' 
 the hypothenuse is /^.Ol. 
 
 4. What angle in the third quadrant has a cosine equ; 
 the sine of 330° % 
 
 5. Obtain, from fundamental formulae, 
 
 cos {x -\- y) 1 — tan x tan y 
 
 cos {x — y) 1 -\- tan x tan y 
 
 6. Obtain, from the second member of the equation itj 
 previous question, an equally simple expression in terms o 
 cotangents of x and y. 
 
 7. Find the smallest angle in the triangle whose sidj 
 1236, 1342, 1729. 
 
 8. Obtain the formula3 necessary for the complete solutjn 
 an oblique triangle, in which are given two sides and t| 
 eluded angle. 
 
EXAMINATION PAPERS. 215 
 
 ENGLISH COMPOSITIOK 
 
 A short English composition is required, correct in spelling, 
 punctuation, grammar, and expression. Thirty lines will be 
 sufficient. Make at least two paragraphs. 
 
 Subject : — 
 
 The story of the Caskets, in the Merchant of Venice ; • 
 Or, The story of Shakespeare's Tempest ; 
 Or, The story of Rebecca, in Scott's Ivanhoe. 
 
EXAMINATION PAPERS 
 
 OF OCTOBER, 1874. 
 
 ANCIENT GEOGEAPHY AND HISTOEY. 
 
 N. B. — When you name a place or country, state its position. You may omit 
 one of the first three subjects given below, and one of the last three. 
 
 1. Point out some of the causes of the greatness of Sparta 
 and of Athens. 
 
 2. Write in the order of time (with such dates as you re- 
 member) the principal events in the Peloponnesian War, and 
 show the chief results of that war. 
 
 3. Amphictyonic Council, Ephors, Archons ; Areopagus, 
 Pnyx, Agora. Define or describe these. 
 
 4. The death of Demosthenes and the death of Cicero. 
 6. The life of C. Julius Csesar. 
 
 6. Laws that are landmarks in Roman history. 
 
 MODEEN AND PHYSICAL GEOGEAPHY. 
 
 1. State, in detail, what you know about the form and di- 
 mensions of the earth. Define the mathematical and geo- 
 graphical terms which occur in your statement. 
 10 
 
218 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 
 
 2. What is the length in miles of a degree of latitude? 
 Where are the degrees of latitude and of longtitude equal in 
 length 1 How do the degrees of longitude differ in length 
 among themselves 1 
 
 3. State accurately the zone or zones in which each of the six 
 continents lies. 
 
 4. Name eight of the most important of the West India 
 Islands, and draw a map to show their relative position. To 
 ■what country does each belong 1 
 
 5. Describe as fully and precisely as possible the position of 
 the following cities, stating in what part of the state or country, 
 and near what river or other body of water, each one lies : 
 Belgrade, Bogota, Bombay, Brest, Carlsruhe, Dantzic, Frankfort 
 (in Europe), Montevideo, Montreal, Odessa, Singapore, Tripoli. 
 Which of these names suggests some physical feature of the 
 neighboring region, or some fact of historical interest connected 
 with the settlement of the city ? 
 
 6. What strait or channel lies between Wales and Ireland 1 
 Wales and the southern part of England 1 Ireland and Scot- 
 land 1 Borneo and Celebes 1 Patagonia and Terra del Fuego 1 
 Labrador and Greenland 1 Labrador and Newfoundland ? 
 
 7. Why are there large cities at higher latitudes in Europe 
 than in America"? 
 
 8. In sailing from New York to Liverpool, at what season of 
 the year would you expect to see icebergs 1 How far south are 
 icebergs ever seen in the North Atlantic 1 
 
 9. Describe the drainage systems of North America, and 
 name the highlands which bound each of its important river 
 basins. Are there any portions of this continent which have 
 no outlet for their waters to the seal 
 
EXAMINATION PAPERS. 219 
 
 GEEEK COMPOSITION 
 
 After the death of Cjrus, the Greeks being despondent (diro- 
 peco), Xenophon called together (avyKaXeco) the soldiers, and told 
 them that he had seen a vision (evinrvcov) ; in order that he 
 might encourage (6appvva>) them and cause them to cease (iiava>) 
 thinking (lv6vp.kopai) what things they had already suffered 
 [irdaxoi) and were still to suffer, he told them that if they would 
 obey (ireldofxai) him, he would bring them all through in safety 
 (fiiao-w^oj) to their native land. 
 
 GEEEK GEAMMAE. 
 
 [All Greek words must be written with the accents.] 
 
 1. Give the general rule for accenting nouns (the accent of 
 the nominative singular being known). How is accent affected 
 by the quantity of the penultimate and final syllables 1 
 
 2. Decline the nouns fxova-a, vrjaos, and iXnis in the singular; 
 and ^aa-ikcvs, in the plural. 
 
 3. Compare the adjectives a^tos, dXrjdrjs, fiiKpos, dya66s. 
 
 4. Decline the pronouns eycb and oa-ns throughout. 
 
 5. Give the p)^'^^^cipal parts of ypd^o), taTrjfii, Xafi^dva, opdco, 
 rl6r]p.L. 
 
 6. Inflect the imperfect active of rt/xaco and the present opta- 
 tive passive of ^iXeto (in the contract forms). Inflect the second 
 aorist optative active of tanjiii. 
 
 7* What uses of the article 6 are found in Homer which are 
 not found in Attic Greek 1 
 
 8.* Explain the genitive absohite and the accusative absolute, 
 and give an example of the correct use of each. 
 
220 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 
 
 9.* Explain the difference in the meanings of Troi^a-ai in /3ou- 
 Xcrat TOVTo noLrjaai and (f)r]aL tovto TroLrja-ai. 
 
 10.* Give the names of the most common metrical feet of 
 two and of three syllables, and show the quantity of the sylla- 
 bles in each (by — and ^). Explain the Elegiac distich. 
 
 * Candidates for ADVANCED STANDING will omit 7, 8, 9, and 10, and 
 "will answer the followdng : — 
 
 11. Explain the Attic use of the substantive pronoun of the 
 third person (ov, ol, etc.), and give an example. 
 
 12. Explain the regular use of the future infinitive. What 
 objection can you make to any of the following expressions : 
 /SovXerai tovto Trotrjcreiv, — eXTTi^ei tovto TroLrjcreiv, — vneax^TO tovto 
 TTOirjaeiv, — del tovto TroLrja-eLvT 
 
 13. Why is el tovto Troirja-oi, Tk6oi}XL av incorrect? Write a 
 sentence in which el Troirjo-aL shall be correctly used. 
 
 14. Explain the Iambic trimeter of Comedy, showing how 
 it differs from that of Tragedy. Explain also the Trochaic 
 tetrameter catalectic and the Anapaestic System. 
 
 GEEEK PEOSE. 
 
 [Those offering Greek Reader, take 2, 4, 5. Those offering Anabasis (four 
 Books), and Herodotus (Book 7th), take 1, 2, 5. Those offering the whole 
 Anabasis, take 1, 2, 3.] 
 
 Translate : — 
 
 1. (Anab. II. III. 11.) Kal ivTavda ^v K\eap)(ov KaTafxadelv a>s 
 eireaTaTei, ev fxev Trj dpia-Tepa X^'-P'- '''^ ^op^ ^X^"? ^^ ^^ ''".^ de^ia ^aKrq- 
 plav Kcu e"i Tis avTto doKoir) t<ov Trpo? ToGro TeTcypevav ^XaKevetv, exXf- 
 yopevo^ TOP eTnTrjbeiov eiraKrev '.v, Koi apa avTOS 7i poaeXdp^avep els top 
 7rT]\6p ep^aipcop' qxttc nacriP alcrxvpijp etpai pfj ov avairovdci^eip. 
 
 Explain the mood of doKoir). 
 
EXAMINATION PAPERS. 221 
 
 2. (Anab. III. v. 8, 9 ; Reader, p. 26.) 'A7ropov/xci/ot? 8' avrols 
 npoaeXdcov ris durjp 'PoStoy elnev. 'Eyo) deXco, o) avdpe^, dta^i^acraL 
 Vjias Kara TeTpaKiaxt^t'OVS OTrXtVaf, av e/iol oiv deofMai VTrrjpcT-qarjTe Kal 
 ToXavTOv fxiadov nopicrrjTe. 'Epcoroifxevos de otov deoiTO' AarKcov, €<pT], 
 fitcrxtXtcdi' derjaofiai' ndWa de opco ravra 7rpo/3ara koi aiyas Koi ^ovs 
 Kai ovovs, a. drrobapivra Koi (f>v<Tr}6evTa paStcos av napexoi rrjv dia^aaiv. 
 
 Explain the mood of fieoiro. dnodapevTa, in what voice, mood, 
 tense, and from what verb ? 
 
 3. (Anab. VII. II. 18.) *E7r6l S' e'yyvs ■qcrav aiiToi/, erriTvyxdvei 
 irvpois epf]ixois' Kal to fiev Trpcorou aero fX€TaK€X(i>pr)Keuai not tov "Sevdrju, 
 'Ettpi 8e 6opvj3ov re fjaOeTO Kal crT]p,aiv6uT(ov dWrjXois rwv nepl l^evdrjVy 
 Karepadev on tovtov eveKa ra nvpa npoKCKavfieva dr] tco ^evSrj rrpb tcov 
 vvKTOtpvXdKoav, oTTcos 01 p.€U (f)vXaK€s fJ.'q opauTO, iv TCO cr/coTei ovTes, pr)8* 
 OTTOv eiev, oi 6e npoaiovres p-f] XavOdvoiev, dWa dia to (pcos KaTacf)av€ls 
 ehv. 
 
 4. (Reader, p. 99, 15; Plato, Apol.) eycb iikv yap noWaKis 
 ideXco redvdvai, el ravr icrTiu dXrjdrj • eVci e/xotye Kal avrm Savp.a(TTr] 
 av etr] f} diaTpL^rj avToOi, OTTore ivTvxotp.i UaXapfj^ci Kal Aiavri rw 
 TcXapwvns Kal e'l Tts aXXos rSav TraXaiaiv dia Kpiaiv abiKOv TeOvrjKCVf 
 dvTLTrapalSdXXovTL ra ipavTov nddrj npos to. eKelvcov, o)? iya oi/xai, oi/K 
 av dr}8es e'lr}. Kal 8r] to /xeyKTroi/, rouy efcei i^fTa^ovTa Kal ipevvSyvra 
 coarnep tovs ivravda didyeiv, tIs avTwv aocjios icTTi, Kal tIs otcTat, fiev 
 eVrt S' oi;. 
 
 5. (Herod. VII. 37; Reader, p. 124, 12.) c^pprjpevco de ol 6 
 
 fjXios iKXi7ro3V TTjv CK TOV ovpovov edprjv dfpavrjs rfv^ ovt €7nv€(p€Xc0i iov- 
 Ta)V, nWpiTjs T€ TO. pdXi(TTa, dvrl rjpeprjs re vv^ iyevero. Idovri 8e Kal 
 p.a66vTL TovTo T(o Sep^r) impeXes iyevcTO, Kal e'lpcTo tovs Mciyovs, to 
 fdiXoi Tpocf)ai.veiu to cf)d(rpa. ol 6e ecppa^ov, cos EXXtjo-i. irpodciKVvei, 6 
 Beos eVXeiv^tv tcov ttoXicov, Xeyovrcs tJXlov CLvat 'EXXrivcov TrpobiKTopa^ 
 a-fXT]vr]v de acpicov. 7rv66p.€Vos de raiira 6 Sep^r^s jrcptp^apjjs iutv enoueTo 
 TTjv eXaaiv. '* 
 
222 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 
 
 GEEEK POETEY. 
 
 Translate : — 
 
 L Iliad I. 511-516. 
 
 ^Qs (f)dTo' TTjV 8* ovTi 7rpo9€(})r] v€cf)€\r]y€peTa Zevs, 
 aXX* aKecov drju ^crro* GeVis S', ws rjyp-aTO yovvcoVy 
 513 oiis f'xer efjin€(j)vv7a, Kol eipero devrepov avTis' 
 
 'Nrjp.epres p-ev drj poi vnoa-x^o Kal KaTavevaov, 
 rj dnoenr • end ov rot em deos' o(f)p* €v eiSw, 
 otTdov iyoi pera ndaiv dripoTarr) deos elpi. 
 
 Divide into feet vss. 513, 514. inoax^o, in what tense, mood, 
 voice, and from what verb 1 
 
 2. Iliad II. 308-316. 
 
 ev0^ e<pa.vT] peya arjpa* BpaKav irrl vara ba<^oiv6sy 
 apepbakeos, top p' avrbs ^OXvpirios fjne 0da>s8e, 
 ^(opov VTrai^as, Trpos pa TrXaTavtcrTov opovirev, 
 ev6a 8' ecrav (XTpovhoio veoacroi, vqma reKva, 
 o^co en aKporaTto, TreraXoiy vnoneTrTTjaTes. 
 OKTca, drop pf}TT]p evdrr] rjp, fj reKC reKva. 
 €v6' oye Toi/s eXeeivd Kar-qaOie rerpiy (bras' 
 prjTT]p S' dptpenoTciTO odvpopevr] (jiiXa reKva' 
 rrjp 8* eXeXi^dpevos irrepvyos Xd^ev dpcpiaxvlau. 
 
 3. Iliad III. 351-354. 
 
 Zev ava, bos ria-acrdai, o pe nporepos kok eopyeVy 
 blov ^AXe^uvdpov, Ka\ eprjs viro X^P^*- bdpaacrov 
 o<j)pa TLS epplyrjai Kal oyjnyovoiu dvOponroiV, 
 ^eivodoKOV KaKO, pe^ai, o K€v ^iXon^ra napdaxil* 
 
EXAMINATION PAPERS. 223 
 
 LATIN COMPOSITIOK 
 
 Translate into Latin : — 
 
 While ^ this was done ^ where^-Csesar-was, Labienus, leaving* 
 the reinforcements^ which had lately® come from Italy, at 
 Agedicmn, to serve '^ as a guard ^ for the baggage,® marches ^° 
 to Latetia with four legions. This is a town of the Parisii, 
 which is situated ^^ on an island ^^ of the river Sequana. His 
 arrival ^^ being-known^'* by the enemy, large ^^ forces^® assem- 
 bled^^ from the neighboring^^ states.^® The chief-command^** 
 is given ^ to Camulogenus, who, almost ^^ disabled ^ by years, 
 nevertheless for-"* his unequalled^ knowledge^ of the art^ 
 military was detailed -^ for ^® this honorable-position.^ Since ^^ 
 he had observed ^^ that there was a marsh ^ which emptied^ 
 into the Sequana, he took-his-position ^ here, and began ^ to 
 prevent^'' our men from crossing.^ 
 
 1 Dum. 2 gerere. 3 simply xoith apud. * relinqiiere. 5 supplementum. 
 6 nuper. 7 esse. 8 praesidium. 9 impedimenta, i" proficisci. ^ ponere. 
 12 insula. 13 adventus. i^ cognoscere. 15 magnus. 16 copiae. 17 convenire. 
 18 fmitimus. 19 civitas. 20 summa imperii. 21 tradere. 22 prope. 23 confec- 
 tns. 24 propter. 25 singularis. 26 scientia. 27 res. 28 evocare. 29 ad. 
 30 honos. 31 cum. 32 animadvertere. 33 pains. 34 influere. 35 considere. 
 36 iustituere. 37 prohibere. 38 transitus {substantive). 
 
 Translate into English : — 
 
 Parente P. Sestius natus est, judices, homine, ut plerique me- 
 ministis, et sapiente et sancto et severe ; qui cum tribunus 
 plebis primus inter homines nobilissimos temporibus optimis 
 factus esset, reliquis honoribus non tarn uti voluit qnam dignus 
 videri. Eo auctore duxit honestissimi et spectatissimi viri, C. 
 Albini filiam, ex qua hie est puer et nupta jam filia. 
 
224 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 
 
 LATIN GEAMMAE. 
 
 Mark the quantity of the penults and last syllables of the 
 following : perhrevis (nom. sing.), fi.dei, arietis, cadaver, collo- 
 quor, molimen, peregre, cornicis, idus aprilis (ace. plur.), sentitis, 
 ducitis. 
 
 Give the vocative singular of Marcus Tullius Cicero. 
 
 Decline manus (tener) in the proper gender in the plural. 
 Decline collis (silvester) in the proper gender. Give the princi- 
 pal parts of p)ango, explico, vincio, vinco, tego, texo, sancio, ton- 
 deo, voveo, ojjortet. Give three ways of forming the perfect stem 
 in Latin. Give three ways of forming the present stem in the 
 third conjugation. 
 
 Inflect the future indica,tive and the present subjunctive active 
 of volo, €0, domo, sumo. Give the perfect subjunctive active of 
 surgo, censeo ; the imperative of ordior ; the participles and in- 
 finitives of veto, aperio, ohliviscor. 
 
 Compare idoneus, tenax. Compare soepe. Form a word 
 meaning " more watchfully " from vigilo, to watch. Form words 
 meaning "belonging to Athens," "horned," "oaken," "an 
 effort " [conor), " hardness," " seizure " (^rapio). What two con- 
 structions follow the comparative degree] What is the rule 
 for their use] How is the degree of difference expressed] 
 What is the construction of sententiayn in Rogatus est senten- 
 tiam ? What case or cases follow p)roprius, adimo, ohsto, ad, in, 
 infra, sub, ante, pro ? Give, with examples, three uses of the 
 srdjjunctive in independent clauses. State some cases in which 
 there can be an apodosis without any accompanying conditional 
 clause. Turn into direct discourse, nisi jurasset, scelus se fac- 
 turum arhitrabatur. Explain the mood of Jurasset. Why is it 
 not either of the other tenses ] 
 
EXAMINATION PAPERS. 225 
 
 LATIN. 
 C^SAR AND SALLUST. 
 
 Translate tivo pcassages, — the first and one other. 
 
 I. Milites noil longiore oratione cohortatus quam uti su89 
 pristinee virtutis memoriam retinerent neu pertiirbarentur ani- 
 mo hostiumque impetum fortiter sustinerent, quod non longius 
 liostes aberant quam quo telum adjici posset, proelii commit- 
 tendi signum dedit. Atque in alteram partem item cohortandi 
 causa profectus pugnantibus occurrit. Temporis tanta fuit exi- 
 guitas hostiumque tam paratus ad dimicandum animus, ut non 
 modo ad insignia accommodanda, sed etiam ad galeas iuduen- 
 das scutisqae tegimenta detrudenda tempus defuerit. — CiESAK, 
 B. G. II. 
 
 II. Primum omnium, qui ubique probro atque petulantia 
 maxume prsestabant, item alii per dedecora patrimoniis amissis, 
 postremo omnes, quos flagitium aut facinus domo expulerat, ii 
 Romam sicut in sentinam confluxerant. Deinde multi memores 
 Sullanse victorise, quod ex gregariis militibus alios senatores 
 videbant, alios ita divites ut regio victu atque cultu setatem 
 agerent, sibi quisque si in armis foret ex victoria talia sperabat. 
 Prseterea juventus, quse in agris manuuni mercede inopiam 
 toleraverat, privatis atque publicis largitionibus excita urbanum 
 otium ingrato labori praetulerat ; eos atque alios omnes malum 
 publicum alebat. — Sallust, Cat. xxxvii. 
 
 III. Civitatibus maxima laus est quam latissime circum se 
 vastatis finibus solitudines habere. Hoc proprium virtutis ex- 
 istimant, expulsos agris finitimos cedere neque quemquam prope 
 audere consistere : simul hoc se fore tutiores arbitrantur repen- 
 tinse incursionis timore sublato. Quum bellum civitas aut 
 illatum defendit aut infert, magistratus qui ei bello prsesint ut 
 vitse necisque habeant potestatem deliguntur. In pace nullus 
 est communis magistratus, sed principes regionum atque pago- 
 rum inter suos jus dicunt controversiasque minuunt. — Caesar, 
 B. G. VL 
 
 10* o 
 
226 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 
 
 OVID. 
 
 Translate one passage. 
 
 lY. Haud procul Hennaeis lacus est a moenibus altse, 
 Nomine Fergus, aquae. Non illo plura Caystros 
 Carmina cygnorum labentibus audit in undis. 
 Silva coronat aquas, cingens latus omne, suisque 
 Frondibus, ut velo, Phoebeos submovet ignes. 
 Frigora dant rami, varios humus humida flores ; 
 Perpetuum ver est. Quo dum Proserpina luco 
 Ludit, et aut violas aut Candida lilia carpit ; 
 Dumque puellari studio calathosque sinumque 
 Implet, et sequales certat superare legendo ; 
 Psene simul visa est, dilectaque, raptaque Diti : 
 Usque adeo est properatus amor. — Mett. V. 
 
 V. Ille inter csedem Rutulorum elapsus in agros 
 Confugere, et Turni defendier hospitis armis. 
 Ergo omnis furiis surrexit Etruria iustis ; 
 Regem ad supplicium preesenti Marte reposcunt. 
 His ego te, ^nea, ductorem milibus addam. 
 Toto namque fremunt condensse litore puppes, 
 Signaque ferre iubent ; retinet longaevus haruspex 
 Fata canens : Mseouiae delecta inventus, 
 Flos veterum virtusque virum, quos iustus in hostem 
 Fert dolor et merita accendit Mezentius ira, 
 Nulli fas Italo tantam subiungere gentem : 
 Externos optate duces. — Virg. ^n. VIII. 
 
 LATIN. — Course I. 
 
 CICERO. 
 
 Translate two passages. [If you have read the Cato Major, translate I. 
 and either III. or IV. ; if not, translate 11. and either III. or IV. Answer 
 all the questions.'] 
 
 I. Vixerat M'. Curius cum P. Decio, qui quinquennio ante 
 eum consulem se pro re publica quarto consulatu devoverat : 
 
EXAMINATION PAPERS. 227 
 
 norat eumdem Fabricius, norat Coruncanius : qui qimm ex sua 
 vita turn ex eius, quern dico, Decii facto iudicabant esse profecto 
 aliquid natura pulcrum atque prseclarum quod sua sponte pe- 
 teretur quodque spreta et contempta voluptate optimus quisque 
 sequeretur. — Cato Major XIII. 43. 
 
 II. Res erat miniine obscura : etenim palam dictitabat, con- 
 sulatum Miloui eripi uon posse, vitam posse. Significavit hoc 
 ssepe in senatu : dixit in contione. Quinetiam Favonio, fortis- 
 simo viro, qaterenti ex eo, qua spe fureret, Miloue vivo, respon- 
 dit, triduo ilium, ad summum quatriduo, periturum : quam 
 vocem ejus ad hunc M. Catonem statim Favonius detulit. — 
 Pro Milone IX. 26. 
 
 III. Quare, cum et bellum ita necessarium sit, ut negligi non 
 possit ; ita magnum, ut accuratissime sit administrandum ; et 
 cum ei imperatorera praeficere possitis, in quo sit eximia belli 
 scientia, singularis virtus, clarissima auctoritas, egregia fortuna ; 
 dubitabitis, Quirites, quin hoc tantum boni, quod vobis a Diia 
 immortalibus obiatum et datum est, in rempublicam conservan- 
 dam atque amplificandam conferatis 1 — Pro Lege Manilia 
 XVI. 49. 
 
 IV. Ciim facile exorari, Cresar, turn semel exorari, soles. 
 Nemo unquam te placavit inimicus, qui ullas resedisse in te 
 simultatis reliquias senserit. Quanquam cui sunt inaudites 
 cum Deiotaro querelse tusel Nunquam tu ilium accusavisti, 
 ut hostem, sed ut amicum officio parum functum, quod propen- 
 sior in'Cn. Pompeii amicitiam fuisset, quam in tuam. Cui 
 tamen ipsi rei veniam te daturum fuisse dicebas, si tantum 
 auxilia Pompeio, vel si etiam filium misisset, ipse excusatione 
 setatis usus esset. — Pro Kege Deiotaro III. 9. 
 
 1. State concisely the circumstances and subject of any one 
 of Cicero's Orations against Catiline. 
 
 2. Explain the use of the moods in indirect discourse. 
 
 3. What does Cicero usually mean by Asia and Gallia ? 
 
228 *" EXAMINATION PAPERS. 
 
 VIRGIL. 
 
 Translate ttoo passages, — //. and either I. or III. Answer all the qiLes- 
 tions. 
 
 I. C. Muscosi fontes et somno mollior herba, 
 Et quse vos rara viridis tegit arbutus umbra, 
 Solstitium pecori defendite ; iam venit eestas 
 Ton'ida, iam Iseto turgent in palmite gemmae. 
 
 T. Hie focus et taedse pingues, hie plurimus ignis 
 Semper, et adsidua postes fuligine nigri ; 
 Hie tantum Borese curamus frigora, quantum 
 Aut numerum lupus, aut torrentia flumina ripas. 
 
 EcL. VIL 45-52. 
 
 II. Anna, vides toto properari litore 1 Cireum 
 Undique convenere ; voeat iam earbasus auras, 
 Puppibus et Iseti nautse inposuere coronas. 
 Hunc ego si potui tantum sperare dolorem, 
 
 Et perferre, soror, potero. Miseree hoc tamen unum 
 Exsequere, Anna, mihi ; solam nam perfidus ille 
 Te colere, arcanos etiam tibi credere sensus ; 
 Sola viri mollis aditus et tempora noras; 
 I, soror, atque hostem supplex adfare superbum : 
 
 JEx. IV. 416-424. 
 
 III. Tum contra luno ; TeiTorum et fraudis abunde est ; 
 Stant belli caussse : pugnatur comminus armis ; 
 Qu£e fors prima dedit, sanguis novus imbuit arma. 
 Talia coniugia et talis celebrent hymenasos 
 Egregium Veneris genus et rex ipse Latinus. 
 
 Te super setherias errare licentius auras 
 Hand Pater ille velit, summi regnator Olympi. 
 Cede locis. Ego, si qua super fortuna laborum est, 
 Ipsa regam. Talis dederat Saturnia voces. 
 
 ^N. VIL 552-560. 
 
 1. Give a brief summary of the events in ^neid III. 
 
 2. Divide into feet, marking the quantities and ictus of every 
 foot, the second and fifth lines in II. 
 
 3. How does the metre help to determine the meaning of the 
 second line in I. ] 
 
«v 
 
 — •» WJk 
 
 •L X 
 
 K 
 
 V 
 
 %T(^ 
 
 ^ 
 
 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 229 
 
 AEITHMETIC Al^D LOGAEITHMS. 
 LOGARITHMS. 
 
 1. Find, by logarithms, the value of \/ (1.06)^ 
 
 2 (^f 444 4 
 
 2. Find, by logarithms, the value of q §^^4 ^ q qqqx • 
 
 3. If the base of a system of logarithms is 8, between what 
 integers does the logarithm of 9 lie ^ of 90 ? of 900 1 
 
 ARITHMETIC. 
 
 . -r,. , , . 0.5 X 0.006 ^ i of i| of (f)3 
 
 4. Fmd the sum of ^^^. and '-^jj^^ 
 
 5. Obtain the answer to the first question on this paper with- 
 out using logarithms. 
 
 6. Three men contract to do a piece of work for $ 8,775. 
 The first man employs 20 men, 24 days, 10 hours a day; the 
 second 25 men, 20 days, 12 hours a day ; the third 30 men, 25 
 days, 9 hours a day. How much should each of the three con- 
 tractors receive '? 
 
 7. What circulating decimal is equivalent to the sum of J, ^, 
 and tV '? 
 
 8. A man buys 454 bushels of wheat for $ 3 a bushel, and 
 sells the wheat at $ 8. 75 a hectolitre. How much does he 
 gain] 
 
 (Litre =: 0.908 quart, dry measure.) 
 
 9. If 2^. 3^. 4 P. be multiplied by 2f, what part is the 
 product of 15 A \R. 2 PA 
 
 10. If a grocer's scales give only 15 oz. 4 dr. for a pound, out 
 of how much money is a customer cheated who buys sugar to 
 the amount of $ 55.04 ] 
 
230 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 
 
 ALGEBEA. 
 
 1. Find the greatest common divisor of 2 ^^ -|- ^ — l,x^-\-5x 
 -[- 4, and o^ -{- \. (Obtain the result, if possible, by separating 
 each polynomial into its prime factors.) 
 
 2. Find the simplest expression for 
 
 l_^a; + a;2'l— ^ + ^2 i_f_^_j_^4- 
 
 3. A number consists of two digits. If 9 be added to the 
 number, the digits are inverted ; and the sum of the number 
 thus formed and of the original number is 33. Find the digits. 
 
 4. If n be divided into two parts, prove that the difference 
 of the squares of the parts equals n times the difference of the 
 parts. 
 
 6. Find the square root of x^ -\- 2a^ — ^ + i- 
 
 6. Given ~\.^ = ^^, a is 4. Find the value of n. 
 
 3?i + 69a "^-^ -^ 
 
 ^ r. -, , . ^+2 4: — x , 7 
 
 7. bolve the equation z- = — ^ h -p-. 
 
 ^ X — 1 2x^2 
 
 8. A cistern is filled by two pipes in 2h. 55 m. The larger 
 pipe will fill the cistern, by itself, in two hours less time than 
 the smaller pipe will fill it. In what time will each pipe fill 
 the cistern? 
 
 9. The cube root of a number is twice the square root. Find 
 the number. 
 
EXAMINATION PAPERS. 231 
 
 ALGEBRA. — Course II. and Advanced Standing. 
 
 1. The sum of the two digits which form a number is 9, and 
 if the number be divided by the sum of the digits the quotient 
 is 5. Find the number. 
 
 1 2 
 
 2. Solve the equation 
 
 x—2 x-\-2 "' 
 
 3. A merchant bought a certain number of pieces of silk for 
 £180. Had he received three more pieces for the same money, 
 each piece would have cost <£3 less. How many pieces did he 
 buy? 
 
 4. Obtain the equation whose roots are w -|- ?^ and m — n. 
 What form will the equation take if m = n 1 
 
 5. The first term of an Arithmetical Progression is 5, the 
 last term is 302, the common difierence is 3. Find the number 
 of terms. 
 
 6. Solve the equation a,/ x-\- 4= — \/ x = \/ x -\- ^. 
 
 7. Find the first five terms of /\/ 1 + ^ by the Binomial The- 
 orem. 
 
 8. In the Geometric Progi-ession, a, b, . . . find the sum of an 
 infinite number of terms. 
 
 9. Out of 12 consonants and 5 vowels how many words can 
 be formed, each containing 3 consonants and 2 vowels 1 
 
232 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 
 
 PLANE GEOMETEY. 
 
 1. Two sides of one triangle are respectively equal to two 
 sides of another triangle, but the angles included by these sides 
 are not equal. What is true of the third sides] State and 
 prove. State the converse theorem. Is it true] 
 
 2. The area of a triangle. State and prove. 
 
 3. Prove that the areas of two rectangles are proportional to 
 the products of their bases by their altitudes. 
 
 4. The radius of a given circle is ten inches; what is the 
 radius of a circle having twice the area of the given circle 1 of 
 a circle having one half the area of the given circle 1 
 
 5. State and prove the Pythagorean theorem. 
 
 6. Given the base, the altitude, and one of the angles at the 
 base of a triangle, to construct the triangle. 
 
 7. Prove that two triangles are similar, if an angle of one 
 equals an angle of the other, and the sides which include these 
 angles are proportional. 
 
 8. A perpendicular drawn from any point of a semi-circum- 
 ference upon the diameter is a mean proportional between what 1 
 State and prove. 
 
 SOLID GEOMETEY. 
 
 1. Two planes are perpendicular to each other, and a straight 
 line is drawn in one of them perpendicular to their intersection ; 
 prove that this straight line is perpendicular to the other plane. 
 
 2. Two planes are perpendicular to each other, and through 
 any point of one is drawn a straight line perpendicular to the 
 other : prove that this straight line lies wholly in the first plane. 
 
EXAMINATION PAPERS. 233 
 
 3. Prove that if a solid angle is formed by three plane angles, 
 the sum of either two of these angles is greater than the third. 
 
 4. Prove that sections of a pyramid made by parallel planes 
 are similar polygons whose areas are proportional to the squares 
 of their distances from the vertex. 
 
 5. Prove that two pyramids which have equal bases and alti- 
 tudes are equivalent. Why not say equal ? 
 
 6. Prove that a triangular pyramid is a third part of a tri- 
 angular prism of the same base and altitude. Deduce from this 
 a rule for finding the volume of any pyramid or cone. 
 
 7. How large a part of the surface of a sphere is covered by 
 a spherical triangle whose angles are 90°, 150°, 132°'? 
 
 8. What is a regular polyhedron 1 How many are there 1 
 Give their names and a brief description of each. 
 
 ANALYTIC GEOIiiETEY. 
 
 [Ask for Trigonometric Tables.] 
 
 1. What are Rectangular Co-ordinates? Polar Co-ordinates? 
 
 2. Lay down a few points of, and then draw the curves rep- 
 resented by, these equations : — 
 
 (i.) 7^2_i(3^2__ii2, 
 
 ("•)-^- l_|eos^ ' 
 What are these curves 1 
 
 3. The centre of a circle is at the point ( — 2, 0) and its 
 radius = 5 ; what is its equation '? 
 
 4. Define the Ellipse, Parabola, Hyperbola, 
 
 5. From its definition deduce the rectangular equation of the 
 parabola. 
 
234 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 
 
 ■ 6. Given the equation of a parabola ?/^ = 6 ^ ; what is the 
 distance from the origin to the focus 1 Transform this equation 
 to a set of axes through the focus. What does the new equa- 
 tion represent 1 Transform it to polar co-ordinates. Illustrate 
 by a diagram. 
 
 7. Is the point (2, 1) on the straight line x — Sy -\-l=01 
 Whjl 
 
 8. Find the equation of a straight line passing through (2, 1) 
 and perpendicular to the line x — 3?/ -\-l =zO. Draw both 
 lines. 
 
 9. In what point do the straight lines x — Sy+l^^ ^^^ 
 a;-f"'^y'i"l^=^ intersect 1 
 
 10. Find the angle between the two straight lines given in 
 the last question. 
 
 PLANE TEIGONOMETEY. 
 
 Course II. and Advanced Standing. 
 
 1. The cosine of an angle in the first quadrant is 0.7. Find, 
 either by formula? or by tables, the sine of half that angle. 
 
 2. What is the sine of 240° 1 The cosine of 300° ] The 
 tangent of 225° 1 The secant of 150° 1 
 
 3. One angle of a plane triangle is 64° 18', and the other 
 angles are equal. The greatest side is 10. Solve the triangle. 
 
 4. Find the trigonometric functions of (270° — y). 
 
 5. Prove that the sides of a plane triangle are proportional 
 to the sines of the opposite angles. 
 
 6. Obtain, from fundamental formulae, 
 
 , cot ?/ cot a? -f- 1 
 
 cot ix — y)z= ^ — . 
 
 ' cot y — cot X 
 
EXAMINATION PAPERS. 235 
 
 7. Two sides of a plane triangle are 4, 6, and the included 
 angle is 38° 54:'. Solve the triangle. 
 
 8. One side of a plane triangle is double another, and the 
 third side equals one half the sum of the other two. Find the 
 largest angle. 
 
 ENGLISH COMPOSITIOK 
 
 A short English composition is required, correct in spelling, 
 punctuation, grammar, and expression. Thirty lines will be 
 sufi&cient. Make at least two paragraphs. 
 
 Subject : — 
 
 The Trial Scene, in the Merchant of Venice ; 
 Or, The Story of Brutus, in Shakespeare's Julius Csesar ; 
 Or, The Passage of Arms at Ashby, in Ivanhoe. 
 
HARVARD EXAMINATION PAPERS. 
 
 JULY, 1875. 
 
 LATIN GRAIVIMAR. 
 
 What are the stem and root, respectively, of domcm 9 
 
 What is the gender of 7iihil, and why ? 
 
 Decline orbu with the adjective totus in the proper gen- 
 der, formido with dirus. 
 
 What is the vocative of Gains Julius Caesar ? 
 
 The genitive plural of senex and dies, the dative plural of 
 vir, and vis, and the nominative plural of calcar. 
 
 Decline quis and qnalis. Give the future second person 
 singular active of prosum, quaero, vinco, venio, creo. 
 
 Give the perfect subjunctive active, first person, of gaudeo, 
 Tiaheo, surgo, possum. 
 
 Give the present subjunctive, first person, of conor, gra- 
 dior, adipiscor. 
 
 Principal parts of alo, pario, pareo, paro, venio, vincio, 
 viyico, miseret, and of tango compounded with con. 
 
 Explain the formation from the root of the present and 
 perfect stem of gigno, nosco, tango. 
 
 Form and compare adverbs from miser, honus, dexter. 
 
 Give the meaning of the following derivative termina- 
 tions, with an example : -iilis, -idits, -tura, -ades, -osus, 
 -Irum, -urio. 
 
 What is the Latin for : the rest of the army; a longing 
 
238 EXAMIN"ATIO]:^ PAPEKS. 
 
 (desiderium) for rest (otinm) ; it is my interest ; / envy 
 you ; I am persuaded ; we 7nust use diligence ; freed from 
 the laivs ; lie was killed with a sword ly Milo ; he sold this 
 for ten denarii. 
 
 LATIN COMPOSITION. 
 
 Translate into Latin : — 
 
 Sweet is the name of peace : but * the thing itself is not 
 only pleasant ^ but salutary.* For that-man * seems not to 
 hold ^ private hearths ^ nor public laws, nor the rights ' of 
 freedom ^ dear,® who loves ^° discords and murders " of his ^^ 
 countrymen ^^ and civil war, and I think he should be cast " 
 out^^ of the number of men, banished" from the bounds" 
 of human nature. Nothing is more loathsome ^^ than this 
 citizen, than this man : if he is to be considered a citizen or 
 a man who hankers-after ^® civil war. 
 
 1 vero. 2 iucundus. 8 salutaris. < ia. ^ habere. « focus. "> ius. » Ubertas 
 » carus. 10 with delectare. " caedis. ^ omit. " civis. " eicere. " ex. " ex 
 terminare. i^ finis. " taeter. i^ concupiscere. 
 
 Translate into English: — 
 
 Illud vereor, ne ignorans verum iter gloriae, gloriosum 
 putes, plus te unum posse, quam omnes, et metui a civibus 
 tuis, quam diligi malis. Quod si ita putas, totam ignoras 
 viam gloriae. Carum esse civem, bene de re publica mereri, 
 laudari, coli, diligi, gloriosum est : metui vero, et in odio esse, 
 invidiosum, detestabile, imbecillum, caducum. Quod vide- 
 mus etiam in fabulis, ipsi illi, qui ^^Oderint, dum metuant" 
 dixerit, perniciosum f uisse. 
 
LA.TIN-. 239 
 
 LATIN. 
 
 CAESAR, SALLUST, AND OVID. 
 
 [JV. B. — Translate one piece of Caesar, the piece of Salhist, 
 and tw9 pieces of Ovid. The order in which they are done 
 is unimportant. The third piece of Ccesar and the piece 
 of Virgil are only as substitutes for Sallust and Ovid, 
 hy those who have not read those authors. Ansioer all 
 the questions.] 
 
 I. Palus erat non magna inter nostrum atque hostium 
 exercitum. Hanc si nostri transirent, hostes exspectabant ; 
 nostri autem, si ab illis initium transeundi fieret, ut impe- 
 ditos aggrederentur, parati in armis erant. Interim proelio 
 equestri inter duas acies contendebatur. Ubi neutri trans- 
 eundi initium faciunt, secundiore equitum proelio nos- 
 tris, Caesar suos in castra reduxit. Hostes protinus ex 
 eo loco ad flumen Axonam contenderunt, quod esse post 
 nostra castra demonstratum est. Ibi vadis repertis partem 
 suarum copiarum transducere conati sunt, eo consilio, ut, si 
 possent, castellum, cui praeerat Quintus Titurius legatus, 
 expugarent, pontemque interscinderent. — Caesar, Bell. 
 Gall, II. 
 
 II. [Only for those who do not offer Sallust.] 
 
 Contra ea Ti^turius sero facturos clamitabat, cum majores 
 hostium manus adjunctis Germanis convenissent ; aut cum 
 aliquid calamitatis in proximis hibernis esset acceptum; 
 brevem consulendi esse occasionem : Caesarem arbitrari pro- 
 fectum in Italiam ; neque aliter Carnutes interficiendi Tas- 
 getii consilium fuisse captures, neque Eburones, si ille 
 adesset, tanta contemptione nostri ad castra venturos esse ; 
 non hostem auctorem, sed rem spectare ; subesse Khenum ; 
 
240 EXAMINATIOIT PAPERS. 
 
 magno esse Germanis dolori Ariovisti mortem et superiores 
 nostras victorias : ardere Galliam tot contiimeliis acceptis 
 sub populi Eomani imperiiim redactam, superiore gloria rei 
 militaris exstincta. — Caesar, Bell. Gall., V. 
 
 III. Sed postquam On. Pompeius ad bellum maritumum 
 atque Mithridaticum missus est, plebis opes imminutae, 
 paucorum potentia crevit. Hi magistratus, provincias, alia- 
 que omnia tenere ; ipsi innoxii, florentes, sine metu aetatem 
 agere, ceteros judiciis terrere, quo plebem in magistratu 
 placidius tractarent. Sed ubi primum dubiis rebus novandi 
 spes oblata est, vetus certamen animos eorum arrexit, 
 Quodsi primo proelio Catilina superior aut aequa manu dis- 
 cessisset, profecto magna clades atque calamitas rem publi- 
 cam oppressisset ; neque illis, qui victoriam adepti f orent, 
 diutius ea uti licuisset quin defessis et exsanguibus qui plus 
 posset imperium atque libertatem extorqueret. — Sallust 
 Bell. Gat, 39. 
 
 (a) Give the divisions of Gaul according to Caesar. 
 {h) Give the reason for any one of the subjunctives in the 
 piece of Caesar translated. 
 
 (c) Give the date b. c. of Catiline's conspiracy, and the 
 consuls of that year. 
 Translate : — 
 
 I. Serins egressus vestigia vidit in alto 
 Pulvere certa ferae, totoque expalluit ore 
 Pyramus. Ut vero vestem quoque sanguine tinctam 
 Eepperit, " Una duos " inquit " nox perdet amantes : 
 E quibus ilia f uit longa dignissima vita, 
 Nostra nocens anima est. Ego te, miseranda, peremi, 
 In loca plena metus qui iussi nocte venires, 
 Nee prior hue veni. Nostrum divellite corpus, 
 Et scelerata fero consumite viscera morsu, 
 quicumque sub hac habitatis rupe, leones. 
 
 Ovid, Metam.y IV. 
 
LATIiq-. 241 
 
 11. Inde per immensum croceo velatus amictu 
 
 Aethera digreditur, Ciconumque Hymenaeus ad oras 
 Tendit, et Orpliea nequiquam voce vocatur. 
 ASuit ille qnidem. Sed nee sollemnia verba, 
 JS'ec laetos vultus, nee felix attulit omen. 
 Fax quoque, quam tenuit, lacrimoso stridula fumo 
 Usque f uit, nullosque invenit motibus ignes. 
 Exitus auspicio gravior, nam nupta, per herbas 
 Dum nova naiadum turba comitata vagatur, 
 Occidit, in talum serpentis dente recepto. 
 
 Ovid, Metam., X. 
 
 III. Haec mea, si casu miraris, epistola quare 
 
 Alterius digitis scripta sit, aeger eram. 
 Aeger in extremis ignoti partibus orbis, 
 
 Incertusque meae paene salutis eram. 
 Quid mihi nunc animi dira regione iacenti 
 
 Inter Sauromatas esse Getasque putes ? 
 Nee caelum patior, nee aquis adsuevimus istis, 
 
 Terraque nescio quo non placet ipsa modo. 
 Non domus apta satis, non hie cibus utilis aegro, 
 
 Nullus, Apollinea qui levet arte malum. 
 
 Ovid, Trist, HI- 
 
 IV. \^Only for such as do not offer Ovid.'\ 
 Interea pavidam volitans pennata per urbem 
 Nuntia fama ruit, matrisque allabitur aures 
 Euryali. At subitus miserae calor ossa reliquit; 
 Excussi manibus radii, revolutaque pensa. 
 Evolat infelix, et femineo ululatu, 
 
 Scissa comam, muros amens atque agmina cursu 
 Prima petit, non ilia virum, non ilia pericli 
 Telorumque mem or; caelum dehinc questibus implet: 
 " Hunc ego te, Euryale, aspicio ? tune ille senectae 
 Sera meae requies, potuisti linquere solam, 
 
242 EXAMIIiTATION PAPERS. 
 
 Crndelis ? nee te, sub tanta pericnla missum, 
 Affari extremum miserae data copia matri ? 
 Heu, terra ignota canibus data praeda Latinis 
 Alitibusque jaces ! nee te, tua fun era, mater 
 Produxi, pressive oeulos, aut yulnera lavi, 
 Veste tegens, tibi quam noctes festina diesque 
 Urgebam et tela euras solabar aniles. 
 
 ViRG., Aen., IX. 
 
 (a) "Write out, dividing into feet, and marking the quan- 
 tity of every syllable, and the ictus or verse aeeent of every 
 foot, the first two lines of each piece of Ovid which you 
 translate, or, if you translate the Virgil, the first four 
 lines. 
 
 (b) Point out any three words in the above pieces where 
 the rules of metre will help you to distinguish their mean- 
 ings in translation. 
 
 CICERO. 
 
 For all Candidates, 
 
 [If you have read Cato Major, do L and one otlier ; if not, 
 do II. and one otlier. State clearly the principles of syn- 
 tax that determine the forms in I. or IL, printed at the 
 end of each passage.'] 
 
 I. Audire te arbitror, Scipio, hospes tuns avitus Masinissa 
 quae faciat hodie nonaginta natus annos; cum ingressus 
 iter pedibus sit, in equum omnino non ascendere ; cum 
 autem equo, ex equo non descendere ; nullo imbri, nullo 
 frigore adduci ut capite operto sit ; summam esse in eo 
 corporis siccitatem ; itaque omnia exsequi regis officia et 
 muncra. Potest igitur exercitatio et temperantia etiam in 
 senectute conservare aliquid pristini roboris. — Cato Ma- 
 jor, X. 
 
LATIN-. 243 
 
 Faciat, annos, ingressus sit, capife, sit, exsequi. Who 
 was Masinissa ? Why called avitus hospes of Scipio ? 
 
 II. Quod si omnis impetus domesticorum hostium, depul- 
 sus a vobis, se in me unum convertit, vobis erit videndum, 
 Quirites, qua condicione posthac eos esse velitis, qui se 
 pro salute vestra obtulerint invidiae periculisque omnibus . 
 mihi quidem ipsi quid est quod jam ad vitae fructum possit 
 adquiri, cum praesertim neque in honore vestro neque in glo- 
 ria virtutis quicquam videam altius, quo mihi libeat ascen- 
 dere ? — In Oatilinam, III. xii. 
 
 Vobis, condicione, velitis, obtulerint, possit, videam. 
 What does Cicero mean by Neque in honore vestro quicquam 
 videam altius ? 
 
 III. Ac primum quanta innocentia debent esse imperato- 
 reSj quanta deinde in omnibus rebus temperantia, quanta 
 fide, quanta facilitate, quanto ingenio, quanta huraanitate P 
 Quae breyiter qualia sint in On. Pompeio consideremus ; 
 gumma enim omnia sunt, Quirites, sed ea magis ex aliorum 
 contentione quam ipsa per sese cognosci atque intelligi pos- 
 sunt. Quem enim imperatorem possumus ullo in numero 
 putare, cujus in exercitu centuriatus veneant atque yenie- 
 rint ? — De Imp. Cisr. Pompei, xiii. 
 
 State what you know of Cicero's relations with Pompeius. 
 
 IV. Quidam enim non modo armatis, sed interdum etiam 
 otiosis minabantur, nee quid quisque sensisset, sed ubi fuis- 
 set cogitandum esse dicebant; ut mihi quidem videantur di 
 immortales, etiam si poenas a populo Romano ob aliquod 
 delictum expetiverunt, qui civile bellum tantum et tam luc- 
 tuosum excitaverunt, vel placati jam vel satiati aliquando 
 omnem spem salutis ad clementiam victoris et sapientiam 
 contulisse. ^ Peo Marcello, vi. 
 
 Say what you know of Cicero's relations with Julius Cae- 
 sar. 
 
244 £XAMIN"ATIOIT PAPERS. 
 
 CAESAK. 
 
 For Course II, 
 
 Ea re constituta, secunda vigilia magno cum strepitu ac 
 tumultu castris egressi, niillo certo ordine neque imperio, 
 cum sibi quisque primum itineris locum peteret et domum 
 pervenire properaret, fecerunt ut consimilis fugae profectio 
 videretur. Hac re statim Caesar per speculatores cognita, 
 insidias veritus, quod, qua de causa discederent, nondum 
 perspexerat, exercitum equitatumque castris continuit. — 
 B. G., II. 
 
 VIRGIL. 
 \Cour8e L omit either II. or IIL Course II. omit doth.] 
 
 I. Turn virgam capit ; 
 
 ilia fretus agit ventos, et turbida tranat 
 
 nubila; jamque volans apicem et latera ardua cernit 
 
 Atlantis duri, caelum qui vertice fulcit, 
 
 Atlantis, cinctum adsidue cui nubibus atris 
 
 piniferum caput et vento pulsatur et imbri ; 
 
 nix humeros infusa tegit; turn flumina mento 
 
 praecibitant senis, et glacie riget horrida barba. 
 
 hie primum paribus nitens Cyllenius alls 
 
 constitit ; hinc toto praeceps se corpore ad undas 
 
 misit, avi similis, quae circum litora, circum 
 
 piscosos scopulos hu mills volat aequora juxta. 
 
 baud alitor terras inter caelumqne volabat, 
 
 litus arenosum Libyae ventosque secabat 
 
 materno veniens ab avo Cyllenia proles. — xEn"., IV. 
 
 Explain the mythological allusions in the last line. 
 Write out the three lines beginning '' piniferum," mark all 
 
GREEK GRAMMAR. 245 
 
 the quantities, divide into feet, and mark the ictus of every 
 foot. 
 
 11. Sic tua Cyrneasf 11 giant examina taxos; 
 sic cytiso pastae distendant ubera vaccae ! 
 incipe, si quid habes : et me fecere poetam 
 Pierides; sunt et mihi carmina; me quoque dicunt 
 vatem pastores ; sed non ego credukis illis. 
 nam neque adhuc Vario videor, nee dicere Cinna 
 digna, sed argutos inter strepere anser olores. — EcL., IX. 
 
 III. Flectere si nequeo Superos, Acheronta movebo. 
 Non dabitur regnis, esto, prohibere Latinis, 
 Atque immota manet fatis Lavinia conjunx : 
 
 At trahere, atque moras tantis licet addere rebus, 
 At licet amborum populos exscindere regum. 
 Hac gener atque socer coeant mercede suorum. 
 Sanguine Trojano et Eutulo dotabere, virgo, 
 Et Bellona manet te pronuba. — M'S., VII. 
 
 IV. Give a brief account of the life of Virgil. 
 
 GREEK GRAMMAR. 
 
 [ Greek words 7nust he luritten with accents.'] 
 
 1. Decline Jizpsi^rig, X^mv, and llmg in the singular; and 
 Tp(Jipr]g and ytvog in the plural. Decline udeig through- 
 out. 
 
 2. Decline lyco, slg, oong, and the Comparative of fisyag. 
 
 3. Form and compare Adverbs from aocpog, ^dvg, Ttolvg. 
 
 4. Inflect the Present Optative Middle of vvAaca. Give 
 all the Active Infinitives of l&irtoi. Translate each of these 
 
•246 EXAMINATION" PAPERS. 
 
 Infinitives with cp?]ai. Which could regularly depend on 
 Povlnai? Translate them. 
 
 5. Where are these words made, and from what Present 
 Indicatives: madsvy hmlvai, tfpikvai, hlvaai, aJmg, EideiijV? 
 
 6. What is a Cognate Accusative ? Give an example and 
 translate it. 
 
 7. Tavta. ^ovlofiai. Show how these words would be 
 quoted directiy after sXeysv, and also indirectly. 
 
 8. Explain the uses of the Article in Herodotus which 
 differ from the Attic. 
 
 9. Explain the euphonic changes which occur in the fol- 
 lowing words: Xslsiiiixai Q^m-\ oojfiaai (6(0[iax-), TterteiaTai 
 (Tteid-), hsdriv (ds-). 
 
 10. Give the metrical feet of two syllables, showing the 
 quantity of the syllables in each. 
 
 GKEEK COMPOSITION. 
 
 [Do either A or B, but not both. B consists of sentences 
 from lories' Oreeh Composition.'] 
 
 And after the battle Clearchus called all the generals 
 and captains together to inform (cppd^siv) them that those 
 messengers whom he had sent had come back, saying that 
 the king had already marched off in the night and was now 
 more than four stages (days'-march) distant {anEXsiv). If 
 however, said he, I can trust the zeal (Ttpodvfita) of your sol- 
 diers, I think that we shall cross (dia^aiveiv) the Euphrates 
 River, before the army of the great king arrives (ijxsiv) 
 there. 
 
GREEK PEOSE. 247 
 
 B. 
 
 1. Let us conquer those wlio have been drawn up before 
 the king. 
 
 2. Cyrus feared that the king ^ould come on the follow- 
 ing day. 
 
 3. If you were willing to conquer some and save others, 
 it would be well. 
 
 4. He will need not only soldiers, but also arms and char- 
 iots, if he attack this city. 
 
 5. May you be worthy of all the good things which you 
 possess. 
 
 GEEEK PEOSE. 
 
 [Those offering the Greeh Reader will take 2, 3, 4. Those 
 offering four books of the Anahasis and the seventh booh 
 of Herodotus will take 1, 2, 5. Those offeri7ig the whole 
 Anabasis will take 1, 2, 6.] 
 
 Translate : — 
 
 1. Ov iih drj ovds tovt av tig tlnoi (og xovg xaxovpyovg nai 
 ddMovg Eta xarayeldv, alia dqieidEarara Ttdvxcov kifxcopsho. 
 nolldxig d' Tjv ideTv Ttapd rag att^OfAevag odovg x«/ 7tod(ov xal 
 X^ipav 'Aal 6q)dalficov axepovfii-'vovg dvdpcoTtovg • ojcre kv rri Kvpov 
 dpxiJ t'/s'vezo y.al "Ellriti xal ^ap'^dpco fir^d^v ddixovrti ddsag Tiopsv^ 
 eadai ortrj rig r^delsv, f/om o tl npoifopoiij. — Anab., I. IX. 13. 
 
 Explain the case of ndvrcov and the mood of npoyapoiri. 
 Where is efce made, and from what verb ? 
 
 2. ''Eyd) fuv Toiwv, sq)?] 6 Izevocf^v^ hoi^og eijii xovg omadoqivXaaag 
 8X(ov, tTtsiddv 8£i7tvriOco[Aev, thai iiaTal7Hp6(i£Vog to opog. sx(0 da 
 ycai ^yefjiovag • ol yap yvfivijteg tmv iTtofjisvoyv ^fiiv yXxait^v ela^ov 
 
248 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 
 
 Tivag tvedpevaa^tsg ' rovrmv >iai Ttvvddvoiiai on ovx a^arov etyri to 
 opog, alia rffisxai ai^l xai ^ovgiv • (oaze bdvTtep drta^ J.d^oofisv ri 
 rov opovg^ (iard not roTg vTZo^vyioig eorai. Htzl^co ds ovds rovg 
 TtoXefAiovg fievsiv hi, Imibdv I'dcoGiv ijiidg Iv Tcp o^oioj) Im rcav dxpcov ' 
 ovds ydp vvv lOiXovai xara^aiveiv ijiiiv eig to I'aov. — Anab., IV. 
 VI. 17 and 18. 
 
 Where are levai, yiaT:alj]\p6f4svog, and [isveiv made, and from 
 what verbs ? Explain tense of fxeveiv. 
 
 3. !Ek ds tovrov ot rpidHovra, ovxhi voixiComg daqjaltj 0(pi6i zd 
 Ttpdyfiara, t^ovh'fiijGav ^Elevolva thdicoaaadai, ^ars elvca ocpiai 
 xaraqvyj'jv, si dErjasie. xa) Ttapayysilavzsg roig iTtTtsvair, iiXOov eig 
 'Elsvaiva Kpixiag re xal oi d)loi xav rpidy.ovra' t^kaotv re Ttoi^- 
 aarxeg Iv toTg iTtTtEvci, qidGnovzeg eidEvai ^ovlsoOai noooi elev xal 
 Ttoaijg qvlaxrjg TtpoadsjJGoivzo, I-asXsvov aTZoypdqjsodai ndvzag • zov 
 de aTtoypayjdfievov del did ztjg nvXidog tm zrjv OdXazzav a^isvai. — 
 Hel., II. IV. 8. 
 
 Explain the mood and tense of slev and TtpoadetiGoivro. 
 What is the Attic use of acpm? 
 
 ARITHMETIC. 
 
 1. 1 -.T. .1 1 , , (1.4C9)^ X 0.001 
 
 1. Find, by logarithms, the cube root oi o 0*2^ ^4. * 
 
 X9JL (IJL -L. 1 9) 
 
 2. Reduce " ^ v 1 8 -r i o / ^q ^ repeating decimal. 
 
 3. Explain in full the method of finding the greatest 
 common divisor of 3^, 2^, and f. 
 
 4. If f of a bushel of corn be worth f of a bushel of 
 wheat, and wheat be worth $ 1.40 a bushel, how many bush- 
 els of corn can be bought for $ 27 ? 
 
 6. When 1 1 in gold is worth $ 1.595 in currency, how 
 
ALGEBRA. 249 
 
 many gold dollars and how much fractional currency ought 
 I to receive for a ten-dollar U. S. note ? 
 
 6. What part of 12 yds. 1 ft. 6 in. is ^^^ of a mile ? 
 
 7. The gramme contains 15.4327 gr. Troy. How many 
 pounds avoirdupois make a myriagramme ? 
 
 8. A can do -^^ of a piece of work in 4 days ; B J in 5 
 days ; C |- in 3 days ; D |- in 1|^ days. How long will it take 
 them all to do it ? 
 
 9. Extract the square root of 0.05331481. Verify the 
 answer, as nearly as possible, by logarithms. 
 
 10. Six men, working 9 hours a day, can do a piece of 
 work in 15 days. In how many days will a party of men, 
 working 10 hours a day, do the work, the number of men 
 being equ^ to the number of days ? 
 
 ALGEBRA. 
 
 1. Find the simplest expression for 
 1.1,1 
 
 a{a — b) {a — c) b (b — c) (b — a) c (c — a) {c — b) 
 
 2. Separate 4:a^^ — (a^-\-P — c^y into four trinomial 
 factors. 
 
 3. Find two numbers such that the sum of J of the first 
 and J of the second equals 11, and equals also three times 
 the first diminished by the second. 
 
 4. Prove that (a*") = a"***. What is the relation between 
 a, a^, a"^ ? 
 
 5. Solve the equation — - — — + — = 0. 
 
 2 + y y — 2 5 
 
 6. Give the first three and the last three terms of 
 ^ 3 ^ 
 
250 EXAMIi^ATIOiq- PAPERS. 
 
 7. A banker has two kinds of coin. It takes a pieces of 
 the first, or h pieces of the second, to make a dollar. If a 
 dollar is offered for c pieces, how many of each kind must 
 be given ? 
 
 8. Divide 16 into two parts such that their product 
 added to the sum of their squares shall be 208. 
 
 9. Which is the larger : V t ^^ V It ^ 
 
 PLANE GEOMETRY. 
 
 1. In" wliat manner do the two diagonals of a parallelo- 
 gram divide each other ? Give proof. What angle do the 
 two diagonals of a rhombus make with each other ? Prove. 
 
 2. Prove that if all the sides of any convex polygon be 
 produced, the sum of the exterior angles will be equal to 
 four right angles. 
 
 3. Prove that, if the three angles of one triangle are equal, 
 each to each, to the three angles of another triangle, the 
 homologous/sides are proportional. 
 
 4. Find the ratio of the side of a square to its diagonal. 
 
 5. If the vertical angle of a triangle be bisected by a line 
 which cuts the base of the triangle, to what are the two seg- 
 ments of the base proportional ? Prove. 
 
 If the line bisects an exterior angle of the triangle, what 
 follows ? State without proving. 
 
 6. Show how to inscribe a circle in a triangle ; and then 
 deduce a rule for finding the area of a triangle when the 
 three sides of the triangle and the area of the inscribed cir- 
 cle are known. 
 
MODEKN AXD PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY. 251 
 
 MODERN AND PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 1. Depike the following terms: meridian, promontory, 
 archipelago, canon, delta. 
 
 2'. Describe the Atlantic coast of North America, begin- 
 ning at a point in the same latitude as Cape Farewell. Give 
 the names of important streams and inlets, the countries or 
 states bordering upon the ocean, and the principal seaports, 
 in their order, reckoning from north to south. State also, 
 when possible, the principal articles of export. 
 
 3. Bound Italy. Name its principal mountains and 
 streams. What is its largest city ? What are its principal 
 seaports, and in what part of the country is each situated ? 
 
 4. What mountains lie between France and Spain ? 
 What name is given to the prolongation of this chain to the 
 west ? What bay lies to the north of this prolongation ? 
 W^hat rivers empty into this bay ? 
 
 6. Through what large islands does the equator pass ? 
 What large island lies opposite the mouth of the Amoor 
 Ptiver ? Where are the Shetland Islands ? Orkney Islands ? 
 Hebrides? Corsica? Ceylon? 
 
 6. Into what waters do the following rivers empty : Eu- 
 phrates, Ganges, Gaudiana, Indus, Saskatchewan, Tigris? 
 State also where each rises, its course, and the countries 
 through which it flows. 
 
 7. Describe a water route from Toronto to Suez. 
 
 8. In what part of South America are the principal high- 
 land regions ? What effect does this disposition of highland 
 have upon the drainage of the country ? 
 
252 EXAMIKATIOl^ PAPERS. 
 
 ENGLISH COMPOSITION. 
 
 Each candidate is required to write a short English com- 
 position, correct in spelling, punctuation, grammar, and 
 expression. This composition must be at least fifty lines 
 long, and be properly divided into paragraphs. One of the 
 following subjects must be taken : — 
 
 The Character of Dr. Primrose. 
 
 An Account of the Tent-scene between Brutus and Cassius. 
 
 The Argument of Marmion. 
 
 FRENCH. 
 
 1. Translate into English: — 
 
 Je sortis, et me promenai toute la matinee dans la ville, 
 en songeant sans cesse a la reception que mon oncle me fe- 
 rait. Je crois, disais-je en moi-meme, qu'il sera ravi de me 
 voir. Je jugeais de ses sentiments pas les miens, et je me 
 preparais a une reconnaissance fort touchante. Je retour- 
 nai chez lui en diligence a I'heure qu'on m'avait marquee. 
 Vous arrivez a propos, me dit son valet, mon maitre va bien- 
 tot sortir. Attendez ici un instant, je vais vous ann oncer. 
 A ces mots, il me laissa dans I'antichambre. II y revint un 
 moment apres, et me fit entrer dans la chambre de son maitre, 
 dont le visage me f rappa d'abord par un air de famille. II 
 me sembla que c'etait mon oncle Thomas, tant ils se ressem- 
 blaient tons deux. Je le saluai avec un profond respect, et 
 lui dis que j'etais fils de maitre Nicolas : je lui appris aussi 
 que j'exercais a Madrid, depuis trois semaines, le metier de 
 mon pere en qualite de garc^on, et que j'avais dessein de 
 faire le tour de I'Espagne pour me profectionner. Tandis 
 
PLAJ^E TRIGOiTOMETRT. 253 
 
 que je parlais, je m'aper9ns que mon oncle revait. II dou- 
 tait apparemment s'il me desavouerait ponr son neveu, ou 
 s'il se def erait adroitement de moi : il choisit ce dernier parti. 
 II a3ecta de prendre iin air riant et me dit : Eh bien ! mon 
 ami, comment se portent ton pere et tes oncles ? dans quel 
 6tat sont leurs affaires ? — Le Sage. 
 
 2. State the tense of the italicized verbs in the above and 
 give it in full. 
 
 3. Give the principal tenses of savoir, acqicerir, prendre, 
 envoyer (thus, Iistf., Hre ; Pres. Part., etant ; Past. Part., 
 ete ; Pres. IisrD.,ye suis ; Fret., je fits). 
 
 4. Using mostly the words of 1, translate into French : 
 
 (a) Do you think that they are delighted to see him ? 
 
 (b) They left me waiting more than an hour, (c) 1 fear that 
 he has gone out. 
 
 PLANE TRIGONOIVIETRY. 
 
 1. Find the angles of the plane right triangle in which 
 the hypothenuse is J of one of the sides. 
 
 2. Obtain, without using the tables, tlie natural trigo- 
 nometric functions of 60°. 
 
 3. Obtain, from fundamental formulas, the sine and 
 cosine of 270°, 270° — x, 270° + x. 
 
 4. Obtain, from fundamental formulas, sin x — sin 
 
 5. In the plane oblique triangle A B 0, B is 40°, b is 100, 
 What values of a will give two solutions ; one solution ; no 
 solution ? Give th^ reason for each answer. 
 
 6. Obtain, from fundamental formulas, 
 
 1 4- cos o; 
 
254 EXAMIN^ATION PAPERS. 
 
 7. Solve the triangle whose sides are 0.1498, 0.1596, 0.1943. 
 
 8. Prove the formula 
 
 cos {x-\-y) cos {x — y)^co&^y — sin* a;. 
 
 ANALYTIC GEOMETRY. 
 
 1. "What is the equation of a line parallel to the axia 
 of X, 3 units below it ? At what point does this line inter- 
 sect the line 3^ + 4rc + 1 = ? What is the acute angle 
 between these two lines ? 
 
 2. What are the axes and the parameter of the curve 
 4^2 -\-3x^=zS6? What is the equation of the circle whose 
 diameter coincides with the transverse axis of this curve ? 
 
 3. State and prove the relation between any ordinate of 
 an ellipse and the corresponding ordinate of the inscribed 
 circle. 
 
 4. Deduce formulas for passing from a rectangular to a 
 polar system. 
 
 5. The equation of the tangent to the parabola y^ = 2px 
 is yy' =p {x-{-x'). Find the equations of the tangent and 
 the normal to y^=zSx, at the extremity of the positive ordi- 
 nate through the focus. 
 
 6. Is the point ( — 2, 1) situated on the hyperbola 
 4^2_^^2__24? Why? 
 
 7. Of what is 2:^ + 4 1= the equation ? Illustrate by a 
 figure. 
 
 8. Find the points in which the curve y^ = 4:X intersects 
 the curve 3y^-\- 2x^=14:. 
 
ADVAi^^CED ALGEBKA. 255 
 
 SOLID GEOMETRY. 
 
 1. Pkoye that, if a solid angle is formed by three plane 
 angles, the sum of either two of them is greater than the 
 third. The sum of the three angles taken together cannot 
 exceed a certain quantity : what is it ? 
 
 2. A pyramid is cut by two planes parallel to the base : 
 prove that the two sections are similar polygons. State in 
 the form of a proportion the relation which holds between 
 the areas of these sections and their respective distances 
 from the vertex of the pyramid. 
 
 3. Prove that, if from the vertices of a given spherical tri- 
 angle as poles arcs of great circles are described, another 
 triangle is formed, the vertices of which are the poles of the 
 sides of the given triangle. 
 
 4. A ball of lead is three inches in diameter : what is its 
 weight ? A cubic foot of lead weighs 712 pounds. 
 
 5. A certain cylindrical vessel is twelve inches in diam- 
 eter and eight inches deep. What are the dimensions of a 
 vessel, similar inform, which will hold only one sixty-fourth 
 as much ? 
 
 6. What is a degree of spherical stirface? How is the 
 area of a spherical triangle measured? State without 
 proving. 
 
;56 EXAMINATIOJS' PAPERS. 
 
 ADVANCED ALGEBRA. 
 
 1. Divide a^' — l^—c' — Uc by ^Hll±f . 
 
 a-\-l) — c 
 
 2. What is the equation whose roots are 1, . ^ 
 
 3. Obtain the formulas for the last term and the sum of 
 the series in a geometrical progression. Obtain also an ex- 
 pression for the sum of the series, in terms of the first term, 
 the last term, and the common factor or ratio. 
 
 4. Solve the equation V a; + V (^ — V^ — ^) = 1- 
 
 5. How many words can be formed from seven letters 
 taken all together, provided that 3 given letters are never 
 separated ? 
 
 6. Find the sum of n terms of the series 1, 3, 5, 7 . . . 
 
 7. Solve the equations x^—xf — 26, x^ -\-xii-{'if — 13. 
 
 8. What is the sixth term of {l — xY ? 
 
 9. A courier travels from P to Q in 14 hours : a second 
 courier starts at the same time from a place ten miles behind 
 P, and arrives at Q at the same time as the first courier. 
 The times in which the couriers travel 20 miles differ by 
 half an hour. Find the distance from P to Q. 
 
HARVARD EXAMINATION PAPERS, 
 
 OCTOBER, 1875. 
 
 ANCIENT fflSTORY AND GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 1. Mention" in order (1) the ancient divisions of Greece 
 which lie upon the eastern coast ; and (2) the important 
 islands near that coast. In both cases proceed from north to 
 south in your enumeration. 
 
 2. Give a brief account (with the important dates) either 
 of the great Persian wars, or of the career of Alexander the 
 Great, at your option. 
 
 3. Mention any reasons that occur to you why Sparta 
 should have been (1) victorious in the Peloponnesian War; 
 and (2) vanquished by Thebes. 
 
 4. Mention in order (1) the western divisions of ancient 
 Italy from the Alps to the Straits of Messina ; and (2) any 
 six places of historic note in these divisions. In both cases 
 proceed from north to south in your enumeration. 
 
 5. Where is Epirus ? How came a king of Epirus (Pyr- 
 rhus) to make war in Italy upon the Romans, and what 
 grounds had he to hope for success ? 
 
 6. Mention any reasons that occur to you (1) why Hanni- 
 bal should have hoped to overcome Rome ; and (2) why he 
 failed in his attempt. 
 
 7. Give a brief account (with the important dates) of the 
 
258 EXAMINATION?- PAPERS. 
 
 political career either of Cicero or of Augustus, at your 
 option. 
 
 8. Mention the names of the emperors between Domitian 
 and Commodus, in the order of their reigns. 
 
 MODERN AND PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 1. What range of mountains separates Russia from Sibe- 
 ria ? What is the direction of this chain ? What moun- 
 tains separate Russia from Asia on the south ? Give the 
 name and altitude of any prominent peak of this range ? 
 
 2. Which of the following groups of islands lies farthest 
 north, which farthest south, and which farthest east ? — 
 Azores, Canary Islands, Cape Verd Islands. To what coun- 
 try does each group belong ? 
 
 3. Describe the position of the highest, mountain system 
 in each of the continents. Give the name, position, and al- 
 titude of at least one prominent peak in each system. 
 
 4. Where is the Volga River ? Into what does it empty ? 
 What other river approaches at one point very near the Vol- 
 ga, but empties into a different body of water ? 
 
 5. Bound Switzerland. Name its principal lakes and riv- 
 ers. What are its chief cities ? What is its form of govern- 
 ment? 
 
 6. Define the following terms : peninsula^ isthmus, sound , 
 plateau, luatershed. Give an example of each. 
 
 7. Write as fully as you can about the following places, 
 mentioning any fact relating to geographical position, size, 
 commercial or political importance, and the like : {a) Cincin- 
 nati, {I) Cologne, (c) Frankfort-on-the-Main, {d) Liver- 
 
GREEK COMPOSITIOjq-. 259 
 
 pool, (e) Melbourne, (/) Prague, (g) Singapore, (h) Sitka, 
 (^) Trieste, (/) Valparaiso. 
 
 8. Describe the course of the Mississippi River. "What 
 tributaries does it receive from the west? what from the 
 east ? Across or by what States does the principal stream 
 flow ? Mention any important fact relating to its outlet. 
 
 GREEK CO^MPOSITION. 
 
 [Do either A or B, hut not loth. B consists of sentences 
 from Jones^ " Exercises in Greek Prose Co7nposition"] 
 
 A. 
 
 And after this Xenophon arose and said, " fellow sol- 
 diers, it is evident (^ijAo?) that our march {izopeia) must be 
 made on-foot ; for there are no boats. But it is necessary 
 (avdyxri) to proceed at-once; for we have no supplies {iruT-q- 
 deia). We therefore," said he, " will offer-sacrifice." After 
 this the generals offered-sacrifice, and there was-present a 
 soothsayer from- Arcadia (^ApKdq). But the sacrifices were 
 not favorable. In-consequence they rested this day. 
 * 
 
 B. 
 
 1. In the time of {kni) Darius many men fought on horse- 
 back. 
 
 2. He announced that the general had sent his army into 
 the city. 
 
 3. He said that they would not have fled if no one had 
 conquered them. 
 
 4. It was evident that he desired to cross before the rest 
 replied. 
 
260 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 
 
 5. The king hindered the greater part of the army from 
 crossing. 
 
 6. Whenever he hurled {3dXXw) his javelin at any one he 
 (always) hit {axovzi^uj) him. 
 
 GEEEK GRAMMAE. 
 
 \^ Candidates for advanced standing will omit 4 aiid 8, and 
 take 9 and 10.] 
 
 1. Write the correct form of ;^a/?££vr<r:, laraavat, Tzetpavfxatj 
 dede^rai. 
 
 2. Decline 6pt^, a<jTu, in the singular, and ywrj and vat)<r in 
 the plural. 
 
 3. Decline ehyevijq in the plural; ek and ziq through- 
 out. 
 
 4 * Compare dXiyo^^ 7roAD<r, pa8io<;. Form and compare an 
 adverb from ray^vq. 
 
 5. Give the synopsis of the Second Aorist Passive of 
 crikXu}. Give the Imperfect Active of el^a: in full. 
 
 6. Principal parts of rpiipw^ rpiriu)^ tzscOoj, izaff^io, Tzi-^ZTio. 
 
 Where are the following verbs made: rJo:/i:, J<r/x£v, /J/^va^, 
 <pa<jiv^ and ^^za? 
 
 7. What are the uses of av with the tenses of the Indica- 
 tive? What tenses of the Infinitive could be used after 
 iXizi^u) to denote Future Time? 
 
 8.* Compare the use of the article by Homer with its use 
 in Attic Greek. 
 
 9. (a) Translate "Eyrj rouro noi^ffai. ^ExiXeuev ahrbv iX- 
 Ottv. 
 
GREEK PROSE. 201 
 
 (/?) Translate 'Enstddv rodro ^dto, a-rJpyo[iai. Translate 
 
 Obx. av aitriXd £v ^ d fiij j^affdehq tooto s T tt £ v , ha rov ddtX(pdv 
 
 eld£v . Explain the Mood and Tense of these verbs. 
 
 10. GiA^e the scheme of the Tragic Iambic Trimeter. 
 Describe the Anapaestic System. 
 
 GREEK PROSE. 
 
 [Tfiose offering the Greeh Reader tuill take 2, 3, 4. Tltose 
 offering four hooks of the Anabasis and the seventh hook 
 of Herodotus luill take 1, 2, 5. Those off^ering the lohole 
 Anabasis luill take 1, 2, 6.] 
 
 1. Translate : — 
 
 TZOTafLOi: d' si fii> Ttt; xai alXoq apa rjfuv Iffn dta'^ario^ nox ol8a ' 
 rov S* oov Ebcppdrfjv o^ldaiizv on ddbvarov diai37jvac xujAuovtwv rzoke- 
 p-iajv. 00 fiev drj^ av ixdyeodai ys dirj^ [-reTiT eifftv ^/jtTv ^ufi/ia/ot^ 
 rwv ok 7roXefit(ov Itztzsi^ eiaiv ol TtXelffzot xai TzXsiffroo a^co'. ' oxtzz 
 vixaivTsq fihv rha uv dTzoxretvaijiev ; 7^TTwp.ivajv 8i: oudiva u\6v re 
 cwdr^vat. — AlS'AB., XL iv. 6. 
 
 How is the stem of the verbal adjective in -rioc; formed ? 
 State how many constructions (syntactical) the verbal in 
 -rio^ has, and explain them. Explain the case of tzoXs^uwv 
 (following xwXuo'^raji^) and the mood of d-oxrecvat/xsv. What 
 constitutes the protasis to dv dTzoxrsvmitiev ? 
 
 2. Tfj 8s OffTspata wjso r^ysjiovoq kizopsoovro ' fiayoiisvoi 8' ol 
 T.oXipAoi^ xa\ OTZTj sIt] (Ttsvov yujpiov TrpoxaraXa/ilSdvo^^rsq, h.mXoo^^ 
 rdc 7:ap68ou^. Stzozs p.sv ouv Toh(; Tzpuirooq xioXbots'^^ Ez'^ocojv 
 OTCiffdsv ix/Satvajv Tzpb^ rd oprj sXus ri]v drzo^pa^cv r^^ 7:ap68ou rot^ 
 TpWToiq^ dvwripu) 7:sLpU)[is'^oq yiyvsadai tcov xcuXud'^rcuu • otzots 8k 
 roiq oTZtffdsv iTVidoIvro^ Xstpiffo^oq ix^aivwy^ xai nscpof/xsvoq dvuj- 
 
2Q2 EXAMI2TATI0K PAPERS. 
 
 ripo) yiyvsffOat tojv xtuXua^rcDVy sXue rijv drto^pa-tv Tyj<^ TzapoSou rolq 
 OTZtadsv ' xai as), outcu^ ijSorjOouv aXXijXot':^ xdX iffy^opwq aXXrjXa))> 
 
 iiztixiXovTo. — GooDWii^'s Eeadee, p. 36 (Anab., IV. ii. 24- 
 26). 
 
 What relation does the participle jiaxotxevot express ? 
 Give the principal parts of Xafi^dvaj and ^aivuj. Explain the 
 mood of xtoXboiev, What is the composition of ditdcppa^tv and 
 IfioTjOoov ? From what and how are adverbs regularly 
 formed ? 
 
 3. '^/iTv, 'i(pr)^ u) h rod affreoq avdpei;^ (TU/jlI^ouXsoo) iyo) yi^ajvai 
 bfxat; aoTobq. [xdXtaza S' av yvoifjrs^ el dvaXoyiaaiade^ lizi xivi biiiv 
 fiiya (ppovfjriov ^ariv^ (oare ruioiv apysiv iTrcyeipeiv. Ttorepov dtxac- 
 orepot i:(TT£ ; dXA 6 fikv dr^ioq^ Ttsvicrzepoi; Ofxwv a>v, oddh TtcuTtore evexa 
 yp-qiidriov Ufxaq yjdUrjffsv ' u/xelq de^ TiXooGidirepoi Tzdvrcov ovreq^ izoXXd 
 xai alffypd evexa xspdimv ■neitotijxare. ^ne\ de duaLoabvrjq obdev 
 6p2v Tvpoffijxet, (Txiil'affOe el apa ^n dvdpeta 1)[mv fiiya ^povr^riov. — 
 
 Goodwin's Reader, p. 85 (Hel., II. iv. 40). 
 
 Analyze the forms yvoii^re and axiipaaOe^ showing how they 
 are built up from the simple stems. Explain the mood of 
 yvoi-qre^ and the case of bixiv (following Itv. tIvl), oudiv, and 
 Trdvrwv. Explain the construction of apyetv, and that of 
 iTTcyeipe'iv. 
 
 4. Tore fxev outuj yjyajviffavro^ ttj 5' vffrepair) ol ^dp/Sapot obSkv 
 a/xec^ov diOXsov ' ars yap oXtycov lovTiov^ iXTrtaavriq acpeaq xarare- 
 rpu) liar iff Oat re xaX oux ulouq re effeffdai ert yelpaq dvraetpaffOaCj 
 (TwijSaXXov. ol Ss " EXXr^veq xaxd rdqcq re xa\ xard eOuea xexofffir)- 
 fiivot ^ffavj xa\ iu /lipei exaffrot ifidyovro^ tzXtjv 0(oxi(ov ' obroi 8e 
 ^q TO oopoq irdyOrjffav (puXd^ovreq rr^v dzpanov. (ix; de oudev evpt- 
 ffxov dXXoiorepov ol Ilipffai ^ rrj Tzporepairj hwpwv^ dTZTJXauvov. — 
 
 Goodwin's Realer, p. 146 (Herod., VII. 212). 
 
 5. ix rabrrjq a)v rr^qvijffoo 6piieoiiie\>oi^ ipo^zovriav rooq Aaxedat- 
 fioviouq ' Tiapoixoo de TzoXi/xou ff<pt iovzoq oIxtjioo^ oddev deivol effov- 
 
GREEK POETRY. 263 
 
 rat rot, fi9) zrji; aXlrj^'^EkXddoqydXtffxofihrjq utzo too tzeX^o jSoTjdi- 
 CDfft raoTTj ' xaradooXwdstffTjq dk r^c cIXXtjz '^EXX.ddoq, do'devsc; rjdirj 
 TO Aaxujvcxdv /xouvoi' Xei-Kszat. ^y ds zabra fii) ttoc^^, Tdde rot 
 Ttpoffdoxa effSffOac. effzi r^? IleXoTzovvTJffotj IffO'xoq areivoq ' h roo- 
 Tio Tui X(i>poi Tcd'^Tiov IIsXoTTO'^uTjffiwi' (Tovoiioffdvrcov tTTi ffo).^ ixdva^ 
 Iff^uporipaq aXXaq twv ysvoriivwy Tzpoffdixeo sffsffOai roc ' kxslvo 
 de Tzor/jffavTC dfj.ay-qr\ o re iffO/io^ ouroq xai al TzuXcq izpocytopij- 
 
 Gouai. — Herod., VII. 235. 
 
 6. Xetpi(TO(poq S" ^.Ttsl fipiOrj^ itapsX.OuJv elrsv, \iXX^ o) u'^opt^^ 
 TouTO fxev ttrrSj ore ood^ dv eyioys iaratrca^ov, et aXXov eV.sffOe * 
 Sevotpwvra pivrot, s^y), (V'^ijffars oijy tXdptvoi ' lo^ xa\ vov Ai^tTZizoq 
 ^drj Sti^aXXev abrov Tzpo^ 'Ava^ijSiov o ri idbvaro xai pdXa ipob 
 auTov (Ttyd^ovTO^. 6 8' e^T) vopi^ecv abrov Tcpaffiatvt pdXXov au-^dp- 
 ^etv ideXr^aai Aapdavei ovrt too KXedpyou arparebiiaroq rj iaoroi 
 Adxojvc ovTi. iTze), pivroi kpk eiXsffOs^ ^V'?? ^^ ^Y^ Tcsipaffopat o 
 T£ av dbvcopac 6/j.d^ dyadov Tzotelv. xa\ y/zel^ ooroj Ttapaaxsud^effOs 
 w^ aopwvy idv tcXoo^ J, dva^opevoi. — AkAB., VL i. 32, 33. 
 
 GREEK POETRY. 
 
 1. Translate: — 
 
 *' daifiovtT), ah\ ph oteai, obdi ffs XrjdcOy 
 
 Ttpr^^ai S" £pTZ-q<; o6 ti dovjjffeat, dAA' arzo ^9opod 
 pdXXov ipo\ iffsac ' to di roc xa\ piycov earac. 
 ei ^ ooTut TOOT iffrcv, lpo\ piXXec <piXo\> ehac. 
 dAil' dxiouffa xdd^-qijOj kpai 8' incnecT^eo pw^-o), 
 pi) vb roc ob ypacffpoxrcv, o<Joc -f^eoi eld h WXbp.TTci), 
 dffffov i6v^\ ore xiv roc ddzrouq yelpaq icpscio." 
 
 Iliad, 1.561 -507. 
 
 (a) In what tense, mood, and voice and from what pres- 
 ent indicatives are xdO-qao and kcptio) formed ? 
 
 (p) Divide into feet the last two verses (566, 567). 
 
364 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 
 
 (y) Write the Attic forms corresponding to Sieatj itpr^^ai, 
 
 iTttTtetdeo. 
 
 2. Translate : — 
 
 '^^^ (fdro vetxetiov ^Ayafxifivova, Tzot/iiva Xawv, 
 Oepaifqi;. rw ^ a>xa rcapiffraro dJoi; ^08oaa£U<;y 
 xai fjLiv u-Kodpa idcbv ^akeTzaJ TJviTzaTts fxbf^ip ' 
 ** Ospfflr axpiTOixod^e, hybq -sp Icbv dyop7jTi]<; 
 ^ff'/so, ixrjS' id-eX oToi? ipt^i/ievai (Saffdeufftv. 
 oi) yap kyo) ffio ^rj/xi ^epetorepov ^poTov aXXov 
 s/i/ie'^ac, offffot a/x ^ArpeidTjq bub ^Ikiov ^A»9ov * 
 TcD obx av [^aaiXr^a^ wm <tt6[j! e^cuv ayopebotq^ 
 xai ffcptv ovetded re irpoipipoL'z, voffzov re (puXdffaoiq. 
 
 Iliad, 11.243-251. 
 
 {d) Give the derivation of dxptrd/xvds and Ipi^iixevat, 
 
 3. Translate : — 
 
 01 S" i-nsl o5v ixdrep^ev 6/xtXou ^a)pij^^7)(rav, 
 i<: jxiffffov Tpu}ujv xai "A^atcHv ^(rrt^owvro 
 detvov depxurxsvoi ' d-dix^oq 8' h/ev tlaopoiovra'^ 
 Tpa>d': {f iTTTTodd/xouq xai iuxvrjfxtdaq "A^atobi;. 
 xai p iyybq (Tttjttjv diaixeTp-qrij} kvi X^PV 
 asiovT kyxs:ia<;, dXXijXotffiv xoriovrs. 
 Tzpoffd'S d' ^AXi^avdpoq Ttpo'cei doXt^offxtou ey^o^, 
 xa\ ^dXev ^Arpeidao xar dffTzida Ttdvrod kta-Qv ' 
 ouS' epprj^ev ^C-Xxaqy dvsyvdfxcfd^rj 8i ol al^lJ^rj 
 darUd" ht xparep^. IlIAD, III. 340 - 349. 
 
 (e) What Homeric peculiarities do you notice in the for- 
 mation of elffopotuvzaq, (Ttijtt^u, dXXrjXoiffiv ? 
 
 (C) Translate the following epithets of ships: novrdTtopoc, 
 (bxbnopoi, TToXoxX-qtdsqy ajxipiiXiffffaiy xopwvidsq. 
 
lati:n' geammar. 265 
 
 LATIN COIMPOSITION. 
 
 Translate into Latin : — 
 
 Ik midsummer/ at which time all-other'^ praetors are 
 wont ^ to go round * the province and run-to-and-fro ^ or to 
 cruise ^ in-person,' at that time he was not content with his 
 own house royal,^ which belonged to King Hiero, which the 
 praetors are wont ® to use. He ordered tents ^** to be 
 pitched ^^ on the beach,^^ which beach is on ^^ the island at 
 Syracuse," hard-by " the very entrance ^^ of the harbor." 
 
 1 aestas summa. ^ ceteri. ^ consuescere : what tense? * obire, with accusa- 
 tive. 5 concursare. s navigare. ^ ipse, s regius. » solere. i" tdbernaculum. 
 ^^ collocare. ^ litus. ^^ in. i* 5j/racMsae, plural, ^^prope. ^^ introitus. ^^ por- 
 
 tive. 
 tus. 
 
 Translate into English : — 
 
 Sed quid ego plura de G-avio ? quasi tu Gavio turn fueris 
 infestus, ac non nomini, generi, iuri civium hostis. Non 
 illi, inquam, homini. sed causae communi liberfcatis inimicus 
 fuisti. Quid enim attinuit, cum Mamertini more atque 
 instituto suo crucem fixissent post urbem in via Pompeia, 
 Ite inhere in ea parte figere, quae ad f return spectaret, et hoc 
 addere, quod negare nullo modo potes, te idcirco ilium 
 locum deligere, ut ille, quoniam se civem Eomanum esse 
 diceret, ex cruce Italiam cernere ac domum suam prospicere 
 posset ? 
 
 LATIN GRAMMAR. 
 
 Do not translate, but answer the questions below. 
 
 Tum vero ancipiti mentem formidine pressus 
 Obstipui, steteruntque comae et vox faucibus haesit. 
 Hunc Polydorum auri quondam cum pondere magno 
 
366 examinatio:n' papers. 
 
 Infelix Priamus f urtim mandarat alendum 
 Threicio regi, cum iam diffideret armis 
 Dardaniae cingique nrbem obsidione videret. 
 II le, ut opes fractae Teucrum, et Fortuna recessit, 
 Ees Agamemnonias yictriciaque arma secutus, 
 Fas omne abrumpit; Polydorum obtruncat, et auro 
 Vi potitnr. Quid non mortalia pectora cogis, 
 Auri sacra fames ? 
 
 Give the principal parts of Jiaesit, alendum^ diffideret, cin- 
 gi, fractae. 
 
 Give the Subjunctive active, 1st person, of all the tenses 
 of pressiis, haesit, mandarat. 
 
 Give the subjunctive, 1st person in all tenses, and the Im- 
 perative throughout, of secutus. Give all the participles of 
 recessit, and all the Infinitives of fractae. 
 
 Decline infelix and 'pondere. Decline also ecquis. Com- 
 pare sacra. CoYmpare proximus, humilis, and saepe. 
 
 Give the meaning of the derivative terminations of vic- 
 tricia and mortalia. Form adjectives from auri and urhem. 
 Form a noun of agency (denoting the doer of the action) 
 from alendum. How are the present and the perfect of 
 fractae formed respectively ? What is the construction of 
 armis, obsidione, auro ? 
 
 CAESAR, SALLUST, AND OYID. 
 
 [iV. B. Translate 07ie piece of Caesar, the piece of Sallust, 
 and two pieces of Ovid. The order in lohich they are done 
 is unimportant. The second piece of Caesar is a substi- 
 tute for Sallust, and the pieces of Virgil for Ovid, hy those 
 who have 7iot read those authors.^ 
 
 I. Caesar : Bell. Gall., Book 11. § xi. Ea re constitnta 
 secunda vigilia magno cum strepitu ac tumultu castris 
 
LATIIT. 267 
 
 egressi nullo certo ordine neqne imperio, cum sibi quisque 
 primum itineris locum peteret et domum pervenire propera- 
 ret, fecerunt ut consimilis fugae profectio videretur. Hac 
 re statim Caesar per speculatores coguita insidias veritus, 
 quod qua de causa discederent nondum perspexerat, exerci- 
 tum castris continuity Prima luce omnem equitatum qui 
 novissimum agmen moraretur praemisit. 
 
 Explain the subjunctives discederent and moraretur, 
 
 II. [ Only for those lulio do not offer SaUnst.] Caesar : 
 B. G., V. § 34. At barbaris consilium non defuit, nam duces 
 eorum tota acie pronunciare jusserunt ne quis ab loco dis- 
 cederet; illorum esse praedam, atque illis reservari quae- 
 cumque Eomani reliquissent ; proinde omnia in victoria 
 posita existimarent. Erant et virtute et numero pugnando 
 pares nostri. Tamen etsi ab duce et a fortuna deserebantur, 
 tamen omnem spem salutis in virtute ponebant, et quoties 
 quaeque coliors procurreret, ab ea parte magnus numerus 
 hostium cadebat. 
 
 How far north did Caesar's campaigns extend ? 
 
 III. Sallust : Cat. § 22. Fuere ea tempestate qui dice- 
 rent Catilinam oratione habita, cum ad jusjurandum popu- 
 laris sceleris sui adigeret, humani corporis sanguinem vino 
 permixtum in pateris circumtulisse ; inde cum post exsecra- 
 tionem omnes degustavissent, sicut in sollemnibus sacris 
 fieri consuevit, aperuisse consilium suum, atque eo [dictitare] 
 fecisse, quo inter se magis fidi forent, alius alii tanti facino- 
 ris conscii. Nonnulli ficta et haec et multa praeterea ex- 
 istumabant ab iis, qui Ciceronis invidiam, quae postea orta 
 est, leniri credebant atrocitate sceleris eorum qui poenas de- 
 derant. 
 
 What offices had Catiline held, and which one was he 
 aiming at in the year of his conspiracy ? 
 
268 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 
 
 (1) Ovid : Metam., III. 51 - 60. 
 
 quae mora sit sociis, miratnr Agenore natus, 
 
 vestigatqne yiros : tegumen direpta leonis 
 
 pellis erat, telum splendent! lancea ferro 
 
 et jaculum, teloque animus praestantior omni. 
 
 ut nemus intravit, letataque copora vidit, 
 
 victoremque supra spatiosi corporis hostem 
 
 tristia sanguinea lambentem Yulnera lingua, 
 
 " Aut ultor yestrae, fidissima corpora, mortis, 
 
 aut comes " inquit " ero." Dixit dextraque molarem 
 
 sustulit, et magnum magno conamine misit. 
 
 (2) Ovid: Fasti, IV. 811-818. 
 
 Contrahere agrestes et moenia ponere utrique 
 
 Convenit : ambigitur, moenia ponat uter. 
 " Nil opus est " dixit " certamine " Eoinulus " uUo : 
 
 Magna fides avium est ; experiamur aves." 
 Ees placet : alter adit nemorosi saxa Palati ; 
 
 Alter Aventinum mane cacumen in it. 
 Sex Eemus, hie volucres bis sex videt ordine ; pacto 
 
 Statur, et arbitrium Eomulus urbis habet. 
 
 (3) [07ily for such as do not offer Ovid.'] 
 Viegil: Aen., VIII. 671-677. 
 
 Haec inter tumidi late maris ibat imago, 
 Aurea, sed fluctu spumabant caerula cano ; 
 Et circum argento clari delpbines in orbem 
 Aequora verrebant caudis aestumque secabant. 
 In medio classis aeratas, Actia bella, 
 Cernere erat ; totumque instructo Marte videres 
 Fervere Leucateu, auroque effulgere fluctus. 
 
 Same:X. 96-103. 
 
 Talibus orabat luno, cunctique fremebant 
 Caelicolae adsensu yario \ ceu flamina prima 
 
LATIN-. 269 
 
 Cum deprensa fremnnt silvis et caeca volutant 
 Murmura, venturos nautis prodentia yentos. 
 Turn Pater omnipotens, rerum cui prima potestas, 
 Infit ; eo dicente deum domus alta silescit, 
 Et tremefacta solo tellus ; silet arduus aether ; 
 Tum Zephyri posuere ; premit placida aequora pontus. 
 
 (a) Write out, dividing into feet, and marking the quan- 
 tity of every syllable, and the ictus or verse accent of every 
 foot, the second line of each piece of verse which you 
 translate. 
 
 (b) Point out any word in the first piece translated where 
 the rules of metre will help you in its translation. 
 
 CICERO AND VIRGIL. 
 
 (Latin Authors for Course II.) 
 CICJ:R0 [for all Candidates). 
 
 [If you have read Cato Major, do 1 and one other ; if not, 
 do 2 and one other. State clearly the principles of syntax 
 that determine the forms in 1 or 2, printed at the end of 
 each passage.'] 
 
 1. Quo in genere est in primis senectus, quam ut adipis- 
 cantur omnes optant, eandem accusant adepti: tanta est 
 stultitiae inconstantia atque perversitas. Obrepere aiunt 
 earn citius quam putavissent. Primum, quis coegit eos 
 falsum putare? Qui enim citius adulescentiae senectus 
 quam pueritiae adulescentia obrepit ? Deinde, qui minus 
 gravis esset iis senectus, si octiugentesimum annum agerent 
 quam si octogesimum ? Praeterita enim actus quamvis 
 longa cum effluxisset, nulla consolatio permulcere posset 
 stultam senectutem. — Cato Ma joe, ii. 
 
270 EXAMII^ATIOIS" PAPERS. 
 
 Quam, adulescentiae, esset, effluxisset. 
 Cato says, Quattuor reperio causas cur senectus misera 
 videatur ; what are tliey ? 
 
 2. Quamquam isti, qui Catiliiiam Massiliam ire dictitant, 
 non tarn hoc queruntur quam verentur. Nemo est istorum 
 tam misericors, qui ilium non ad Manlium quam ad Mas- 
 siliensis ire malit. Ille autem, si (me hercule) hoc quod agit 
 numquam antea cogitasset, tamen latrocinantem se interfici 
 mallet qnam exsulem vivere. Nunc yero, cum ei nihil ad- 
 huc x'^i'aeter ipsius voluntatem cogitationemque accident, 
 nisi quod vivis noUs Eoma profectus est, optemus potius ut 
 eat in exsilium quam queramur. — Catil., II. vii. 
 
 Massiliam, mallet, nobis, quera^nur. 
 
 State briefly the occasion and subject of each of the ora- 
 tions against Catiline. 
 
 3. Ut enim cetera paria Tuberoni cum Varo fuissent, — 
 honos, nobilitas, splendor, ingenium, quae nequaquam fue- 
 runt, — hoc certe praecipuum Tuberonis, quod justo cum 
 imperio ex senatus consulto in provinciam suam venerat. 
 Hinc prohibitus non ad Caesarem, ne iratus, non domum, 
 ne iners, non in aliquam regionem, ne condemnare causam 
 illam quam secutus erat, videretur : in Macedoniam ad On. 
 Pompei castra venit, in cam ipsam causam a qua erat rejec- 
 tus injuria. — Piio Ligario, ix. 
 
 4. Quod enim praemium satis magnum est tam benevo- 
 lis, tam bonis, tam fidelibus servis, propter quos vivit? 
 Etsi id quidem non tanti est, quam quod propter eosdem 
 non sanguine et volneribus suis crudelissimi inimici men- 
 tem oculosque satiavit. Quos nisi manu misisset, tormentis 
 etiam dedendi fucrunt conservatores domini, ultores scele- 
 ris, defensores necis. Hie vero nihil habet in his malis 
 quod minus moleste fcrat, quam, etiam si quid ipsi accidat, 
 esse tamen illis meritum praemium persolutum. — Pro Mi- 
 lone, XXII. 
 
LATIiT. 271 
 
 CAESAR. 
 
 {For Course II. only.) 
 
 Eodem tempore equites nostri levisque armaturae pedites, 
 qui cum iis una fuerant, quos primo hostium impetu pulsos 
 dixeram, cum se in castra reciperent, adversis hostibus 
 occurrebant ac rursus aliam in partem f ugam petebant ; et 
 calones, qui ab decumana porta ac summo jugo collis nostris 
 victores flumen transire consj^exerant, praedandi causa 
 egressi, cum respexissent et hostes in nostris castris versari 
 yidissent, praecipites f ugae sese mandabant. — B. G., 11. 
 
 VIRGIL {for All). 
 [Course I. omit either 2 or 3. Course II. omit hotli^ 
 
 1. " Nate dea, vosque baec " inquit " cognoscite, Teucri, 
 Et mihi quae fuerint juvenali in corpore vires, 
 
 Et qua servetis revocatum a raorte Dareta." 
 Dixit, et adversi contra stetit ora juvenci, 
 Qui donum adstabat pugnae, durosque reducta 
 Libra vit dextra media inter cornua caestus, 
 Arduus, effractoque inlisit in ossa cerebro. 
 Sternitur exanimisque tremens procumbit humi bos. 
 Ille super tales effundit pectore voces : 
 " Hanc tibi, Eryx, meliorem animam pro morte Daretis 
 Persolvo ; hie victor caestus artemque repono." 
 
 Aen"., V. 
 Write out the first three lines, mark all the quantities, 
 divide into feet, and mark the ictus of every foot. 
 
 2. Despectus tibi sum, nee qui sim quaeris, Alexi, 
 Quam dives pecoris, nivei quam lactis abundans. 
 Mille meae Siculis errant in montibus agnae ; 
 
273 EXAMI^-ATION PAPERS. 
 
 Lac mihi non aestate novum, non frigore defit; 
 Canto quae solitus, si quando armenta vocabat, 
 Amphion Dircaeus in Actaeo Aracintho. 
 Nee sum adeo informis : nuper me in litore vidi, 
 Cum placidam ventis staret mare ; non ego Dapbnim 
 Judice te metuam, si numquam fallit imago. — EcL., 11. 
 
 3. Consumptis hie forte aliis, ut vertere morsus 
 Exiguam in Cererem penuria adegit edendi 
 Et violare manu malisque audacibus orbem 
 Fataiis crusti patulis nee parcere quadris, 
 " Heus, etiam mensas consumimus ! " inquit lulus ; 
 Nee plura adludens. Ea vox audita laborum 
 Prima tulit finem, primamque loquentis ab ore 
 Eripuit pater, ac stupefactus numine pressit. 
 
 Aen., VII. 
 
 AKITHMETIC. 
 
 [Give all the work. Reduce each answer to its simplest 
 
 form.'] 
 
 1. What part of -^ is lii±? 
 
 * i 
 
 2. What is the cost of a pile of wood whose dimensions 
 are 2, 1.9, and 42.5 metres, at % 2 per stere ? 
 
 3. Find, by logarithms, the third power of the fourth 
 , . 12IX.01 
 
 '''' ^^ -tlTl- 
 
 4. A and B gain in business $5,040, of which A is to 
 have ten per cent more than B. What is the share of 
 each ? 
 
 6. If 2 cubic inches of iron weigh as much as 15 cubic 
 
ALGEBRA. 273 
 
 inches of water, and a cubic foot of water weigh 1000 
 ounces, find the weight, in tons, of a cubic yard of iron. 
 
 6. If 12 pipes, each dehvering 12 gallons a minute, fill a 
 cistern in 3 hours 24 minutes, how many pipes, each deliv- 
 ermg 16 gallons a minute, will fill a cistern 6 times as large 
 in 6 hours 48 minutes ? 
 
 7. How many kilometres make a mile ? 
 
 8. How many bags, each containing 2 bu. 1 pk. 3 qt., will 
 be required to hold 111 bu. 2 pk. 4qt. of grain? 
 
 9. What is the compound interest of $ 1 for 143 years, 
 allowing it to double once in 11 yr. 11 mo. ? 
 
 ALGEBRA. 
 
 [Give the whole work.] 
 
 1. Find the greatest common divisor and the least com- 
 mon multiple of {2^da^%^ + l) and {Sla^b*—1), by resolv- 
 ing each expression into factors. 
 
 2. Solve the equation 
 x-{-a X — a_ 1 ■'^ _i_ ■'^ 
 
 X — a x-\- a X — a x^ — a^ x -\- a 
 What is the value of a;, if 6f^ + 7 = ? 
 
 3. Divide — -- — by — — ; and express the result 
 
 25^/«8 ^ 21ab.'Ja^ 
 
 without fractional or negative exponents. 
 
 4. Solve the equations 2x — y =: 21, 2x^ -{-y^ =z 153. 
 
 5. A person buys some cloth for $ 90. If he had got two 
 yards more for the same sum, the price per yard would have 
 been fifty cents less. How much did he buy, and at what 
 price per yard ? 
 
 6. Find {a — i)^^ by the Binomial Theorem, 
 
27|t . EXAMIi?ATI0I5- PAPERS. 
 
 »^. 
 
 ADVANCED ALGEBRA. 
 
 [Give the whole tvork.] 
 
 1. Solve the equations x^ — y^z=z 215, x^ -{- xy -\- 1/ = 43. 
 
 2. A certain number consists of three digits, in arithmet- 
 ical progression. If it be divided by the sum of the digits, 
 the quotient is 48 ; but if 198 be subtracted from it, the 
 digits are inverted. Find the number. 
 
 3. Prove the formula for the sum of a geometric progres- 
 sion, in terms of a, r, and n. 
 
 4. The first term of a geometric progression is 512, the 
 last term is 162, and the sum is 1562. Find the whole se- 
 ries. Find also what the sum of this series would be, if 
 continued to infinity. 
 
 5. Solve the equation V (^ + ^) — V ^ == V (^ + f )• 
 
 6. Simplify/^±i + ^-Z:l\^i^l±^^ ^"zi!). 
 
 7. Find the greatest common divisor of 
 
 2x^ — llic^ — 9 and 4a;^ + llo;* + 81. 
 
 PLANE GEOMETRY. 
 
 1. "When" are two polygons said to be similar 9 What 
 are similar arcs 9 similar segments 9 
 
 2. If a triangle has two sides equal, what is it called ? 
 Prove what is true of the angles opposite the equal sides. 
 
 3. If, in any triangle, a line be drawn parallel to the 
 base, it will divide the other two sides proportionally. 
 Prove. 
 
1 ^' ' '- "^^ 
 
 SOLID GEOMETRY. ^ V "'HSIT 
 
 4. At a given point in the circumference 
 tangent to the circle is drawn. What is th^ 
 angle between the tangent and a chord drawn from the 
 point of contact ? Prove. What will this angle be if the 
 chord passes through the centre of the circle ? 
 
 5. Prove that the perimeters of regular polygons, of 
 the same number of sides, are to each other as the radii of 
 the circumscribed circles. State, without proving, what the 
 ratio of the areas of the polygons is. 
 
 6. Find the area of the circle in which a square, each 
 side of which is V^ inches long;, can be inscribed; and then 
 find the radius of a second circle which shall be nine times 
 as large as the first. 
 
 SOLID GEOMETRY. 
 
 1. Define the following terms: prism; right j^fism; 
 pentagonal prism; altitude of a zo7ie ; sjyiierical sector; 
 lunar y surface. 
 
 2. Given two planes perpendicular to each other, and a 
 line in one of them perpendicular to their common intersec- 
 tion ; prove that the line is perpendicular to the other phine. 
 
 3. How may the frustum of a right cone be generated ? 
 How is its convex surface found ? Give proof. 
 
 4. The altitude of a given right cone is ten inches : how 
 far from the vertex of the cone must two planes be passed, 
 parallel to the base of the cone, in order to divide the lateral 
 surface into three equal parts. 
 
 5. Prove that, if two spherical triangles on the same 
 sphere, or on equal spheres, are equiangular with respect to 
 each other, they are also equilateral with respect to each 
 other. If the radius of one sphere is three times as great as 
 
276 EXAMIi^-ATION PAPERS. 
 
 that of another, what will be the ratio of the sides of two 
 mutually equiangular spherical triangles, one on one sphere 
 and the other on the other ? 
 
 ANALYTIC GEOMETRY. 
 
 [Give the whole work.'] 
 
 1. What angle does the line ?/ -|- 4^; + 2 = make with 
 2?/ + 8a; = 0? with4?/=cc? with 5?/ + 3a; = l? 
 
 2. Which of the four lines in the previous question pass 
 through the origin, and which do not ? Prove. 
 
 3. The general equation of a circle referred to rectangular 
 axes is {y — w)^+ (x — my == r^. At what points is the 
 circle whose radius is V~¥"> ^^^ whose centre is at ( — 3, — |), 
 cut by the line y-\~\^^0 ? 
 
 4. Deduce formulas for passing from a rectangular to a 
 polar system. [Denote the polar coordinates by /o, ^ ; the 
 coordinates of the pole with reference to the rectangular 
 system by m, n-, the angle which the initial line makes with 
 X by a.] 
 
 6. The equation of the tangent to a circle is xx' + yy' = r'. 
 Lines are drawn through (7, 1) tangent to the circle 
 jc^-|- 1/^ z= 25. Find the points of tangency. 
 
 6. What is meant by the parameter of a curve ? What 
 is the parameter of 1/2 = 2^2;? Prove. Of ay + 5 V = a'^^'' ? 
 Prove. 
 
 7. Explain in full one method of drawing a tangent to a 
 parabola at a given point of the parabola. 
 
 8. Find whether the line 4?/ — 3^ = intersects the hy- 
 perbola by^ — ^z"^ + 15 = 0, or its conjugate. What is the 
 tangent of the angle which the asymptotes of this curve 
 make with the axis of a; ? 
 
PLANE TRIGOJ^-OMETRY. 277 
 
 PLANE TKIGONOMETRY. 
 
 [Give the whole worh] 
 
 1. Tan x = m. What is the cotangent of (180° — a;) ? of 
 (270° + a;) ? What angle in the third quadrant has a cotan- 
 gent equal to m ? 
 
 2. Explain by a figure the changes, both numerical and 
 algebraic, through which the sine of an arc passes, as the 
 arc increases from 0° to 360°. 
 
 3. Obtain, from fundamental formulas, all the trigono- 
 metric functions of the negative of an angle, 
 
 4. Solve the plane right triangle whose sides are 13, 
 12, 5. 
 
 5. Obtain, from fundamental formulas, an expression for 
 cot {x -{- y), in terms of cot x and cot y. 
 
 6. Two angles of a plane oblique triangle are 13° 17' 48" 
 and 114° 47' 9", and the included side is 0.1493. Solve the 
 triangle. 
 
 7. Given, y = c''-\-(P~2cdco^B, 
 
 1 — cos a; == 2 sin^ ^x, 
 s=:^(h + c-\-d). 
 Find an expression for sin^ ^B. 
 
 9. In the plane oblique triangle BCD, explain in full the 
 method of solution when the sides c, d, and the angle B are 
 given. 
 
278 EXAMIN^ATION PAPEES. 
 
 ENGLISH COMPOSITION. 
 
 YoTJ are required to write a short English composition of 
 not less than fifty lines, correct in spelling, punctuation, 
 grammar, and expression. Make several paragraphs. Take 
 one of these subjects : — 
 
 An account of the Trial in the Merchant of Venice. 
 
 The story of Fergus Mac Ivor, in Waverley. 
 
 Prospero's Life on the Island, and how he came there. 
 
 FEENCH. 
 
 1. Translate into English : — 
 
 Pendant le regno du fameux Cresus, il y avait en Lydie- 
 un jeune homme bien fait, plein d'esprit, trds-vertueux, de 
 la race des anciens rois, et devenu si pauvre qu'il fut reduit 
 a se faire berger. Se promenant un jour sur des montagnes 
 escarpees oii il revait sur ses malheurs en menant son trou- 
 peau, il s^assit au pied d'un arbre pour se delasser. II aper- 
 f^ut aupres de lui une ouverture etroite dans un rocher. La 
 curiosite I'engage a y entrer. II trouve une caverne large et 
 profonde. D'abord il n'y voit goutte; enfin ses yeux s'ac- 
 coutument a I'obscurite. II entrevoit dans une lueur sombre 
 une urne d'or sur laquelle ces mots etaient graves : " Ici tu 
 trouveras I'anueau de Gyges. mortel, qui que tu sois, a 
 qui les dieux destinent un si grand bien, montre-leur que tu 
 n'es pas ingrat, et garde-toi d'envier jamais le bonhour 
 d'aucun autre homme." II ouvre rurne. trouve I'anneau. le 
 prend, et, dans le transport de sa joie il laissa Turne. qnoi- 
 qu'il fut tres-pauvre et qu'elle fut d'un grand prix. II sort 
 de la caverne et se hate d'eprouver I'anneau enchante dont 
 
ELEMEN^TARY BOTAliTY. 279 
 
 il avait si souvent entendu parler depuis son enfance. — 
 Fenelou-. 
 
 2. State the tense of the italicized yerbs in the above, and 
 give it in full. 
 
 3. Give the principal tenses of venir, mourir, valoir, 
 prendre. (Thus, Ii^F., etre; Pres Part., etant ; Past 
 Part., eU ; Ikd. Pres., je sins ; Pret., je fus.) 
 
 4. Translate into French : (a) He is the best boy in the 
 school, {b) We read ^ French better than you think.^ (c) I 
 do not doubt ^ that you will come, (d) We have no more 
 money*; have the kindness^ to send* us some. 
 
 1 lire. » croire. » douter. * argent, m. ^ bont^,/. 8 envoyer. 
 
 ELEMENTAEY BOTANY. 
 
 1. Describe the germination of a grain of corn, a pine- 
 seed, and an acorn. 
 
 2. What are buds ? 
 
 3. Describe equitant leaves. 
 
 4. What are stipules ? 
 
 5. What is a leaf -tendril ? 
 
 6. How does it differ from a branch-tendril ? 
 
 7. In how many ways may stamens be united together ? 
 
 8. What is a two-lipped flower ? 
 
 9. Describe the fruit of a rose, strawberry, blackberry, 
 apple, pea, and squash. 
 
 10. Describe the leaves of this plant. 
 
HARVARD EXAMINATION PAPERS. 
 
 JUNE, 1876. 
 
 ANCIENT HISTORY AND GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 [Anstver Jive questions^ including the first.] 
 
 1. Draw a map of Italy, showing the position of the 
 divisions and of the following places : Vercellae, Beneven- 
 tum, Brundusium, Nola, Roma, Capua, Antinm, Ostia, As- 
 culum Apulum, Neapolis, Veil, Tibur, Tusculnm, Taren- 
 tum, Pisa, Florentia, Placentia, Cannae, Cumae, Baiae. 
 
 2. The alliance of Athens and Sparta, 464 - 461 b. c, and 
 its connection with Athenian politics. 
 
 3. The Theban supremacy. 
 
 4. Philip of Macedon. 
 
 6. The expedition of Pyrrhus to Italy. 
 
 6. State the extent of the Roman Empire at the time of 
 Augustus. When and how were the various provinces sub- 
 jected to Rome? 
 
 7. Give some account of the writers of the Augustan 
 age. 
 
 9B1 
 
282 EXAMIIfATIOI?" PAPERS. 
 
 MODERN AND PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 1. DEFi]srE latitude and lo7igitiide. What is the latitude 
 of the Tropic of Capricorn ? what that of the Arctic Circle ? 
 What countries of Europe are crossed by the 40th parallel 
 of latitude ? Between what parallels does Australia lie ? 
 
 2. In what zone do the three northern continents chiefly 
 lie ? in what the three southern ? How do the southern 
 continents compare with the northern in respect to coast 
 indentations and projections? What continent has its 
 coast relatively most indented? Name its chief projec- 
 tions. 
 
 3. Describe the three great river systems of South Amer- 
 ica, naming the principal affluents of each. Name the chief 
 rivers of Siberia, Chinese Empire, India, and Burmah, and 
 state their courses and where they empty. 
 
 4. What States and Territories of the United States lie 
 wholly west of the Mississippi River ? Through what States 
 does that river run ? 
 
 5. Name the states of Europe and their capitals. 
 
 6. Name the chief cities of the Prussian and Austrian 
 Empires, and give as complete an account of one of them as 
 time will allow. 
 
 7. Name the larger East India Islands. Give some ac- 
 count of the physical character of Java, and of its produc- 
 tions. What large island lies near the southern extremity 
 of Hindostan ? 
 
 8. What mountains are included in the Appalachian sys- 
 tem, and in what course, or courses, do its chains run? 
 How do the Rocky and Appalachian Mountains compare in 
 height and extent ? Name the principal mountain chains 
 
GREEK COMPOSITIOIT. 283 
 
 in or adjacent to Asia. Where do they lie, and what are 
 their directions ? Name some of the highest peaks, and 
 state their altitudes. 
 
 GEEEK COMPOSITION. 
 
 [Do A if you can ; if not, do B ; tut do not do lotTi^ 
 A. 
 
 1. When Clearchus saw the messengers^ he asked ^ (them) 
 
 what they wished : 
 
 2. and they said that they came for the purpose of making 
 
 a truce," being empowered* to announce the King's 
 (terms) ^ to the Greeks ; 
 
 3. and that they would lead them (to a place) whence" 
 
 they could obtain [have] supplies,' if there should be a 
 truce. 
 
 4. And after having the King's (terms), Clearchus asked if 
 
 the truce would extend [be] to all ; 
 
 5. and they said, " To all, until your (terms) shall be an- 
 
 nounced to the King." 
 
 ^ ayysXoq^ dyyiXXio. ^ kptoTau). • (ntovdij^ ffnivdetv. * Ixavoq. 
 ® rd Tzapd. ^aaiXimq. * o'&ev. ' iTztTTJdeta. 
 
 B. 
 
 1. If we should send arms to the general, we think he 
 would be grateful to us. 
 
 2. He seized the soldier, declaring he would inflict pun- 
 ishment on him for his cowardice. 
 
284 EXAMIi^-ATION PAPERS. 
 
 3. He said most of the soldiers would have crossed, if the 
 enemy had not hindered. 
 
 4. I fear that it will be necessary for me to go with the 
 generals, in order to see Menon. 
 
 6. He used to delay in each city until I arrived. 
 
 GREEK GRAMMAE. 
 
 1. Give Accusative and Vocative singular, and Genitive 
 and Dative plural of dtxaffzijq, y^y^^-, ^iiov, (^affdeb^^ ;ra£?, and 
 
 yXoxuq. 
 
 2. Decline the Greek words for one, three, and both. De- 
 cline riq in the singular, and ohroq in the plural. 
 
 3. Explain the formation of these words, giving the 
 meaning of root and ending: ijdiiof;^ r.aidiov^ y^puaioq^ ah\' 
 Otbui, 
 
 4. Give a synopsis of the Aorist Active of UItzo)^ and all 
 the participles of ridrjin. 
 
 5. Where are these verbs made, and from what Present 
 
 Indicative : -^p^Twv^ nOelai^ fxa66v, i^ov, atpeTvat ? 
 
 6. What case or cases regularly follow, xarriyopim (/ ac- 
 cuse) ; ipdo[xai (I use) ; airodeixvuixi (/ appoint) ? 
 
 7. Translate 6 lajxpdrrjq (^iffr).) aoipoz — 6 adrot; Ewxpdrri<; 
 {lazi) ao(p6z — adro^ 6 Zioxpdrrjq {^iarX) ffocpoq. 
 
 Translate, This man; every man; another man; most 
 men. 
 
 8. What time, relatively to the main verb, does the Infin 
 itive express in the following phrases : <p7)a\v Udslv j ^ouXerat 
 iXOelv J del touto -noujoat'^. 
 
GREEK PROSE. 285 
 
 GEEEK PKOSE. 
 
 [iV. B. Those lolio offer the Greeh Reader tvill tahe 2, 3, 4. 
 Those luho off^er four hooks of the Anabasis and the Sev- 
 enth Book of Herodotus tvill take 1, 2, 5. Candidates in 
 Course IL tvill take 1 and 2, or 2 atid 3.] 
 
 1. Translate : — 
 
 npoi^ Tobra /israffravTsq ol "EXXriveq ilSouXsuovro xai dTrexpivavro ' 
 Kliap'/^oq (5' e?.eYev. "Hixelr; oure ffU'^TJAdo/xev wq (^affdeT TZoAe/JLij- 
 ffovT£<;, OUTS ^Ttopeuo/jLeOa i:~). (^aaiUa ' dkld TzoXXdq -Kpoipdaeiq 
 Kopoq eupcffxavj oj<: xai (TU eo o}<jOa^ ha bixdq re dTzapaaxsudarouq 
 Xd/^ot xat ijp.dq ivOdds d^aydyoc. 'Etzs). pivzot ijdrj iiopw/iev abrov 
 kv deivoj ovza^ fjff^ov67)p.£v xai Ozooq xai dvOp(jJ~ooz r.po^owai ahxo'^^ 
 iv Tip TzpoaOsM ypovip Tzapiyjr^Tzq rjl-tdq avrooq ev Trotslv. ^rzsl dk 
 Kupoq riOvTixev^ uure jSaffiXs't avriTzocou/xsOa rrjq dpyT^q, uur ifftiv 
 OToo svsxa ^ouXuiiis0' dv r^v /SaffcXiiuq ycupav xaxwq Ttoielv. — 
 
 Ai^^AB., IL iii. 21-23. 
 
 Explain the tense of TtoXsfnjffovrsq and the case of fiaffdei 
 (line 2) ; construction of Tzpoadtv (line 7), of ovxa (line 6), 
 of TzoisXv (line 7), and of oxou (line 9). 
 
 2. Translate : — 
 
 ^Axobaaq dk Ev^offcbv eXeysv ore opOcoq r^rtihvrG^ xa). abrb rb epyov 
 auTolq iiapropoiri. AXX^ ^^w, eipri^rj^ayxaffdriv dccoxecv^ iTzeidi] icupwu 
 ijixdq iv tw /li^stv xaxdJq fikv TtdffyoMrac^ dvriTzotsTv ^ obdkv dova.pi- 
 vooq. "Enetdrj de idccoxo/xs^, dXrjd/j, 'icprj^ bjxtlq Xiytrt. xaxwq pkv 
 yap Ttocelv obSkv ixdXXuv eduvd/xsOa robq TToXe/xcouq^ avtyiDpoofxtv dk 
 Trdvu yaXeizaJq. Toiq ouv Oeolq ydptq on ob abv tcoXXtj pcofxri dXXd 
 (Tuv oXiyoiq rjXOov ' iuars (^Xdd'at pkv pi) /xsydXa^ SrjXwcrat ds ojv deo- 
 
 fisOa. — A:n^ab., hi. iii. 12-14. 
 
 In what voice, mood, and tense, and from what verbs, are 
 i^rtibvTOj ktopwvj iduvdps^a, and dvsyujpobpev ? Explain the con- 
 
286 EXAMIXATIOl!T PAPERS. 
 
 Struction of iiapropoir], [lively^ rAay^ovTaq^ and drjlaxTat^ and the 
 
 case of TzoAe/jicouq and of oJy (last line). 
 
 3. Translate : — 
 
 Kai Tzpwrov jxh abrw'^ Iffxo-nst^ TLurepd ttots voiiicravreq Ixawaiq 
 r^drj xw^Opch-iva ecdi'^ac, sp^ovrai i-) to izepi rwv toioutojv ^po'^zi- 
 Ccfv, 7] rd [xkv w^dp(h-v>a Tzaphr^q^ rd daiiio'^ta de ffxoTtowTtq^ ijYodv- 
 rat rd 7:po<j-qy.ovza Trpdrretv. idabixa^s de el fiij ipavepbv abzolq 
 iffTiv, art raura ou du^arov iffziv dv6p(67toc<^ eopelv ' i-e). xai roue 
 [xiytazoM <ppo\>ubvzaq imzoi Tzep) toutojv Xiyeiv ov rabzd do^d^eiu 
 dXXrJAoi'^y dXXd zoJ(q p.aivofxivoi<; 6p.oi(iiq diaxelffdat Tcpoq dXXrjXoui;. — 
 Memor., I. i. 12, 13. 
 
 Explain the case of auzwv (first line) and of [laivuixivoiq, 
 and the construction of ^po'^zt^etv. In what voiee and tense, 
 and from what verb, is r.apivzeq ? How is its meaning here 
 related to that of the simple verb ? 
 
 4. Translate : — 
 
 'i2<? di ff(pi dcezizaxzo xai zd ff^dyta iytvezo xaXd^ hOabza wq 
 dizeiOr^aav ol ^AOrjvaToij dp6/j.aj hvzo i<q rou^ ^ap[idpou<q. -qaav de 
 Gzddiui obx ild(T<To\teq zd p-ezai^inov abzwv 5y Cxzw. ol de Ilipaat 
 opiovzec: dpojjLO} iTTiovza^j TzapeaxeodZovzo wq de^6[xevoi * fiaviTjv zs 
 zolffi ^Ad-qvaioiffi iizifepov xai T^dy^u 6Xe0pi-^v^ opiovzeq abzohq 6Xi- 
 yooq^ xaX zobzouq dp6fj.a) ineiyofjiivooq^ ouze Itztzoo urrap^obffTjq a^i 
 ooze zo^eu/idziov. zauza fxiv vuv ol ^dpjSapoi xazeixa^ou ' ^Adrjvaloc 
 de, inet ze dOpoot Tzpoffifii^av zolfft ^ap^dpoiai^ i/xd^ovzo d^iwq 
 Xoynu. TzpaJzoi fiev ydp '^EXXijvtov itdvztov rwv 7j[xelq cdfiev dpo/xo) iq 
 TcoXe/Mouq kypyjffa'^zo^ Tcpwzoc de dviay^ovzo kffdTjzd ze Mrjdtxijv opi- 
 ovzeq, xa). zuuq w^dpaq zabz-qv iff07jp.ivouq ' ziioq de ^v zolffc "EXXrjffc 
 xa). zd ouvofxa zd Mrjdcuv (po^oq dxobffai. — HeROD., VI. 112. 
 
 Give the Attic forms for dTzeid-qaav (from what verb ?), 
 
 dpiovzeq, ixavirjv^ and ovvofia. 
 
 5. Translate: — 
 
 Aaxedatfioviwv de xdi Seffiziiwv zotouzwv yevofiivcDv^ ofiwq Xiyezat 
 apiazoq dvijp yeviadai I'TrapztTJzrjq^ Atr^vixrjq^ zov zode (paai eiitelv zd 
 
GKEEK POETRY. 387 
 
 % 
 eroc T^piv ^ fforipj^ai (T<p£aq rolfft Mijdoiat ' 7To66fisvov Ttpoq t£v tBv 
 
 Tpr)'/^tviu)v wq^ kneav ol ^dp/Sapoi d:zciw<Tt rd ro^so/xaraj rov -qXtov 
 
 Ono rod TrXrjO^ot: rwv d'iffruJv d7zoy,pv-KToo(n, — togooto zt TrXr^Ooq 
 
 adrcHv elvat. rov dk ohx IxizXayhra robxoiai ei-TzsTv, iv aXoyirj ttoisu- 
 
 fievov TO Twv Mrjdwv TzXT/doq, oj-z TtdvTa a<pt ayadd 6 Tprj^ivtoq ^£ivoq 
 
 dyyiXXoty ei, drzoxpuTzzovTajv raJv Mijdcov rov 'qXiov, utzo g/.(.7j iaotro 
 
 Tzpoq aoTOix: ij p.d^7jy xai oux iv ijXia). — HeROD., VII. 226. 
 
 Give the Attic forms for rov (line 2), rew, iizedv, dTziiujat 
 (from what verb ?), and dXoyir^. 
 
 GREEK POETRY. 
 
 [Tou are advised to do the translation first, and answer the 
 questio7is {a — /) afterward. Candidates in Course II. 
 will do the translation in 1 and 2, and answer the ques- 
 tions (a), (ii), (c), and (e).] 
 
 1. Translate : — 
 
 eIo<? 6 Toud^ &pixaiv£ xard (ppiva xai xard ^ujnovj 
 iXxsTo §' ix xoXeoTo [xiya ^{(poq, i]X\^s S" 'A^/iJMi^ 
 obpavod^sv ' Tzpb ydp yjxs d^sd, XsuxwXevoq "Hp-q^ 
 aix(pio o/xioq ^ufxai <ptXiouffd re x7]8ofxi>rj re. 
 ffrrj d' 07rt&£v, ^avd^r^q de zo/ziyr e'Ae IlTjXeiiuvaj 
 Oi'w (paivo[xivq ' TWV d' aXXiov ob riq opdro. 
 SdfiljTjffsv d' A^iXevq, fierd d* irpdnst^ abrixa S' eyvat 
 IlaXXdd' ^Ai9r)vaci^v ' deivo) Si ol offffs ^dav^sv. 
 
 II., I. 193 - 200. 
 
 (a) Divide the last two verses into feet. Designate any 
 one of these eight verses that has the ferninine caesura. 
 
 (b) Who first collected the poems of Homer in their 
 present form ? What is the theme of the Iliad? 
 
288 EXAMIK^ATIOlir PAPERS. 
 
 # 
 
 2. Translate : — 
 
 Twv d\ ibq T Sp'^id-wv TteTer^vaiv et^vea TZoXXd, 
 yrjvwv rj yepdviov ^ xoy.vwv douXc^o8ecpa)v, 
 ^AffioJ ^v Xetiiwviy KavffTpiou dptpi pie^^pa, 
 evd-a '/cai ev^a Tzorw^^rat dyaXXoixtva -KrspoyzfffftVy 
 xXayyrjdw ■Kpozad^L^ovzoj'^, (riiapayzl xt XttpdiVj 
 wq rujv i&vea TzoXXd veibv arto xal xXiffidiov 
 ic Tcsdioy 7:po'/_iovTo Zxa/id^dptov ' abrdp uizb ^i^cbv 
 fffLepdaXiov xovdjSc^e TZodCbv aurcbv re xai 'iTtTZwv. 
 
 Iliad, IL 459-466. 
 
 (c) Write the Attic forms of uvpav6i%v and (pda^^dsv in the 
 first passage, and give the derivation of pie^'/pa and xXayyrjdov 
 in the second. 
 
 (d) Attic for ol in the last verse of the third passage ? 
 
 3. Translate : — 
 
 ^' Zed Tzdrspy 06 re: ffs~io iS-swv oXocorspoq aXXoq. 
 ^ T kipdji-qv riaaff^^ai ^AXiqavdpov xaxorrjroq ' 
 vuv Si [xot iv yeipsaaiv ayTj ^ic>oq^ ix di fioi syyoq 
 TJiX^^T) TzaXdixTifiv iruxnovj ouok dd/iaffffa," 
 
 ^ xot kiiat'^ai: xopud^uq Xd[iev [7:7:0 daffstr^q, 
 iXxs §' i7:((Trpi(pa<; psT iuxv7Jfj.cdaq 'Ayaiuoq ' 
 ciyys di fj.iv 7:oXux£(TToq l/j.dq d7:aXrjV 67:0 detp-qv^ 
 oq ol vt: dvf^epeajvoe; o'/^ehq riraro rpucpaXeiT)^. 
 
 Iliad, 111.365-372. 
 
 (e) State in the order of their occurrence the details of a 
 sacrifice as described by Homer in Books both I. and II. of 
 the Iliad. 
 
 (/) "What is the meaning of the phrase, p-qpoOq r IH^a- 
 liov ? What were the a7:Xdyxva ? 
 
LATI2S GKAMMAR. 289 
 
 LATIN COMPOSITION. 
 
 Translate into Latin : — 
 
 1. The ninth year after ^ the expulsion of the kings,^ 
 when Tarquin's son-in-law ' had collected * a mighty ^ army 
 for avenging* his father-in-law's^ wrong,^ a new dignity* 
 was created " at Eome, which is called " the dictatorship/^ 
 — greater than the consulship.^^ The same year a master 
 of the horse, too, was appointed," to be-under-the-orders- 
 of ^^ the dictator. 
 
 2. To the Sabines begging ^^ the dictator and the senate 
 to give pardon" for their " mistake ^^ to men who " were 
 young. ^° answer was made ^^ that the young could ^^ be par- 
 doned,^^ the old^^ could not be pardoned. 
 
 1 post (with participle orea:r<7o). 2 rex. 3 gener. * colligo. ^ ingens. « viri' 
 dico. ' socer. s iniuria. ^ dignitas. 10 creo. " appello. ^ dictatura. i^ consu- 
 latus. " Jio. 15 obsequor. i^ oro. " venia. is omit. ^^ error. 20 adulescens. 
 " respondeo. 22 possum. 23 ignosco. 24 senex. 
 
 Translate into English: — 
 
 A. Postumius dictator, T. Aebutius magister equitum 
 magnis copiis peditum equitumque profecti ad lacum Regil- 
 lum in agro Tusculano agmini hostium occurrerunt ; et quia 
 Tarquinios esse in exercitu Latinorum auditum est, sustineri 
 ira non potuit, quin extemplo confligerent. 
 
 LATIN GEAMMAE. 
 
 1. Maek the quantity of the penult and ultima of each 
 of the following words : custodis, radices, decorus, fidei, 
 veni (Imperat.), fieri, circumdare, liceret. 
 
290 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 
 
 2. Indicate, by English spelling, the proper pronuncia- 
 tion of eacli syllable of the following sentence : Gains lu' 
 lius Caesar muUas nationes vicit. 
 
 3. Give rule for the gender of palus, decus, Tenedos. 
 
 4. Decline ego ; filia quaedam ; vetus miles ; alia manus, 
 
 5. Compare malus, dives, Wber. Form and compare ad- 
 verbs from audax, durus, lihens, 
 
 6. State where each of the following forms is made, and 
 give principal parts of the verb to which it belongs : iaceret, 
 pad us, dedidisses, oderit, fug em, arcessit, sec eras, ])ei)erity 
 gaudet, sanximus. 
 
 7. Give a synopsis {i. e. one form for every tense in each 
 mood, besides Participles, etc.) oieo; of the tenses formed 
 on the Perfect stem otpello. Inflect the Fut. Indie, of doceo 
 and fero, and the Pres. Subj. oifacio and sto, in both voices. 
 Give all the participles of labor. 
 
 8. What is the root of amo 9 of frango 9 of paciscor f 
 Show how the three stems of each verb are formed from the 
 root. 
 
 9. Separate each of the following words into its compo- 
 nent parts, — stem, suffix, — and give the meaning of 
 each : similitudo, documentum, particula, deditio, Jlebilis, 
 nosco. 
 
 10. "What case or cases follow oh, sub ; rogare, imperare, 
 donare, potiri, piaenitere ; peritus, similis, digitus 9 Write 
 in Latin : at Athens ; he came to Rome by the Appian way ; 
 he is not believed in this by his friends. 
 
LATiiir. 291 
 
 CAESAR, SALLUST, AND OVID. 
 
 [iV! B. Each candidate is expected to translate the first and 
 one other piece of verse ; also tfie first a,nd one other of 
 prose ; and to answer all the questions. Any candidate 
 who has read no 0\dd can oUain a suhstitute paper in 
 verse hy application at once to the Examiner. '\ 
 
 Translate : — 
 
 I. Nee tibi quadrupedes animosos ignibus illis, 
 
 Quos in pectore habent, quos ore et naribus eJBflant, 
 In promptu regere est. Vix me patiuntur, ubi acres 
 Incaluere animi, cervixque repugnat habenis. 
 At tu, funesti ne sim tibi muneris auctor, 
 Nate, cave, dum resque sinit, tua corrige vota. 
 Scilicet ut nostro genitum te sanguine credas, 
 Pignora certa petis. Do pignora certa timendo, 
 Et patrio pater esse metu prober. Aspice vultus 
 Ecce meos. Utinamque oculos in pectora posses 
 Inserere, et patrias intus deprendere curas ! 
 II. Hunc ego, me Cyclops nulla cum fine petebat : 
 Nee, si quaesieris, odium Cyclopis, amorne 
 Acidis in nobis fuerit praesentior, edam : 
 Par utrumque fuit. Pro quanta potentia regni 
 Est, "Venus alma, tui ! nempe ille inmitis et ipsis 
 Horrendus silvis, et visus ab hospite nullo 
 Inpune, et magni cum dis contemptor Oljmpi, 
 Quid sit amor, sentit, nostrique cupidine captus 
 Uritur, oUitus pecorum antrorumque suorum. 
 III. Victor abes. Nee scire mihi, quae causa morandi, 
 
 Aut in quo lateas ferrous orbe, licet. 
 Quisquis ad haec vertit peregrin am littora puppim, 
 
 Ille mihi de te multa rogatus abit : 
 
292 EXAMIiqATIOIT PAPERS. 
 
 Quamque tibi reddat, si te laodo viderit usquam, 
 Traditur huic digitis cliarta novata meis. 
 
 Nos Pylon, aiitiqui Neleia Nestoris arva, 
 Misimiis. Incerta est fama remissa Pylo. 
 
 IV. Aut semel in nostras quoniam nova puppis liarenas 
 
 Venerat, andaces attuleratque yiros, 
 Isset anhelatos non praemedicatus in ignes 
 
 Immemor Aesonides oraque adnnca bourn, 
 Semina sevisset, totidem sevisset et hostes, 
 
 Et caderet cultu cultor ab ipse suo. 
 Quantum perfidiae tecum, scelerate, perisset, 
 
 Dempta forent capiti quam 7nala multa meo ! 
 
 (a) Divide into feet the second line in each piece trans- 
 lated, marking the quantity of every syllable and ictus of 
 every foot, (h) Show how the metre helps to determine the 
 meaning of any two of the words in italics. 
 
 Translate : — 
 
 1. Veneti reliquaeque item civitates cognito Oaesaris ad- 
 veutu certiores facti, simul quod quantum in se facinus ad- 
 7nisissent intelligebant, legates, quod nomen ad omnes na- 
 tiones sanctum inviolatumque semper fuisset, retentos a se 
 et in vincula conjectos, pro magnitudine periculi bellum 
 parare et maxime ea quae ad usum navium pertinent pro- 
 videre instituunt, hoc majore spe quod multum natura loci 
 confidebant. 
 
 2. Vix agmen novissimum extra munitiones processerat, 
 quum Galli cohortati inter se ne speratam praedam ex man- 
 ibus dimittereut, longum esse perterritis Komanis Germa- 
 norum auxilium exspectare, neque suam parti dignitatem ut 
 tantis copiis tarn exiguam manum, praesertim fugientem 
 atque impeditam, adoriri non audcant, iiumen transire et 
 iniquo loco committere non dubitant. Quae fore suspicatus 
 
LATm. 29a 
 
 Labienus, ut omnes citra flumen eliceret eadem usus simu- 
 latione itineris, placide progrediebatur. 
 
 3. Ceterum juventus pleraque, sed maxime nobilinm, Ca- 
 tilinae inceptis favebat; quibas in otio Tel magnifice vel 
 molliter yivere copia erat, incerta pro certis, bellum qnam 
 pacem malebant. Fuere item ea tempestate qui crederent 
 M. Licinium Crassum non ignarum ejus consili fuisse; quia 
 Cn. Pompeius invisus ipsi magnum exercitum ductabat, 
 cujusvis opes yoluisse contra illius potentiam crescere ; 
 simul confisum, si conjuratio valuisset, facile apud illos 
 principem se fore. 
 
 4. Ita compositis rebus in loca quam maxime occulta dis- 
 cedit, ac post paulo cognoscit Marium ex itinere frumenta- 
 tum cum paucis cohortibus Siccam missum, quod oppidum 
 primum omnium post malam pngnam ab rege defecerat. 
 Eo cum delectis equitibus noctu pergit, et jam egredienti- 
 bus Eomanis in porta puguam facit; simul magna voce 
 Siccenses hortatur uti cohortes ab tergo circumveniant ; 
 fortunam illis pracclari facinoris casum dare; si id fecerintf 
 postea sese in regno, illos in libertate sine metu aetatem. 
 acturos. 
 
 (a) What was the extent of Caesar's province ? What 
 was the place to which his attention was direcied on first 
 crossing the Alps ? (h) Give the syntax of the words in 
 italics in (1) and in any one of the other prose pieces. 
 
294 EXAMINATION PAPEKS. 
 
 CICEKO AND VIEGIL. 
 
 [Each candidate will do Uoo selections of prose and two of 
 
 poetry, with the questions attached to each. 
 Candidates in Course 11. will substitute the passage from 
 
 Caesar for their second selection in poetry. 
 Those who do not select 1 will he presumed not to have read 
 
 Cato Major. 
 Explain the construction of the words printed below each 
 
 passage.] 
 
 1. QuiK etiam memoriae proditum est, cum Atlienis liidis 
 qnidam in theatrum grandis natu venisset, magno consessu 
 locum nusquam ei datum a suis civibus; cum autem ad 
 Lacedaemonios accessisset, qui, legati cum essent, certo in 
 loco consederant, consurrexisse omnes illi dicuntur et senem 
 sessum reeepisse. — Cat. Maj., 18. 
 
 Athenis, ludis, essent, sessum. 
 
 2. Quern enim imperatorem possumus ullo in numero 
 putare, cujus in exercitu centuriatus veneant atque venie- 
 rint? Quid liunc hominem magnum aut amplum de re 
 publica cogitare, qui pecuniam, ex aerario depromptam ad 
 bellum admiuistrandum, aut propter cupiditatem provinciae 
 magistratibus diviserit, aut propter avaritiam Komae in 
 quaestu reliquerit ? — Leg. Mai^"., 37. 
 
 Cogitare, admiiiistrandum, diviserit, 
 
 3. Vidimus tuam victoriam proeliorum exitu termina- 
 tam : gladium vagina vacuum in urbe non vidimus. Quos 
 amisimus civis, eos Martis vis perculit, non ira victoriae; 
 ut dubitare debeat nemo quin multos, si fieri posset, 0. Cae- 
 sar ab inferis excitaret, quoniam ex eadem acie conservat 
 quos potest. Alterius vero partis nihil amplius dicam 
 
LATIJT. 295 
 
 qnam (id quod omnes yerebamur) nimis iracundam futuram 
 fuisse victoriam. — Peo Marc, 17. 
 Vagina, exc itaret, futu ram fuisse. 
 
 4. Volturcius yero subito litteras proferri atqne aperiri 
 jubet, qiias sibi a Lentulo ad Oatilinam datas esse dicebat. 
 Atque ibi vehementissime perturbatas Lentulus tamen et 
 signum et maniini suam cognoyit. Erant autem [scriptae] 
 sine nomine sed ita: Qui sim scies ex eo quern ad te mist. 
 Cura ut vir sis, et cogita quern in locum sis progressus ; vide 
 ecquid tibi jam sit necesse, et cura ut om7iium tibi auzilia 
 adjungas, etiam injimorum. — Oat., III. 12. 
 
 Sim, adjungas. 
 
 5. Itaque, credo, si ciyis Eomanns Arcbias legibus non 
 esset, lit ab aliquo imperatore ciyitate donaretur perficere 
 non potiiit. Sulla cum Hispanos donaret et Gallos, credo 
 hunc petentem repudiasset : quern nos in contione yidimus, 
 cum ei libellum mains poeta de populo subjecisset, quod 
 epigramma in eum fecisset, tantummodo alternis versibus 
 longiusculis, statim ex eis rebus quas tunc yendebat jubere 
 ei praemium tribui, sed ea condicione, ne quid postea scri- 
 beret. — Pro Arch., 25. 
 
 Repudiasset, scriheret, donaret. Explain the eircumstan- 
 ces of this oration. 
 
 6. Jamque adeo donati omnes opibusque superbi 
 Puniceis ibant eyincti tempo ra taenis, 
 
 Cum saevo e scopulo multa yix arte reyolsus, 
 Amissis remis atque ordine debilis uno, 
 Inrisam sine honore ratem Sergestus agebat. 
 Qualis saepe yiae deprensus in aggere serpens, 
 Aerea quern obliquum rota transiit, aut grayis ictu 
 Seminecem liquit saxo lacerumque yiator, 
 Nequiquam longos fugiens dat corpore tortus, 
 Parte ferox, ardensque oculis, et sibila colla 
 
296 EXAMIi^-ATIOIT PAPERS. 
 
 Arduusattollens; pars Yolnere clauda retentat 
 Nexantem nodis seque in sua membra plicantem : 
 Tali remigio navis se tarda movebat. — Aen"., V. 268. 
 Write out the first and fifth lines, marking feet and cae- 
 sura. Give the argument of this book. 
 
 7. Tu mihi seu magni superas Jam saxa Timavi, 
 Sive Oram Illyrici legis aequoris, en erit umquam 
 Ille dies, mihi cum liceat tua dicere facta ? 
 
 En erit, ut liceat totum mihi ferre per orbem 
 Sola Sophocleo tua carmina digna cothurno ? 
 A te principium, tibi desinam: accipe jussis 
 Carmina coepta tuis, atque hanc sine tempora circum 
 Inter victrices hederam tibi serpere laurus. 
 
 Ec, VIII. 6. 
 Explain allusions in cotliurno, hederam. Write out the 
 first line, marking feet and caesura. 
 
 8. Parte alia ventis et dis Agrippa secundis 
 Arduus agmen agens ; cui, belli insigne superbum, 
 Tempora navali fulgent rostrata corona. 
 
 Hinc ope barbarica variisque Antonius armis, 
 Victor ab Aurorae populis et litore rubro, 
 Aegyptum virisque Orientis et ultima secum 
 Bactra vehit ; sequiturque, ncfas ! Aegyptia coniunx. 
 Una omnes mere, ac totum spumare reductis 
 Convolsum remis rostrisque tridentibus aequor. 
 
 Ae., VIII. 682. 
 Explain allusion in the whole passage ; in coiijunx. 
 
 9. Dum in his locis Caesar navium parandarum causa 
 moratur, ex magna parte Morinorum ad eum legati vene- 
 runt, qui se de superioris temporis consilio excusarent, quod 
 homines barbari et nostrae consuetudinis imperiti helium 
 populo Romano fecissent, seque ea, quae imperasset, factu- 
 ros pollicerentur. Hoc sibi satis opportune Caesar acci- 
 
AEITHMETIC. 297 
 
 disse arbitratus, quod neqiie post tergnm "hostem relin- 
 quere volebat, neque belli gerendi propter anni tempus 
 facultatem habebat, neque has tantularum rerum occupar 
 tiones sibi Britanniae anteponendas judicabat, magnum his 
 obsidum numerum imperat. — B. G., IV. 22. 
 Excusarent, imper asset. 
 
 AEITHMETIC. 
 
 [Give all the worh. Give each answer in its simplest form.'] 
 
 1. How many hectares make a square mile ? Use loga- 
 rithms (if you desire) in the computation. 
 
 2. Divide, by means of logarithms, — ? by v 0.9. 
 
 3. What is the ratio of 15 A. 1 R. 2 P. to 2f times 2 A. 
 3 R. 4 P. ? 
 
 4. Divide $ 460 into three parts which shall be to each 
 other as J, f , and }. 
 
 5. What are the prime factors of 1716? How many in- 
 tegral divisors has this number, and what are they '■ What 
 is the smallest integer by which this number can be multi- 
 plied, so that the product shall be a square ? 
 
 6. A man paints two sides of a wall 7 feet high in 31 
 hours 6 minutes 40 seconds. If he can paint 4 square yards 
 in an hour, how long is the wall ? 
 
 7. A man sells flour at $ 6.50 a barrel, and gains 10 per 
 cent. What per cent would he gain if he sold the flour for 
 $ 8.25 a barrel ? 
 
 8. In what time will % 4,500, at 5 per cent, gain % 181.25 ? 
 
 9. Find the cube root of 1027243.729. 
 
298 EXAMIKATIOK PAPERS. 
 
 ALGEBRA, 
 
 COUESE I. 
 
 [ Write legibly and ivitlioiU crowding ; give the wliole work , 
 and reduce the answers to their simplest forms.'] 
 
 1. Divide IQxhj — {l^xh/ + llxif — 6 {y^ + Sa;*)] 
 by — 2a;^ — bxy — 3^^. 
 
 2. A merchant who had two brands of flour sold a bar* 
 rels of the first and h barrels of the second at an average 
 price of c dollars per barrel ; and, at the same rates, he sold 
 m barrels of the first and n barrels of the second at an aver- 
 age price of p dollars per barrel. Pind the price of each 
 brand. 
 
 3. Solve the equation = -^— . 
 
 7n^p {x -)- a) 7iyx 
 
 4. Two men, A and B, set out at the same time on the 
 same walking journey, in opposite directions; A to go from 
 M to A, and B to go from A to if. When they meet, the 
 distance that A has already gone exceeds that which B has 
 gone by 100 miles, and it is found that A will require 8 days 
 more to reach A, while B will require 18 days more to 
 reach M. Required, the distance M A, and the rate of each 
 traveller. 
 
 ^ T,. ., 2 3 2x—d , 16 62: — 1 
 
 5. Divide - — by 
 
 X 2x— 1 4.x''— 1 2x + l 
 
 x'^-i-x 10 
 
 6. Reduce — — to its lowest terms. 
 
 5, 4,,.„ 6,-vrrB 
 
 7. Divide (^"-yJl! by ^^ 
 
 Write out [x — y)^. 
 
ADVANCED ALGEBRA. 299 
 
 ADVANCED ALGEBRA. 
 
 [ Give the wliole wor/l'.] 
 
 1. What is the meaning of a;3^? Of a;%? Oi x^^? 
 Show that such meaning may jiroperly be given to such 
 expressions. What is the continued product of these three 
 quantities ? 
 
 2. Find four values of x in the equation 
 
 x^ + - = a^ + -. 
 
 x^ a^ 
 
 3. In the quadratic equation ax"^ -^Ix-^-c^r^O, prove to 
 what the sum and the product of the roots are respectively 
 equal. If a is 8 and c is 2, what value of h will make the 
 two roots equal to each other ? 
 
 4. The sum of two numbers is nine times their difference, 
 and if their product is diminished by the greater number, 
 the result is twelve times the greater number divided by the 
 less. Find the numbers. 
 
 5. The interior angles of a rectilinear figure are in Arith- 
 metical Progression: the smallest angle is 120°, and the 
 common difference is 5°. Find the number of sides. If you 
 obtain two results, see if both are possible. 
 
 6. What is the sum of n terms of the series 3, 2, f . . . ? 
 What is the sum, if n is infinity ? 
 
 7. What is the middle term of (x +yY'^ ? 
 
 8. Having 4 single books, and 3 sets containing respec- 
 tively 8, 5, and 3 volumes, in how many ways can I arrange 
 them on a shelf, provided tlie volumes of each set are kept 
 together ? 
 
300 EXAMI^q^ATIOl^ PAPERS. 
 
 PLANE GEOIVIETRY. 
 
 1. Prove tiiat the angle formed by two secants of a cir- 
 cle, and wliicli has its vertex without the circumference, 
 has for its measure half the concave arc intercepted between 
 its sides, minus half the convex arc. 
 
 2. If, in a right triangle, a perpendicular is drawn from 
 the vertex of the right angle to the hypothenuse, what 
 relations exist between the three triangles thus formed ? 
 Prove. 
 
 How is this proposition useful in proving the Pythago- 
 rean projoosition ? 
 
 3. Find an expression for the length of any chord EF of 
 a circle in terms of the segments AD and BD, into which 
 it divides the diameter AB perpendicular to it. 
 
 4. If from a point, without a circle, a tangent and a 
 secant are drawn, the tangent is a mean proportional be- 
 tween the entire secant and the part without the circle. 
 
 Prove without using the corresponding theorem for two 
 secants. 
 
 5. How can the area of a trapezoid be found ? The area 
 of any regular polygon ? Give the proof in each case. 
 
 6. Draw in your book any pentagon. Find a triangle 
 equivalent to it. Explain and prove the method of your 
 solution. 
 
 SOLID GEOMETRY. 
 
 1. Defii^e a straight line perpendicular to a plane, and 
 prove that, when a straight line is perpendicular to two 
 straight lines drawn through its foot in a plane, it is per- 
 pendicular to the plane. 
 
Ai^ALYTIC GEOMETRY. 301 
 
 2. Prove that, if two solids hare equal bases and heights, 
 and if their sections, made by any plane parallel to the 
 common plane of their bases, are equal, they are equivalent. 
 
 3. How is the area of the convex surface of a regular 
 pyramid of any number of sides measured ? Prove. 
 
 4. The altitude of a certain solid is 2 in., its surface 15 
 sq. in., and solid contents 4 cu. in. What is tlie altitude 
 and surface of a similar solid whose solidity is 256 cu. in. ? 
 
 5. Prove that the sum of the angles of a spherical tri- 
 angle is greater than two right angles. 
 
 6. What is the measure of the area of a lunary surface? 
 State IV itliout proving. 
 
 ANALYTIC GEOMETKY. 
 
 1. What are the slope and intercept of the line 2a; — 5i/ 
 — 10 = 0? What is the equation of the perpendicular let 
 fall upon this line from the point ( — 1, 2) ? 
 
 2. Find the equation of a circle referred to its principal 
 vertex, either from the equation referred to the centre or 
 directly from a figure. 
 
 3. What curve is represented by the equation ^x^ — 9?/^ -f- 
 25 = ? What is here the origin ? what* the coordinate 
 axes ? Find the parameter and excentricity of the curve. 
 
 4. Find the equation of the circle passing through the 
 vertex of the parabola y^:=^10x and the extremities of the 
 double ordinate through the focus. 
 
 5. Deduce the equation of the normal to any point {x\ y') 
 of an ellipse, and prove that this normal bisects the angle 
 between the focal lines to the point. The lengths of the 
 focal lines are r = « — ex'^ r' =za-\- ex', where a is the semi- 
 transverse axis, and e the excentricity 
 
302 EXAMIN"ATIOH PAPERS. 
 
 TRIGONOMETRY. 
 
 1. Obtaik the formulae 
 
 sin^^z; + cos^^ = , , , , 
 
 sin (a; — ^) = 
 
 2 cos^o; = 1 + 
 
 2. Compare the tangent and cotangent of (90° + y) with 
 the same functions of (y — 90°). 
 
 3. Give the formulae for solving a plane oblique triangle 
 ABC, when a h and G are given ; and explain fully the 
 method of solution. 
 
 4. Find all the parts of the plane oblique triangle for 
 which B = 39° 43', 0= 62° 9', a =z 143.7. 
 
 5. At a distance of 100 feet from a tree, the angle of ele- 
 vation of its top is observed to be 23° 3'. If the height of 
 the instrument above the ground is 5 feet, how high is the 
 tree ? 
 
 ENGLISH COMPOSITION. 
 
 You are required to write a short English composition, 
 correct in spelling, punctuation, grammar, and expression. 
 This composition must be at least fifty lines long, and be 
 properly divided into paragraphs. One of the following 
 subjects must be taken : — 
 
 The story of the Tempest. 
 
 The story and character of Portia. 
 
FREi^CH. 303 
 
 FRENCH. 
 
 1. Translate into English: — 
 
 rremyn arriva ; je le regardai fixement, et je lui trouvai 
 line physionomie dure qui ne promettait rien de bon. II 
 n 'ay ait pas mis plus de trente heures a faire ses soixante 
 lieues. Je commengai par lui montrer les miserables dont 
 j'avais a plaider la cause. lis etaient tous debout deyant 
 lui ; les femmes pleuraient ; les hommes, appuyes sur leur 
 baton, la tete nue, avaient la main dans leurs bonnets. F., 
 assis, les yeux fermes, la tete pencliee, et le men ton appuye 
 sur sa poitrine, ne les regardait pas. Je parlai en leur fa- 
 veur ; je ne sais oii I'on prend ce qu'on dit en pareil cas. 
 Je lui fis toucher au doigt combien il etait incertain que cet 
 heritage lui fut legitimement acquis; je le conjurai par son 
 opulence, par la misere qu'il avait sous les yeux; je crois 
 meme que je me jetai a ses pieds : je n'en pus tirer un 
 sou. .... Je lui jetai les clefs au nez ; il les ramassa, 
 s'empara de tout; et je m'en revins si trouble, si peine, si 
 change, que votre mere, qui vivait encore, crut qu'il m'etait 
 arrive quelque grand malheur. . . Ah! mes enfants, quel 
 homme que ce F. ! — Diderot. 
 
 2. State the tense of the italicized verbs in the above, 
 and give it in full. 
 
 3. Give the principal tenses of connaitre, tenir, vouloir, 
 peindre (thus. Inf., etre ; Pres. Part., etant ; Past Part., 
 ete ; Ikd. Pees.,^^ suis ; PRET.,ye/w5). 
 
 4. Translate into French : — 
 
 {a) I had no time ^ to speak ^ to him, but I will write* 
 him a long letter.* {h) Bitter * fruits ® are often the most 
 wholesome.'' (c) Have you taken a walk ® this morning ? 
 
304 EXAMIISTATIOIS' PAPEKS. 
 
 (d) To which of those pupils 'have you promised "a re- 
 ward ^^ ? 
 
 1 temps, Tra. * parler. s^crire. *lettre,/. s amer. « fruit, m. 'sain. » sc 
 promener. » 6colier, m. " promettre. "recompense,/. 
 
 GERMAN. 
 
 1. (a) ExPLAiiS" the sounds of vowels and diphthongs by 
 English equivalents wherever it is possible. 
 
 (b) What are modified vowels ? 
 
 (c) Which words are written with capital letters in Ger- 
 man ? 
 
 (d) Explain gutturals and such consonants as may differ 
 from the English in their application. 
 
 2. (a) How many parts of speech are there in German ? 
 What are they ? 
 
 (b) State your observations on the affinity of German and 
 English words. 
 
 3. (a) Decline, — 
 
 gutcr ^am, licbe Wiitkv, tkm^ |)au§; 
 
 S)er freimbltd)e tnabe, bie tPimberDolIe $Ruine, ^a^ prad^tige 
 
 @d)lo5; 
 (5tn ()eftigcr (Sturm, etne fc^onc ®abe, etn arttge^ ^inb. 
 
 (b) Decline the personal pronouns ic^, bu, er, singular and 
 plural. 
 
 4. Give the general rules for the gender of German nouns, 
 with examples demonstrating the same. 
 
 5. (a) Give the synopsis (first person singular of all tenses 
 in the indicative and subjunctive) of the auxiliaries ()aben, 
 fcin, and werben. 
 
GERMAN-. 305 
 
 (b) Give the third person plural of all tenses (both indic- 
 ative and subjunctive) of the regular verb lobcn. 
 
 (c) Give the synopsis of the impersonal verb regnen, and 
 
 also of the verb auvgel)en. 
 
 6. (a) Conjugate the present tense of the verbs fonncn, 
 mogen, iroKen, mlij'fen, biirfen, foUen, Also state their mean- 
 ing. 
 
 (b) Give the principal parts (infinitive, imperfect, and 
 past participle) of the verbs fef)en, ge^cn, fte()(cn, it)afd)en, 
 ^iretfen, iDiffen, benfen, I)alten, f)e(fen, fit^en, fiuben, bringen. 
 
 7. Write out some story in German that you have read, 
 and if you cannot give it in German, write its translation in 
 English. 
 
 8. (a) Write in letters the following numbers: 6789; 
 704,532; 1876; 778,899. 
 
 (b) Give the German for the days of the week, and the 
 names of the months. 
 
 9. Translate the following story into English : — 
 
 ,Mm iunger (Stubent ber §art)arb Unitierfitdt rcifte nacf) (^uropa, 
 um feine (Stubten niif einer bcutfd)en Unioerfitdt fortjufc^en. 3iuf 
 feiner 9?eife burdj ^talien faub er etncn greunb in dlom, ber mit 
 i^m nac^ 5lt()en reifte, um btc irunberDoden ^Rutncn be^ atten 
 (^ricd^enlanb^ gu fcf)cn. ®te fanben etncn amcrifani[d)en donfnl 
 in 5lt^en, ber fie auf bte Ifropolt^ begleitete. 33oII (vnt()u^ia^mug 
 iiber bte (Srinnernngen i^rer tta^tfc^en ©tnbicn rtefen fie au§: 
 5IBdren xdxx feine 5(merifaner, fo molten toir (^riec^en fein. 
 
306 EXAMIN-ATIOiq- PAPERS. 
 
 CHEMISTRY AND PHYSICS. 
 
 Chemistry. 
 
 1. "What happens when a candle burns ? Describe exper- 
 iments which illustrate the subject, and state clearly what 
 each experiment proves. 
 
 2. "What goes on when we breathe the air ? Illustrate 
 the subject by familiar facts and experiments. 
 
 3. "What sort of action do plants exert on the air ? Il- 
 lustrate the subject as before. 
 
 4. "What is water made up of? Illustrate by experi- 
 ments, and state the law of chemical combination which 
 may be deduced from them. 
 
 5. Describe the process represented by the following 
 symbols, and state fully what the symbols express : — 
 
 Physics. 
 
 6. Define the terms velocity and force, and name the 
 chief forces of nature. 
 
 1' Define the term specific gravity, and state the prin- 
 ciple of Archimedes by which the specific gravity of solids 
 is most easily found. 
 
 8. How is a barometer made, and what does it measure ? 
 
 9. How is a thermometer made, and what does it meas- 
 ure? 
 
 10. "What is meant by the latent heat of water, and how 
 is this quantity measured ? 
 
BOTAKY. 307 
 
 PHYSICS AND ASTKONOMY. 
 
 1. Why is the height of the barometer less at the sum- 
 mit of a mountain than at its foot ? 
 
 2. Describe the common pump and its action. 
 
 3. What is latent heat ? 
 
 4. Why is a spectrum formed when sunlight is passed 
 through a prism ? 
 
 5. On what principle does the use of lightning-rods 
 depend ? 
 
 6. What is the theory of Copernicus ? 
 
 7. State Kepler's three laws of planetary motion. 
 
 6. What is a sidereal day, and how is its length deter- 
 mined? 
 
 9. How is the sun's period of rotation ascertained ? 
 
 10. What is the cause of solar eclipses ? When will an 
 eclipse be annular ? 
 
 BOTANY. 
 
 1. What are the organs of vegetation ? 
 
 2. Of what parts does an embryo consist ? 
 
 3. Describe the germination of a maple-seed, and a grain 
 of corn. 
 
 4. What is a biennial plant ? 
 
 5. Draw an outline sketch of a twice-pinnate leaf. 
 
 6. In what ways are leaves arranged upon the stem ? 
 
 7. How does a cyme differ from a corymb ? 
 
 8. What is the difference between an imperfect and an 
 incomplete flower ? 
 
308 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 
 
 9. Explain the structure of the " fruit " of the strawberry. 
 
 10. Describe upon the schedule the plant given for anal- 
 ysis. 
 
 SCHEDULE EOR PLANT-ANALYSIS. 
 
 1. State whether this plant is exogenous or endogenous^ 
 and give reasons for your answer. 
 
 2. Describe the arrangement, venation, shape, margin, 
 apex, and base of the leaves. 
 
 3. What kind of flower-clusters does this plant have ? 
 
 4. The Flower. — State whether it is or is not com- 
 plete, regular, and symmetrical. Give your reasons for 
 each answer. 
 
 Calyx. — State whether free from, or coherent with, the 
 ovary. 
 
 Sepals. — Give their number. 
 
 Corolla. — State whether polypetalous or monopetalous* 
 
 Stamens. — (1) Give number. (2) State whether dis- 
 tinct or united together. (3) To what are they attached? 
 
 Pistil. — (1) State whether simple or compound. (2) If 
 possible, give the number of cells in the ovary. (3) Is the 
 ovary superior or inferior 9 
 
HARYARD EXAMINATION PAPERS. 
 
 SEPTEMBER, 1876. 
 
 ANCIENT HISTOEY AND GEOGEAPHY. 
 
 1. Tell the situation of the following places, and name 
 (with date) some important event connected with each: 
 Saguntum, Mantinea, Zama, Cynocephalae, Ounaxa, Phi- 
 lippi, Beneventum, Actium, Leuctra, Pharsalia, L. Trasime- 
 nus, Furculae Caudinae. 
 
 2. Give a brief account either of Aristides, of Cimon, or 
 of Alcibiades. 
 
 3. The expedition of Alexander the Great against Persia. 
 
 4. What magistrates at Eome, and what were their re- 
 spective duties ? 
 
 5. Brief outline of Eoman history from the death of 
 Juhus Caesar to the year 27 b. c. 
 
 MODEEN AND PHYSICAL GEOGEAPHY. 
 
 1. What is meant by relief? State some common fea- 
 tures of continental relief. Eepresent in profile the relief 
 of the United States along an east and west line. 
 
310 EXAMIN'ATION PAPEES. 
 
 2. Define, with precision, latitude and longitude. State 
 definitely what portions of the earth's surface are crossed 
 by the Tropic of Cancer, — what by the Tropic of Cap- 
 ricorn. 
 
 3. In what parts of North and South America are the 
 great plains ? By what names are they popularly known 
 in the regions where they lie ? In what portions of the old 
 world are the plains most extensive and unbroken? By 
 what names are those plains severally designated ? 
 
 4. British America. — Name the larger bays, lakes, and 
 rivers, and state the courses of the latter, and where they 
 empty. Name the provinces into which it is now divided. 
 Give some account of its physical character. 
 
 6. Name all the larger West India Islands. Give as 
 complete an account of one of them as time will allow. 
 Name the political divisions of Central America. 
 
 6. Europe. — Name its seas, bays, and gulfs, and state 
 where they lie. Name the larger rivers, and state their 
 courses and where they empty. Name the principal moun- 
 tain ranges, and give their positions and directions. What 
 country extends farthest north, and what one farthest south ? 
 
 7. Hindostan. — Name its three principal cities. What 
 cape forms its southern extremity, and what is its latitude ? 
 State the leading physical characters of Hindostan. 
 
 8. Where (definitely) are the cities here named, viz.: 
 (a) Manilla, {h) Acapulco, (c) Melbourne, {d) Valparaiso, 
 (e) Matanzas, (/) Rangoon, {g) Yeddo ? Where (definitely) 
 are the capes here named, viz. : (a) North Cape, {h) St. Lu- 
 cas, (c) Guardafui, (d) Tarifa, (e) Mendocino, (/) Finis- 
 terre, ( g) St. Koque, {h) Blanco ? 
 
GREEK GRAMMAR. 311 
 
 GREEK COMPOSITION. 
 
 1. I AM glad/ Clearchus, to hear these words from yon ; 
 for while you think thus, if you should plot*^ any evil 
 against me it seems to me that you would be ill-disposed' 
 to your own self as well as to me. 
 
 2. And in order that you may learn that you would not 
 justly distrust* either the King or myself, listen: If we 
 wished to destroy^ you, do you think that we have not plen- 
 ty^ of both cavalry and foot? or do you think we would 
 have no place suitable "^ to attack ^ you ? 
 
 3. And if we should be defeated^ in battle, surely by 
 burning the crops ^^^ we could oppose" a famine ^'^ to you 
 against which you would not be able to fight if you were 
 ever so ^^ brave. 
 
 * "jdofxac. * ^ouXeuu). ® xaxovou^. * dLTttffria}. ^ d.T:6XXo[xt. 
 • ■Kkrjd'oq. ' ^ntrTJ6eio^. ' t7ZtTv%[j.at. • ijTTdofiaL. ^^ xapTz6<;. 
 " avrndaau). ^^ Xifxaq. ^^ Ttdvu. liz-nsoq^ TteXo<;^ y_ujpiov^ U-<^X'^i 
 
 GREEK GRA^iMAR. 
 
 [* Candidates for advanced standing will omit 2 and 4, and 
 do 7 and 8.] 
 
 1. Declike throughout, with the article, yXwaaa and 
 yivo^. Give the nominative and vocative singular, and da- 
 tive plural of kXTzidoi;, Tzoifxivoq^ vedtq, and -Jtarpoq. 
 
 2.* Decline in the singular the pres. part. act. of Tt/j-dio^ 
 giving both the contracted and uncontracted forms. Give 
 the rule for the accent of contracted forms of words. 
 
312 EXAMIi>rATI0I3" PAPERS. 
 
 3. Decline t)<;. Translate the following pronouns: het- 
 
 voUy TouToUf raoroo, aoroUj and orou. 
 
 4.* Inflect the imperf. ind. act. of ziOrnxi, pres. opt. mid. of 
 drjXow^ aorist ind. pass, of ffri/dw. 
 
 5. State where these verbs are made, and give the princi- 
 pal parts of each : /SuuXet^ "tjv, elda>, ij.eivai, ixddsy and s(jys. 
 
 6. Describe particular and general suppositions, giving 
 examples. Define the term Indirect Discourse. What time 
 do the tenses of the infinitive mode denote in Indirect Dis- 
 course ? 
 
 7. Give the different forms in which a wish is expressed. 
 "What is the implication of each? Explain the origin of 
 these constructions. 
 
 8. Give a scheme of the Tragic Iambic Trimeter line 
 showing what substitutions for the Iambus are admissible. 
 
 GREEK PROSE. 
 
 [iV. B. Those who offer the Greek Reader will take 2, 3, 4. 
 Those tuho offer four hooks of the Anabasis and the seventh 
 book of Herodotus will take 1, 2, 5. Candidates in Course 
 II. will take 1 a7id 2, or 2 and 3.] 
 
 1. Translate : — 
 
 ''AXX' 7'jdo/j.at fiiv, o) KXiap^e, xai Sixooiov ffoo ^povijiooq Xoyovz ' 
 raura yap ytyvaxTXiov e? ri ifun xaxw ^ovXthoiq^ aixa av fxoc doxeic; 
 xai ffauru) xaxo'^ouq elvat. 'fl? d' av fidOr]^ on odd' av uixsT^ dtxaiio'z 
 oure (iaaUeX our i/io\ d7zc(TToirjT£, dvrdxooaov. Ei yap u/idq ijSoU' 
 X6fj.£0a dr.okiffai^ noTepd ffot doxoojiev l-jrnimv ttXtjOou^: dr.opelv r^ 
 TCt^wv Tj 6izXt<Tew(:j ^v ff upLar: p.kv ^XaTtTecv Uavo\ eH-qpsv av, avrntd- 
 a^siv de oudsi^ xivduvoq j 'AXXd yvDpiiov kiziTrjdtiujv 6[xlv ^ntrtdeadat 
 
GREEK PROSE. 313 
 
 d.7zopzJv av cot 8oxoufi£v] Ob roffaura [xkv Ttsdca ijfxtv (piXia ovTa 
 ffhv TzoXXaJ 7rova> Sta-jzopeusffds, roffaura ds opr) u/ilv 6pdrs ovra 
 Tiopsuria a t^/mv e^ecrc -npoxaraXajSouffiv arzopa 6/x2v Tzapiyeiv^ ro- 
 (Toorot 8" £i<T). TtoraixdX i<p^ wv e^sarcv rjiiiv raixiso-ffdat, oizoaotq av 
 uiiwv ^ool(i)iJ.^6a jidysadai ; Elffi S' abrcbv 08? obd'' av navrd-affi 
 dtalSacTjre^ ei pij ij/xslq vpd': SiaTzopeuocpev. — AkAB., II. V. 
 16-18. 
 
 Explain the case of (raurai (line 3) ; the construction of 
 elvat (line 3) ; the construction of i^ouXdfieda (lines 4, 5) ; 
 the case of xr^duvoc; (line 7) ; the case of u/xwvj and construc- 
 tion of l3ouXwfx£da (line 12). 
 
 2. Translate: — 
 
 'Erteidi) 8e impa 6 Xsipi(To<poq Ttpoxaredrnijiiv^v rrjv dxpcavvyiav^ 
 xaXel Ssvo(pu)vra d.7to rr^q obpdq, xa\ xaXeuec XajSovra rooq rzeXracrdq 
 Tzapaytviadai tlq rb rcpoaOsiv. '0 dk SsvocpuJv roh<; jikv TtsXraard<: 
 obx ^yev ' kT:L<pai\'6p.evov yap iwpa Tidaaipip'j-qv xaX anav ro <jrpd- 
 reu/xa ' abroq ds TzpoffsXaaai; rjpiora ' Ti xaXsiq ; '0 de Xiyei abrai ' 
 ^E^effriv opdv ' Tr/jtoxarejV.ijTrra: yap ijixlv 6 urrkp rij^ xarajSdffeaj^ 
 Xotpoq^ xa\ obx £ffri izapeXOaTv, el /xi] rourouq aTtoxoipopev. "AXXd ri 
 obx r^yeq rohq TtsXraffrd": j '(? dk Xiyet ore obx idoxzi abrai epTjfxa 
 xaraXiTtelv rd oTZiffdav, TzoXs/xtiov i7:i(paivorxiviov. 'AXXd fxijv wpa y\ 
 tcpfj, /SouXebsffOai tcw^ riq rohq avdpa^ drcsXa d~d rob X6<foo. — 
 
 A>iAB.,IILiv. 38-40. 
 
 Explain the construction of 7zpoxaretXr)fx/xiv7]v (line 1), and 
 of t7Zi(paivo!.i.hu)v (line 9). In what voice, mood, and tense, 
 and from what verbs are i(i>pa (line 4), repair a (line 5), and 
 T.poxarsiXriTzrai (line 6), and d-xzXq (line 10) ? What would be 
 the form of TtpoxardJr^r.rai (line 6), if it were quoted indi- 
 rectly with change of mood ? 
 
 3. Translate: — 
 
 '0 S ^ETtajxetvwvdaq au xa\ rob iTtTrtxoo e/xjSoXov Icyopbv ^Tzoirj' 
 ffaro, xa\ dtxiTCizooq 7:e!^oh^ ffuvira^ev abroXq^ vo/xc^^cov ro Iiztzlxov iTzei 
 diax6(p£ievy oXov rb avriizaXov vsvutixo)^ eaeffOai • fxdXa yap yaXsTzbv 
 
314 EXAMIKATIOI^ PAPERS. 
 
 eoptTv Tohq kdsXijffovTaq ixhsiv, iTzstddv rtva^ (ptbyo'^Taq rwv ^aurujv 
 dpuxTi ' xai OTtojq fxrj kTZi^o-qduJaiv ol ^Adiqvaioi oltio rod ediovOfJLOu 
 xiparoq km to i/o/ievoy^ xariffvrjffsv It:). yqXofpvDv Ttvcbv havriouq 
 aoTol': xai lizTziaq xai oTzXiraq^ <p6^ov ^ouXofxtvoq xai roozoiq Tzap- 
 iyev> wq^ ei ^orjO-qffatsv, oTziaOsv ooroi iTZtxstffoivro abro'tq. ttjv jxev 
 drj (TUpLlSpXijV ourojq ircotrjffaro^ xai obx i^ebffOrj r/jq iX~idoq ' xparrj- 
 aaq yap fj TrpoffijSaXsv oXov iTZoirjffe (pebytiv ro Td» ivavricov. — 
 
 Hell., VIL v. 24. 
 
 From what stems are e/i/SoXov (line 1) and dfii-r.-ooq (line 2) 
 formed? Explain the construction of 6pa><n (line 5) and of 
 t-'.fior^Oibav^ (line 5). State briefly the principal events in the 
 life of Epaminondas, with dates. 
 
 4. Translate : — 
 
 "AOrf^aioKn dk rerayriiuocffc ^v rspiivei 'HpaxXioq ^rz^Xdov ^orjOiov- 
 rtq nXaraiiz'Z Tza'^drj/iSL ' xai yap xa\ kdsdcuxsaav a(piaq abrohq rolffi 
 ^Adrjvaioiai ol nXaracieq, xai Tzovouq b-Ksp abribv orAOrjvaloi ffoyvohq 
 yjdrj avapaipiaro ' edoffav dk wde. -Kte^o/xsvot utzo 67]j3aia)v ol TlXa- 
 ra'.ieq i.(iidoaav TzpiLra i^apazvyoixn liXeo/iivst rs zip ^A'^aqa^^dpidscn 
 xai AaxedatfJLOvioiffi ff<piaq abrobq^ ol dk ob Sexofxevot kXeyov Cipi 
 rdde ' '^Hixelq p.kv ixaaripo) re olxiotxev^ xa\ bfivj rocijds rcq yivotr 
 w> STTixouptT] (puypij ' (fOairjTS yap av TZoX.Xdxcq kqavdpaTZodcffdivrsq 
 ij Ti'^a TiuOiffOai y^/xiajv. aotx^ooXeboixsv 8k b/xlv doL»ai u/xiaq abzohq 
 'AOr/^aioiffc, TzXrjCTioywpoiai re dvdpdai xa\ riixiopietv kobfft ob xaxolfft, 
 
 — Herod., VL 108. 
 
 Give the Attic forms of dvapatpiaro (line 4) and of iobfft 
 (line 10). What terminations does Herodotus use in the 
 genitive and dative plural of the first declension ? 
 
 5. Translate: — 
 
 EipqTjq Si ^-z{ re diii3r] iq rrjv EbpcoTzrjv^ iOxjelro rbv arparbv unb 
 txaffriyw^ bia^abo^^ra. diil^rj dk 6 arparbq abrou kv iizrd ij/xipr^fft 
 xai kv k-Krd eb^po'^r^ffc, iXivbffaq oboiva ypovov. kvddbra Xiyerat^ 
 Eip-eoj ijdf) dtalSejSifjxoroq rbv 'EXXrjffTzo'^rov, avdpa eiize'tv '^ EXXriGi:6\>- 
 riov ' "^2 Zebj ri 8rj d>8p\ eido/xevoq Uipffrj xai ouvofxa dvr). Aibg 
 
GREEK POETRY. 315 
 
 Eip^sa 6ifX£voq, avdararov ttjv 'EXXdda idiXetq noi^trac, aywv izavra^ 
 dvOpthnowz ; za) yap aveu rourwv l^rjV roc rtoUetv raora. 
 
 '0 8k vaoTixo'Z e^io rw 'EXXrjffno.'Zov tzXwojv r.apd yriv ixofii^^ero} 
 rd iji-aXiv Ttpt^ffffuoy too Tze^ou. '0 de Aopiff/.oq iarl ri^q 6prfi/.rj<; 
 alyiaXo;; re xat Tzeoiov fxiya^ dtd de aoruu piec Tzora/idq piya<;"Ei3po^. 
 edo^e (Lv rip Sip^T) 6 ^wpoq elvat, i-nirijdeoq ivdcard^ai re xat iqaptO- 
 fjLrjffat rov arparbv, xai inoiee raora. — HerOD., YII. 56 -59. 
 
 Give the Attic forms of hdaura (line 3), oovo/xa (line 5), 
 and of TzXwtDv (line 8). What is the chief peculiarity in syn- 
 tax in Herodotus ? 
 
 GREEK POETRY. 
 
 [You are advised to do the translation before answering the 
 questions. Candidates i7i Course II. tvill translate 1 and 
 2 and answer the questions under (a) — (^) inclusive.'\ 
 
 1. Tbv ^ rjiiei^er enecra Siriq, xard ddxpo yiooaa ' 
 0)1101^ r^xvov i'lbvj ri vo d erpecpo'j^ aha rexouffa ; 
 
 a'cd' ofeXe': Tzapd VTfudiv dddxpuro^ xa) aTtrj/xtuv *^ 
 
 rjffdat ■ ine} v6 rot alffa fihovOd nep, ourt fxdXa Stjv. 
 
 vov d" afia r wxo/iopoq xal o'iZopb^ Ttep). nd'^rwv 
 
 errXeo ' roj ffe xaxfj aJairj rixoy tv /xeydpocffiv. 
 
 rooro Si roc ipioucra eTioq Au rep-uepaovo) 
 
 eljjL auri) Tzpdq "OXu/jltlOv dydv'>i<po'^j at xe 7zi6t)rai. 
 
 II., I. 413-420. 
 
 (a) From what stems are the following words formed: 
 d)xuixopo<; (417), iJ.eydpoiGVJ (418), and dyd\>vL(pov (420) ? 
 
 (/5) Translate the following epithets of Zeus: p-qriera^ 
 
 alycoyo^, U(pcl3pe/j.irrjq, repTztxipauvo^^ and ve<peX7]yepira. 
 
 2. vuv <5' epyeffd' i7:\ delTzvov, ha quvdywpsv ^ Ap-qa, 
 ey ph T£? bopo Or^^daOu)^ eh S' da-rzida dicOio^ 
 
886 
 
 316 EX.AMINATIOK PAPERS. 
 
 eZ 8i Ti<; iTZ-Koifftv delnvov 86tio coxuizodsfffftv, 
 eZ 8i Tcq ap/jLaroq dij.<p)<; idojv^ TtoXi/ioio fisdia^o) * 
 &q xs Tzavfjiiipioi aruyspui y.pivd>ixty^f ^ Aprfi. 
 oh yap TvauffUiXij ys fisziffffsrai, ouS' rj/^atdvy 
 ei [XT) vh^ iXijI'Ouffa diaxpiviei pivoq d.vdpa)v. 
 IdpoKTsc piv Teo rsXapcbv dp<p\ ffry^fieaaiv 
 dffTTidog dp^t^poTTjf^f Tzep\ S" eyx^i X^^P^ xafxeTrat ' 
 idpoKTei di tsu itttzo^j ku^oov dppa Tiratvcov. 
 
 II., 11. 381-390. 
 
 (j) Give the Attic forms of rnxoizodeaaiv (383), ptriffatrai 
 (386), and ree. (390). 
 
 {d) Define a spondaic verse, and specify an example in 
 the above passage. 
 
 3. ''H, xdi ditb (TTopd^ooq dpvwv rd/xs vrjXi'i ^aXxai ' 
 
 xai Tohq pev xazid^rixsv im ^'^ovog daTzaipovraq^ 
 Supod dsoopivouq ' dTTo yap pivoq eUero ^aXx6(^, 
 olvov S" ix xprjTYipoq dcpuffadpevoi SsTcdsffffiv ** 
 
 £x^£Ov^ ijd' eu^ovTO t9£0£C ahiysvirrjffiv, 
 wde di Ttg eiiteffxev 'A^acwv re Tpwwv re * 
 
 Zeo xbdtare^ piyiffzs, xa). dSdvaroi Sao). aXXoiy 
 OTfKorepoi Ttporepot UTzkp opxia 7:rjfX7Jv£iav^ 
 atdi Gtp kyxi(paXoq ^apadtq piot^ wq ode o]voq^ 
 auTUJv, xa\ rexicDv^ ciXo^ot 8' ciXXoifft ptysUv. 
 
 II., III. 292-301. 
 
 (e) Give the Attic forms of SsTrdetrffiv (295), alecyevirrjatv 
 (296), and rexiwv (301). 
 
 (C) Comment on the form ehsffxev (297). 
 
LATIN" COMPOSITIOJT. 317 
 
 LATIN COIVIPOSITION. 
 
 Translate into English: — 
 
 Nam reges Syriae, regis Antioclii filios, scitis Romae 
 niiperfuisse; qui venerant noii propter Syriae regniim, — 
 nam id sine controversia obtiiiebant ut a patre et a maiori- 
 bus acceperant, — sed regnum Egypti ad se et ad Selenen 
 matrem suam pertinere arbitrabantnr. Hi ipsi, postea- 
 quam per senatum agere quae voluerant non potuerunt, in 
 Syriam, in regnum patrium profecti sunt. Eorum alter, 
 qui Antiochus vocatur, iter per Siciliam facere voluit; 
 itaque isto praetore, venit Syracusas. 
 
 Translate into Latin : — 
 
 These kings that I speak of ^ had brought * to Rome a 
 candelabrum, made, ' with wonderful* workmanship**, of* 
 most brilliant ^ gems, in order to set it up * in the Capitol ; 
 but since ^ they had found " the temple not yet finished, 
 they determined" to take it back" to Syria. The matter 
 came, I know not how ", to the ears of this man ; for the 
 king had wished it kept-secret", — not because he feared 
 or suspected" anything, but in order that not many per- 
 sons should see it before the Roman people. This man 
 begs ^^ the king to send it to him, saying he wishes to ex- 
 amine " it, and will not let " others see it. 
 
 1 dico. 2 adfero. 'perficere. *mirabilis. ^opus. «e. ''clarus. sponere. 
 9 quod, looffendere. " Btatiiere. 12 rgportare. ^'quomodo. "celare. " gus« 
 picor. ispetere ab. "inspicere. " potestatem facere. 
 
3ld EXAMI2S-ATI0N PAPEBS. 
 
 LATIN GRAMMAK. 
 
 [Do not crowd your luoi^h] 
 
 1. How do you pronounce pars; in- in ingens ; op- in 
 optimus ; ia- and ci- in iacio ; ti in ratio 9 
 
 2. What is the root and what is the stem of rex ? 
 of fama ? of acus 9 Give any other words that you can 
 remember, from the same roots. Give the meanings of the 
 derivative suffixes of cautio, lumen, stabulum. Form from 
 the stem aspero- a word meaning rougk-ness ; one from 
 crimin- meaning reproach-ful ; one from lauda- meaning 
 praise-ivorthy ; one from favere, meaning patron; one 
 from tristi- meaning somewhat sad. 
 
 [Mark the quantities of the penult and ultima of every 
 Latin word you write in answering the dd and 6th ques- 
 tions.^ 
 
 3. Decline ille vir ; locus celeher. Compare te7iax, asper, 
 frugi. Form Comparative and Superlative Adjectives 
 from infra. Form and compare Adverbs from honus, atrox. 
 
 4. What is the root and what are the stems of rumpere f 
 of canere 9 of regere 9 of nancisci 9 
 
 5. State where each of the following forms is made, and 
 give the principal parts of the verb to which it belongs : 
 usserit, vetaieris, texitis, sprevissent, vinxeram, videris, 
 videris. Form the III. S. Fut. Pf. Ind. Act. of parere ; 
 11. P. Perf. Ind. Act. of gignere ; IT. P. Fut. Ind. Pass. 
 of capere ; I. S. Pres. Subj. Pass, of vocare ; III. P. Imp. 
 Subj. Pass, of oUivisci ; III. P. Fut. Imperat. Pass, of 
 haurire; the Fut. Inf. Pass, of premere ; the Fut. Part. 
 Pass, of mittere. Give a synopsis of patior. Inflect the 
 active voice of fero throughout. 
 
LATIIS" 
 
 6. Write in Latin : They made 
 king; he spares {pq^rcere) the city; the city is spared; he 
 hides (celare) this from me ; the letter (epistola) is written ; 
 he is loved ; for how much did he buy (efnere) this ? for 
 a shilling {denarius) ; 1 fear he will not come to Athens 
 for many days yet. 
 
 CAESAK, SALLUST, AISTD OVID. 
 
 [ You are expected to translate two pieces of verse, and tiuo 
 of prose, — hy preference /., //., 1, 2 — and to answer all 
 the questions,^ 
 
 Bacchus and the Sailors. 
 
 I. Forte petens Delon Chiae telluris ad oras 
 Applicor, et dextris adducor littora remis, 
 Doque leves sultus, udaeque immittor arenae. 
 Kox ubi consumpta est (Aurora rubescere primum 
 Coeperat ;) exsurgo, laticesque inferre recentes 
 Admoneo, monstroque viam, quae ducit ad undas. 
 Ipse, quid aura mihi tumulo promittat ab alto, 
 Prospicio, comitesque yoco, repetoque carinam. 
 "Adsumus en!" inquit sociorum primus Opheltes; 
 Utque putat, praedam deserto nactus in agro, 
 Virginea puerum ducit per littora forma. 
 
 Deianira to Hercules. 
 
 11. I nunc, tolle animos, et f ortia facta recense : 
 
 Quod tu non esses jure, vir ilia fuit; 
 Illi procedit rerum mensura tuarum : 
 
 Cede honis ; heres laudis arnica tuae. 
 Pro pudor ! hirsuti costis exuta leonis 
 
320 EXAMINATION" PAPERS. 
 
 Aspera texerunt yellera molle latus. 
 Falleris, et nescis : non sunt spolia ista leonis, 
 Sed tua; tuque ferae victor es, ilia tui. 
 
 Baucis and Philemon. 
 
 III. Accubuere dei. Mensam succincta tremensque 
 Ponit anus ; mensae sed erat pes tertius impar : 
 Testa parem fecit. Quae postquam subdita clivum 
 Sustulit, aequatam mentae tersere virentes. 
 Ponitur hie bicolor sincerae bacca Minervae, 
 Conditaque in liquida corna autumnalia faece, 
 Intubaque et radix et lactis massa coacti, 
 Omnia fictilibus. Post liaec caelatus eodem 
 Sistitur argento crater, fabricataque fago 
 Pocula, qua cava sunt, flaventibus illita ceris. 
 {a) Divide into feet, marking the quantity of every sylla- 
 ble, and ictus of every foot, the fourth line of each piece 
 translated. [The caesural pause need not be indicated.] 
 
 {l) How do the quantities of the words in italics help to 
 define the meaning ? 
 
 (1) His difficultatibus duae res erant suhsidio, scientia 
 atque usus militum, quod superioribus proeliis exercitati 
 quid fieri oporteret non minus commode ipsi sibi praescri- 
 bere, quam ab aliis doceri poteraut; et qnod ab opere singu- 
 lisque legionibus singulos legates Caesar discedere, nisi mu- 
 nitis castris, vetuerat. Hi propter propinquitatem et celeri- 
 tatem hostium, nihil jam Caesaris imperium exspectabant, 
 sed per se, quae videbantur, administrabant. 
 
 (2) Saepenumero, patres conscripti, multa verba in hoc 
 ordine feci, saepe de luxuria atque avaritia nostrorum 
 civium questus sum, multosque mortalis ea causa adversos 
 habeo : qui mihi atque animo meo nullius umquam delicti 
 
LATIJf. 321 
 
 gratiam fecissem, haud facile alterius lubidini male facta 
 condonabam. Sed ea tametsi vos parvi pendebatis, tamen 
 res publica firma erat : opulentia neglegentiam tolerabat. 
 
 (3) Equestris autem proelii ratio et cedentibus et inse- 
 qnentibus par atque idem periculum inferebat. Accedebat 
 hue, ut nunquam conferti, sed rari magnisque intervallis 
 proeliarentur, stationesque dispositas haberent, atque alios 
 alii deinceps exciperent, integrique et recentes defatigatis 
 succederent. Postero die procul a castris hostes in collibus 
 constiterunt, rarique se ostendere et lenius, quam pridie, 
 nostros equites proelio lacessere coeperunt. 
 
 (a) Give the syntax of sudsidio (l),parvi (2) ; and either 
 proeliarenticr (3), or fecissem (2) ; and the parts of con- 
 ferti (3). 
 
 CICERO AND VIRGIL. 
 
 [Translate ttvo pieces of prose and ttuo of poetry, and ex- 
 plain the construction of the words in italics under the 
 extracts you choose.^ 
 
 1. Quid tam inusitatum quam ut, cum duo consules 
 clarissimi fortissimique essent, eques Romanus ad helium 
 maximum formidolosissimumque pro consule mitteretur? 
 Missus est : quo quidem tempore cum esset non nemo in 
 senatu qui diceret, non oportere mitti hominem privatum 
 pro consule, L. Philippus dixisse dicitur, non se ilium sua 
 sententia pro consule, sed pro consulibns mittere. 
 
 Mitteretur, tempore, oportere, mitti, 
 
 2. Neque enim quisquam est tam aveisus a Musis qui 
 non mandari versibus aeternum suorum laborum facile 
 praeconium patiatur. Themistoclem ilium, summum Athe- 
 nis virum, dixisse aiunt, cum ex eo quareretur, quod aero- 
 
322 EXAMINATION^ PAPERS. 
 
 ama ant cujus vocem libentissime audiret, ejus a quo sua 
 virtus optime praedicaretur. Itaque ille Marius item eximie 
 L. Plotium dilexit, cujus ingenio putabat ea quae gesserat, 
 posse celebrari. 
 
 Praedicaretur, audiret, 2^atiatur. 
 
 3. Sed tamen cum in animis hominum tantae latebrae 
 sint et tanti recessus, augeamus sane suspicionem tuam : 
 simul enim augebimus diligentiam. Nam quis est omnium 
 tam ignarus rerum, tam rudis in re publica, tarn nihil um- 
 quam nee de sua nee de communi salute cogitans, qui non 
 intelligat tua salute contineri suam et ex unius tua vita 
 pendere omnium ? 
 
 8int, augeamus, intelligat. 
 
 4. Etenim quaero, si quis pater familias, liberis suis a 
 servo interfectis, uxore occisa, incensa domo, supplicium de 
 servo non quam acerbissimum sumpserit, utrum is clemens 
 ac misericors an inhumanissimus et crudelissimus esse 
 videatur ? Mihi vero importunus ac ferreus, qui non dolore 
 et cruciatu nocentis suum dolorem cruciatumque lenierit. 
 
 Videatur, lenierit. 
 
 5. Non ulli pastes illis egere diebus 
 
 Frigida, Daphni, boves ad flumina ; nulla nee amnem 
 Libavit quadrupes, nee graminis attigit herbam. 
 Daphni, tuum Poenos etiam ingemuisse leones 
 Interitum montesque feri silvaeque loquuntur. 
 Daphnis et Armenias curru subiungere tigris 
 Instituit, Daphnis thiasos inducere Bacchi 
 Et foliis lentas intexere mollibus hastas. 
 
 6. Heu vatum ignarae mentes ! quid vota furentem, 
 Quid delubra iuvant ? Est mollis flamma medullas 
 Interea, et tacitum vivit sub pectore volnus. 
 Uritur infelix Dido totaque vagatur 
 
 Urbe fureus, qualis coniecta cerva sagitta. 
 
ARITHMETIC. 323 
 
 Qiiam procnl incautam nemora inter Cresia fixit 
 Pastor agens telis, liquitque volatile ferrum 
 Xescius ; ilia f uga silvas saltusque peragrat 
 Dietaeos; haeret lateri letalis arundo. 
 How is the translation indicated by the quantity in 5, 
 line 1 ? What is the quantity of u in saltus in 6, line 8 ? 
 Why ? 
 
 Write out metrically in 6, lines 6 and 7. 
 
 AEIXmiETIC. 
 
 [ Give the ivliole work.] 
 
 1. The sum of and — — ^^ is how many times 
 
 0.5 I X 2.25 
 
 their difference ? 
 
 2. A owns -fj of a field, and B owns the remainder; f of 
 the difference between their shares is 5 ^. 3 B. 16^ P. What 
 is B's share in acres ? 
 
 3. A man earns $325 in 2| months, and spends in 6 
 months what he earns in 4^ months. What does he save in 
 a year ? 
 
 11.846 X .004: 
 
 4. Find, by los^arithms, |- of 3' • 
 
 V .0777 
 
 5. One decagramme is 0.3527 oz. Avdp. How many 
 pounds Avdp. are there in a quintal ? 
 
 6. What per cent is gained in buying oil at 80 cents a 
 gallon, and selling it at 12 cents a pint ? 
 
 7. If 12 pipes, each delivering 12 gallons a minute, fill a 
 cistern in 3 h. 24min., how many pipes, each delivering 16 
 gallons a minute, will fill a cistern 6 times as large in 6 h. 
 48 min. ? 
 
 8. Find the cube root of 0.001295029. 
 
324 EXAMIKATIOlif PAPERS 
 
 ALGEBRA. 
 
 Course L 
 
 [ Write legiUy and without crowding ; give the whole work ; 
 and reduce the answers to their simplest forms.] 
 
 1. Substitute ?/ + ^ ^ ^^ ^ i^ ^* — ^^ 4~ ^^^ — ^f ^^^ sim- 
 plify and arrange the result. 
 
 2. Divide — by the product of , — ~ — , and 
 
 4^ c^ — x^ a^ -\- ax 
 
 c — X 
 
 a — 
 
 X 
 
 
 
 
 
 3 
 
 Solve the equation — 
 
 3 
 
 8 — 
 
 X X 
 
 — 11 
 
 
 X 3 
 
 12 
 
 4. 
 
 Add 
 
 ^ to 
 
 
 
 
 V2C 
 
 1 a'^m — 'ZOacrii + bc'^m 
 
 > V20c;2//i- 
 
 — eOacm 
 
 i + ^bahn. 
 
 5. 
 
 Solve the equations 
 
 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 X 
 
 y ^ 
 
 + 
 
 z 
 
 1 
 
 y 
 
 + i=3. 
 
 6. Eind the least common multiple and greatest common 
 divisor of x^ + 4a; — 21 and x^ — x — 56. 
 
 7. It takes A 10 days longer to do a piece of work than it 
 takes B : and both together can do it in 12 days. In how 
 many days can each do it alone ? 
 
ADVANCED ALGEBRA. 325 
 
 ADVANCED ALGEBRA. 
 
 [Give the whole work.'] 
 1. Solve one of the following equations : — 
 x^^4:X x^ — 1 
 X — 2 x-{-l 
 
 (5) 2a;2 — 2a;+6V2a;2_3a; + 2 = a; + 14; 
 (c) a;-i + a;-2=:6. 
 
 2. Onerootof the equation ic8 — 37a; = 84 is— 3. What 
 are the other two roots ? 
 
 3. The sum of a certain number of terms of the series 
 21, 19, 17 ... is 120. Find the number of terms, and the last 
 term. 
 
 4. The sum of three numbers in Arithmetical Progres- 
 sion is 15 ; if 1, 4, and 19 be added to them respectively, 
 the results are in Geometrical Progression. Find the num- 
 bers. 
 
 5. With the digits 1, 2, 4, 5, 7, how many even numbers 
 between 100 and 1000 can be formed ? 
 
 . ._ +1 
 
 6. Find the middle terms 
 
 «,(«-i)- 
 
 7. A sets off from London to York, and B at the same 
 time sets off from York to London, and each travels uni- 
 formly : A reaches York 16 hours, and B reaches London 
 36 hours, after they have met on the road. Find in what 
 time each has performed the journey. 
 
326 EXAMIJS^ATIOIf PAPERS. 
 
 PLAXE GEOMETRY. 
 
 1. Define a plane, a parallelogram, a trapezoid, a tan- 
 gent to a circle. 
 
 2. Prove that when two triangles have two sides of the 
 one respectively equal to two sides of the other and the in- 
 cluded angle of the first greater than the included angle of 
 the second, the third side of the first is greater than the third 
 side of the second. 
 
 3. Show how to draw a tangent to a circle from a point 
 without the circle, and prove your method correct. 
 
 4. Draw from one of the vertices of a triangle a line cut- 
 ting the opposite side into parts proportional to the other 
 two sides. Give proof. 
 
 5. Prove that the square described on the hypothenuse of 
 a right triangle is equivalent to the sum of the squares de- 
 scribed upon the other two sides. 
 
 6. Given two similar polygons, to construct one similar to 
 them both and equivalent to their sum. 
 
 7. Given r (the ratio of circumference to diameter) and r 
 (radius). Find expressions in terms of tt and r for the cir- 
 cumference and area of a circle. 
 
 SOLID GEO]METRY. 
 
 1. Prove that, if two planes are perpendicular to each 
 other, the straight line, drawn through any point of the 
 common intersection perpendicular to one of the planes, 
 must be in the other plane. 
 
 2. Prove that the solidity of any parallelepiped is the 
 product of its base by its altitude. 
 
ANALYTIC GEOMETRY. 327 
 
 3. The area of the surface described by a straight line 
 revolving about another straight line in the same plane with 
 it as an axis, is the product of the revolving line by the cir- 
 cumference described by its middle point. Give proof in 
 each of the cases to which this theorem applies. 
 
 4. The cubic contents of two similar polyedrons are 
 respectively 3 cubic inches and 24 cubic inches, and one side 
 of the first is 5 inches ; what is the homologous side of the 
 second ? 
 
 5. Prove that the angles of a spherical triangle are respec- 
 tively supplements of the sides of the corresponding polar 
 triangle. 
 
 6. Prove that, of two sides of a spherical triangle, that 
 is the greater which is opposite the greater angle, and the 
 converse. 
 
 ANALYTIC GEOMETRY. 
 
 1. What is the locus of each of the following equa- 
 tions : — 
 
 (1) 3:2:2 + 2/2—7=0, (2) 2/ + 3a:=:0, 
 
 (3) 2/2_^2^i^0, (4) 2/=0, 
 
 (5) 2x^ — x + 2if—Sy — 2 = 0, 
 the system of coordinates being rectangular ? 
 
 How is each of these loci situated with respect to the 
 coordinate axes ? 
 
 2. The vertices of a triangle are A = ( — 1, 2), B = 
 (2, — 3), C=: ( — 3, — 1) ; find the equations of the sides 
 AB and BC, and some trigonometric function of the an- 
 gle i?. 
 
 3. Deduce the equation of the parabola referred to its 
 principal vertex. 
 
328 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 
 
 4. Deduce the equation of the tangent to an ellipse at the 
 point {x', y') of the curve. 
 
 5. The equation of a curve referred to a certain rectangu- 
 lar system is a;^ — ^/^ i= 1 ; what is the equation of the same 
 curve referred to a second rectangular system, having the 
 same origin as the first, and in which the axis of x makes 
 an angle of 45° with the old axis of a;? Sin 45° = cos 
 45°=Vi. 
 
 PLANE TKIGONOMETRY. 
 
 1. Trace the changes in the value and sign of the co- 
 sine, tangent, and cosecant of <p when <p increases from O*' 
 to 360°. 
 
 2. Deduce the fundamental formula 
 
 cos (x-\-y) z=: . 
 
 3. Deduce the formulae 
 
 COS^ ^X z= 
 
 sin a: + sin ?/ ==: 2 sin J {x -j- y) cos ^ (x — y). 
 
 4. Given the three sides of a plane oblique triangle. 
 Show how to find the three angles giving the necessary for- 
 mulae. 
 
 5. A ladder 51.42 ft. long, placed with its foot 10 ft. 
 from a house, just reaches the top of the house. How high 
 is the house ? AVhat angle does the ladder make with the 
 vertical ? 
 
FREIS^CH. 329 
 
 ENGLISH COMPOSITION. 
 
 You are required to write a short English composition, 
 correct in spelling, punctuation, grammar, and expression. 
 This composition must be at least fifty lines long, and be 
 properly divided into paragraphs. One of the following 
 subjects must be taken : — 
 
 Moses at the Fair. 
 ' The Story of Ariel. 
 The Character of Flora Maclvor. 
 
 FRENCH. 
 
 1. Translate into English: — 
 
 De ma position presente, il ne faut pas conclure que j'ai 
 eu la Fortune pour marraine. Mes ancetres, si le mot n'est 
 pas bien ambitieux, etaient des pecheurs; mou pere etait 
 le dernier de onze enfants, et mon grand-pere avait eu bien 
 du mal a elever sa famille, car dans ce metier-la plus en- 
 core que dans les autres le gain n'est pas en proportion du 
 travail ; compter sur de la fatigue, du danger, c'est le cer- 
 tain, sur un peu d'argent, le hasard. 
 
 A dix-huit ans, mon pere fut pris par I'inscription mari- 
 time ; c'est une espece de conscription, an moyen de laquelle 
 I'Etat pent se f aire servir par tons les marins pendant trente- 
 deux ans, — de dix-huit a cinquante. II partit ne sachant 
 ni lire ni ecrire. II revint premier maitre, ce qui est le 
 plus beau grade auquel parvie7inent ceux qui n'ont point 
 passe par les ecoles du gouvernement. 
 
 Le Port-Dieu, notre pays, etant voisin des iles anglaises, 
 FEtat y fait stationner un cutter de guerre, qui a pour mis- 
 
330 EXAMIIS"ATIOK PAPERS. 
 
 sion d'emp^cher les gens de Jersey de venir nons prendre 
 notre poisson, en meme temps qu'il force nos marins a ob- 
 server les reglements sur la peche : ce f ut sur ce cutter que 
 mon pere fut envoye pour continuer sou service. — Malot, 
 Bomain Kallris. 
 
 2. State the tense of the italicized verbs in the above, 
 and give it in full. 
 
 3. Give the principal tenses of connaitre, /aire, recevoir, 
 sentir (thus, li^F., etre ; Pres. Part., etant ; Past Part., 
 ete ; Ind. Pres., je ^wu* ; Fr^t., je fus). 
 
 4. Translate into French : — 
 
 (a) Where are you going to-morrow ? (b) I do not know 
 yet, I think I shall go to my uncle's, {c} How do you 
 wish me to do this ? 
 
 GERMAN. 
 
 1. Translate into English: — 
 
 Hrtofto baute fid) etn !(etne§ §au§. (5tn f^reunb fragtc tfin, xok 
 er fid) mit eincm fo !ieinen §aufe begniigen tonne, t)a er fo fcbbne 
 "iPalafte in fetnem Crianbo befd)reibe. i)er ^id)ter antwortete : 
 Sorte finb billiger al^ @teine, 
 
 2. Parse or explain the grammatical forms and relations 
 of words in the first sentence of the above. 
 
 3. Translate into German: — 
 
 Diogenes saw a youth blushing, and said to him : Well 
 done, my son, that is the color of virtue. 
 
 4. Write out a short extract of some story that you have 
 read in German 
 
 i 
 
CHEMISTKY AKD PHYSICS. 331 
 
 5. Translate into English : — 
 
 55erfd)it)imben ift hk finftre '^adjt 
 !5)te ?erd}e fdjtagt/ bcr Za^ mvad)t 
 !5)ie Sonne !ommt niit ^rangen * 
 5lm §inime( anfgegangen 
 <Bk fd)cint in ll'omcj'^o ']3run!gemacf) * 
 ©te fdjeinet bnrdj be«J ^ett(cr§ l^ad) 
 Unb n)a§ in 3^a(^t uerborgen war 
 S)a^ madjt fie hmb * unb offenbar. 
 
 » warbles. 2 splendor. a palace. * known. 
 
 CHEMISTRY AND PHYSICS. 
 
 Chemistky. 
 
 1. Describe the preparation of hydrogen, and give its 
 two most striking properties. 
 
 2. Define the terms, acid, base, salt. 
 
 3. What is coal ? Describe the method of preparing gas 
 from it. 
 
 4. How can pure water be obtained? What parallel 
 process occurs in nature ? 
 
 Physics. 
 
 5. Describe the Leyden jar and the Grove battery. 
 
 6. In what three ways can heat be distributed ? 
 
 7. What is the action of a prism on light ? 
 
 8. What is the acoustic distinction between noise and 
 music ? 
 
33^ EXA.MINATIOif PAPERS. 
 
 PHYSICS AND ASTRONOMY. 
 
 1. Describe the barometer. 
 
 2. How is sound propagated ? What is the difference 
 between a noise and a musical tone ? 
 
 3. Describe the different methods by which heat is dis- 
 tributed ? 
 
 4. Illustrate electrical induction by means of the gold- 
 leaf electroscope. 
 
 5. What causes the change of the seasons ? 
 
 6. How is the moon's distance determined ? 
 
 7. How is the velocity of light ascertained by the eclipses 
 of Jupiter's satellites ? 
 
 8. What is known of the sun's chemical constitution, 
 and by what means ? 
 
 BOTANY. 
 
 1. What is a biennial plant ? 
 
 2. Describe underground stems and branches. 
 
 3. How do " endogens " differ from " exogens " ? 
 
 4. Make a sketch of a ternately decompound leaf. 
 
 5. How are leaves arranged on the stem ? 
 
 6. Describe the different kinds of flower-clusters. 
 
 7. What is meant by " calyx superior " ? 
 
 8. What is the function of green leaves ? 
 
 9. Describe upon the annexed schedule the plant given 
 for examination. 
 
BOTA^-T. 333 
 
 SCHEDULE FOR PLANT-ANALYSIS. 
 
 1. State whether this plant is exogenous or endogeiious, 
 and give reasons for your answer. 
 
 2. Describe the arrangementf venation, shape, margin, 
 apex, and lase of the leaves. 
 
 3. What kind of flower-clusters does this plant have ? 
 
 4. The Elower. — State whether it is or is not coraplete, 
 regular, and symmetrical. Give your reasons for each 
 answer. 
 
 Calyx. — State whether free from, or coherent with, the 
 ovary. 
 
 Sepals. — Give their number. 
 
 Corolla. — State ^\\ei\xQv polypetalous or monopeialous. 
 
 Stamens. — (1) Give number. (2) State whether dis- 
 tinct or united together. (3) To what are they attached ? 
 
 Pistil. — (1) State whether simple or compound. 
 
 (2) If possible, give the number of cells in the ovary. 
 
 (3) Is the ovary superior or inferior ? 
 
APPENDIX. 
 
 HARVARD COLLEGE, 
 
 CAMBRIDGE, Mass., 
 1876-77, 
 
 ACADEMIC YEAR. 
 
 The Academic Year begins on the Thursday follomng the last 
 Wednesday in September, and ends on the last Wednesday in June. 
 There is a recess of two weeks, beginning on the day before Christ- 
 mas. 
 
 EEQUISITIONS FOR ADMISSION. 
 
 Candidates for admission to College in 1877 must he examined in one of the two foUmoitig 
 Courses of Study, each embracing sixteen subjects. 
 
 COURSE I. 
 
 1. Latin Grammar (including Prosody). 
 
 2. Latin Composition and Latin at sight. This will include the 
 translation at sight of some passage in prose not included in the fol- 
 lowing requisitions. 
 
 3. Caesar, Sallust, and Ovid. Caesar, Gallic War, Books I - lY. ; 
 Sallust, Catiline ; Ovid, four thousand lines. 
 
 4. Cicero and Virgil. Cicero, eight orations and the Cato Major ; 
 Virgil, Eclogues, and the Aeneid, Books I.-YL 
 
 5. Greeh Grammar (including metres). 
 
 6. Greek Composition (with the accents). 
 
 7. GreeJc Prose. Goodwin and Allen's Greek Reader ; or Xeno- 
 phon's Anabasis, Books I. - lY. and the seventh book of Herodotus. 
 
 8. GreeJc Poetry. Homer's Iliad, Books I. - III., omitting the cata- 
 logue of ships. 
 
336 APPENDIX. 
 
 9. Arithmetic (including the metric system of weights and meas- 
 ures, and the use and rudiments of the theory of logarithms). The 
 examples requiring the use of logarithms at the examination will be 
 adapted to a four-place table. 
 
 10. Algebra (through quadratic equations). 
 
 11. Plane Geometry (as much as is contained in the first thirteen 
 chapters of Peirce's Geometry). 
 
 12. Ancient History and Geography. Greek History to the death 
 of Alexander ; Eoman History to the death of Commodus. Smith's 
 smaller histories of Greece and Rome will serve to indicate the amount 
 of knowledge demanded in history. 
 
 13. Modern and Physical Geography. The following works will 
 serve to indicate the amount of knowledge demanded in this subject : 
 in modern geography, Guyot's Common School Geography, or Miss 
 Hall's Our World, No. 2 ; in physical geography, Guyot's Physical 
 Geography, Parts 11. and III., or Warren's Physical Geography, the 
 first forty-nine pages. 
 
 14. English Composition. Each candidate will be required to write 
 a short piece of English, correct in spelling, punctuation, grammar, 
 division by paragraphs, and expression. The subject for 1877 will be 
 taken from one of the following works : Shakspere's Henry V., Julius 
 Caesar, or the Merchant of Venice ; Irving's Sketch Book ; Scott's 
 Talisman or Marmion. 
 
 15. French or German. The translation at sight of easy French 
 prose, or of easy German prose if the candidate prefer to offer German. 
 Proficiency in elementary grammar, a good pronunciation, or facility 
 in speaking, will be accepted as an offset for some deficiency in trans- 
 lation. There will be no required examination in pronunciation, but 
 it is recommended that attention be given to pronunciation from the 
 outset. Candidates who offer German in place of French will be re- 
 quired to study French in place of German during the Freshman year. 
 
 16. Physical Science. One of the three following subjects, the se- 
 lection of the subject being left to the candidate : — 
 
 1. Elementary Botany. 
 
 2. Rudiments of Physics and of Chemistry. 
 
 3. Rudiments of Physics and of Descriptive Astronomy. 
 
APPENDIX. 337 
 
 The following books vnll serve to indicate the nature and extent of 
 this requisition : — 
 
 In Botany, Gray's How Plants Grow. 
 
 In Physics, Balfour Stewart's Primer of Physics. 
 
 In Chemistry, Eoscoe's Primer of Chemistry. 
 
 In Astronomy, Rolfe and Gillet's Handbook of the Stars (first 124 
 pages). 
 
 Candidates who offer Botany will be required to give evidence that 
 they can analyze simple specimens ; and those who offer Physics or 
 Chemistry, that they can perform simple experiments like those de- 
 scribed in the Primers referred to above. 
 
 COURSE II. 
 
 1. Latin Grammar (including Prosody). 
 
 2. Latin Authors. Caesar, Gallic War, Books I. and II. ; Cicero, 
 six orations and the Cato Major ; Virgil, Aeneid, Books I. -VI. 
 
 3. Greek Grammar (including metres). 
 
 4. Greek Authors. Goodwin and Allen's Greek Eeader, first 111 
 pages, or Xenophon's Anabasis, Books I. - IV. ; Homer's Iliad, Books 
 I. and II., omitting the catalogue of ships. 
 
 5. Arithmetic. This requisition is the same as No. 9 of Course I. 
 
 6. Elementary Algebra. This requisition is the same as No. 10 of 
 Course I. 
 
 7. Advanced Algebra. This subject, with the preceding, is regarded 
 as embracing as much Algebra as is contained in the advanced text- 
 books, such as the larger Algebras of Todhunter, Loomis, Greenleaf, 
 etc. 
 
 8. Plane Geometry. This requisition is the same as No. 11 of 
 Course I. 
 
 9. Solid Geometry (as much as is contained in Peirce's Geometry). 
 
 10. Plane Trigonometry (by the Analytic Method ; as much as is con- 
 tained in the first six chapters of Peirce's Trigonometry, or in the large 
 print of the first eight chapters of Chauvenet's Trigonometry). 
 
 11. The Elements of Plane Analytic Geometry (as much as is contained 
 in Peck's Analytic Geometry, pages 1-151, omitting Articles 40-43 
 54, 57-61, 72, 74 - 76, and the more difficult problems). 
 
 12 - 16. These requisitions are the same as Nos. 12 - 16 of Course I. 
 
338 APPENDIX. 
 
 No particular text-book ia Grammar is required ; but either Allen's 
 or Harkness's Latin Grammar, and either Goodwin's or Hadley's Ele- 
 mentary Greek Grammar, will serve to indicate the nature and amount 
 of the grammatical knowledge demanded. 
 
 In Latin the following pronunciation is recommended : a as in 
 father^ a the same sound but shorter ; e like e in fete, e as in set ; i as 
 in machine^ z as in sit ; 6 as in hole, o as in nor ; «l as in rude, zt as in 
 put ; j like y in year, c and g like Greek k and y. 
 
 Instructors are requested to teach their pupils in pronouncing Greek 
 to use the Greek accents, and to give (for example) a the sound of a in 
 father, rj that of a in. fate, i that of i in machine, etc. 
 
 It is earnestly recommended that the requisitions in Latin and Greek 
 Authors be accurately complied with ; real equivalents, however, 
 will be accepted, as, for example, Caesar's Gallic War, Books V. and 
 VI., in place of Sallust's Catiline ; two additional orations of Cicero 
 in place of the Cato Major ; the seventh book of the Aeneid in place 
 of the Eclogues ; the last five books of the Aeneid in place of Ovid. 
 
 Candidates who enter CoUege on Course II. substitute elective stud- 
 ies, amounting to four exercises a week, either in Mathematics or in 
 some other subject, for the Mathematics of the Freshman year. 
 
 No partial substitutions or interchanges between Courses I. and II. 
 will be allowed, but candidates can present themselves on hoth courses, 
 or on one course with additional subjects belonging to the other. 
 
 PRELIMINAEY EXAMINATION. 
 
 Candidates for admission to the Freshman Class are allowed to 
 divide the examination into two examinations separated by an inter- 
 val of not less than an academic year. No candidate, however, will 
 be admitted to examination on a part of any subject, and no account 
 will be made of, nor certificate be given for, the preliminary examina- 
 tion, unless the candidate has passed satisfactorily in at least five sub- 
 jects. 
 
 OPTIONAL EXAMINATIONS. 
 
 The optional examinations will be held at the time of the examina- 
 tions for admission in September ; those in Mathematics will also be 
 held at the admission examinations in June. 
 
APPEND.IX. 339 
 
 A principal aim in providing these examinations is to encourage 
 teachers to carry the studies of their brighter and more diligent pupils 
 beyond the bare requisitions for admission, in whatever direction taste 
 or opportunity may suggest. Full employment may thus be secured 
 for the most capable student until he is thought mature enough to 
 enter College, while his greater progress in school ^vill make his Col- 
 lege course more profitable by enabling him to take up his studies 
 at a more advanced stage, or to give more time to the studies of his 
 choice. It ^vill be seen that a student may anticipate the whole work 
 of the Freshman year, and still remain four years in College. 
 
 THE CLASSICS. 
 
 Candidates who present themselves upon Course I. may offer them- 
 selves for examination upon one or both of the following classical 
 courses : — 
 
 (1) Latin. 
 
 Livy, two books. 
 Horace, Odes and Epodes. 
 
 The translation at sight of a passage from the philosophical works 
 of Cicero. 
 
 The retranslation of the English of a similar passage into Latin, 
 
 (2) Greek. 
 Plato, Apology and Crito. 
 
 Homer, Iliad, Books IV. -VIII., or Odyssey, Books IV., IX. -XII. 
 
 Euripides, Alcestis ; or Homer, Odyssey, Books V. - VII. 
 
 The translation at sight of a passage from Xenophon. 
 
 Translation from English into Greek. 
 
 Candidates who pass with credit these examinations in addition to 
 the classical examinations of Course I. above will be placed in ad- 
 vanced sections in Latin or Greek, or in elective sections in Latin or 
 Greek, or in other subjects, at their option, in place of the Freshman 
 studies thus anticipated. All those who hope to attain distiaction in 
 classical studies are strongly advised to pass these examinations on 
 entering, with the view of taking advanced courses in the Classics. 
 
340 APPENDIX- 
 
 MATHEMATICS. 
 
 Candidates who present themselves upon Course I. are at liberty to 
 offer themselves for examination also upon subjects 7, 9, and 10, of 
 Course II. ; and, upon passing such examination with credit, they 
 will be admitted to an advanced section in Mathematics. 
 
 Candidates who anticipate all the Freshman Mathematics will be 
 allowed to take elective studies in their place. 
 
 Candidates who desire to attain special distinction in Mathematics 
 or Physics are advised to present themselves upon the advanced 
 Mathematical subjects of Course II. in addition to the requisitions 
 of Course I. 
 
 PHYSICS. 
 
 Candidates who pass a satisfactory examination at admission upon 
 the course in Physics of the Freshman year may substitute for that 
 course an elective study. 
 
 GERMAN. 
 
 Candidates for admission who present French may offer themselves 
 for examination also in German Grammar and the translation of sim- 
 ple German prose ; upon passing such examination with credit they 
 will be allowed to substitute some elective course or courses in place 
 of the Freshman course in German. 
 
 PRESCRIBED STUDIES OP THE SOPHOMORE AND JUNIOR YEARS. 
 
 Candidates for admission to the Freshman Class who are prepared 
 to pass a creditable examination upon any of the prescribed studies 
 of the Sophomore and Junior years may pass such examination at 
 the beginning of the Freshman Year, instead of at the beginning 
 of the year in which the study is pursued, and thereby relieve them- 
 selves from attendance at the exercises in that study in College. 
 
 ADYAlSrCED STANDING. 
 
 Candidates may be admitted to advanced standing as late as the 
 beginning of the Senior year, provided they present themselves for 
 examination as directed below. The candidate for admission to ad- 
 vanced standing must appear on examination to be well versed in the 
 following studies : — 
 
APPENDIX. 341 
 
 1. In the studies required for admission to the Freshman Class. 
 
 2, In all the required studies already pursued by the class for 
 which he is offered ; and in as many elective studies as he would 
 have pursued if he had entered at the beginning of the course. 
 
 All candidates for admission to advanced standing must be exam- 
 ined either in June or in September, at the times of the regular ex- 
 aminations for admission to the Freshman Class, and in conformity 
 with the following rules : — 
 
 1. All candidates for admission to advanced standing must first be 
 examined for admission to the Freshman Class ; for this examination 
 and also for examination on the studies of the Freshman year, they 
 may offer themselves either in June or in September. 
 
 2. The examination on the studies of the Sophomore and Junior 
 years is held only in September, at the time of the regular examination 
 for admission to the Freshman Class. 
 
 In the case of graduates of other colleges who seek admission to 
 Harvard College, the examination -will be directed to ascertaining 
 from their acquired powers and attainments their fitness to join the 
 class for which they offer themselves, a minute acquaintance Avith all 
 the ground they have previously gone over not being essential. Such 
 candidates should bring evidence of their standing at the colleges 
 where they received their degree. 
 
 TIMES OF EXAMINATION. 
 
 Two regular examinations for admission to the Freshman Class 
 are held each year, one at the beginning of the summer vacation, and 
 the other at the beginning of the academic year in the autumn. 
 
 In 1877 the first examination will take place on Thursday, Friday, 
 and Saturday, June 28, 29, and 30 ; and the second examination on 
 Thursday, Friday, and Saturday, September 27, 28, and 29. Each 
 examination will begin at precisely 8 o'clock, a. m., on Thursday. 
 The candidates will assemble in Harvard HaU. Attendance on the 
 three days is required. 
 
 The first examination will be held also in Cincinnati ; and candi- 
 dates who desire to be examined there must send their names to the 
 Secretary before June 15. Persons not intending to enter CoUege 
 
342 APPENDIX. 
 
 may pass the Cincinnati examination on payment of a fee of ten 
 dollars. Candidates in Cincinnati will assemble at 8 a. m., on Thurs- 
 day, Jime 28, in some place to be announced in the daily papers of 
 that city. 
 
 No person will he examined for admission to College at any other time 
 than those above specified. 
 
 ADMISSION WITHOUT MATEICULATIOK 
 
 The elective courses of study are open to persons not less than twenty- 
 one years of age, who satisfy the Faculty, without passing the usual 
 examination for admission, that they are fitted for the courses they 
 select. They will receive no degree ; but at the end of each academic 
 year they will receive a certificate of proficiency in those courses 
 which they pursue during the year, and in which they attain not less 
 than seventy-five per cent. 
 
 Persons who wish to avail themselves of this provision must pre- 
 sent themselves at Harvard Hall, September 27, 1877, at 10 A. M., 
 with the necessary testimonials as to age, character, and fitness to 
 attend the courses they wish to pursue. 
 
 TESTIMONIALS AND BOND. 
 
 All candidates for admission are required, at the time of the final 
 examination for admission to the Freshman Class, to produce certifi- 
 cates of good moral character ; and students from other colleges are 
 required to bring certificates from those colleges of honorable dis- 
 mission. 
 
 Every candidate, if admitted, must furnish to the Bursar a bond 
 for four hundred dollars, executed by two bondsmen, one of them a 
 citizen of Massachusetts, as security for the payment of College dues. 
 If the student prefer, however, he may in place of the bond make 
 a deposit with the Bursar for the same purpose. A similar bond for 
 two hundred dollars, or a deposit, will be required of unmatriculated 
 students. 
 
APPENDIX. 343 
 
 a:n-ticipation of peesceibed studies. 
 
 As tlie prescribed studies of tlie Sophomore and Jimior years are 
 of an elementary character, students who wish to be relieved from 
 attendance at College exercises in one or more of them will be so 
 excused, if they pass a satisfactory examination in such study or 
 studies at the time of their examination for admission, or at the 
 beginning of the year in which the study is pursued in College. 
 Preparation for such examination can often be made while the stu- 
 dent is preparing for College, or in the long vacation, and time may 
 be thus gained for higher courses of study. 
 
 For information concerning the College not contained in this cir- 
 cular the Catalogue should be consulted. 
 
 The College itself no longer issues an annual catalogue. "The 
 Harvard University Catalogue " (price in cloth, 75 cents ; in paper, 
 60 cents) is published by Mr. Charles W. Sever, bookseller, Cam- 
 bridge, Mass., to whom orders for it may be addressed. 
 
 Circulars giving information about the professional schools of the 
 University, the Scientific School, and the Bussey Institution, may 
 be obtained on application to J. "W. Harris, Secretary, Cambridge, 
 Mass. 
 
GREEK AND LATIN TEXTS. 
 
 18mo, Paper, 50 cts. a Vol. ; Cloth, 75 cts. a Vol. 
 
 This Series is intended to supply cheap and accurate pocket editions of the 
 Classics, ^vhich shall be superior in" mechanical execution to the small German 
 editions now current in this country, and more convenient in lomi. The Texts 
 have taken their place among scholars as valuable contributions to classical 
 literature, and are admitted to be good examples of judicious and practical 
 scholarship ; and it is believed that there are no texts better adapted for general 
 use. The volumes are handsomely printed in a good plain type, and on paper 
 capable of receiving wTiting ink for notes. 
 
 C^SAR. C. Julii Csssaris Commentarii de Belle Galileo. Recognovit Geo. 
 Long, M. a. 
 
 SALLUST. C. Sallusti Crispi Catilina et Jugurtha. Recognovit Geo. Long, 
 M.A. 
 
 VERGILITS. Publi Vergili Maronis Opera. Ex Recensione J. Conington, 
 A. M., Linguae et Litterarum Latinarum apud Oxonienses Professoris. 
 
 CICERONIS ORATIONES. M. Tullii Ciceronis Orationes Selectae XIV. Re- 
 cognovit Reinholdus Klotz. Editio altera emendatior. 
 
 CICERO DE SENECTUTE ET DE AMICITIA. M. Tullii Ciceronis Cato 
 Major sive de Senectute, Laelius sive de Amicitia, et Epistolse Selectae. 
 Recensuit Geo. Long, M.A. 
 
 HORATIUS. Quinti Horatii Flacci Opera Omnia. Ex Recensione. A. J. 
 Macleane. 
 
 LUCRETIUS. T. Lucreti Cari de Rerum Natura Libri Sex. Recognovit 
 Hugo A. I. Munro, M. A. 
 
 XENOPHON. Xenophontis Anabasis. Recensuit J. F. Macmichael, A. B. 
 
 HERODOTUS. Recensuit Josephus Williajis Blakeslet, S. T. B. Coll. 
 ss. Trin. apud Cantabr. quondam Socius. 2 vols. 
 
 THUCYDIDES. Recensuit Joannes Gtjlielmus Donaldson, S. T. P. Coll. 
 S8. Trin. apud Cantabr. quondam Socius. 2 vols. 
 
 jaSCETTLUS. Ex Novissima Recensione Feederici A. Palet. Accessit 
 Verborum quae praecipue uotanda sunt et Nominum Index. 
 
 SOPHOCLES. Ex Novissima Recensione GIJLIELMI Dindorfii. 
 
 EURIPIDES. Ex Recensione Fredebici A. Palet. Acceseit Verborum 
 et Nominum Index. 3 vols. 
 
 Published ly HAHPEE & BUOTHERS, New York. 
 
 SS'Either of the above volumes sent by mail, postage prepaid, to any part of the 
 United States or Canada, on receipt of the price. 
 
"A journal of acknowledged power and respectability."— 
 London Times. 
 
 The Nation; 
 
 A Political and Literary WeeJcly, 
 
 Its political management has won for it the confidence of 
 people of character and culture — the class which has the 
 largest stake in the public welfare and the clearest under- 
 standing of how that welfare is to be secured. 
 
 Its literary resources may be said to embrace the most 
 distinguished scholarship of the United States and a valua- 
 ble contingent of foreign learning. 
 
 It is neither partisan nor tributary to any interests 
 ichatever, except those of good government and a pure 
 literature. 
 
 Those interested are invited to send for a copy (free), or 
 25 cents for 5 weeks (half price). Regular subscription, 
 $5.20 per year. 
 
 Address 
 
 Publisher of The Nation, 
 Box 25, 
 
 New York City. 
 
ESSENTIALS OF ENGLISH GRAMMAR, 
 
 FOR THE USE OF SCHOOLS. 
 
 By prof. W. D. WHITNEY, 
 
 OF YALE COLLEGE. 
 
 This work is founded on the author's studies of language in general, and 
 on his experience as an examiner in English grammar for one of the depart- 
 ments of Yale College, and as a teacher of French and German in the same 
 institution. 
 
 It endeavors to teach the facts of English grammar in such a way as shall 
 lay the best foundation for further and higher study of language in every 
 department. 
 
 It assumes that English-speaking children know in general the usages 
 of their own tongue, and, taking advantage of this fact, it endeavors to 
 point out to them what most requires their notice if they are to understand 
 the language they use. It directs their attention to underlying principles 
 and rules, to all the matters which grammatical science has found most 
 calling for notice, to the distinctions of proved importance, and the terms 
 which every student of language needs to undei'stand and use. It follows 
 thus the inductive method, proceeding from familiar facts to classifications 
 and generalizations and definitions. 
 
 Everything is sought to be made so clear, by starting from what is sim- 
 plest, and by the plainest illustration, that it shall be fully understood by 
 every ordinary learner. Excessive classification and abstract definition are 
 carefully avoided. 
 
 The work begins with the formation of the simple sentence and the dis- 
 tinction of the parts of speech ; it next explains the inflection of English 
 words, and the formation of derivative and of compound words ; the parts 
 of speech are then taken up in order and treated in detail ; and chapters 
 of syntax close the work. The added exercises give due opportunity of 
 practice upon the matters taught. 
 
 The author holds that the study of English grammar may be made an 
 efficient introduction and aid to the study of other languages, both modern 
 and ancient ; and also that even those who have pursued the grammar of 
 foreign languages, as Latin, will find that of English very valuable both as 
 complement of the knowledge so gained and as test of its reality. 
 
 Sample copies 50 cents, post paid. 
 
 GINN & HEATH, PubHshers, 
 
 13 Tbemont Place, 20 Bond Street, 56 IVLnjdison Street, 
 
 Boston. New York. Chicago. 
 
FITZ'S TERRESTRIAL GLOBE, 
 
 MOUNTED AND OPERATED BY AN ENTIRELY NEW METHOD, 
 
 WITH A MANUAL 
 
 DESIGNED TO ACCOMPANY THE GLOBE, 
 
 The whole forming an easy and practical introduction to the study of Astronomy 
 and Physical Geography. 
 
 The Globe presents many new features, and is mounted in an ingenious 
 and original way, for which patents have been taken out in this and in for- 
 eign countries. The Globe, as mounted, makes such phenomena as the 
 seasons, the changes in the length of day and night, etc., etc., at once clear 
 to the apprehension of an ordinary child. For the usual verbal expla- 
 nations which overtask the untrained imagination, it substitutes material 
 surfaces and lines and real motions, and thus aids the mind of the learner 
 in the highest possible degree in forming correct and lasting impressions 
 of phenomena which, however interesting, are in the abstract not easily 
 understood. 
 
 All the phenomena which can be illustrated, or problems which can be 
 solved by large and costly terrestrial globes, can be illustrated and solved 
 by this globe, and many of them much more simply and clearly. There are 
 also other problems which it is believed admit of solution upon this globe 
 alone. The Globe has been examined by numerous teachers and astrono- 
 mers, all of whom have expressed their approval of it in the strongest terms. 
 The Manual which accompanies this Globe contains every direction for 
 its use, with an explanation of the subjects which it is specially designed to 
 illustrate, such as the changes in the length of day and night, the seasons, 
 twilight, etc. 
 
 A collection of more than forty problems is also given, with full directions 
 for working them, and numerous practical exercises to be worked out by the 
 learner on the Globe. Questions for examination and miscellaneous exer- 
 cises are added at the end. 
 
 It is believed that no more interesting and profitable mode of studying 
 this subject can be devised, whether for the family or the school. High 
 Schools and Academies should have several Globes, so that all the learners 
 may be able to use them freely. 
 
Boston, January, 1877. 
 
 GINN & HEATH, 
 
 13 Tremont Place, .... BOSTON", 
 
 Terms : Cash, in TMrty Days. "Wholesale and Hetail Prices. 
 
 ENGLISH. 
 
 Wholesale. Betail. 
 
 A MANUAIi OP ENGLISH LITERATUBE, His- 
 
 toi'ical and Critical : With an Appendix on Englisli Metres. By Thomas 
 Akkold, M. a., of University College, Oxford. American Edition. Kevised. 
 12nio. Cloth. 549 pages $ 1.60 $ 2.00 
 
 This manual presents in a small compass an accurate and interesting view of Eng- 
 lish literature. It is divided into two sections. The first of these, treating of the 
 history of the subject, gives a complete list of the various English authors aud their 
 works, from the earliest times down to the year 1850. 
 
 CARPENTER'S INTRODUCTION TO ANGLO- 
 
 SAXON. An Introduction to the study of the Anglo-Saxon Language, Com- 
 prising an Elementary Grammar, Selections for Reading with Notes, and a 
 Vocabulary. By Stephen H. Carpenter, Professor of Logic and English 
 Literature in the University of Wisconsin, and Author of " English of the XIV. 
 Century." 12mo. Cloth. 212 pages 1.00 1.25 
 
 CRAIK'S ENGLISH OP SHAKESPEARE. Illustrated 
 
 in a Philological Commentary on his Julius Caesar, by George L. Craik, 
 Queen's College, Belfast. Edited by W. J. Kolfe, Cambridge. 16mo. Cloth. 
 402 pages 1.40 1.75 
 
 ELEMENTS OP THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE. An 
 
 Introduction to the study of Grammar and Composition. By Bernard 
 BiGSBY. Univ. Oxon., Superintendent of Public Schools, Port Huron; Au- 
 thor of " The History of the English Language." 18mo. 169 pages . .40 .60 
 
 ENGLISH OP THE XIV. CENTURY. Illustrated by 
 
 Notes, Grammatical and Etymological, on Chaucer's Prologue and Knight's 
 Tale. Designed to serve as an Introduction to the Critical Study of English. 
 By Stephen H. Carpenter, A. M., Professor of Rhetoric and English Liter- 
 ature in the State University of Wisconsin. 12mo. Cloth. 327 pages . 1.40 1.75 
 
 ESSENTIALS OP ENGLISH GRAMMAR, for the 
 
 use of Schools. By Prof. W. D. Whitney, of Yale College. 
 
 This work is founded on the author's studies of language in general, and on his 
 experience as an examiner in English grammar for one of the departments of Yale 
 College, and as a teacher of French and German in the same institution. 
 
 It endeavorslo teach the facts of English grammar in such a way as shall lay the 
 best foundation for further and higher study of language in every department. 
 
 The work begins with the formation of the simple sentence and the distinction of 
 the parts of speech ; it next explains the inflection of English words, and the for- 
 mation of derivative and compound words ; the parts of speech are then taken up 
 in order and treated iu detail; and chapters of syntax close the work. The added 
 exercises give due opportunity of practice upon the matters taught. 
 
 1 
 
Wholesale. Retail. 
 
 FITZ'S TERRESTBIAL GLOBE. Mounted and Oper- 
 ated by an entirely new Method, with a Manual designed to accompany the 
 Globe, the whole forming ao easy and practicalintroduction to the study of As- 
 tronomy and Physical Geography. 
 
 Six-inch Globe ; $15.00 
 
 Twelve-inch Globe 30.00 
 
 The Globe, as mounted, makes such phenomena as the seasons, the changes in the 
 length of day and night, etc., etc., at once clear to the apprehension of an ordinary 
 child. For the usual verbal explanations which overtask the untrained imagination, 
 it substitutes material surfaces and lines and real motions, and thus aids the mind 
 of the learner in the highest possible degree in forming correct and lasting impres- 
 sions of phenomena which, however interesting, are in the abstract not easily 
 understood. ■" 
 
 FITZ'S MANUAL. 12mo. 120pa-eg ..... .80 1.00 
 
 The Manual which accompanies the above Globe contains every direction for 
 its use,with an explanation of the subjects which it is specially designed to illustrate, 
 such as the changes in the length of day and night, the seasons, twilight, etc. 
 
 A collection of more than forty problems is also given, with full directions for 
 working them, and numerous practical exercises to be worked out by the learner on 
 the Globe. Questions for examination and miscellaneous exercises are added at the 
 end. 
 
 HUDSON'S FAMILY SHAKESPEARE: Plays selected 
 
 and prepared, with Notes and Introductions, for Use in Families. 
 Volume I., containing As You Like It, The Merchant of Venice, Twelfth Night, 
 First and Second of King Henry the Fourth, Julius Caesar, and Hamlet. 
 
 Volume II., containing The Tempest, The Winter's Tale, King Henry the Fifth, 
 King Richard the Third, King Lear, Macbeth, and Antony and Cleopatra. 
 
 Volume III , containing A Midsummer Night's Dream, Much Ado about Nothing, 
 King Henry the Eighth, Komeo and Juliet, Cymbeline, Coriolanus, and Othello, 
 And Hudson's Life, Art, and Characters of Shakespeare. 2 vols. 
 
 5to1s. Cloth 8.00 10.00 
 
 Half morocco 12.00 15.00 
 
 Full calf 16.00 20.00 
 
 HUDSON'S LIFE, ART, AND CHARACTERS OF 
 
 SHAKESPEARE. Including an Historical Sketch of the Origin and Growth 
 of the Drama in England, with Studies in the Poet's Dramatic Architecture, 
 Delineation of Character, Humor, Style, and Moral Spirit, also with Critical 
 Discourses on the following plays, — A Midsummer Night's Dream, The Mer- 
 chant of Venice, The Merry Wives of Windsor, Much Ado about Nothing, As 
 You Like It, Twelfth Night, All 's Well that Ends Well, Measure for Measure, 
 The Tempest, The Winter's Tale, King John, King Richard the Second, King 
 Henry the Fourth, King Henry the Fifth, King Richard the Third, King Henry 
 the Eighth, Romeo and Juliet, Julius Csesar, Hamlet, Macbeth, King Lear, 
 Antony and Cleopatra, Othello, Cymbeline, and Coriolanus. In Two Volumes. 
 12mo. Cloth. 969 pages 3.20 4.00 
 
 HUDSON'S SERMONS. l6mo. Cloth .... 1.20 1.50 
 HUDSON'S SCHOOL SHAKESPEARE. 1st Series. 
 
 Containing As You Like It, The Two Parts of Henry IV., 
 
 The Merchant op Venice, Julius C^sar, 
 
 Twelfth Night, Hamlet. 
 
 Selected and prepared for Use in Schools, Clubs, Classes, and Families. With In- 
 troductions and Notes. By the Rev. Henry N. Hudson. 12mo. Cloth. 636 pages 1.60 2.00 
 
 HUDSON'S SCHOOL SHAKESPEARE. 2d Series. 
 
 Containing The Tempest, • King Richard the Third, 
 
 The Winter's Tale, King Lear, 
 
 King Henrv the Fifth, Macbeth, Antony, and Cleopatra. 
 12mo. Cloth. 678 pages ^ . 1.60 2.00 
 
 HUDSON'S SCHOOL SHAKESPEARE. 3d Series. 
 
 Containing A Midsu.mmer Night's Dream, Komeo and Juuet, 
 
 Much Ado about Nothimg, Cymbkline, 
 
 King IlENr.v VIlI., Othello. Coriolanus, 
 
 12mo. Cloth. 655 pages 1-6© 2.00 
 
 2 
 
Wholesale. Retail. 
 
 HUDSON'S SEPARATE PLAYS OF SHAKESPEARE. 
 
 THE MERCHANT OF VENICE. In Paper Cover .... $0.32 .$0.40 
 
 JULIUS C^SAR. In Paper Cover . . 32 .40 
 
 HAMLET. In Paper Cover 32 .40 
 
 THE TEMPEST. In Paper Cover 32 .40 
 
 MACBETH. In Paper Cover 32 .40 
 
 HENRY THE EIGHTH. In Paper Cover 32 .40 
 
 AS YOU LIKE IT 32 .40 
 
 HENRY THE FOURTH. Part 1 32 .40 
 
 KING LEAR 32 .40 
 
 MUCH ADO ABOUT NOTHING 32 .40 
 
 ROMEO AND JULIET 32 .40 
 
 OTHELLO 32 .40 
 
 A MIDSUMMER NIGHT'S DREAM 32 .40 
 
 HENRY THE FIFTH 32 .40 
 
 HUDSON'S PAMPHLET SECTIONS OF TEXT- 
 BOOKS OF PROSE AND POETRY. 
 
 BURKE. Section I. Preface, Contents, and pages 113-218 . . . .32 .40 
 
 BURKE. Section II. Life, Contents, and pages 219 - 325 . . . .32 .40 
 
 WEBSTER. Section I. Preface, Contents, and pages 335-421 . . .32 .40 
 
 WEBSTER. Section n. Life, Contents, and pages 421-552 . . .32 .40 
 
 BACON, Preface, Life, Contents, and pages 553-636 32 .40 
 
 WORDSWORTH. Section II. Preface and pages 129 - 251 ... .32 .40 
 
 , COLERIDGE AND BURNS. Preface and Contents 504 - 614 . . . .32 .40 
 
 ADDISON AND GOLDSMITH. 72 pages .32 .49 
 
 HUDSON'S TEXT-BOOK OF POETRY. From Words- 
 WORTH, Coleridge, Burns, Beattie, Goldsmith, and Thomson. 
 With Sketches of the Author's Lives. For use in Schools and Classes. By the 
 Rev. H. N. Hudson. 12mo. Cloth. 704 pages ..... ,160 2.00 
 Two thirds of the volume is filled with Wordsworth ; who has now made 
 good his position as one of the five great chiefs of English poetry, and whose works 
 embody, in the highest form, whatever is noblest and best in the English poetical 
 literature of the last hundred years. The whole of The Excursion, the first two 
 books of the Prelude^ Jilichael, The Brothers, Tintern Jlbbey, Lasdamia, On the Power 
 of Sound, Ode on Immortality, and a large number of smaller pieces are included. 
 The selections from Coleridge are The jincient Mariner, Christabel, Fears in Solitude, 
 and eighteen other pieces. From Burns, The Colter^s Saturday JSTig-ht, The Tiva 
 JDoo-s, Tarn O'' Shunter, The Vision, and twenty-six other poems, and also twenty- 
 nine of the songs. From Beattie, The Minstrel; from Goldsmith, The Deserted 
 Village; and from Thomson, The Castle of Indolence: these being generally regarded 
 as the best poems of those authors. In all cases, except a few pieces of Words- 
 worth's, the poems are given entire, as the authors wrote them, 
 
 HUDSON'S TEXT-BOOK OF PROSE. From Burke, 
 
 Webster, and Bacon. With Notes and Sketches of the Authors Lives. By the 
 Rev. H. N. Hudson. r2mo. Cloth. 648 pages 1 60 2.00 
 
 This work is intended as a sort of companion volume to the preceding. It is made 
 up on the same general principle, the contents being selected with a view to unite, 
 as far as may be, the culture of high and pure literary tastes with the attainment 
 of liberal and useful knowledge. The selections from Burke are Letter to the Sher- 
 HT'^ "f Bristol, Speech on Economical Reform, Speech to the Electors of Bristol, and ^ 
 Letter to a JVoble Lord, all given entire ; also twenty-nine other pieces gathered, as 
 Beemed best, from the author's various works. From U'ebster, Speech in Reply to 
 Hayne, Speech on the Presidential Protest, and discourse on Tlie Character of Wash- 
 ington ; also thirty -two shorter pieces from other speeches. From Bacon thirty 
 of the fifty -eight Essays, all given entire, and several choice selections from Advance- 
 ment of Learning, 
 
 3 
 
Wholesale. Ret^L 
 
 HALSEY'S GENEALOGICAL AND CHRONOLOGI- 
 
 CAL CHART of the Rulers of England, Scotland, France, Germany, and 
 Spain. By C. S. Halsey. Mounted, 83 X 48 inches. Folded and Bound in 4to, 
 
 10x12 inches $1.20 $1.50 
 
 Unbound ,50 
 
 HALSEY'S BIBLE CHABT OP GENEALOGY AND 
 
 CHRONOLOGY, from the Creation to A. D. 100. Prepared by C. S. 
 
 Halsey 1.00 1.25 
 
 Unbound .50 
 
 This Chart is designed to illustrate Bible History by showing on a clear and simple 
 plan the genealogy and chronology of the principal persons mentioned in the Scrip- 
 tures. 
 
 HARVARD EXAMINATION PAPERS. Collected and 
 
 arranged by R. F, Leighton, A. M., Master of Melrose High School. Third 
 Edition, containing papers of June and September, 1875-76. 12mo. Cloth. 
 
 348 pages 1.25 1.56 
 
 These are all the questions (except on the subject of Geometry), in the form of 
 papers, which hare been used in the examinations for admission to Harvard College 
 since I860. They will furnish an excellent series of Questions in Modern, Physical, 
 and Ancient Geography ; Grecian and Roman History ; Arithmetic and Algebra ; 
 Plane and Solid Geometry ; Logarithms and Trigonometry ; Latin and Greek Gram- 
 mar and Composition ; Physics and Mechanics. They have been published in this 
 form for the convenience of Teachers, classes in High Schools, and especially for 
 pupils preparing for college. 
 
 OUR WORLD, No. I. ; or, First Lessons in Geography. 
 
 Revised edition, with new Maps, by Mary L. Hall. Small quarto. 119 pages .75 .94 
 Designed to give children clear and lasting impressions of the different countries and 
 inhabitants of the earth rather than to tax the memory with mere names and details. 
 
 OUR WORLD, No. II. ; or. Second Series of Lessons 
 
 in Geography. By Mary L Hall. With fine illustrations of the various coun- 
 tries, the inhabitants and their occupations, and two distinct series of Maps, 
 5 pages physical, and 19 pages of finely engraved copperplates political. Quarto. 
 
 181 pages 1.60 2.00 
 
 This book is intended, if used in connection with the First Lessons, to cover the 
 usual course of geographical study. It is based upon the principle that it is more 
 useful to give vivid conceptions of the physical features and political associations of 
 different regions tban to make pupils lamiUar with long lists of places and a great 
 array of statistics. 
 
 OUTLINES OP THE ART OP EXPRESSION. By J. 
 
 H. GiLMORE, Professor of Logic, Rhetoric, and English in the University of 
 Rochester. 12mo. Cloth. 117 pages 80 1.00 
 
 This little book was not manufactured to meet a demand, though it is believed 
 that a demand (or such a work has long existed. It grew, in the author's class- 
 room, out of an attempt to remedy the defeciive training in English of students who 
 ■were, in other respects, quiilified to pursue to advantage a college course. With a 
 cursory survey of English Grammar (from the logical and historical point of view) 
 it combines brief practical suggestions with reference to l-omposition and Rhetoric, 
 together with examples for criticism and topics for practice in the construction of 
 sentences. 
 
 The book was privately printed, for the use of the author's classes, a year ago, and 
 is given to the public, at the request of many teachers, in the hope that it may be 
 useful to college professors who desire some brief, but comprehensive manual of 
 English on which to condition candidates for admission to college. The lack of such 
 a manual has compelled many a college professor either to give instruction, during 
 the Freshman year, which should devolve on the preliminary training school, or 
 to approach his proper work in Rhetoric and English at a very great disadvantage. 
 
 The attention of teachers of rhetoric in our colleges — and also in our academies 
 and high schools — is especially called to the work as likely to meet a felt necessity. 
 They will find it intensely direct and practical ; yet resting, it is hoped, upon a sound 
 theoretical basis which will facilitate the work of further and more systematic in- 
 struction . 
 
 While Professor Gilmore's Art op Expression has this special adaptation, the pub- 
 lishers believe that it cs»,nnrit wisely be overlooked wherever, for any reason, aa 
 inteUigeut review of English Grammar is desired. 
 
 4 
 
Wholesale. RetaiL 
 
 PEIECE'S TABLES OF LOGARITHMIC and TRIG- 
 
 ONOMETRIC FimCTIONS TO THREE AND FOUR PLACES OF 
 DECIMALS. By James Mills Peirce, University Professor of Mathematics at 
 Harvard University. Quarto. Cloth . . . . , . §U.60$0.75 
 
 PEIRCE'S ELEMENTS OP LOGARITHMS; with an 
 
 Explanation of the Author's THREE AND FOUR PLACE TABLES. By James 
 Mills Peirce, University Professor of Mathematics at Harvard University. 
 
 12mo. Cloth. 92 pages 80 1.00 
 
 This Work is a Companion to THREE AND FOUR PLACE TABLES OF LOGA- 
 RITHMIC AND TRIGONOMETRIC FUNCTIONS, by the same Authors. 
 
 STEWART'S ELEMENTARY PHYSICS. American 
 
 Edition. AVith QUESTIONS and EXERCISES. By Peof. G. A. Hill, of Har- 
 vard University. 18mo. Cloth. 580 pages 1.40 1.75 
 
 The Questions will be direct and exhaustive upon the text of Mr. Stewart's work. 
 After the Questions will be given a series of easy Exercises and Problems, designed, 
 in the hands of a good teacher, to arouse and strengthen in the student's mind the 
 power of reasoning in accordance with sound scientific methods. 
 
 SEARLE'S OUTLINES OP ASTRONOMY. By Ar- 
 thur Searle, of Harvard College Observatory. 16mo. Cloth. 433 pages . 1.60 2.00 
 This work is intended to give such elementary instruction in the principal branches 
 of Astronomy as is required in High Schools or by any students not far advanced in 
 mathematics. It is illustrated by carefully prepared engravings, and contains some 
 information on each of the following subjects : — 
 
 1. The chief results of astronomical inquiry up to the present time with regard to 
 the general constitution of the universe, and^ in particular, with regard to the stars, 
 planets, nebulae, comets, and meteors. 
 
 2. The methods of astronomical research, and their application to the arts. 
 
 3. The general px-iuciples of theoretical astronomy. 
 
 4. The history of astronomy. / 
 
 5. Astronomical statistics. 
 
 ATLANTIC PRIMARY ARITHMETIC. Simple Num- 
 bers. By G. L. Demarest. 18mo. 256 pages 40 .50 
 
 THE CHANDLER DRAWING-BOOK. By the late 
 
 John S Woodman, of Dartmouth College. 12mo. 134 pages . . . .80 1.00 
 THE LIVING WORD ; or, Bible Truths and Lessons. 12mo. 
 
 Cloth. 153 pages 80 1.00 
 
 THE ELEMENTS OP PLANE TRIGONOMETRY. 
 
 By H. N. Wheeler, A.M., of Cambridge. 12mo. Cloth. 120 pages. 1.00 1.25 
 
 THE NATIONAL MUSIC COURSE. In Four Books. 
 
 For Public Schools. By Julius Eichberg, J. B. Sharland, L. W. Mason, H. E. 
 Holt, Supervisors of Music in PubUc Schools of Boston, Mass. 
 
 PRIMARY OR FIRST IVnJSIC READER. 16mo. 96 pages . . .24 .30 
 A course of exercises in the elements of Yocal Music and Sight-Singing, with 
 choice rote songs for the use of youngest pupils. 
 
 INTERMEDIATE MUSIC READER. 16mo. 192 pages . . . .56 .70 
 Including the Second and Third Music Readers. A course of instruction in the 
 
 elements of Vocal Music and Sight-Singing, with choice rote songs, in two and three 
 
 parts, based on the elements of harmony. 
 
 THE FOURTH MUSIC READER. 8vo. 336 pages 1.20 1.50 
 
 This work, pi-epared to follow the Third Music Reader, is also adapted, under a 
 competent instructor, to be used in High Schools where no previous systematic in- 
 struction has been given. To this end a brief but thorough elementary course is 
 given, with musical theory, original solfeggios, a complete system of triad practice, 
 and sacred music and song, with accompaniment for the piano. The music intro- 
 duced is of a high order, and by the best mnsters, and is calculated to cultivate the 
 taste, as well as to extend the knowledge and skill of the pupils. 
 
 5 
 
Wholesale. EetaiL 
 
 THE FIFTH, or HIGH SCHOOL MUSIC READER 
 
 FOR MIXED VOICES. Coutaining a full Course of Advanced Solfeggios for 
 One and Two Voices, and a carefully selected number of easy Fowr-Part Songs, 
 taken from the works of the best composers. This work has been especially 
 compiled to meet the growing wants of our High Schools for a higher grade of 
 music than is contained in works now used in such schools. 8vo. 299 pages $ 1.00 $ 1.25 
 
 N. B. — The Tenor Part in many of the songs may be either omitted or sung by 
 the altos (boys). 
 
 THE ABRIDGED FOURTH MUSIC READER. 8vo. 
 
 288 pages 1.00 1.25 
 
 SECOND MUSIC READER. 16mo. 96 pages . .82 .40 
 
 THIRD MUSIC READER. IGmo. 96 pages . . .32 .40 
 THE NATIONAL MUSIC CHARTS. By Luther 
 
 Whiting Mason. An invaluable aid to Teachers of Common Schools in imparting 
 a practical knowledge of Music, and teaching Children to sing at sight. La Four 
 Series. Forty Charts each, size 25 X 36 inches. 
 
 FIRST SERIES 10.00 
 
 SECOND SERIES 1000 
 
 THIRD SERIES 10.00 
 
 FOURTH SERIES, by L. W. Mason and J. B Sharland 10.00 
 
 EASEL 1.25 
 
 THE NATIONAL MUSIC TEACHER. A Practical 
 
 Guide for Teaching Vocal Music to Young Children. By L. W. Mason. Svg. 
 
 72 pages 60 
 
 THE TEACHER'S IMPROVED CLASS-BOOK. 
 
 ISmo 60 
 
 Two advantages result from the arrangement of pages adopted in the Improved 
 Cl,A8S-Book : 1. The names of pupils in any class need to be entered but once for 
 an entire term. 2. The standing for the three months, instead of needing to be com- 
 piled from different parts of the book, is present to the eye at one view. 
 
 6 
 
GREEK. 
 
 Wholesale. Eetail. 
 
 GOODWIN'S GREEK GRAMMAR. By William W. 
 
 Goodwin, Ph. D., Eliot Professor of Greek Literature in Harvard University. 
 
 12mo. Half morocco. 262 pages $1.25 $1.56 
 
 The object of this Grammar is to state general principles clearly and distinctly, 
 with special regard to those who are preparing for college. In the sections on the 
 Moods are stated, for the first time in an elementary form, the principles which are 
 elaborated in detail in the author's " Syntax of the Greek Moods and Tenses." 
 
 GREEK MOODS AND TENSES. The Sixth Edition. 
 By WaLiAM W. Goodwin, Eliot Professor of Greek Literature in Harvard Uni- 
 versity. 1 vol. 12mo. Cloth. 264 pages 1.40 1.75 
 
 This work was first published in 1860, and it appeared in a new form — much en- 
 larged and in great part rewritten — in 1865. In the present edition the whole has 
 been again revised ; some sections and notes have been rewritten, and a few notes 
 have been added. The object of the work is to give a plain statement of the princi- 
 ples which govern the construction of the Greek Moods and Tenses, — the most im- 
 portant and the most difiicult part of Greek Syntax. 
 
 GOODWIN'S GREEK READER. Consisting of Extracts 
 
 from Xenophon, Plato, Herodotus, and Thucydides ; being a full equivalent for 
 the seven books of the Anabasis, now required for admission at Harvard. With 
 Maps, Notes, References to GOODWIN'S GREEK GRAMMAR, and parallel Ref- 
 erences to CROSBY'S and HADLEY'S GRAMMARS. Edited by Professor 
 W. W. Goodwin, of Harvard College, and J. H. Allen, Cambridge. 12mo. 
 
 Half morocco. 340 pages 1.60 2.00 
 
 This book contains the third and fourth books of the Anabasis (entire), the greater 
 part of the second book of the Hellenica, and the first chapter of the Memorabilia, of 
 Xenophon ; the last part of the Apology, and the beginning and end of the Phaedo, 
 of Plato; selections from the sixth, seventh, and eighth books of Herodotus, and 
 from the fourth book of Thucydides. 
 
 LEIGHTON'S GREEK LESSONS. Prepared to accompany 
 
 Goodwin's Greek Grammar. By R. F. Leighton, Master of Melrose High School. 
 
 12mo. Half morocco. 264 pages 1.25 1.56 
 
 _ This work contains about one hundred lessons, with a progressive series of exer- 
 cises (both Greek and English), mainly selected from the first book of Xenophon'a 
 Anabasis. The exercises on the Moods are sufficient, it is believed, to develop the 
 general principles as stated in the Grammar. The text of four chapters of the 
 Anabasis is given entire, with notes and references. Full vocabularies accompany 
 the book. 
 
 LIDDELL & SCOTT'S GREEK-ENGLISH LEXI- 
 CON. Abridged from the new Oxford Edition. New Edition, With Appendix 
 of Proper and Geographical Names, by J. M. WnrroN. Square 12mo. 835 pages. 
 
 Morocco back 2.40 3.00 
 
 Sheep binding 2.80 3.50 
 
 LIDDELL & SCOTT'S GREEK-ENGLISH LEXI- 
 CON. The sixth Oxford Edition unabridged. 4to. 1,881 pages. 
 
 Morocco back 9.60 12.00 
 
 Sheep binding 10.40 13.00 
 
 We have made arrangements with Messrs. Macmillan & Co. to publish in this 
 country their new edition of Liddeil & Scott's Greek Lexicons, and are ready to 
 supply the trade. 
 
 The English editions of Liddeil & Scott are not stereotyped ; but each has been 
 thoroughly revised, enlarged, and printed anew. The sixth edition, published in 1869, 
 is larger by one eighth than the fifth, and contains 1,865 pages. It is an entirely dif- 
 ferent work from the first edition, the whole department of etymology having been 
 rewritten in the light of modern investigations, and the forms of the irregular verbs 
 being given in greater detail by the aid of Veitch's Catalogue. No student of Greek 
 can afford to dispense with this invaluable Lexicon, the price of which is now for the 
 first time brought within the means of the great body of American scholars. 
 
 7 
 
"Wholesale, RetaiL 
 
 PLATO'S APOLOGY OF SOCRATES AND CRITO. 
 
 Edited, for the Use of Schools, by John Williams White, A. M. 
 The basis of this work will be the German edition of Dr. Christian Cron. (Platona 
 Vertheidiguugsrede des Sokrates und Kriton. Sechste Auflage. Leipzig, Teubner, 
 1875.) To the matter contained in Dr. Crou's edition there will be added notes by 
 the Editor and from other sources, analyses, and extended references to Goodwin 
 and Iladley. The book will be for the class-room, and all matter not of direct value 
 to the student will be rigidly excluded. 
 
 THE CEDIPUS TYRANNUS OP SOPHOCLES. Ed- 
 
 ited, with an Introduction, Notes, and full explanation of the metres, by John 
 W. White, A. M., Professor of the Greek Language and Literature in Baldwin 
 University. 12mo. Cloth. 219 pages ^1.20 $1.50 
 
 THE MEDEA OP EURIPIDES. Edited, with Notes and 
 
 an Introduction, by FREDERIC D. Allen, Ph. D., Professor in the University 
 
 of Cincinnati. 12mo. Cloth. 141 pages 100 1.25 
 
 WILKIN'S MANUAL OP GREEK PROSE COM- 
 POSITION. Ivol. 12mo. Cloth 2.00 2.50 
 
 WHITE'S PIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. Prepared 
 
 to accompany Goodwin's Greek Grammar, and designed as an Introduction to 
 his Greek Reader. By John WaLiAMS White, A. M., Tutor in Greek in Harvard 
 College. 12mo. Half morocco. 305 pages 1.20 1.50 
 
 A series of eighty lessons with progressive Greek-English and English-Greek exer- 
 cises. Followed by selected passages from the first two books of Xenophon-s Ana- 
 basis, and vocabularies. 
 
 WHITON'S SELECT ORATIONS OP LYSIAS. Com- 
 
 prising the Defence of Mantitheus, the Oration against Eratosthenes, the 
 Reply to " The Overthrow of the Democracy," and the Areopagitic Oration 
 concerning the Sacred Olive-Trunk. Edited by James Morris Whiton, Ph. D. 
 12mo. 151 pages 1.20 1.50 
 
 These orations illustrate a period of peculiar interest in Athenian history, and 
 Its main incidents and characters have received special attention in the Introductions 
 and Notes. Students who have not at hand the larger works of reference will here 
 find in condensed form all that is essential for the illustration of the text. A peculiar 
 feature of the work is its compendious treatment in topical notes of those points of 
 the Athenian constitution which are touched upon in the orations. Each oration is 
 accompanied with a complete logical Analysis. The grammatical notes deal almost 
 wholly with the syntax, — as befits a work of this grade, — and have been prepared 
 with a special aim to elucidate the usage of the verb. References are made, for the 
 most part, to Goodwin's Greek Moods and Tenses, and Goodwin's and Hadley's 
 Grammars. 
 
 While this edition is designed for use in Colleges, yet the style of Lysias, on ac- 
 count both of its purity and simplicity, is such that the advanced classes in Acad- 
 emies will find these orations within their capacity, while also finding the subject- 
 matter quite as attractive as in the authors hitherto more familiar. The quantity of 
 Greek text is about fifty pages, containing about the same amount of reading-matter 
 as the first book of Xenophou's Anabasis. 
 
 8 
 
LATIN. 
 
 Wholesale. RetaiL 
 
 ALLEN & GREENOUGH'S LATIN GRAMMAR: 
 
 a Latin Grammar for schools and colleges, founded on Comparative Grammar. 
 12mo. Half morocco. 290 pages (including supplementary Outlines of Syntax, 
 
 with new and greatly enlarged Index) S1.25 $1.56 
 
 The features of this grammar to which we inyite attention, are : 1. The scientific 
 form of statement in the Etymology, corresponding to the most advanced views of 
 comparative philologists ; 2. The comparison with kindred languages suggested 
 throughout, especially in numerous brief philological notes, and in references to the 
 syntax of Goodwin's Greek Grammar ; 3. Grouping and subordination of topics in 
 the Syntax, — which contains nearly 200 cross-references, with upwards of 1,000 
 citations from classic authors, — so that unusual brevity is attained without sacri- 
 fice of completeness. 
 
 ALLEN & GREENOUGH'S LATIN METHOD : a 
 
 Method of Instruction in Latin ; being a companion and guide in the study of 
 Latin Grammar. With elementary instruction in Reading at Sit^ht, Exercises 
 in Translation and Writing, Notes, and Vocabularies ; also " Outlines of Syn- 
 tax," taken from the Latin Grammar. 12mo. Cloth, 134 pages . . .80 1.00 
 
 ALLEN & GREENOUGH'S LATIN COMPOSITION : 
 
 an Elementary Guide to Writing in Latin. Part I. Constructions of Syntax ; 
 
 Part II. Exercises in Translation. 12mo. Cloth. 198 pages. . . 1.20 1.60 
 
 Part First (which is published separately) consists of thirty progressive Lessons, 
 with full instructions, exercises, and vocabulary ; and is designed "to furnish a 
 Bulficient amount of study and practice in Latin composition during the last year 
 of preparation for college, or the first of a college course." Part Second consists of 
 about forty exercises in translation, chiefly narrative, adapted to the use of advanced 
 or college classes; with annotated references to the Lessons of Part I., and to the 
 sections of a special Introduction on the Choice of Words, the Form of the Sentence, 
 and Idiomatic Usages. 
 
 ALLEN & GREENOUGH'S CSISAR : Cesar's Gallic 
 
 War. Four Books. With Historical Introduction, Notes, and a Copperplate 
 Map of Gaul. [With a full Vocabulary by R. F. Pennell, of Phillips Exeter 
 
 Academy.] 12mo, Half morocco. 282 pages 1.20 1.50 
 
 Without Vocabulary 1.00 1.25 
 
 The text of this edition is that of Nipperdey, important variations being noticed. 
 The notes are unusually full in historical illustration, derived largely from Momm- 
 sen, Long, Merivale, the " History of Julius Caesar" by Napoleon III., and the 
 excellent school edition of Moberly. In the earlier portions they are especially de- 
 signed to guide in a systematic and careful study of Latin syntax. 
 
 ALLEN & GREENOUGH'S SALLUST: The Conspiracy 
 
 of Catiline as related bv Sallust. With Introduction and Notes explanatory 
 
 and historical. 12mo. Cloth. 84 pages 80 1.00 
 
 ALLEN & GREENOUGH'S CICERO: Select Orations of 
 
 Cicero, chronologically arranged, covering the entire period of his public life. 
 From the text of Baiter and Kayser. With Life, general and special Introduc- 
 tions, and Index of topics discussed. 12mo. Half morocco. 394 pages . 1.40 1.75 
 
 The text without notes 80 1.00 
 
 It is the design of this edition to give a full view of Cicero's public career, as ora- 
 tor and statesman, extending through about forty of the most eventful years of the 
 later Republic. With this view, the selection includes the earliest and the latest 
 of his public orations, while the special Introductions cover very fully the inter- 
 vening pohtical history. Besides the orations more commonly read in schools, are 
 given the Roscius and Sestius (abridged) , with the first against Verres and the last 
 
 9 
 
i. • * ■i' v< 
 
 . t.i r 
 
 Wholesale. RetaiL 
 Philippic, — thirteen in all, — with one or two short passages of special celebrity , for 
 practice in reading at sight. EsfKcial care has been taken in the department of 
 Antiquities, which has been treated in numerous notes (in smaller type), some of 
 them — as that on the Roman Aristocracy — being brief essays on the several topics. 
 The Introduction contains a classified list of all the works of Cicero, with the 
 occasions and topics of all of his orations. 
 
 ALLEN & GREENOUGH'S CATO MAJOR: Cicero 
 
 De Senectute, a Dialogue on Old Age. With Introduction (on the adoption in 
 Rome of the Greek philosophy) and Notes. 12mo. Cloth. 57 pages $0.60 $0.75 
 
 ALLEN" & GREEWOUGH'S OVID : Selections from the 
 
 Poems of Ovid, chiefly the Metamorphoses. With special Introductions, Notes, 
 
 and Index of Proper Names. 12mo. Half morocco. 283 pages . . 1.20 1.50 
 
 The introductions to the passages from the Metamorphoses (23 in number) give 
 the entire argument of the poem, that of omitted portions bracketed. The other 
 selections include those of special interest as illustrating the poet's life ; and a list 
 is given of all his writings, with their topics and occasions. The Notes contain 
 brief instructions on scanning at sight. 
 
 ALLEN & GREENOUGH'S VIRGIL : The Poems of 
 
 Virgil ; Vol. I. containing the Pastoral Poenis {Bucolics) and Six Books of the 
 Mneid. Chiefly from the text of Ribbeck, with select various Readings, Intro- 
 ductions, Notes, and Index of Plants (compiled chiefly from Fee's Flore de 
 F/rg-?7e, contained in Lemaire's " Bibliotheca Classica Latina"). 12mo. Half 
 
 morocco. 372 pages 1.40 1.75 
 
 The text without notes 80 1.00 
 
 The Notes of this edition (which are brief and very numerous) are particularly 
 indebted to Conington, and are designed "to give not only what may serve the 
 learner in the bare understanding of the text ; but, along with it, some hint of that 
 wealth of traditional interpretation which is more important, perhaps, in the study 
 of Virgil than in that of any other ancient poet." 
 
 The following are published in single volumes : — 
 
 ALLEN & GREENOUGH'S Course No. I. A Full Pre- 
 
 paratory Course of Latin Prose ; consisting of Four Books of Caesar's Gallic 
 War, Sallust's Conspiracy of Catiline, Eight Orations of Cicero, and De Senec- 
 XUTE ( Cato Major). 12mo. Half morocco. 582 pages .... 2.00 2.50 
 
 ALLEN & GREENOUGH'S Course No. II. Second 
 
 Preparatory Course of Latin Prose ; containing Four Books of Caesar's Gallic War, 
 and Eight Orations of Cicero. With Vocabulary by R. F. Pennell. 12mo. 
 Half morocco. 518 pages 2.00 2.50 
 
 N. B. Course No. I. is identical with the First Course prescribed for admissionto 
 Harvard College. Course No. II. includes the usual amount required at other col- 
 leges. 
 
 ALLEN'S LATIN GRAMMAR: Manual Latin Grammar. 
 
 With Tables of Inflection, and Supplement on the Method of teaching Latin, 
 the Principles of Inflection and Classification, and on some Peculiar Construc- 
 tions. 12mo. Cloth. 182 pages 1,00 1.25 
 
 Approved by Harvard College as indicating the amount required for admission. 
 
 ALLEN'S LATIN LESSONS. Prepared to accompany the 
 
 Manual Grammar, and designed especially to furnish a direct and rapid intro- 
 duction to the study of Caesar. Consisting of sixty Lessons, with the narrative 
 of the Helvetian War from the First Book of Caesar, and exercises in Prosody. 
 12mo. Cloth. 146 pages 1.00 1.25 
 
 10 
 
v^^:^:^^:^ 
 
 Wholesale. BjettSL- 
 
 ALLEN'S LATIN READER: Consi'auDgof Selections from 
 
 Caesar (the invasion of Britain and account of the Gallic and German popula- 
 tions), Curtius (Anecdotes of Alexander), Nepos (Life of Ilaiinibal), Sallust 
 (Jugurtha, abridged), Ovid, Virgil, Plautus, and Terence (single scene;3), Cicero 
 and Pliny (Letters), and Tacitus (the Conflagration of Rome). With Notes and 
 a General Vocabulary. The Notes have been adapted to Allen & Greenough's 
 Grammar. 12mo. Half morocco. 532 pages §2.00 $2.50 
 
 ALLEN'S LATIN SELECTIONS. The same as the above, 
 
 without Vocabulary. 12mo. Half morocco. 326 pages .... 1.25 1.66 
 
 ALLEN'S LATIN COMPOSITION. An Introduction to 
 
 Latin Composition. (By W. F. Allen. ) New edition, adapted to Allen & Green- 
 ough's Grammar. 12mo. Cloth. 118 pages 1.00 1.25 
 
 This book includes a careful review of the principles of Syntax (beginning with 
 
 Indirect Discourse), with exercises in various styles of composition selected from 
 
 classical authors. Also short exercises for oral practice. 
 
 ALLEN'S SHORTER COURSE OP LATIN PROSE. 
 
 Consisting chiefly of the Prose Selections of Allen's Latin Reader (to p. 134), 
 the Notes being wholly rewritten, enlarged, and adapted to Allen & Green- 
 ough's Grammar ; accompanied by Six Orations of Cicero, — the Manilian, the 
 four Catilines, and Archias. With Vocabulary. 12mo. Half morocco. 543 
 pages 2.00 2.50 
 
 ALLEN'S LATIN PRIMER. A First Book of Latin for 
 
 Boys and Girls. (By J. H. Allen.) 12mo. Cloth. 182 pages . . 1.00 1.25 
 This is designed for the use of scholars of a younger class, and consists of thirty 
 Lessons arranged so as to give a full outline of the grammar, with brief Rules of Syn- 
 tax, Tables of Inflection, and interlined exercises for practice in reading, compiled 
 from Histories Sacrce. The reading selections which follow include Dialogues from 
 Corderius and Erasmus (with translation), narratives, nursery songs, mediaeval 
 hymns, etc., being made up in great part from modern Latin writers. 
 
 ALLEN'S LATIN LEXICON : a General Vocabulary of 
 
 Latin, with Supplementary Tables of Dates, Antiquities, etc. By J. H. Allen. 
 
 12mo. Cloth. 214 pages 1.00 1.25 
 
 This little dictionary contains " about 15,000 words of common use, besides more 
 than 1,300 proper names or adjectives, and about 200 dates (exclusive of the Tables), 
 covering the more important points of classical history and mythology." It is be- 
 lieved to be complete for the entire introductory course of Latin authors, including 
 Ovid and Virgil. 
 
 LEIGHTON'S LATIN LESSONS. Prepared to accom- 
 
 pany Allen & Greenough's Latin Grammar. By R. F. Leighton, former 
 Master of Melrose High School. Revised Edition. 12mo. Half morocco. 352 
 pages 125 1.58 
 
 This work presents a progressive series of exercises (both Latin and English) in 
 about eighty Lessons, illustrating the grammatical forms and the simpler principles 
 of syntax. Synonymes and Rules of Quantity are introduced from the first. The 
 amount of illustrative matter in exercises for reading and writing or oral practice 
 is very large, including portions of Viri Romje, and Woodford's Epitome of the 
 First Book of Cjesar. Full Vocabularies (prepared by R. F. Pexkell) accompany 
 the book, with questions for examination and review of the grammar. 
 
 The Lessons have been entirely rewritten, considerably simplified, and more 
 carefully graded. With each lesson, definite directions have been given in regard 
 to the amount of the grammar to be learned. By decreasing the exercises to be 
 translated into English, space has been given to increase correspondingly the 
 amount to be put into Latin. Some instruction on the formation of words has 
 been given, and the references to the grammar on that subject largely increased. 
 The vocabularies have also been carefully revised. 
 
 11 
 
Wholesale. ReUiL 
 
 MADVIG'S LATIN GRAMMAR. Carefully revised by 
 
 Thomas A. Thacher, Yale College. 12mo. Half morocco. 517 pages S2. 40 33.00 
 A book of the very highest authority in Latin Syntax, and admirably adapted to 
 the wants of Teachers and College Classes. 
 
 NEW LATIN METHOD : a Manual of Instruction in Latin 
 on the Basis of a Latin Method prepared by J. H. Allen and J. B. 
 Greenough. 12mo. Cloth. 244 pages 1.20 1.50 
 
 The " New Method " contains : 1. About thirty Elementary Lessons on the 
 forms of the language, and the constructions suggested by the definitions of cases, 
 moods, etc., accompanied by full Paradigms, and Exercises in Latin and English, 
 with partial Tocabularies. N. B. This portion of the book can be used independ- 
 ently of the Grammar, and is suflacient for a course of about a year's study. 
 2. Constructions of Syntax symmetrically grouped, with full references to 
 the Grammar, each topic being illustrated by numerous examples, with exercises 
 to be rendered into Latin, so as to make n full elementary manual of Latin Compo- 
 sition. — 3. On Reading Latin: brief sections on the Latin Sentence, with ex- 
 amples of anaylsis and translation ; the Derivation of Words ; and Reading at 
 Sight. — 4. Reading Lessons, with Vocabularies, and Tabular List of Synonymes. 
 
 THE LATIN VERB. Illustrated by the Sanskrit. By C. H. 
 
 Parkhurst. 12mo. Cloth. 55 pages 40 .5u 
 
 WHITE'S JUNIOR STUDENT'S LATIN-ENGLISH 
 
 LEXICON. Square 12mo. 662 pages. Morocco back ... $ 2.40 $ 3.00 
 
 Sheep . . . 2.80 3.50 
 
 WHITE'S JUNIOR STUDENT'S LATIN-ENGLISH 
 
 AND ENGLISH-LATIN LEXICON. By the Rev. J. T. White, D. D., of 
 C. C. C. Oxford, Rector of St. Martin, Ludgate, London. Revised Edition. 
 
 Square 12mo. 1058 pages. Sheep 3.60 4.50 
 
 "The present work aims at furnishing in both its parts a sufficiently extensive 
 Tocabulary for all practical purposes. The Latin words and phrases are in all cases 
 followed by the name of some standard Latin writer, as a guaranty of their author- 
 ity ; and as the work is of a strictly elementary character, the conjugation of the 
 verbs and the genders and genitive cases of the substantives are uniformly added. 
 In the preparation of this portion of the book, Dr. White has had the assistance of 
 some of the best scholars both of Oxford and Cambridge." — Guardian. 
 
 WHITE'S JUNIOR STUDENT'S ENGLISH-LATIN 
 
 LEXICON. Square 12mo. Sheep. 392 pages 2.00 2.50 
 
 We have contracted with Messrs. Longmans, Green, & Co., of London, for the 
 Bole agency in this country for the above Latin Lexicons, and shall endeavor to meet 
 the demands of the trade. 
 
 12 
 
 X 
 
UNIVERSITY OP CALIFORNIA LIBRARY 
 
 THIS BOOK IS DUE ON THE LAST DATE 
 STAMPED BEIiUV^^ 
 
 IN STACKS 
 
 6ct!W 
 
 REC'D UD 
 
 ^^0V 1 3 19&^